REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
CONSULTANT’S QUALIFICATIONS BASED SELECTION (CQS)
Name of Project | “Innovative Social Protection System for Inclusion of Vulnerable Populations” (INSON) |
Implementation Agency:
| National Agency for Social Protection (NASP) under the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan |
Loan No/Credit No/ Grant Number | Credit No. 7555-UZ / Grant Agreement No. TF0C4589-UZ |
Assignment Title | “Provision of Consulting Services for the Development, Implementation, Capacity Building, and Performance Evaluation of a Quality Management System in Compliance with ISO 9001:2015” |
Procurement Plan Reference Number | UZ-INSON-CS-CQS-2.1.3.3. |
Country | Republic of Uzbekistan |
The Republic of Uzbekistan has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the “Innovative Social Protection System for Inclusion of Vulnerable People” (INSON) project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The consulting services (“the Services”) include support to the National Agency for Social Protection (NASP) in the development, implementation, capacity building, and performance evaluation of a Quality Management System (QMS) in compliance with ISO 9001:2015, including preparation of NASP for external ISO 9001:2015 certification. The Consultant shall not act as the external certification body; certification shall be conducted by an independent accredited certification body selected separately.
The assignment will focus on priority management and service delivery processes (including, but not limited to, intake and referral, service planning, case management, complaints/feedback, and document control) at the NASP central office, selected regional departments (including Surkhandarya Region and Tashkent City NASP departments), and the “Inson” Social Service Centers of Denov and Yunusabad districts.
The assignment includes, but is not limited to, assessment and gap analysis against ISO 9001:2015 requirements, development of the QMS structure and documentation, process standardization, capacity building and training (including general awareness, practical training for process owners, and internal auditor training), implementation support, internal audit and certification preparation, and monitoring and continuous improvement.
The duration of the assignment is up to 12 months from the date of contract signing, including up to 9 months for QMS development and implementation and up to 3 months for support during the certification audit.
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be found at the following link:
https://docs.google.com/document/d/10EbQD8z7dJjTyXL12HwR2KLJFgryZZnv/edit?usp=sharing&ouid=104755491226149341341&rtpof=true&sd=true
The National Agency for Social Protection (NASP) under the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraphs 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (September 2023) (“the Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
The best qualified firm will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualifications Based Selection (CQS) method set out in the Regulations and based on the following criteria:
Further information can be obtained through piuinsonprocurement@gmail.com during office hours 09:00 to 18:00 hours Tashkent time.
Expressions of interest, demonstrating relevant qualifications and experience, must be delivered electronically to the email address piuinsonprocurement@gmail.com by July 16, 2026.
Project Implementation Unit INSON under the NASP
Attn: Mr. Mirodil Khusanov – Project Coordinator
Address: 3, Amir Temur str., Tashkent, Uzbekistan, 100060
Tel.: +998712395976.
E-mail: piuinsonprocurement@gmail.com
"},{"id":"OP00445200","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"19-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-05T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Kosovo","project_id":"P179831","project_name":"KOMPAS - Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening","bid_reference_no":"XK-MOH-A1.03-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consulting firm to provide technical assistance for the initial implementation of the Integrated Health Information System (IHIS)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Zagreb Street, Pristina 10000","contact_ctry_name":"Kosovo","contact_email":"fanol.duli@rks-gov.net","contact_name":"Fanol Duli","contact_organization":"Ministry of Health","contact_phone_no":"+38344505750","submission_date":"2026-05-19T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Request for Expression of Interest
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Country: Kosovo
\n\nProject ID: P179831
\n\nWorld Bank Credit Name: Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project
\n\nContract Identification No.: XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS
\n\nIssued on: 15 May 2026
\n\n\n\n
Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory
\n\n\n\n
Background
\n\nThe Government of Kosovo (GoK), through the Ministry of Health (MoH), has received financing from the World Bank in the amount of EUR 20 million to support the Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project (KOMPAS). This project aims to strengthen governance, quality of care, and efficiency in the healthcare system of Kosovo, positioning digital health as a core pillar of reform. The Integrated Health Information System (IHIS) will play a central role in this transformation.
\n\nThe Department for Health Information Systems (DSISH), under the Ministry of Health (MoH), is responsible for the implementation of IHIS. To ensure successful implementation and oversight of this large-scale transformation, a Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) will be engaged. The SDHP will provide technical advisory, implementation oversight, quality assurance, and support in the development of technical documents and specifications for the systems required under the KOMPAS project.
\n\nFor clarity, the SDHP is defined strictly as a technical advisory and oversight partner. The SDHP is NOT an implementation vendor and does NOT have decision-making authority for procurement processes.
\n\nObjective of the Assignment:
\n\nThe primary objective of this engagement is to ensure the successful implementation of the IHIS and its components, including the establishment of core systems such as national registries, shared health records, interoperability layers, and advanced clinical applications. The SDHP will support the Ministry of Health and DSISH in ensuring that all components comply with international standards and that all deliverables are aligned with the Kosovo Digital Health Blueprint.
\n\nKey Tasks and Responsibilities
\n\nThe SDHP will perform the following tasks:
\n\nOther specific tasks, scope of services, expected outputs/deliverables, time frames, and professional staff requirements are indicated under the full Terms of Reference (ToR) for this assignment.
\n\nThe detailed Terms of Reference (ToR) for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expressions of Interest.
\n\nQualification of the Consulting Firm
\n\nThe selected consulting firm must demonstrate:
\n\nSelection Process
\n\nThe consulting firm will be selected in accordance with the Quality- and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, as amended from time to time.
\n\nExpressions of Interest will be evaluated based on the following criteria:
\n\nDetailed evaluation criteria and procedures will be provided in the Request for Proposals (RFP) to shortlisted firms.
\n\nSubmission Details
\n\nInterested firms are invited to submit their Expression of Interest, including:
\n\nKey Experts’ CVs and detailed methodology are not required at the shortlisting stage.
\n\nExpression of Interest must be delivered electronically (by e-mail) to the address below no later than 5 June 2026 at 16:00 (local time). Late submissions will not be considered.
\n\nKosovo Ministry of Health
\nKOMPAS Project Implementation Unit (PIU)
\nAttn.: Procurement Specialist, KOMPAS
\nAddress: Ministry of Health (MoH)
\n10 000, Pristine, Republic of Kosovo
\nEmail: blerim.cerkini@rks-gov.net
Cc: fanol.duli@rks-gov.net
\n\n\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\nfor Consultancy Services to
\n\nStrategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory
\n\nRFP No.: XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & BACKGROUND
\n\n1.1 Executive Summary
\n\n\n\n
1.2 Background and Context
\n\n2. OBJECTIVES, ALIGNMENT WITH BLUEPRINT & TECHNICAL RATIONALE
\n\n2.1 Objectives of the Assignment
\n\n11. The overall objective is to support MoH/DSISH/MDPA in the development, oversight and quality assurance of all IHIS components, in line with:
\n\n2.2 Alignment with Kosovo IHIS Digital Health Blueprint (2024–2030)
\n\n2.3 Technical Rationale
\n\n3. SCOPE OF WORK
\n\n(20 sub-sections)
\n\n3.1 Comprehensive Assessment of Existing Systems
\n\n3.2 IHIS Architecture Validation
\n\n3.3 Development of Technical Specifications and ToRs
\n\n3.4 Oversight of Vendor Implementations
\n\n3.5 SLA Monitoring and Enforcement
\n\n3.6 Quality Assurance (QA) Framework
\n\n3.7 Quality Control (QC) of Deliverables
\n\n3.8 Interoperability Testing
\n\n3.9 Establishment of National Conformance Certification Mechanism
\n\n3.10 Data Governance and Standards Alignment
\n\nwith international standards and national legislation (e.g. Law No. 06/L-082) and GoK data governance strategy and policy.
\n\n\n\n
3.11 Cybersecurity Strengthening
\n\n3.12 Support to PIU for World Bank Processes
\n\n3.13 Integration Strategy for Legacy Systems
\n\n\n\n
3.14 Development of Change Management Strategy
\n\n3.16 Documentation Management
\n\n3.17 Deployment Oversight
\n\n3.18 Risk Identification and Mitigation
\n\n3.19 Performance Monitoring Framework
\n\n3.20 Continuous Improvement Recommendations
\n\n4. OVERSIGHT, QA/QC, SLA MONITORING, CHANGE REQUESTS, ACCEPTANCE
\n\n4.1 Technical Oversight Model
\n\n4.2 Quality Assurance (QA) Framework
\n\n4.3 Quality Control (QC) of Vendor Deliverables
\n\n4.4 SLA Monitoring
\n\n4.5 Change Request (CR) Management Process
\n\n4.6 Acceptance Procedures and Templates
\n\n5. TEAM COMPOSITION, QUALIFICATIONS, WB COMPLIANCE
\n\n5.1 Required Team Composition
\n\n5.2 Role Descriptions and Minimum Qualifications
\n\nSupport smooth implementation and integration of IHIS components at local level. 5.3 Compliance with World Bank Procurement Regulations
\n\n5.4 Conflict of Interest Safeguards
\n\n5.5 Replacement of Key Experts
\n\n\n\n
6. DELIVERABLES, REPORTING, GOVERNANCE MODEL, PAYMENT SCHEDULE
\n\n6.1 Deliverables
\n\n6.2 Reporting Requirements
\n\n6.3 Governance Model
\n\n6.4 Payment Schedule (Deliverable-Based)
\n\nA. General Provisions
\n\n(“Hire consulting company to guide initial implementation”) of the Project Appraisal Document (PAD).
\n\n6.5 Workplan & Timeline (34 months)
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
B. Deliverables and Milestones
\n\nAll deliverables under this Contract shall be measurable, clearly defined, and subject to formal written acceptance by the Client
\n\nMilestone 1 – Mobilization and Strategic Inception
\n\nPAD Reference:
\n\nDeliverables:
\n\nPayment:
\n\nAcceptance Criteria:
\n\n• Report must include a complete 34-month workplan aligned with PAD;
\n\n• Must include sequenced ToRs and Technical Specifications;
\n\n• Must define stakeholder coordination and governance structure;
\n\n• Must be formally accepted in writing by the Client.
\n\n\n\n
Milestone 2 – Digital Health and Institutional Needs Assessment
\n\nPAD Reference:
\n\nDeliverables:
\n\nPayment:
\n\nAcceptance Criteria:
\n\n• Assessment Report is submitted in written form;
\n\n• Includes comprehensive analysis of the national digital health landscape;
\n\n• Includes review of existing health information systems and interoperability arrangements;
\n\n• Includes institutional and implementation readiness assessment;
\n\n• Includes a prioritized and actionable roadmap aligned with A1.03;
\n\n• Formally accepted in writing by the Client.
\n\nMilestone 3 – Draft Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 1)
\n\nPAD Reference:
\n\nDeliverables:
\n\nPayment:
\n\nAcceptance Criteria:
\n\n• A minimum of three (3) Draft Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications are submitted;
\n\n• Each document clearly covers:
\n\n- Core IHIS/HIMS components;
\n\n- Interoperability and data-exchange mechanisms;
\n\n- Master data and registry-related components;
\n\n• Documents are prepared in accordance with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;
\n\n• Each document includes defined scope, technical requirements, and implementation approach;
\n\n• Documents are reviewed and receive technical acceptance by the Client in writing.
\n\nMilestone 4 – Final Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 1)
\n\nPAD Reference:
\n\nDeliverables:
\n\nPayment:
\n\nAcceptance Criteria:
\n\n• Final Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications are fully updated and finalized;
\n\n• All Client and World Bank comments are properly incorporated and addressed;
\n\n• Documents are procurement-ready and fully aligned with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;
\n\n• Submission for World Bank No-Objection is completed where required;
\n\n• Final approval is confirmed in writing by the Client and/or World Bank (as applicable).
\n\nMilestone 5 – Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 2)
\n\nPAD Reference:
\n\nDeliverables:
\n\nPayment:
\n\nAcceptance Criteria:
\n\n• A minimum of two (2) ToRs and Technical Specifications are submitted for Batch 2;
\n\n• Documents clearly address additional IHIS-related systems and enabling components;
\n\n• Specifications are aligned with governance, quality-of-care, analytics, and reporting requirements;
\n\n• All documents are procurement-ready and compliant with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;
\n\n• Documents are formally accepted in writing by the Client.
\n\nMilestone 6 – Capacity Building and Structured Training Program
\n\nPAD Reference:
\n\nDeliverables:
\n\nPayment:
\n\nAcceptance Criteria:
\n\n• Training needs assessment report is submitted and approved by the Client;
\n\n• At least three (3) training modules/curricula are developed;
\n\n• At least four (4) training sessions are delivered to designated stakeholders;
\n\n• Attendance lists for all training sessions are provided;
\n\n• Training materials (manuals, presentations, guides) are submitted;
\n\n• Training completion and evaluation report is submitted and approved by the Client.
\n\nMilestone 7 – Ongoing Strategic Advisory, Quality Assurance, and Procurement Support
\n\nPAD Reference:
\n\nDeliverables:
\n\nPayment:
\n\nAcceptance Criteria:
\n\n• Minimum six (6) periodic advisory reports are submitted during the implementation period;
\n\n• Written technical inputs/comments are provided for procurement documentation as requested by the Client;
\n\n• Participation in up to ten (10) coordination meetings is completed and documented (virtual or in-person);
\n\n• All quality assurance inputs are provided in written form (e.g. tracked changes, memos, or formal comments);
\n\n• Each advisory output is acknowledged in writing by the Client.
\n\nMilestone 8 – Final Advisory, Knowledge Transfer, and Contract Closure
\n\nPAD Reference:
\n\nDeliverables:
\n\nPayment:
\n\nAcceptance Criteria:
\n\nC. Summary of Payments
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Milestone \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Percentage \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Milestone 1 – Inception \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Milestone 2 – Assessment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Milestone 3 – Draft ToRs (Batch 1) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Milestone 4 – Final ToRs (Batch 1) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Milestone 5 – ToRs (Batch 2) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Milestone 6 – Training \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Milestone 7 – Strategic Advisory & QA \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Milestone 8 – Closure & Knowledge Transfer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 100% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
7. ANNEXES
\n\nRationale: Full Annex documents are not attached because they are already defined in the feasibility study, the 2024–2030 Blueprint, and other source materials. Bullet points summarize the key content for SDHP’s reference. All Annexes (A–E) are intended as reference/input documents for SDHP’s work and do not require separate deliverables.
\n\n7.1 Annex A – IHIS Architecture Overview
\n\n7.2 Annex B – Roles & Responsibilities Matrix
\n\n7.3 Annex C – QA & QC Framework
\n\n7.4 Annex D – Risk Matrix
\n\n7.5 Annex E – Deliverables Matrix / Acceptance Criteria
\n\n\n\n
7.6 Annex F – Glossary
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
"},{"id":"OP00435073","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"01-Apr-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-04-21T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Lebanon","project_id":"P181954","project_name":"GFPP for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project","bid_reference_no":"LB-OMSAR-537757-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Data Classification Policy","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"OMSAR \nTechnical Unit – Preparation Grant for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project\nBeirut, Lebanon","contact_ctry_name":"Lebanon","contact_email":"mhammoud@omsar.gov.lb","contact_name":"Mirvat Hammoud","contact_organization":"Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform","contact_phone_no":"+961 (1) 371 505","submission_date":"2026-04-01T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES – INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANT SELECTION)
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Country: Lebanon
\n\nProject Name: GFPP for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP)
\n\nGFPP Grant No.: TF0C8895
\n\nProject No.: P181954
\n\n\n\n
Assignment Title: Data Classification Policy
\n\nReference No.: LB-OMSAR-537757-CS-INDV
\n\n\n\n
The Republic of Lebanon represented by the Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR) has received a Grant (# TF0C8895) from the World Bank’s Grant Facility for Project Preparation (GFPP), and intends to apply part of the proceeds of this grant for consulting services.
\n\n\n\n
The consulting services (“the Services”) include the design and development of a comprehensive National Data Classification Policy Framework for Lebanon. The Consultant will lead the policy development engagement, including assessing the current legal and operational context, drafting a national policy for submission to the Council of Ministers, and preparing technical frameworks and guidance materials for public sector implementation. The assignment is expected to be completed in approximately 20 weeks from contract signature.
\n\n\n\n
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest – Annex I.
\n\n\n\n
The Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR) now invites eligible individual consultants (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide:
\n\n\n\n
Minimum Qualifications and Experience
\n\nThe Consultant must meet the following minimum requirements:
\n\n\n\n
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” (September 2025) (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\n\n\n
An Individual Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Selection of Individual Consultants method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
\n\n\n\n
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (09:00 AM to 04:00 PM Beirut Time).
\n\n\n\n
Expressions of interest (including CV and a methodology/work plan not exceeding 5 pages) must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by COB April 21, 2026.
\n\n\n\n
Office of the Minister of State for Administrative Reform (OMSAR)
\n\nTechnical Unit – Preparation Grant for Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project
\n\nAttn: Ms. Mirvat Hammoud – Procurement Specialist
\n\nOmar Daouk Street, Mina El Hosn Sector,
\n\nSTARCO Building, Bloc A, 5th Floor, Room 505a
\n\nBeirut, Lebanon
\n\nTel: +961 (1) 371 505; ext. 160
\n\nE-mail: mhammoud@omsar.gov.lb
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Annex I
\n\n\n\n
Terms of Reference
\n\nPREPARATION GRANT FOR LEBANON DIGITAL ACCELERATION PROJECT (P181954)
\n\nData Classification Policy
\n\nBackground
\n\nLebanon is facing a protracted, multidimensional crisis that has impaired state institutions and public service delivery. Weak digital foundations and enablers continue to undermine effective service provision and post-crisis recovery. For example, government data hosting remains fragmented, insecure, and unsustainable, while inadequate cybersecurity and data protection measures expose citizens’ personal data to significant risks. The absence of a robust digital ID system and trusted data-sharing mechanisms further impedes secure and efficient digital service delivery. In addition, the lack of a whole-of-economy architecture limits coordination among stakeholders, and the policy, legal, regulatory, and institutional frameworks for digital transformation remain underdeveloped.
\n\nTo address these issues, the Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (the “Project”), supported by the World Bank, will establish secure, scalable, and resilient digital infrastructure including cloud services, data platforms, and cybersecurity systems that are essential for attracting investment and fostering innovation. By strengthening digital ID, e-signature capabilities, and the legal framework for digital transactions, the Project will improve the ease of doing business and enable trusted, efficient engagement between the public and private sectors. In parallel, the Project will advance key regulatory reforms in telecom, data protection, e-signature, and artificial intelligence (AI), while investing in Lebanon’s digital talent pool. Together, these measures will lay the foundation for a more competitive, dynamic, and inclusive economy.
\n\n\n\n
The World Bank’s Grant Facility for Project Preparation (GFPP) has been extended to OMSAR to support Project readiness. The GFPP grant is implemented by a Technical Unit (TU) housed within OMSAR.
\n\n\n\n
In an era where data plays a central role in economic growth, innovation, and governance, the Government of Lebanon recognizes the urgent need to establish a robust Data Classification Policy Framework. Currently, Lebanon lacks a standardized framework for classifying, handling, and protecting data leading to inefficiencies, regulatory uncertainty, and heightened security risks.
\n\n\n\n
Global trends show a surge in digital regulations aimed at promoting trust, safeguarding data, and enabling digital transformation. Countries with advanced data classification policies such as the UK, UAE, and Saudi Arabia demonstrate higher digital competitiveness and economic resilience.
\n\nLebanon’s policy aims to close existing legal and regulatory gaps and align with internationally recognized best practices and guidance issued by established international standard-setting bodies including the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), and the European Union (EU), to ensure secure, interoperable, and trusted data governance across public and private sectors.
\n\nAssignment and Objectives
\n\nThis assignment aims to design and develop a comprehensive National Data Classification Policy Framework for Lebanon that provides a structured foundation for data classification and data handling requirements. The consultant undertaking the assignment (the Consultant) will lead a comprehensive policy framework development engagement, including the assessment of the current legal, institutional, and operational context, the development of a national Data Classification Policy for submission to the Council of Ministers (CoM), and the preparation of supporting technical frameworks, roles and responsibility structures, and guidance materials to enable future implementation by public sector entities, and shall be undertaken in alignment with and without prejudice to the applicable national institutional mandates governing digital transformation and data governance.
\n\n\n\n
Core Objectives
\n\nDetailed Scope of Work and Deliverables
\n\nPhase 1: Inception and Methodological Alignment
\n\n\n\n
Activities under this phase shall be conducted in alignment with and without prejudice to the applicable national institutional mandates governing digital transformation and data governance.
\n\nDeliverable D1: Inception Report
\n\n\n\n
Phase 2: Current State and Benchmark Assessment
\n\n\n\n
Activities under this phase shall be conducted in alignment with and without prejudice to the applicable national institutional mandates governing digital transformation and data governance.
\n\nDeliverable D2: Data Classification Baseline Report
\n\nPhase 3: Policy Drafting
\n\n\n\n
Activities under this phase shall be conducted in alignment with and without prejudice to the applicable national institutional mandates governing digital transformation and data governance.
\n\nDeliverable D3: Draft Data Classification Policy
\n\nPhase 4: Roles, Technical Classification Framework, and Control Matrix (Implementation-enabling)
\n\n\n\n
Deliverable D4: Technical Data Classification Framework and Control Matrix
\n\nPhase 5: Guidance Templates and Procedural Framework
\n\n\n\n
Deliverable D5: Data Classification Guidance Templates and Procedural Framework
\n\nPhase 6: Final Consultation and Policy Finalization
\n\n\n\n
Deliverables D6:
\n\nQualifications
\n\nThe Consultant must meet the following minimum qualifications:
\n\n\n\n
Education
\n\nCore Professional Experience
\n\nTechnical Knowledge & Certifications
\n\nLanguage & Behavioural Competencies
\n\nCompliance Requirements
\n\nThe selected Consultant must adhere to all applicable World Bank regulations and guidelines, including but not limited to the World Bank’s Guidelines on Preventing and Combating Fraud and Corruption in Projects Financed by IBRD Loans and IDA Credits and Grants, and must disclose any actual or potential Conflict of Interest (COI).
\n\nIn addition, the Consultant must comply with the following Environmental and Social (E&S) requirements aligned with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) and the Lebanon Digital Acceleration Project (LDAP) commitments:
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant must sign and follow a CoC covering data confidentiality, respectful conduct, non-discrimination, and zero tolerance for SEA/SH.
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant shall perform the assignment in accordance with applicable labor and working condition requirements under the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESS2), including maintaining safe and healthy working practices, professional conduct, and respect for applicable occupational health and safety standards.
\n\nThe Consultant shall have access to the Project’s Grievance Mechanism for raising any work-related concerns or complaints arising during the assignment.
\n\n\n\n
All data handled under this assignment must be securely stored, accessed only by authorized staff, and managed using privacy-by-design and cybersecurity best practices. Any data breach must be immediately reported.
\n\n\n\n
Any targeted technical consultations conducted as part of policy development shall inform participants about the Project’s Grievance Mechanism and how complaints can be submitted.
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant shall comply with zero-tolerance requirements for SEA/SH and adhere to appropriate professional conduct and reporting procedures when engaging with stakeholders, in line with the Project’s CoC and World Bank requirements.
\n\n\n\n
Any ICT equipment or data storage devices used must be managed responsibly, including secure data wiping and environmentally sound disposal.
\n\nDeliverables and Payment Schedule
\n\nThe engagement will be completed in approximately 20 weeks from contract signature date, with key phases and deliverables structured as follows:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t # \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Phase \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Week of Delivery (from contract signature) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment (% of Total) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Inception and Methodological Alignment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t D1 – Inception Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Current State and Benchmark Assessment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t D2 – Data Classification Baseline Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Policy Drafting \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t D3 – Draft Data Classification Policy \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Roles, Technical Classification Framework, and Control Matrix (Implementation-enabling) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t D4 – Technical Data Classification Framework and Control Matrix \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 14 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Guidance Templates and Procedural Framework \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t D5 – Data Classification Guidance Templates and Procedural Framework \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final Consultation and Policy Finalization \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t D6 – Final Data Classification Policy Framework and Summary Consultation and Feedback Note \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 100% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Reporting, Deliverables, and Contract Management
\n\nProject Oversight and Management Structure
\n\nA Technical Committee (TC) will be established to provide strategic direction, oversight, and effective management of the engagement. Chaired by the Grant Coordinator and composed of members from OMSAR, OMSTAI, and other involved ministries, as applicable, the TC serves as the primary governing body responsible for reviewing the Consultant’s progress and ensuring alignment with national digital transformation goals and applicable institutional mandates.
\n\n\n\n
Reporting Obligations
\n\nThe Consultant will report directly to the Grant Coordinator. In addition to the contractual deliverables, the Consultant, and upon request, shall participate in progress meetings with the TC team to ensure methodological alignment.
\n\n\n\n
The TC Approval Gate and Deliverable Acceptance
\n\nThe TC is the sole authority empowered to formally accept and approve project deliverables. The following administrative process applies to every milestone:
\n\nAdministrative Requirements for Payment Clearance:
\n\n• Certificate of Delivery: For each milestone, the Consultant must submit a Certificate of Delivery of Services to the Grant Coordinator for TC validation.
\n\n• Invoice Package: A complete package containing the Official Invoice and evidence of delivery is required to initiate TC validation and issuance of the formal "Certificate of Acceptance" for payment processing.
\n\n\n\n
Currency of Payment
\n\nPayments will be processed in U.S. Dollars.
\n\n\n\n
Intellectual Property Rights
\n\nAll documents, data, analyses, policy drafts, tools, and materials produced under this assignment shall become the exclusive property of Government of Lebanon. The Consultant shall not publish, use, or share any materials without prior written approval from the Government of Lebanon.
\n\n\n\n
Confidentiality Obligation
\n\nThe Consultant shall maintain strict confidentiality of all information accessed during the assignment and shall ensure that no information is shared, disclosed, or used outside the scope of this contract.
\n\n\n\n
8. Technical Proposal
\n\nThe consultant shall submit a technical proposal including:
\n\n\n\n
"},{"id":"OP00435860","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"31-Mar-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-04-27T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"23:45","project_ctry_name":"Nigeria","project_id":"P182128","project_name":"Nigeria Infrastructure Finance and Guarantee Platform","bid_reference_no":"NG-NSIA-541017-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Engagement of a Consultant as the Lender’s Technical and Financial Advisor (LTFA) - Pathfinder Demonstration for NSIA on behalf of NIFG","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Procurement@nsia.com.ng","contact_ctry_name":"Nigeria","contact_email":"adurosawo@nsia.com.ng","contact_name":"Abraham Durosawo","contact_organization":"Nigeria Sovereign Investment Authority","contact_phone_no":"'08061688723","contact_web_url":"www.nsia.com.ng/procurements","submission_date":"2026-03-31T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST (REOI) FOR THE PROVISION OF CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR LENDER’S TECHNICAL AND FINANCIAL ADVISOR (LTFA): PATHFINDER DEMONSTRATION FOR THE PROPOSED NIGERIA INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE AND GUARANTEE (NIFG) GROUP FOR NSIA
\n\nPROJECT: NIGERIA INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE AND GUARANTEE PLATFORM (P182128)
\n\nREF NO: NG-NSIA-541017-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
1. About Nigeria Sovereign Investment Authority (NSIA)
\n\nThe Nigeria Sovereign Investment Authority (NSIA) is an investment institution established by the NSIA (Establishment, Etc.) Act 2011 and co-owned by all the federating units of Nigeria. The Authority was established to achieve three broad mandates, which essentially are to:
\n\n(a) build a savings base for the Nigerian people
\n\n(b) enhance the development of Nigerian infrastructure, and
\n\n(c) provide stabilization support in times of economic stress.
\n\nThese mandates are to be achieved through the management and investment of three statutorily fixed and ring-fenced funds, via the Nigeria Infrastructure Fund, the Future Generations Fund, and the Stabilization Fund.
\n\n\n\n
2. Project Overview
\n\nThe Nigeria Sovereign Investment Authority (NSIA), in partnership with the World Bank Group, is in the process of establishing the proposed Nigeria Infrastructure Finance and Guarantee (NIFG) Group: a purpose-built, full-stack de-risking platform that moves infrastructure projects through an integrated conveyor belt of bankability under a consolidated Group structure.
\n\nTo mobilize private capital at scale, the NIFG Group functions through four distinct but interlinked institutional Facilities:
\n\ni. Project Preparation Facility (PPF) – The "Factory": Revolving fund dedicated to financing pre-investment activities to ensure project bankability.
\n\nii. Viability Gap Fund (VGF) – The "Bridge": Specialized entity designed to bridge the affordability gap for priority social projects.
\n\niii. Risk Capital Facility (RCF) – The "Investor": Catalytic, risk-tolerant arm providing anchor equity, quasi-equity and first loss capital.
\n\niv. Credit Guarantee Vehicle (CGV) – The "Guarantor": Final link. Provides a comprehensive suite of credit enhancement products to de-risk senior debt.
\n\n\n\n
To mitigate implementation complexity, the NSIA has adopted a reverse-engineered modular strategy that prioritizes the launch of the downstream Facilities (RCF and CGV). By securing the exit (financial close) first, the Platform creates a demand-pull effect that incentivizes rigorous upstream preparation, delivers early wins, and leverages pathfinder projects to catalyze necessary policy reforms.
\n\nAccordingly, NSIA seeks to engage an experienced Lender’s Technical & Financial Advisor (LTFA) ("the Consultant") to conduct comprehensive due diligence on a curated shortlist of seven (7) high-impact pathfinder transactions. The Consultant’s mandate is to drive at least three (3) of these projects to financial close while simultaneously standardizing the Platform’s operational templates, generating institutional learning, and documenting the policy feedback loops necessary for NIFG’s long-term reform agenda.
\n\n\n\n
3. Scope of Services
\n\nThe scope of services includes but is not limited to:
\n\nDetailed Terms of Reference (ToR) will be provided to shortlisted firms at the Request for Proposal (RFP) stage.
\n\n\n\n
4. Eligibility Requirements
\n\nInterested consulting firms must meet the following minimum eligibility requirements to be considered:
\n\n\n\n
5. Registration and Submission Guidelines
\n\nInterested firms must be duly registered on the NSIA Procurement Vendor Management System (PVMS).
\n\n“EXPRESSION OF INTEREST FOR PROVISION OF CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR LENDER’S TECHNICAL AND FINANCIAL ADVISOR (LTFA): PATHFINDER DEMONSTRATION FOR THE PROPOSED NIGERIA INFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE AND GUARANTEE (NIFG) GROUP FOR NSIA”
\nREF NO: NG-NSIA-541017-CS-QCBS
Interested firms that meet the eligibility requirements are required to submit the following information and documentation as part of their Expression of Interest:
\n\n\n\n
6. Important Notices
\n\ni. Conflict of Interest
\n\nThe attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank Procurement Regulations for Investment Project Financing (IPF) Borrowers, Seventh Edition, September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), which set forth the World Bank’s policy on Conflict of Interest.
\n\nConsultants shall ensure that they, their affiliates, or their personnel do not have any actual, potential, or perceived conflict of interest as defined under the Procurement Regulations.
\n\nIn addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment:
\n\nConsultants that have previously supported the preparation of the Pathfinder transactions or are currently engaged by project sponsors or lenders for the same transactions will be deemed to have a conflict of interest and will not be eligible.
\n\nii. Associations / Joint Venture
\n\nConsultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications and expertise but must clearly indicate whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub‑consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all partners shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected, and the joint venture shall nominate a lead firm authorised to act on behalf of the association.
\n\niii. Selection Method
\n\nA Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality‑ and Cost‑Based Selection (QCBS) method, as set out in the World Bank Group's Procurement Regulations.
\n\niv. Key Experts
\n\nKey Experts will NOT be evaluated at the EOI stage. At the Request for Proposals (RFP) stage, the shortlisted firms will be required to propose suitably qualified and experienced Key Experts with relevant professional qualifications and experience appropriate to the assignment. Membership of recognised international or national professional bodies will be considered an added advantage.
\n\nv. Further Information
\n\nFurther information may be obtained from the NSIA Procurement Unit via email through: procurement@nsia.com.ng during official working hours 08:00 to 17:00 (WAT)
\n\nvi. Disclaimers
\n\nSigned:
\nNigeria Sovereign Investment Authority (NSIA)
NOTICE OF REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST IN SELECTION
\n\nBASED ON QUALITY AND COST – SMI 003/2025
\n\n\n\n
SELECTION OF CONSULTANCY IN PROJECT FINANCED BY THE IBRD TO PREPARE A WORKFORCE SIZING PLAN FOR THE DIRECT ADMINISTRATION AND AUTONOMOUS AGENCIES OF THE STATE OF PARANÁ
\n\n\n\n
Brazil
\n\nInnovation and Modernization Project for Public Management in Paraná - EFFICIENT PARANÁ PROJECT
\n\nLoan Agreement: N°. 9378-BR[1] - BIRD
\n\nContract Object: Preparation and implementation of a Sizing methodology, based on pre-existing models and/or models developed for this purpose, and a Workforce Adequacy Plan (replacement, expansion and optimization) for agencies and entities of the Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies of the State of Paraná, aiming at providing subsidies for the entry policy for the short, medium and long term, based on the identification of a sufficient and adequate number of employees so that the agencies can deliver the public services they are responsible quickly and efficiently, and also an information technology system that includes the means for their continuous management and monitoring.
\n\n\n\n
Reference N°.: BR-SPPE-340218-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
1. The State of Paraná received a loan from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) under the Paraná Public Management Innovation and Modernization Program – Efficient Paraná for the Development of Paraná. The program was structured to respond the challenges faced by the State of Paraná in providing health and other priority public services, in addition to supporting the implementation of the economic recovery plan in response to the short, medium, and long term impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. The project's main overall objective is to mitigate the impacts of COVID-19 on health and improve the efficiency and effectiveness of health service delivery, environmental management, and public administration through management reforms and the use of information technology.
\n\n2. This request for Expression of Interest is in accordance with the General Procurement Notice for this Project, published on Development Business online (UNDB online), on: 19/02/2024.
\n\n3. Thus, the State of Paraná, through the State Secretariat for Planning - SEPL and the Department of Human Resources and Social Security - DRH of the State Secretariat for Administration and Social Security - SEAP, inform that they will prepare a Short List of institutions for selection of Consulting in the Preparation of the Workforce Sizing Plan, in accordance with the Acquisition Regulation for Borrowers of Investment Project Financing Operations in the acquisition operations of Goods, Works, Technical Services and Consulting Services, resulting from an Agreement in the form of Investment Project Financing - IPF for AT, Fourth Edition, November 2020.
\nThe State Secretariat of Administration and Social Security invites eligible consulting institutions to express their interest in providing the Services. Interested consulting firms must provide information demonstrating their required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The Short List criteria are as follows: core business, number of years in the business, and relevant experiences. Lead Specialists will not be evaluated at the Short list stage.
4. The consulting services covered by the Terms of Reference (TDR) cover the diagnosis, sizing, and planning of the State of Paraná's workforce within 11 (eleven) agencies and entities, including the collection of information and standards, interviews, diagnostics, and flows and tools available within the agencies involved. The services include the development of an Information System for managing workforce planning.
\n\n5. The consulting services to be contracted aim to develop and implement a methodology for sizing and adequacy plan of the workforce (replacement, expansion and optimization) of the Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies of the State of Paraná, indicating the priority sectors and their respective costs, as well as suggestions for improving management that allow for more efficient use of resources related to personnel expenses in accordance with the structures contained in Annexes I and II of the Terms of Reference, which provide subsidies for the recruitment policy for the short, medium and long term, based on the identification of a sufficient and adequate number of employees so that the agencies can deliver their respective public services quickly and efficiently, and also the formulation and implementation of an information technology system that includes the means for continuous management and monitoring through system development and integration of software tools.
\n\n6. The full implementation of this project is expected to last 21 (twenty-one) months.
\n\n7. The details of the Terms of Reference (TDR) for these Services are attached to this Notice of Request for Expression of Interest and available on the website: https://www.administracao.pr.gov.br/Compras.
\n\n8. Eligible institutions interested in providing these services must express their interest by submitting information demonstrating the experience and expertise required to perform the requested services. To this end, they must submit:
\na. Characterization of the company/institution containing all data according to model “A”.
\nb. List of completed and completed work similar to the subject matter of the TDR, with proof of services provided. Submit a completed table according to model "B."
\nc. Declaration of intent to form a consortium, if appropriate. In this case, identify the institution with which you intend to establish the consortium relationship, according to model "C." The required information must include the identification of each potential consortium member, as well as their respective legal representatives. Formalization of the consortium is required only upon signing the contract, whereby the members will be equally responsible.
\nd. Documentation grouped and numbered in a unique, continuous and sequential way.
\ne. The pages corresponding to the documentation supporting the information included in the tables (models A, B and C) must be numbered in sequence.
\nf. Other information or documents that the company/institution considers relevant to demonstrate its experience in services related to the subject of the TDR;
\ng. Documentation that is not presented in accordance with models “A”, “B” and “C” and as follows will be disregarded:
\n• Tables must be submitted in PDF format and in editable format (Excel);
\n• If necessary, add rows to the table;
\n• Documents not indicated in the table will not be considered.
9. This Request for Expression of Interest, as well as the expression itself, does not imply any commitment to hiring.
\n\n10. Institutions will be selected according to the evaluation criteria for the composition of the “Short List”, according to their proven experience.
\n\n11. World Bank standards require consultants to provide professional, objective, and impartial advice, always prioritizing the client's interests without considering the possibility of future work. When offering consultancy, they must avoid conflicts with other services or their own corporate interests. Consultants may not be hired to perform any task that conflicts with their current or previously undertaken obligations to other clients, nor may it place them in a position that prevents them from performing the service in a manner that best serves the borrower's interests.
\n\n12. The selection and hiring of the consultancy will follow the provisions of the Acquisition Regulation for Borrowers of Investment Project Financing Operations in the acquisition of Goods, Works, Technical Services and Consulting Services, resulting from an Agreement in the form of Investment Project Financing - IPF for AT, Fourth Edition, November 2020.
\n\nAvailable at:
\nPortuguese -
\nhttps://www.planejamento.pr.gov.br/sites/default/arquivos_restritos/files/documento/2022-12/Regulamento_de_Aquisi%C3%A7%C3%B5es_2020_PORT_reduced.pdf
English -
\nhttps://thedocs.worldbank.org/en/doc/1783315330658711950290022020/original/ProcurementRegulations.pdf
13. Consulting firms may associate with other institutions to enhance their qualifications; however, they must clearly indicate whether the association will be a joint venture (consortium) or subcontracting. In the case of a joint venture (consortium), all members must be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract if the joint venture (consortium) is selected.
\n\n14. Without limiting the general nature of the above, consultants will not be hired in the situations described in the clauses dealing with conflicts of interest in the Procurement Regulation.
\nIt is the Bank's policy to require all borrowers, contractors and their agents, as well as all employees linked to them, to maintain the highest ethical standards during the selection and execution of contracts financed by the Bank under item 3.33 of the Procurement Regulations for Borrowers of Investment Project Financing Operations in the acquisition of Goods, Works, Technical Services and Consulting Services, arising from an Agreement in the form of Investment Project Financing - IPF for AT, Fourth Edition, November 2020.
15. Further information can be obtained by calling: (41) 3313-6221 and email: licita.bird@seap.pr.gov.br.
\n\n16. Expressions of interest will be received necessarily electronically, from August 29, 2025 to September 29, 2025 at the address: licita.bird@seap.pr.gov.br, Access links to virtual servers and digital format, in .pdf format, and must be accompanied by tables and supporting documents, as per Models A, B and C.
\n\n16.1. The tables relating to Models A, B and C will be received necessarily electronically, at the address: licita.bird@seap.pr.gov.br, Access links to virtual servers and digital format, in PDF and 1 (one) editable copy in Excel.
\n\n17. Expressions of interest will be received until 5:00 p.m. (five o'clock in the afternoon) on the last day of the deadline established as per the official publication of the bidding process.
\n\n
\nCuritiba, 29 of august of 2025.
\n\n
[1] Source: https://www.planejamento.pr.gov.br/Pagina/Parana-Eficiente-Banco-Mundial
\n\n\n\n
MODEL “A” - Characterization of the company/institution
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Company/Institution Data \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Page N°. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Interested Institution \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Company name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t CNPJ \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Segment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Date of incorporation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Legal nature \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Size (Number of employees) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Legal representative \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Full address \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Telephone \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 11 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 12 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Website address \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 13 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Your company's main area of activity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 14 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consulting areas of activity: Public Management, People Management, others (specify) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t What services do you offer (Recruitment and Selection, HR Consulting, Training and Development etc.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 16 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t How long has the company been operating in Human Resources Management Consulting? \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 17 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Approximate number of contracts signed in the last 12 months: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Other information (list/include lines) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Complete the information as above, attaching supporting documents and indicating the corresponding page. If submitting other relevant data/documents in addition to those indicated in the table, add additional lines.
\nDocuments not indicated in the table will not be considered.
\nAll documentation relating to the full versions of Models A, B and C must have unique, sequential and continuous numbering.
\nThe table must be submitted in PDF format and in editable format (Excel).
\n\n
\n\n
MODEL “B” - Main projects similar to the subject of the TDR executed and under completion in the last 36 months
\n\nProject 1: Name (fill in the table for each project).
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Page No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contractor \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Company name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t CNPJ \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Segment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Size (Number of employees) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Full address \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Municipality \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t State \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Telephone \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 11 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Website address \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 12 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sphere (Private, Municipal, State, Federal) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 13 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Legal regime (Statutory or Employment Law) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 14 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Other information (list/include lines) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contract/supporting document \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Object \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 16 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project Area \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 17 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Workforce sizing (yes/no) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Other area (specify) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 19 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Number of servers/employees covered by the contract/project \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Products delivered \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 21 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System development (yes/no) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contract signature date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 23 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Start date of execution \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 24 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t End date of execution \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Duration in months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 26 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total contract value \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 27 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Other information (list/include lines) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Complete the information as above, attaching supporting documents and indicating the corresponding page. If submitting other relevant data/documents in addition to those indicated in the table, add additional lines.
\nDocuments not indicated in the table will not be considered.
\nPresent the data from the table above for each project.
\nAll documentation relating to the full versions of Models A, B and C must have unique, sequential and continuous numbering.
\nThe table must be submitted in PDF format and in editable format (Excel).
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
MODEL “C” – Companies/institutions intending to form the consortium
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consortium Company/Institution Data \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Page No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t MAIN/LEADER CONSORTIUM MEMBER \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Company name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t CNPJ \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Country \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Declaration of intention to form a consortium \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t CONSORTIUM MEMBER 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Company name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t CNPJ \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Country \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Declaration of intention to form a consortium \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t CONSORTIUM 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Company name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t CNPJ \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Country \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Declaration of intention to form a consortium \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t CONSORTIUM 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Company name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t CNPJ \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Country \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Declaration of intention to form a consortium \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Present the information/data from models “A” and “B” for each company/institution intending to form the consortium.
\nInsert lines if necessary
\nDocuments not indicated in the table will not be considered.
\nThe table must be submitted in PDF format and in editable format (Excel).
\n\n
\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
HIRING OF CONSULTANCY FOR ELABORATION THE SIZING OF THE WORKFORCE OF THE DIRECT ADMINISTRATION AND AUTONOMOUS AGENCIES OF THE STATE OF PARANÁ
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
SUMMARY
\n1. CONTEXT 4
\n2. JUSTIFICATION 4
\n3. OBJECTIVES 7
\n3.1. GENERAL OBJECTIVE 7
\n3.2. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES 7
\n4. GENERAL GUIDELINES AND SCOPE 8
\n4.1. WORKFORCE 9
\n4.2. METHODOLOGICAL PROPOSAL TO BE DETAILED IN THE WORK PLAN SHOULD CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING ASPECTS: 9
\n5. PRODUCTS INCLUDED IN THIS TERM 10
\n5.1. PHASE 1: WORK PLAN 10
\n5.2. PHASE 2: SURVEY OF THE CURRENT SITUATION AND SIZING OF THE WORKFORCE 12
\n5.2.1. Survey of the Current Situation 12
\n5.2.2. Workforce Sizing 14
\n5.3. PHASE 3: WORKFORCE ADEQUACY PLAN (REPLACEMENT, EXPANSION AND OPTIMIZATION) FOR THE SHORT, MEDIUM AND LONG TERM AND WORKFORCE PLANNING INSTITUTIONALIZATION PLAN 17
\n5.3.1. The Adequacy and Implementation Plan for Replacement, Expansion and Optimization 17
\n5.3.1.2. Main Activities for Execution: 18
\n5.3.2. The Workforce Planning Institutionalization Plan 18
\n5.4. PHASE 4: COMMUNICATION AND TRAINING PLAN FOR MANAGERS WORKING IN THE TECHNICAL AREA AND PEOPLE MANAGEMENT. 19
\n5.5. PHASE 5: FORMULATION AND IMPLEMENTATION INFORMATION OF TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMATICS APPLIED TO WORKFORCE SIZING – DEVELOPMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS. 20
\n5.5.1. Information Technology Systematics Applied to Workforce Sizing – Development of Information Systems. 21
\n5.5.1.1. System Project Plan 22
\n5.5.1.2. Business Process Modeling 22
\n5.5.1.3. Data Load Module 22
\n5.5.1.4. Sizing Module 23
\n5.5.1.5. Global Integration (final delivery) 23
\n6. PHYSICAL-FINANCIAL EXECUTION SCHEDULE OF PRODUCTS 24
\n7. FORM OF PRESENTATION AND DELIVERY OF PRODUCTS (TABLE 2) 25
\n8. AVAILABLE INPUTS 25
\n9. EXECUTIVE GROUP RESPONSIBLE FOR MONITORING AND APPROVAL OF PRODUCTS 26
\n10. KEY TEAM 26
\n11. SUPPORT TEAM 27
\nANNEX I - LIST OF AGENCIES/ENTITIES OF DIRECT ADMINISTRATION AND AUTONOMOUS AGENCIES OF THE STATE OF PARANÁ 28
\nANNEX II - NUMBER OF POSITIONS/FUNCTIONS PER CAREER CADRE 29
\nANNEX III - GUIDELINES AND REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICATION FOR SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT 30
\n(PHASE 5 –5.5) 30
\n1. SCOPE AND LIMITS OF THE PRODUCT 30
\n1.1. GENERAL DEFINITIONS ABOUT SYSTEM PROJECT 30
\n1.2. PHYSICAL VIEW OF THE SYSTEM 31
\n1.2.1 SEAP SYSTEMS TO BE INTEGRATED 32
\n2. ACTIVITIES TO BE DEVELOPED 33
\n2.1. SYSTEM PROJECT PLAN 33
\n2.2. DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT 34
\n2.2.1. BUSINESS PROCESS MODELING 34
\n2.2.2. SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 34
\n2.2.3. SOFTWARE ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 35
\n2.3. INTEGRATION AND QUALIFICATION 35
\n2.3.1. PREPARATION OF THE SYSTEM TEST PLAN 36
\n2.3.2. TESTING PROCEDURES 36
\n2.3.3. ACCEPTANCE TESTS – APPROVAL ENVIRONMENT 36
\n2.3.4. ACCEPTANCE TESTING – PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENT 36
\n2.4. TRANSITION 37
\n2.4.1. ASSISTED OPERATION 37
\n2.4.2. DATA INTEGRATION 38
\n2.5. SOURCE CODE 38
\n2.6. DOCUMENTATION 39
\n2.7. TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY 39
\n2.8. APPROVAL OF THE INTEGRATED ENVIRONMENT 40
\n2.9. MAINTENANCE AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT 40
\n2.10. SYSTEM OPERATION INFRASTRUCTURE SPECIFICATION 42
\n2.11. PREPARATION OF DEVELOPMENT, APPROVAL AND PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENTS 43
\n3. PRODUCTS, EXPECTED RESULTS, FORM OF PRESENTATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF SERVICES 43
\n3.1. PRODUCTS AND BY-PRODUCTS TO BE SUPPLIED 43
\n3.2. FORM OF PRESENTATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF PRODUCTS 45
\n3.3. PLACE OF SERVICE PERFORMANCE 46
\n4. TECHNOLOGICAL PARTNER 46
\n5. CELEPAR PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENT 47
\nANNEX IV 49
\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\n
\nHIRING OF CONSULTANCY FOR ELABORATION THE SIZING OF THE WORKFORCE OF THE DIRECT ADMINISTRATION AND AUTONOMOUS AGENCIES OF THE STATE OF PARANÁ
1. CONTEXT
\n\nThe Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies of the Executive Branch of the State of Paraná is structured into forty-seven agencies and, to meet its responsibilities, relies on a workforce that totals, considering all types of service provision, 125,043[1] positions/functions. This structure serves the 399 municipalities of the State in a centralized or decentralized manner and includes statutory employees (civil and military), employees under the CLT, temporary hires, positions in commission without a bond and interns.
\n\nThe State Secretariat for Administration and Social Security (SEAP) is responsible for managing the state's human resources through the Human Resources and Social Security Department (DRH/SEAP), a unit responsible for formulating, standardizing and monitoring public policies in this sector. Specifically, with regard to planning and supplying human resources, the Human Resources Recruitment and Selection Division (DSRH) is responsible for analyzing applications for admission of civil servants (civil and military) and temporary contracts through special regime contracts (CRES). These modalities correspond to 94.8% of the total available workforce.
\n\n2. JUSTIFICATION
\n\nThe current economic and social situation in Brazil requires that the public administra-tion rethink its role and seek to optimize the application of the resources at its disposal, emphasizing results and improving the services provided to the population. However, the effective execution of services depends largely on the workforce, whether for the implementation of public policies or for developing and articulating solutions to the de-mands of the State.
\nOn the other hand, managers shall ensure the maintenance of services and the achieve-ment of results while at the same time reconciling their actions with the available finan-cial, budgetary, human and material resources and complying with the expenditure limits set by the Fiscal Responsibility Law.
\nAdded to this context was the scenario outlined by the outbreak of the Coronavirus pandemic, which had a strong impact on the economy and the demand for certain ser-vices, leading to an imbalance in public finances. This combination of factors requires that the State's strategic actions converge to address it, as well as to implement immedi-ate interventions in the areas of Health and sectors with the potential to leverage the resumption of economic growth. In this line of understanding, Workforce Sizing emerg-es as a tool to drive this direction, as it will support the formulation of guidelines for people management to face these challenges.
\nGiven this scenario, it is essential and urgent to adopt a methodology to obtain subsidies with technical grounds for establishing a policy for hiring civil servants in the short, me-dium and long term, based on the identification of a sufficient and adequate number of professionals in order to enable agencies to deliver public services quickly and efficient-ly. It is also necessary to indicate the academic and professional profile aligned with each of the segments of state activity.
\nThe absence of such methodology sometimes results in the cost being prioritized over the benefit of a given recruitment of personnel, however without being able to assess the resulting loss due to the failure to achieve results in government projects and programs affected by the lack of these professionals.
\nCurrently, a well-founded methodology based on pre-established sizing parameters is not adopted. When analyzing requests for authorization to enter through a public selec-tion process, formal aspects are predominantly considered, such as: (i) the existence of vacant positions in the careers to which the personnel is intended; (ii) compatibility of the positions/functions with the indicated duties and with the corresponding position structure; (iii) the justification presented; (iv) the number of civil servants in the posi-tions/functions that are the subject of the demand. It should be noted that, in relation to this last point, the ideal is to consider, in addition to the quantity, the situation of these civil servants in terms of productivity, time until retirement, among others.
\nThe same applies to requests for temporary hires, but with some aggravating factors, since these are intended to replace an employee who is temporarily away, considering that the number of employees may be oversized, the need for replacement in some cases is questionable and may be unnecessary. It should also be considered that not every dismissal or temporary absence necessarily has to give rise to a replacement.
\nIn addition to all these factors, it is essential to recognize that the area of human re-sources management in state administration faces a dilemma between providing the de-partments with qualified employees, with compatible and attractive remuneration, and in sufficient numbers to meet the demands for public services, and the imperative need to adjust to the spending limits imposed by the Fiscal Responsibility Law.
\nIncidentally, personnel expenses have frequently reached worrying levels, which reaf-firms the need for in-depth reflection on the rational allocation of financial and human resources and their effectiveness. It is worth noting that the diversity of career cadre and the remuneration structure based on differentiated treatment for certain units limits the administration's ability to reallocate personnel between the various departments.
\nWhile the recruitment of employees, whether to maintain the provision of services or to implement new demands, requires better planning and greater agility, the loss of em-ployees is continuous and affects all departments. To better demonstrate the magnitude of the numerical reduction over the last 9.6 years, the figures recorded in September 2015 can be used again, when the total workforce was 195,529 positions/functions and the average monthly number of dismissals was 412.67.
\nThe layoffs, whose current monthly average is around 336[2] positions, the fact that 45.2%[3] of the effective employees are in the age group of 50 years or more, with service time approaching retirement, demand a planning of restructuring of the career cadre that allows the necessary transfer of technical knowledge and experience acquired over the years.
\nIn order to mitigate the losses resulting from the lack of replacement of dismissed civil servants, a decree was issued that establishes Replacement Rates[4] for most positions provided for in the careers of Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies. How-ever, its implementation requires constant monitoring through a structured methodology, which shall be integrated into the dimensioning of the workforce, complementing the planning tools for adequacy (replacement, expansion and optimization) of servers.
\nThat said, it is essential that the Administration has the elements to establish the bases of its personnel structure and identify where, in which activities, each type of contractual relationship applies: statutory, temporary, intern, outsourced services, among others. Furthermore, based on a consistent diagnosis, it is possible to detect, in addition to the lack of employees, the need for training, modernization of work processes and invest-ment in information technology, in its broadest sense.
\nIt is important to highlight the relevance of diagnosis and planning of human resources in Public Administration, as other public policies in the various sectors of activity, budg-etary and actuarial projections, among other aspects, depend on these.
\nHowever, the development of Sizing by the technical team of the Human Resources Recruitment and Selection Division, of the Human Resources Department of SEAP, is unfeasible, considering the insufficient number of existing technicians to carry out the work, the diversity of the activities developed, as well as the high specialization, fun-damental for such assignment.
\nIn view of the above, it is necessary to hire a human resources consulting company to develop and implement a Workforce Sizing methodology, based on pre-existing models and/or models developed specifically for agencies and entities of the Direct Administra-tion and Autonomous Agencies, structured in an information technology system that allows its management and continuous monitoring.
3. OBJECTIVES
\n3.1. GENERAL OBJECTIVE
\nContract the elaboration and implementation of a Sizing methodology, based on pre-existing models and/or models developed for this purpose, and a Workforce Adequacy Plan (replacement, expansion and optimization) for the agencies and entities of the Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies of the State of Paraná, in accordance with the structures contained in the ANNEX I and ANNEX II of this Term, which provide subsidies for the admission policy for the short, medium and long term, based on the identification of a sufficient and adequate number of civil servants so that the agencies can deliver the public services that are their responsibility quickly and efficiently, and also an information technology system that includes the means for their continuous management and monitoring.
3.2. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
\n3.2.1. Survey of the current situation of the existing workforce in the agencies, from a qualitative, quantitative and cost perspective, by type of employment relationship, position/function, with emphasis on the activities performed, as well as the respective institutional data, such as characterization, objectives and organizational structure. Factors with potential impact on the dimensioning of the workforce should also be surveyed, such as information regarding turnover, absenteeism, absences, seasonal demand, pent-up demand, overestimated demand, deviations from function and their effects on performance and productivity.
3.2.2. Qualitative and quantitative dimensioning of the necessary human resources, by type of link, position/function, to the agencies and entities of the Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies of the Executive Branch indicated in Annex I of this Term, developing methodologies, based on the prospecting of existing models in Brazil and abroad, adopted in public and/or private administration, types of activities, implemented on a similar or larger scale, legislation applied to the sector and/or definition of specific parameters, taking into account the current and future scenario of the State of Paraná.
\n\n3.2.3. Plans for:
\n3.2.3.1. Adequacy (replacement, expansion and optimization) of the workforce, based on the need indicated in the dimensioning versus the quantity indicated in the survey of the current situation, for the short term: zero to two years, medium term: 3 to 5 years and long term: 6 to 10 years, which includes suggestions for adjustments and measures to be adopted and considers replacement rates, cost projections, the State's budgetary capacity and the potential to meet demand through the expansion of vacancies in current public examinations; and
\n3.2.3.2. Institutionalization of workforce planning within the scope of the Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies of the Executive Branch that establishes the organization and functioning of the processes that constitute it, as well as the governance and management mechanisms for the continuous implementation and improvement of the program.
\n3.2.4. Project Communication Plan, as detailed in subitem 5.4.1, for each target audien-ce and for each product generated throughout the project, and Training of those invol-ved in the project, as described in subitem 5.4.2, with the purpose of ensuring its execu-tion from start to finish, its subsequent replication and continuous use, covering human resources technicians and managers, strategic managers, IT professionals designated by the Information and Communication Technology Company of Paraná – Celepar, and the Project Executive Group, for the assimilation of the developed methodology and the monitoring of its application.
\n3.2.5. Formulation and implementation of a system using information technology, appli-ed to Workforce Sizing – Development of information systems compatible with the sys-tems used in the State of Paraná, which will enable permanent support for the execution, processing, and diagnosis of workforce sizing, with an estimate of the respective costs.
The details of each specific objective are presented in item “ 5. PRODUCTS INCLUDED IN THIS TERM”.
\n\n
\n4. GENERAL GUIDELINES AND SCOPE
This Workforce Sizing project shall include the Agencies/Entities of the Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies (Annex I), headquartered in the capital and/or in the interior of the state, according to their location and respective regionalized structure.
\n\nLikewise, the products to be developed within the scope of the project, as per Table 2, shall cover all the Agencies/Entities covered (Annex I), careers/career cadres with respective positions/functions, which have not been declared extinct upon becoming vacant (Annex II). It should be noted that possible changes in the organizational structure and/or careers/career cadres due to new state management guidelines implemented after the publication of this Term shall be considered and incorporated. Consider the updated version of Annexes I and II at the time of the contract.
\n\n4.1. WORKFORCE
\n\nTable 1 - Total workforce size
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Qty. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Effective civil servants (civil and military) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 113,600 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Unlinked commissioned positions \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3.239 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Special Regime Contracts (temporary)* \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4,940 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Interns (Middle and Higher Levels) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2.606 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Others (CLT) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 658 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t TOTAL \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 125,043 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Source: RHPARANA META4 – January/2025 base
\n\n* The number of temporary contracts for January is atypical, as it is a school break period and does not include teachers in Basic Education. The average for the school term is around 25,000.
\n\n\n\n
4.2. METHODOLOGICAL PROPOSAL TO BE DETAILED IN THE WORK PLAN SHOULD CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING ASPECTS:
\n4.2.1. The execution of the work may adopt different methodologies in relation to the surveys and analyses provided for in the other products: (i) activities whose dynamics and typology allow the establishment of productivity and performance parameters, in final activities of service provision, regional or sectoral administration, such as Regional Health, Hospitals, Socio-Education Centers, Regional Education Offices, Instrumental Units, among others; (ii) activities related to management, advisory, formulation of pu-blic policies, and regulation, in which the nature of the activities presents complexity in establishing parameters for the comparison of productivity and performance, in view of the diversity of processes.
\n4.2.2. Parameters may be established for the workforce necessary to meet the current and future demands of the State, in accordance with the methodological proposal and products to be developed under this Term.
\n4.2.3. Due to the scope of the universe of analysis, the methodology and execution of the work shall adopt the following Strategic Lines of Action of the State: a) Health; b) Justice, Rights; c) Urban and Economic Development; d) General Government Adminis-tration; e) Education. It is emphasized that, in the development of the products, priority shall be given to the Health area. Regarding the Strategic Lines of Action of the State, their delimitation will be confirmed prior to the preparation and execution of the Work Plan. Within the scope of the Universities, only University Hospitals – UHs will be con-sidered, which will be included in the Strategic Line of Health.
\n4.2.4. The Methodological Proposal, including in the data collection and definition of parameters, may, subject to the Client’s approval, be developed through the establish-ment of stratified and representative samples in each area, agency, or career cadre, pro-vided that there is a high degree of standardization of processes.
\nBoth the Workforce Sizing of the Ideal career cadre (Phase 2) and the Planning for the Adequacy of the Workforce (Phase 3) shall show the number of positions/functions cur-rently provided for in the careers, for which, according to the diagnosis carried out (Phase 2), the lack of necessity is found, or recommendations are made in terms of care-er or employment relationship. The products presented shall consider the possibility of optimizing the existing career cadre and career structures. If necessary, new functions shall be proposed considering the profile and qualifications required to meet unmet de-mands, as well as indicating the possibilities and/or need for the relocation and retrai-ning of existing professionals.
\n\n
5. PRODUCTS INCLUDED IN THIS TERM
\n\nTable 2 - Products included in this Terms of Reference
\n\n| \n\t\t\t PHASE \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t PRODUCT \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t WORK PLAN \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t SURVEY OF THE CURRENT SITUATION AND SIZING OF THE WORKFORCE \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t ADEQUACY PLAN (REPLACEMENT, EXPANSION AND OPTIMIZATION) FOR THE SHORT, MEDIUM AND LONG TERM AND WORKFORCE PLANNING INSTITUTIONALIZATION PLAN \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t COMMUNICATION AND TRAINING PLAN FOR MANAGERS OPERATING IN THE TECHNICAL AND HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT AREAS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t FORMULATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMATICS APPLIED TO WORKFORCE SIZING – DEVELOPMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
5.1. PHASE 1: WORK PLAN
\n\nPrior to the development of the work, a document describing the Work Plan for executing the purpose of this terms shall be submitted for approval by the Executive Group responsible for monitoring the services.
\n\nIn order to prepare the Work Plan, with the aim of supporting the contractor, a technical meeting will be held with the Executive Group to pass on available information summarized as to the organizational structure, current data, current panorama of human resources management, number of employees, reports that are part of the database of the State's human resources management systems, relevant legislation, career cadre , professional profiles, interlocutors involved and expectations regarding the work. Additional information may be made available to the consulting firm, upon express request, at least 15 (fifteen) business days in advance. If the information provided is considered insufficient by the contractor, the contractor shall provide other information that it deems relevant from other sources by its own means.
\n\nThe Work Plan shall present:
\n- Report containing a detailed description of the methodological proposal to be adopted, specifying the model parameters, variables required for data analysis, indicators, among other elements necessary for a better understanding and approval of the methodology to be applied.
\n- Tool, made available by the contractor, which will be used for project governance during its execution.
\n- Physical and financial schedule with all activities to be developed and their respective costs and durations, compatible with the deadlines established by the Client, in a sequence that considers the precedence and dependency relationships between activities. The physical and financial schedule shall present the project milestones and define the dates and costs of the deliveries of intermediate and final products for each project activity. Any changes shall be approved by the Client.
\n- Quality and Risk Management Plan containing a detailed description, by project activities, of the quality assurance process and compliance of the project products based on the Technical Specifications of this Term of Reference. The quality and Risk Management plan shall include the Risk Matrix, including planned, corrective and predictive actions.
\n- Project Communication Plan indicating the different approaches between the management, coordination, technical and target audience levels of the surveys in each agency/entity as set out in Annex I, as well as between those responsible for the product in the Contractor and the Client; the communication strategies adopted for each product and interested parties at the internal and external levels. It shall include the plan for monthly and extraordinary project monitoring meetings, methods of recording the product (minutes, emails and other documents), constituting an integral part of the official product documentation and to be followed.
\n- Documents and forms to be used in data collection and interview scripts, both those planned with directors and intermediate-level managers, as well as, if applicable, an indication of the applications and/or platforms used.
\n- Schedule with estimated dates for technical visits and/or online meetings through an application or service with the possibility of sharing presentations and files via the web with the Agencies, located in the Capital and in the interior of the State, for data collection and application of interviews, which can be carried out remotely or through digital forms.
\n- Technical team allocated and the organizational chart defined for the project, containing the Responsibility Matrix and the functions to be performed by each technical manager, identifying the management and coordination levels of each project activity.
The Contractor shall describe in the project plan the approach envisaged for the development of the project, and its representation in the schedule details, considering the possibility of using multiple project deliveries, including a possible agile approach, compatible with the maturity stages of the methodology and its application throughout the contractual period. In these delivery stages, all types of products shall be considered, including artifacts provided for in the Information System.
\n\nIt is important to emphasize that, with regard to Phase 4 (Training), in addition to the items provided above, this Work Plan shall include: (i) the content to be covered in each training session; (ii) the objectives and details of the program; (iii) the methodologies and didactic-pedagogical strategies to be used; and (iv) workload.
\nThe Work Plan and project management shall be aligned with the project management method principles of the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) / Project Management Institute (PMI), covering the following knowledge areas: project integration management; project scope management; project time management; project quality management; project human resource management; project communication management; project risk management.
In relation to Phase 5 – Formulation and Implementation of an Information Technology System Applied to Workforce Sizing – Development of Information Systems, the actions/activities to be described in this Work Plan shall cover the major stages of system development, since the preparation of the System Project Plan (Annex III) is foreseen.
\n\nOnce the Work Plan is approved, the consultancy will begin the development of the products specified below, with the preparation and submission of monthly reports on the monitoring/execution of actions/activities to the Project Executive Group being mandatory.
\n\n\n\n
5.2. PHASE 2: SURVEY OF THE CURRENT SITUATION AND SIZING OF THE WORKFORCE
\n\n
\n5.2.1. Survey of the Current Situation
Currently, the State workforce is made up of statutory employees (civil and military), employees with CLT contracts, commissioned positions without a contract, temporary contracts under a special regime, interns and outsourced service provision contracts.
\n\nIn parallel with the workforce survey, in order to understand the current and future scenarios and challenges of the different segments, it is necessary to approach the strategic management level of each agency, through structured interviews that can be conducted in person or remotely. The interviews should enable the mapping of seasonal demands[5] and pent-up demands due to the lack of employees, the need for better qualification of professionals, or increased investment in information technology, in order to ensure the achievement of the results established in the government goals and programs quickly and efficiently.
\n\nIt is necessary to carry out a survey of the current situation of the workforce of the agencies, the structure of careers, attributions and other pertinent information, pointing out the distortions, deficiencies and problems identified, through the presentation of a consolidated diagnosis by agency and area of activity.
\nThe activities listed below constitute a reference model, which may be adapted, as well as supplemented with others by the Contractor, depending on the methodology adopt-ed, provided they are approved by the Client.
\n5.2.1.1.The survey of the current situation from a qualitative and quantitative point of view of the current situation of the workforce by career cadre/career and by agency of the Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies should present, whenever possible, based on the data made available by the state and collected throughout the project, an estimate of current costs and should cover:
\n5.2.1.1.1. Survey and analysis of the current workforce in agencies/entities: quantity by type of employment relationship, career cadre, position/function and unit, with emphasis on the activities performed;
\n5.2.1.1.2. Survey, identification and analysis of the organizational structure of all Agencies/Entities that make up the Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies according to the level of activity of the organizational structure, covering regional structures;
5.2.1.1.3. Survey of legally established competencies, competencies intrinsic to the execution of the public service, and organizational goals of the Agencies/Entities subject to the dimensioning to be carried out according to the levels of action of their organizational structure, covering regional structures;
\n\n5.2.1.1.4. Survey and analysis of available productivity data, individually and comparatively, in the case of units that have a similar service profile, providing, when possible, indicators for the subsequent preparation of action plans to improve productivity (for example, a plan for training employees, standardization of processes, automation of activities, need to improve technological conditions, including the use of information systems and application of artificial intelligence, etc.);
\n\n5.2.1.1.5. Survey of information regarding turnover, absenteeism, absences, seasonal demand, pent-up demand, overestimated demand, deviations from function and their impacts on performance and productivity, as well as on the state public budget;
\n\n5.2.1.1.6. Mapping of existing jobs in agencies/entities, by type: in-person, hybrid and teleworking, with a breakdown of the levels of operational units in their organizational structure;
\n\n5.2.1.1.7. Conducting interviews with directors, managers, deans or key employees of the agencies/entities to learn about their vision and current and future challenges. The objective of these interviews is to identify the strategic role played by the State area and its vision for the future, taking into account social and economic changes, changes in labor and social security systems, technological and work processes innovations, and their respective impacts on the demand for the workforce, both qualitatively and quantitatively;
\n\n5.2.1.1.8. Structured interviews with managers, those responsible, deans or reference employees of the agencies to identify and analyze priority demands, repressed demands, difficulties, distortions, critical issues, good management practices that resulted in increased productivity, among others. This activity should occur after the training described in subitem 5.4.2.1.;
\n\n5.2.1.1.9. Obtaining information considered relevant to the execution of the survey and dimensioning, from the respective agencies and managers, using specific forms and structured questionnaires. This activity shall occur after the training described in subitem 5.4.2.2;
\n\n5.2.1.1.10. Obtaining, from SEAP/DRH, macrodata relating to costs corresponding to the career cadre/careers, considering all financial advantages (bonuses, benefits, assistance, dangerousness, unhealthy conditions, among others) related to the position/function evaluated;
\n\n5.2.1.1.11. Obtaining professional profiles for each position/function, such as education, duties, work regime, working hours, among others;
\n\n5.2.1.1.12. Obtaining data from the HR management system and obtained through (interviews and forms), the percentage of absenteeism by function, disaggregated by career cadre, agency/entity, considering and discriminating the different causes of absence (foreseen and unforeseen);
\n\n5.2.1.1.13. Identification of seasonal demand, pent-up demand, overestimated demand, function deviations and their impacts on performance and productivity, as well as on the state public budget, through interviews and forms by agency/entity, function.
\n\n5.2.2. Workforce Sizing
\n\nIt is extremely important to identify, in terms of qualitative and quantitative profiles, the ideal career cadre for the functioning of the administrative units that make up the areas of State activity in the current context and over a horizon of up to 10 years.
\n\nThe sizing should be based on the identification of existing methodologies already implemented in other governments, similar studies, applied legislation and/or the development of a specific methodology for each area. The implementation of Workforce Sizing in private spheres that carry out activities that are not exclusive to the State may also be considered.
\n\nIt is important to emphasize that, as a general focus of the project, it should be considered that certain functions performed by the State are by nature exclusive to the public sector, such as the custody of inmates in socio-educational units. Others, such as those related to health and education, are carried out in both the private and public sectors, subject to the established constitutional competencies. However, for the proposals related to the Sizing of the Ideal career cadre, even in activities where the corresponding parameters are found in the private sector, it is necessary to assess whether the same parameters for sizing the workforce can be adopted, taking into account aspects of the legislation on public servants that impose some restrictions compared to other workers.
\n\nDifferent strategies may be adopted for the various sectors according to the reality identified. For example, in areas and units with the same service profile, such as hospitals and schools, the sizing work can be replicated by adopting sizes. In units of the same profile and size or of equivalent size, the same dimensioning may be applied, but it shall always be aligned with the trend indicated by the demographic behavior of the state/municipalities.
\nAll changes to business requirements (activities, agencies, etc.) shall be parameterizable by Governance and Information Systems, when necessary, and may include:
• the creation and maintenance of the organizational structure, the definition of Organizational Units, their functions and hierarchical relationships for each institution;
\n• workstation and its specific characteristics (workstation profile).
5.2.2.1. Sizing of the ideal career cadre qualitatively (position and function) and quantitatively of the workforce of the State's Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies, detailed by Career Cadre and by Agency/Entity consolidated in a report to be delivered to the Client, covering:
\n\n5.2.2.1.1. Consolidation of the methodological proposal for sizing the workforce, by area of activity, based on the collection of qualitative, quantitative and cost data, analysis of indicators and application of the adopted parameters;
\n5.2.2.1.2. Presentation of detailed and structured documentation/Dossier by area of activity, career cadre, position and function of the methodology developed for preparing the Workforce Sizing, indicating the parameters used, indicators and other information pertinent to the data modeling used;
\n5.2.2.1.3. Identification of which Agencies/Entities, based on a comparison of the proposed ideal sizing and the existing staff, are oversized, undersized, or have the correct sizing, but with an imbalance between the levels of activity of their organizational structure, covering the regions;
5.2.2.1.4. Proposal of strategies aimed at optimizing human, material, financial and budgetary resources that include, among others:
\na) adjustments to the composition of the workforce, in terms of profile, hiring method, modernization and restructuring of career cadre, including recommendations for the elimination, creation or reformulation of positions and/or functions;
\nb) modernization of management through review of processes, investment in information technology, including the use of information systems and application of artificial intelligence, change in the way services are offered (digital and others);
\nc) adoption of the Teleworking regime[6];
\nd) indication of distortions, deficiencies and problems found and recommendation of the necessary interventions to solve them;
\ne) guidelines for developing a staff training plan;
\nf) Possibility of alternative service provision models that consider, among other possibilities, partnerships with the third sector, public-private partnerships and outsourcing.
5.2.2.2. Main Activities for Execution:
\nThe activities listed below are a reference model and may be adapted or others added by the Contractor, depending on the methodology adopted, provided that they are ap-proved by the Client.
\n5.2.2.2.1. Identification of existing workforce sizing parameters, methodologies and studies.
\n5.2.2.2.2. Identification and definition of indicators and parameters to be adopted by the proposed methodology.
\n5.2.2.2.3. Proposals for measures to meet seasonal demands with quality, by level of activity of the organizational structure of the Agencies/Entities.
\n5.2.2.2.4. Analysis of the demographic behavior of the State and Municipalities and corresponding impact on the demand for services, with scenarios for the short, medium and long term, as covered in Phase 3.
\n5.2.2.2.5. Consolidation of the survey of workforce sizing methodologies, by area of activity, based on the survey of qualitative, quantitative and cost data, analysis of indicators and application of the adopted parameters;
\n5.2.2.2.6. The results obtained in the two sub-products, Survey and Sizing, shall be included in reports containing the reality found and the proposals related to Sizing in each of the Agencies/Entities, as well as, when possible, the disaggregation by their levels of action[7]. A summary report shall also be prepared, establishing a scenario of the State, where the predominant situations verified and their respective proposals will be listed.
5.3. PHASE 3: WORKFORCE ADEQUACY PLAN (REPLACEMENT, EXPANSION AND OPTIMIZATION) FOR THE SHORT, MEDIUM AND LONG TERM AND WORKFORCE PLANNING INSTITUTIONALIZATION PLAN
\nOnce the Survey of the Current Situation and the Sizing of the Ideal Career Cadre have been completed, the deficit and surplus areas should be identified, indicating the necessary interventions, which may include, in addition to replacing or increasing the number of employees, the restructuring of work processes, requalification, reassignments or reformulation of the service contracting method.
Next, a workforce adequacy plan (replacement, expansion and optimization) shall be drawn up, establishing the need to recruit employees and the respective cost forecast for the short, medium and long term, considering the expected recruitment resulting from replacement rates and projection of State revenues and expenses, by agency/entity, in accordance with the Career Cadres, Positions and Functions, taking into account the potential for using a reserve list in current public competitions and the limits established in Complementary Law No. 101, Fiscal Responsibility Law.
\nShort term - zero to 2 years;
\nMedium term - 3 to 5 years;
\nLong term - 6 to 10 years.
\n5.3.1. The Adequacy and Implementation Plan for Replacement, Expansion and Optimization
\n5.3.1.1. The Plan to be delivered to the Administration shall:
\n5.3.1.1.1. Demonstrate the losses to the full execution of public services and the resulting risks, in the event that the replacement indicated as necessary is not carried out;
5.3.1.1.2. Identify services compromised due to lack/shortage of human resources;
\n\n5.3.1.1.3. Present a comparison of personnel expenses, in different workforce replacement scenarios, and the agency's budget availability for personnel expenses;
\n\n5.3.1.1.4. Present a report assessing the projection of demand for services provided, detailed by Career Cadre, Agency/Entity of the State's Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies, for the next 2, 5 and 10 years, considering the expectation of layoffs and implementation of the replacement rate in the same periods and the prospect of advances in management performance resulting from the implementation of the measures indicated in the survey carried out and in the proposed dimensioning;
\n\n5.3.1.1.5. Propose the adoption of strategies that consider the potential use of the reserve list of current public selection processes as well as the proposals highlighted in item 5.2. 2, aiming at the optimization of human, material, financial and budgetary resources; and
\n\n5.3.1.1.6. Foresee the possible impact on the number of career cadre when proposing to adopt new hiring processes provided for in item 5.2.2.
\nThe analyses and results obtained from the above items shall be included in specific reports for each of the agencies/entities, as well as the breakdown by their levels of activity. A summary report on the State shall also be presented, consolidating the overall analysis.
\n5.3.1.2. Main Activities for Execution:
\nThe activities listed below constitute a reference model, which may be adapted, as well as supplemented with others by the Contractor, depending on the methodology adopted, provided they are approved by the Client.
\n5.3.1.2.1. Analysis of the demographic behavior of the State and Municipalities and corresponding impact on the demand for services, with scenarios for the short, medium and long term.
\n5.3.1.2.2. Projection of demand by agency/entity broken down by career cadre, Positions and Functions and consolidated by strategic line of State action (e.g.: health, education, management, among others), for 2, 5 and 10 years.
\n5.3.1.2.3. Projection of layoffs by position/function in the period, considering the different areas of activity under analysis.
\n5.3.1.2.4. Forecast of income resulting from the application of replacement rates.
\n5.3.1.2.5. Survey of current public selection processes with the potential to meet demand.
\n5.3.1.2.6. Obtaining and analyzing historical budget data from the state administration.
\n5.3.1.2.7. Projection of server entry and maintenance costs.
\n5.3.1.2.8. Analysis of the impact of the proposed measures as set out in subitem 5.2.2.1.4. of subitem 5.2.2.
5.3.2. The Workforce Planning Institutionalization Plan
\n5.3.2.1. The Plan to be delivered to the Administration shall:
\n5.3.2.1.1. Propose the management instance and the structure necessary for the implementation of workforce planning, which includes processing the sizing, comparison with the existing workforce, adoption of strategies and schedule for workforce adequacy, monitoring of the results obtained and other routines for periodic updating.
\n5.3.2.1.2. Establish the processes that make up workforce planning and the respective flows.
\n5.4. PHASE 4: COMMUNICATION AND TRAINING PLAN FOR MANAGERS WORKING IN THE TECHNICAL AREA AND PEOPLE MANAGEMENT.
\n5.4.1. Project Communication Plan and Execution
\nThe Communication Plan will be developed prior to the start of the project and implemented throughout the entire life cycle. This plan aims to promote fluidity, coherence and effectiveness of communication among all stakeholders, respecting the different levels of responsibility and interest - managerial, coordination, technical and other stakeholders. It should also indicate specific approaches for each target audience in the agencies/entities, as set out in Annex I, and for each product generated throughout the project. It should include the plan for monthly and extraordinary meetings to monitor the project. between those responsible for the product at the Contractor and the Client, communication material and presentations, product recording methods (minutes, emails and other documents), constituting an integral part of the official product documentation to be followed at each stage of the project until completion. It shall also act in external communication by preparing materials for unions, the press, digital media and other dissemination channels relevant to the scope of the project.
\n5.4.2 Training
\nThe training will consist of events to be conducted at different times, as detailed below.
\n5.4.2.1. Carrying out at least 07 (seven) workshops with a minimum workload of 08 (eight) hours.
\nThe workshops, with a maximum of 40 (forty) participants each, aim to promote preliminary awareness in order to train and equip managers and technicians working in the area of human resources management, regarding the assumptions and foundations of the Management Model for Results in line with the object addressed in this Term. This training should address: (i) contextualization of the current economic scenario and its long-term projection; (ii) reflection on the role of the State and the trends for human resources management in the public sphere; (iii) presentation of the work schedule to be used in the project (in accordance with Phase 1 – Action Plan); (iv) description of the actions/activities involving the areas of human resources management.
\nThe Contractor is responsible for providing consultant(s) with compatible training, knowledge of the economic situation of international and national public administration and the socioeconomic reality of the State of Paraná, as well as skills in leading participants to reflect on the importance of each segment in meeting the set of demands of society.
\n5.4.2.2. Carrying out training, in each agency, for the employees who will work directly in the Survey stage (5.2), with the aim of ensuring that the information is passed on in an objective and appropriate manner, with a workload of around 8 (eight) hours.
\n5.4.2.3. Holding of 01 (one) Seminar, with a minimum workload of 04 (four) hours, and 02 (two) Workshops, with a minimum workload of 16 (sixteen) hours.
\nHolding a Seminar, with a minimum workload of 4 hours, for the Government's Strategic Center and the Project's Executive around 50 participants in each workshop system developed for application of the sizing methodology; (v) presentation of the proposal for training on the operationalization of the system and its functionalities, based on a guidance manual and tutorials; (vi) presentation of suggestions and proposals that provide for the maintenance of the system and the longevity of the methodology developed.
\nThe Contractor is responsible for providing a consultant to carry out the events included in this Product, who shall be an integral member of the key team, in addition to having communication and leadership skills and ability to conduct meetings with intermediate and strategic management levels.
\n5.4.2.4. Carrying out at least 01 (one) training course on the operation, administration and architecture of the Computerized System with a minimum workload of 24 (twenty-four) hours.
\nThis training shall be planned and conducted by the Contractor and aimed at addressing the system administration functions, with the objective of training the technicians working at SEAP (approximately 20 staff members) to operate and maintain the solution. At the end of the training, users should be able to use the system functions, also understanding its overall operation, to become agents for multiplying this knowledge within the agencies, and to recognize all modules and functions; define user types, granting different access levels; implement and parameterize the system, including the maintenance of indicators and calculation formulas, change tables, include new users, among other knowledge necessary to maintain the system's operability.
\nAt a specific moment of the aforementioned training, technicians from Celepar or another institution responsible for the State of Paraná system will be present so that the contractor can provide the knowledge that enables a structural view of the system, its components (programs, database and other tools), as well as mastery of the development environment, without prejudice to the specific training indicated in Annex III, in order to enable technology transfer.
\n
\n5.5. PHASE 5: FORMULATION AND IMPLEMENTATION INFORMATION OF TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMATICS APPLIED TO WORKFORCE SIZING – DEVELOPMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS.
\nThe importance or need for the application of information technology in Workforce Sizing programs lies precisely in the possibility of having a system that allows for permanent support for Human Resources management – in a timely manner and with reliable information – within parameters that allow for the provision of stability diagnostics between the demand for human resources and the availability of personnel, respecting their requirements, characteristics and skills. Systematically monitoring the impacts caused by permanent situations such as employee layoffs, especially retirements, and greater demand from society for improvements or expansion of certain services (e.g. health, education, etc.). Once the sizing parameters have been defined, the system will indicate the possible need for adjustments to the career cadre. Likewise, these diagnostics are influenced by temporary situations such as vacations, leaves and other types of absences of public servants.
To achieve the main objective of the project, it is essential to ensure the continued application of the methodology, in order to direct efforts towards maintaining a human resources structure that meets the strategic objectives of the State, which are dynamic. At the same time, it is essential that the public administration takes ownership of the methodology and algorithms, as well as the data captured and the results of the project, generating continuous changes in work processes that will enable the optimization of human resources and public administration costs.
\n\nThus, the development of an information system, in the context of the project, is justified by the need for appropriation and continued application of the methodology/algorithms and dimensioning data, since the parameters and indicators defined by area of activity (e.g. service provision in the health and socio-educational areas), as well as other data related to the workforce of the agencies and entities (e.g. total number of positions by employment relationship, education, admissions, dismissals, absences, absenteeism), budgetary capacity, among other information, shall be updated systematically and routinely.
\n\nHowever, it is important to emphasize that the perfect adherence of the system to be developed, to the RH- Paraná/Meta4 System, used by the State for payroll and functional registration management, is a sine qua non, consisting of a mandatory requirement. In other words, the system to be contracted shall be independent and capable of interacting with the RH-Paraná/Meta4 System and, if necessary, others used by the State.
\n\nIn this context, the computational routines to be developed through an Information System shall be capable of storing and systematizing the collected data, representing the defined methodology through algorithms and providing the necessary results through queries, reports and panels, through a human interface with usability appropriate to the users of the Information System. The fundamental requirements, which may be complemented based on the definition of the proposed Methodology, are listed in ANNEX IV - List of Requirements for the DIMFT Information System.
\n5.5.1. Information Technology Systematics Applied to Workforce Sizing – Development of Information Systems.
\nThe definition of the products to be developed meets the guidelines and technological compatibility of the State of Paraná, having been established in conjunction with the Companhia de Tecnologia da Informação e Comunicação do Paraná - Celepar, as detailed in ANNEX III, which includes, among others, the specification of the technological environment for the operation of the System and the definition of the criteria to be used for the full implementation of the products that make up this Phase.
5.5.1.1. System Project Plan
\nThe general Work Plan of the project shall be complemented and detailed with the spe-cific activities for the elaboration and implementation of the Information System.
\nThe approach to be used in the Information System project shall be compatible with the overall project approach, including the possibility of multiple iterations and an agile ap-proach. The activities listed in ANNEX III primarily aim to define a set of typical Soft-ware Engineering artifacts, without being limited to specific development models to be adopted. The approach strategy to be adopted for the project as a whole, and conse-quently for the software, shall define the development model to be used in the project, while taking into account the delivery of the products scheduled in the timeline de-scribed in item 6 – PHYSICAL-FINANCIAL EXECUTION SCHEDULE OF THE PRODUCTS:
\n• System Project Plan
\n• Business Process Modeling
\n• Data Load Module
\n• Sizing Module
\n• Global Integration (final delivery)
\nThe System Project Plan shall be the first product of this phase to be delivered by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Project Executive Group and Celepar. The oth-er products define a perspective of executable product deliveries that support the activi-ties of Workforce Survey, Workforce Sizing, Workforce Adequacy, and Institutionaliza-tion of Workforce Planning.
\nThe detailed activities planned for the execution of the above products are provided in ANNEX III.
5.5.1.2. Business Process Modeling
\nFor the execution of this product, the necessary activities and tasks for the system de-sign shall be considered, including the mapping and modeling of processes inherent to the sizing methodology, which will later serve as the basis for the entire design and specification of the Information System.Activities related to the execution of the fol-lowing sub-products shall be developed:(i) Process Mapping Document relating to the methodology defined for Workforce Sizing;(ii) Consolidation Document of the Process-es of the Workforce Sizing System (DIMFT), which will be part of the software solution scope.The technical reference for executing the activities for product delivery can be obtained in ANNEX III, essentially in its item 2.2. Business Process Modeling.
\n5.5.1.3. Data Load Module
\nThis product will be characterized by the operational delivery of the Information System functionalities that support the Workforce Survey activities, within their processes de-fined as part of the software solution scope, and which will also constitute the databases later used in the other activities provided in the methodology.The technical reference for executing the activities for product delivery can be obtained in ANNEX III, essentially in its items 2.2. CONCEPTION AND ELABORATION and 2.3. INTEGRATION AND QUALIFICATION.
\n5.5.1.4. Sizing Module
\nThis product will be characterized by the operational delivery of the Information System functionalities that support the Workforce Sizing activities, within their processes de-fined as part of the software solution scope.The technical reference for executing the activities for product delivery can be obtained in ANNEX III, essentially in its items 2.2. CONCEPTION AND ELABORATION and 2.3. INTEGRATION AND QUALIFICATION.
\n5.5.1.5. Global Integration (final delivery)
\nThis product will be characterized by the operational delivery of the Information System functionalities that support the activities for the implementation of the Workforce Ad-justment Plan and the Institutionalization of Workforce Planning, according to the pro-cesses defined as part of the software solution scope. In addition to this specific deliv-ery, all other activities and deliveries scheduled for the completion of the Information System, as well as the services planned during the Assisted Operation and Technical Maintenance and Support periods, shall be included in this product delivery.The tech-nical reference for executing the activities for product delivery can be obtained in AN-NEX III, essentially in its items: 2.2. CONCEPTION AND DEVELOPMENT, 2.3. INTEGRATION AND QUALIFICATION, 2.4. TRANSITION, 2.5. SOURCE CODE, 2.6. DOCUMENTATION, 2.7. TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER, 2.8. IN-TEGRATED ENVIRONMENT ACCEPTANCE, 2.9. MAINTENANCE AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT, 2.10. SYSTEM OPERATION INFRASTRUCTURE SPECIFICATION, and 2.11. PREPARATION OF DEVELOPMENT, AC-CEPTANCE, AND PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENTS.
\n6. PHYSICAL-FINANCIAL EXECUTION SCHEDULE OF PRODUCTS
\nThe following schedule may be adapted depending on the details of the Work Plan, respecting the maximum time foreseen, from the signing of the contract, for the completion of the work.
| \n\t\t\t MONTHS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t PHASE/PRODUCT EXECUTION SCHEDULE \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 9 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 11 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 13 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 14 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 16 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 17 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 19 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 21 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TOTAL \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t PHASE 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t PRODUCT 1 – WORK PLAN \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t PHASE 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t PRODUCT 2 – CURRENT WORKFORCE SURVEY AND WORKFORCE SIZING \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t 5.2.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Current Workforce Survey. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5.2.1.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\tSurvey stage 1 - 50% of the Agencies - Annex I Report of Agencies/entities \n\t\t\tof Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5.2.1.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Survey stage 2 - 50% of the Agencies - Annex I Report of Agencies/entities | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5.2.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Workforce Sizing \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t PHASE 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t PRODUCT 3 – WORKFORCE ADEQUACY AND WORKFORCE PLANNING INSTITUTIONALIZATION PLAN \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t 5.3.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Workforce Adequacy Plan (Replacement, Expansion and Optimization) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5.3.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Workforce Planning Institutionalization Plan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t | ||
| \n\t\t\t PHASE 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5.4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t PRODUCT 4 | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t 5.4.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project Communication Plan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5.4.1.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Execution of the Project Communication Plan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 7% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5.4.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Training \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 5.4.2.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\tCarrying out at least 07 (seven) workshops with a minimum workload \n\t\t\tof 08 (eight) hours. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 5.4. 2.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Carrying out training in each agency for the Survey stage (5.2.1). \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 5.4.2.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\tHolding of 01 (one) Seminar with a minimum workload of 04 (four) \n\t\t\thours and 02 (two) Workshops, with a minimum workload of 16 (sixteen) hours. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t- | \n\t\t\t- | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 5.4.2.4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Completion of 01 (one) training session on the operation, administration and | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t- | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t PHASE 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5.5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t PRODUCT 5 – FORMULATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS APPLIED TO WORKFORCE SIZING – DEVELOPMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 5.5.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information Technology Systematics Applied to Workforce Sizing – Development of Information Systems. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t 5.5.1.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System Project Plan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5.5.1.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Business Process Modeling \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 5.5.1.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data Loading Module \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5.5.1.4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sizing Module \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5.5.1.5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Global Integration (final delivery) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t - \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t PAYMENT (%) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 15% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 18% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 22% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 25% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 100% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
7. FORM OF PRESENTATION AND DELIVERY OF PRODUCTS (Table 2)
\n\nThe Contractor shall present in the Work Plan the standard and model for structuring, referencing and organizing the project documents, which shall be analyzed and approved by the Client. This will be the standard to be followed when delivering related products (Project Documents and Project Reports).
\nAll documents generated (manuals, results reports, presentations of work meetings, meeting minutes, teaching and learning materials for training, etc.) shall be submitted in two printed copies (when applicable), in Brazilian Portuguese, and on a magnetic medium (HD or similar) appropriate to the volume of the submission. The digital format shall be 1 (one) copy in .pdf and 1 (one) copy in open format of the software used (Word, for example).
\nPrinted copies shall be bound and organized into volumes corresponding to each of the by-products and/or products described in this Term.
\nThe preliminary version of the documents shall be forwarded to the Executive Group 5 (five) business days in advance of the presentation, which will take place through a face-to-face meeting between the Contractor and the Client, with a minimum workload of 8 (eight) hours, for discussion and validation, with the Contractor being responsible for implementing the adjustments defined after assessment by the Client.
The Contractor shall deliver the final version of the deliverables (e.g. documents, files) within a maximum of 5 (five) business days after the face-to-face meeting.
\n\nThe form of presentation and acceptance of the products that make up Phase 5 shall comply with the description contained in subitem 3.2 of Annex III of this Term.
\n\n
\n8. AVAILABLE INPUTS
The Human Resources and Social Security Department of the Administration and Social Security Secretariat – DRH/SEAP, will provide a place for meetings, technical discussions and product presentations, as well as facilitating, within the scope of the State Administration, consultants' access to information relevant to their area of activity, scheduling meetings with interlocutors from the agencies involved and, when convenient, participating in them.
\nThe processes, documents, data and information available for the execution of the activities to be developed, such as: reports containing the number of employees per agencyt, career cadre, position and function, organizational charts, professional profiles, rules and regulations, human resources legislation and other normative acts, indicators extracted from the State database and other data to support demand projections, will also be made available to the consulting firm upon express request, at least 15 (fifteen) business days in advance. These inputs will be made available by the DRH/SEAP or by the human resources heads of the departments involved.
\nThose responsible for monitoring services will be available to align actions, methods and work techniques, adapting your demands to the products to be presented by the company.
9. EXECUTIVE GROUP RESPONSIBLE FOR MONITORING AND APPROVAL OF PRODUCTS
\n\nThe Executive Group will be formed by professionals from the Human Resources and Social Security Department of the State Secretariat for Administration and Social Security - DRH/SEAP, predominantly from the Human Resources Recruitment and Selection Division - DSRH, which is the unit responsible for centrally executing human resources management activities related to recruitment, selection, admission, assignment, and movement, as well as coordinating, guiding, and monitoring the sizing of the workforce. Employees from the advisory department and other DRH/SEAP units who have knowledge in the area of careers and remuneration may also join the Executive Group. Employees with experience in these activities will be designated to directly and continuously monitor the consultancy's work.
\nSpecifically, to execute Phase 5 (System/Solution Development), technicians to be appointed by the Paraná Information and Communication Technology Company – Celepar will be integrated into the Executive Group.
10. KEY TEAM
\nThe key team of the Consultancy, responsible for the overall management of the project, which shall ensure the integration and compliance of the products while actively partici-pating in all stages, from the Work Plan, product development, training, and presenta-tion of results and proposals to the Client, to the system implementation, shall be com-posed of the following professionals, with minimum education and experience require-ments as follows:
\n(01) Specialist Consultant, who will act as Coordinator, with experience in Process Im-provement, having at least ten (10) years of proven practical experience in project man-agement, strategic planning project development, human resources management, and workforce sizing for public institutions (Autarchies and State Secretariats, Foundations). Degree and/or postgraduate studies in areas of knowledge related to the theme and products of the consultancy.
\n(03) Senior Consultants, with experience in Human Resources Administration or Peo-ple Management, having at least five (5) years of experience in Public Administra-tion/Management (Autarchies, State Secretariats, Foundations), complemented by expe-rience in Planning, Workforce Sizing and Management for public institutions (Autar-chies and State Secretariats, Foundations). Degree and/or postgraduate studies in areas of knowledge related to the theme and products of the consultancy.
\n(01) Specialist Consultant with experience in Information Technology, Systems Analy-sis, or related areas, having at least five (5) years of experience in systems analysis and software development for Public Administration/Management (Autarchies, State Secre-tariats, Foundations). Participation in at least three projects involving the processing and analysis of large datasets, with desirable experience in projects related to public sector human resources management. Proficiency in data visualization and analysis platforms (e.g., Power BI, Tableau, Qlik Sense, or similar). Proven experience in creating analytical models and preparing technical reports to support strategic decision-making.
\nDegree and/or postgraduate studies in Information Technology, Systems Analysis, Computer Science, or related areas. In addition to the specified technical knowledge, this consultant shall have communication skills and experience in technically leading multidisciplinary teams, considering that they will be one of the professionals responsi-ble for delivering the product specified in item 5.4.2.4.
11. SUPPORT TEAM
\nAt the Contractor’s discretion, a support team may be constituted, composed of:
\na) Consultants with professional education and experience in Administration, People Management, or Public Management (Autarchies, State Secretariats, Foundations) to work on activities related to data collection, formulation of indicators and parameters, and support in product development;
\nb) Information Technology Consultants (Systems Analysis and Development), acting as Developers with experience in Information Technology, Systems Analysis, Computer Science, or related areas, related to software development with the characteristics of the intended software;
\nc) Senior Consultant acting as Project Manager, with experience in Strategic Planning, having at least five (5) years of experience in Public Administration/Management (Au-tarchies, State Secretariats, Foundations). Degree and/or postgraduate studies in areas of knowledge related to the theme and products of the consultancy. This consultant will perform project management functions, with experience in areas such as Project Man-agement, IT Management, or Innovation and Technology, leadership skills, administra-tion focused on team and process management, experience working on technology pro-jects, technical knowledge of tools and technologies used in projects (e.g., development platforms, servers, database systems, IT security), management of technology teams, knowledge of Development Methodologies in project management such as PMI and PMBOK, stakeholder management, and project management tools.
\n\n
[1] Reference month January 2025.
\n[2] Average monthly number of layoffs from Feb/2024 to Jan/2025: retirements, dismissals, deaths and dismissals, excluding those occurring at universities.
\n[3] Calculation basis 113,600 effective servers – Ref. Jan/2025.
\n[4] Decree No. 10,313/2022.
\n[5] Operation summer.
\n[6] Law No. 19,776/2018; Decree No. 9879/2021.
\n[7] The following are considered as the Level of Action of the Organizational Structure (Law No. 21,352/2023) of the Agencies/Entities: Senior Management, Advisory, Management, Instrumental, Programmatic Execution, Regional.
\n\n
ANNEX I - LIST OF AGENCIES/ENTITIES OF DIRECT ADMINISTRATION AND AUTONOMOUS AGENCIES OF THE STATE OF PARANÁ
\n\n| NAME OF THE AGENCY/ENTITY | \n\t\t\tACRONYM | \n\t\t
| AGÊNCIA DE ASSUNTOS METROPOLITANOS DO PARANÁ | \n\t\t\tAMEP | \n\t\t
| COLÉGIO ESTADUAL DO PARANÁ | \n\t\t\tCEP | \n\t\t
| CONTROLADORIA GERAL DO ESTADO | \n\t\t\tCGE | \n\t\t
| INSTITUTO PARANAENSE DE DESENVOLVIMENTO ECONÔMICO E SOCIAL | \n\t\t\tIPARDES | \n\t\t
| INSTITUTO PARANAENSE DE DESENVOLVIMENTO EDUCACIONAL | \n\t\t\tFUNDEPAR | \n\t\t
| SECRETARIA DE ESTADO DA ADMINISTRAÇÃO E DA PREVIDÊNCIA | \n\t\t\tSEAP | \n\t\t
| SECRETARIA DE ESTADO DA EDUCAÇÃO | \n\t\t\tSEED | \n\t\t
| SECRETARIA DE ESTADO DA JUSTIÇA E CIDADANIA | \n\t\t\tSEJU | \n\t\t
| SECRETARIA DE ESTADO DA SAÚDE | \n\t\t\tSESA | \n\t\t
| SECRETARIA DE ESTADO DO PLANEJAMENTO | \n\t\t\tSEPL | \n\t\t
| SECRETARIA DE ESTADO DO TURISMO | \n\t\t\tSETU | \n\t\t
Detailed information about the administrative structure of the State of Paraná can be accessed at: https://www.legislacao.pr.gov.br/legislacao/pesquisarAto.do?action=exibir&codAto=278128&indice=1&totalRegistros=1&dt=14.5.2023.18.6.24.361
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
ANNEX II - NUMBER OF POSITIONS/FUNCTIONS PER CAREER CADRE
\n\nTOTAL NUMBER OF POSITIONS AND FUNCTIONS, PROVIDED FOR IN LEGISLATION, BY CAREER/EMPLOYEE STRUCTURE – 2025 SUBJECT TO SIZING (EXCEPT THOSE EXTINCT OR EXTINCT WHEN BECOMING VACANCY)
\n\n| CAREER CADRE/CAREER | \n\t\t\tPOSITIONS | \n\t\t\tFUNCTIONS | \n\t\t
| Executive Branch's Own Career Cadre – QPPE | \n\t\t\t3 | \n\t\t\t44 | \n\t\t
| The State Health Department's own Career Cadre - QPSS | \n\t\t\t2 | \n\t\t\t37 | \n\t\t
| Higher Education Institutions' Own Career Cadre - IEES | \n\t\t\t2 | \n\t\t\t14 | \n\t\t
| Teaching Own Career Cadre - QPM | \n\t\t\t1 | \n\t\t\t2* | \n\t\t
Note: the number of positions and functions indicated refers to those provided for in legislation and with the possibility of entry. * The position of QPM Teacher does not include functions, however there are different responsibilities for teachers of the Matrix Curricular Components and for Pedagogues.
\n\nIEES - Higher Education Institutions' Own Career Cadres - University Hospitals will be included in the Hospitals' sizing, therefore the University Technical career shall be considered, only for functions compatible with the hospital area.
\n\nDetailed information about careers, functional career cadres, list of positions and functions by career/career cadres, salary tables and professional profile shall be accessed at: https://www.administracao.pr.gov.br/Recursos-Humanos
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
ANNEX III - GUIDELINES AND REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICATION FOR SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT
\n(PHASE 5 –5.5)
In addition to the information described above and in order to clarify the main expectations and needs in relation to the aforementioned contracting, the following is a detailed breakdown of the specifications for Phase 5 - FORMULATION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMATICS APPLIED TO WORKFORCE SIZING - DEVELOPMENT OF INFORMATION SYSTEM.
\nIt should be noted that the coordination of the product is under the responsibility of the State Secretariat for Administration and Social Security - SEAP, but with regard to technological aspects, the Companhia da Informação e Comunicação do Paraná - Celepar will also be responsible for accepting the product.
\nThe requirements set out in this document are not restrictive in nature, having only been carried out a preliminary survey of the needs and, for the effective implementation of the DIMFT System, the Contractor shall complement the survey and its modeling, mapping, descriptions and other pertinent documents and artifacts, in order to implement, through the Information System, the methodology established for the DIMFT.
\nThe Contractor shall implement a solution that fully meets the needs that gave rise to this acquisition, and any changes to be proposed shall be approved by SEAP and Celepar.
\n
\n1. SCOPE AND LIMITS OF THE PRODUCT
\n1.1. GENERAL DEFINITIONS ABOUT SYSTEM PROJECT
The scope of services of this Term of Reference for the elaboration of the Workforce Sizing System - DIMFT will involve, in general terms:
\n• The definition of the Information System design based on the proposed methodology and its planned activities;
\n• The Information System Project based on the established Conception, with the production of the artifacts defined in this document;
\n• The implementation of the Information System, in line with the approach established for the project as a whole;
\n• The transfer of the necessary knowledge for understanding and operating the system, as well as for the system’s transition to another institution, if required; The assisted operation of the System; and
\n• Maintenance and technical support.
The Project Plan for the development of the DIMFT System, as part of the overall Work Plan of the project, shall consider all the activities necessary for the planning, development, implementation and delivery of the DIMFT System in operation in the production environment of the Client and shall be presented by the Contractor with, at least, the following steps:
\n- Systems Analysis, considering business modeling and related products that shall be validated by the SEAP business team and Celepar;
\n- Software design, considering its architecture, interface and database;
\n- System coding and testing, with the presentation of preliminary software versions for validation by SEAP and Celepar, to mitigate any risk resulting from the development process being misaligned with the project objectives;
\n- Approval, with installation and configuration, by the Contractor of the system's operating environment accompanied by Celepar;
\n- Approval, by SEAP and Celepar, of the integrated operation of the system modules and with external systems;
\n- Loading of data required to start system operation;
\n- Assisted operation of the system in production, with monitoring by the Contractor together with SEAP and Celepar;
\n- Training to ensure technical capability and technology transfer of the new system; and
\n- Maintenance and technical support.
1.2. PHYSICAL VIEW OF THE SYSTEM
\nThe physical view of the DIMFT System architecture shall enable integration with existing systems and service infrastructure, with adequate use of the infrastructure in the environment to be indicated by SEAP.
\nThe physical architecture of the DIMFT System will be developed and presented in the System Project Plan, after defining the technology to be used, respecting the established software definitions.
\nTo implement the physical architecture, the Contractor shall carry out, together with SEAP and Celepar, an analysis of the existing infrastructure with the aim of:
\n- Obtain a detailed understanding of the software development architecture standards already existing at SEAP/Celepar regarding development standards, platform restrictions, and characteristics of the services to be integrated (components, webservices, database);
\n- Obtain a detailed understanding of SEAP/Celepar database architecture standards, considering the current database and legacy databases, in favor of the development of new DIMFT System databases.
\n- Use the physical infrastructure of Information and Communication Technology, which will be made available for the product, in order to develop the DIMFT System compatible with the SEAP/Celepar guidelines;
\n- Support mechanisms for load balancing and failure control through the use of server clusters;
\n- Have mechanisms to automatically detect and identify shutdowns or disconnections of integrated systems, generate logs, trigger alerts and send messages about the occurrence;
\n- Provide system access security and data integrity mechanisms that are compatible and integrated with the technological security infrastructure provided by SEAP;
\n- Provide data backup and recovery mechanisms compatible with the needs and characteristics of the system and integrated with the technological infrastructure provided by SEAP.
\n1.2.1 SEAP systems to be integrated
\nThe integrations indicated here may undergo changes and shall be reassessed and validated by the Client when developing the contracted solution.
\nThe main system used by SEAP and which will provide data and information to DIMFT is the Meta4 RH-Paraná System, which is a unified and proprietary Human Resources Management and Payroll system. SEAP manages this information, serving: Own Regime (rules defined by the State): effective employees of the Executive Branch, commissioned positions and Special Regime Contracts (CRES).
\nThrough Meta4, it is possible to manage human resources (through features) such as hiring, dismissal, promotions, in addition to maintaining the registration of organizations, bank accounts, positions, dependents, various historical data, reference value tables, import processes, etc. From the data resulting from HR management, it is possible to calculate the payroll according to the rules defined by SEAP.
\nIntegration with the Meta4 System or with other systems under the responsibility of SEAP and Public Administration agenciesof the government of the State of Paraná will be done through the use of APIs, with SEAP being responsible for developing the API for accessing the source data and the Contractor being responsible for developing the APIs necessary for data consumption by the DIMFT system.
\nAnother system in which there may be a need for integration, depending on the characteristics of the methodology to be applied, is SIAFIC - Integrated System for Planning, Execution and Fiscal Management, which operates financial, accounting and budgetary data from the Public Administration of the Government of the State of Paraná, and operates in the Celepar Data Center and was contracted with the company Logus Sistemas de Gestão Pública.
2. ACTIVITIES TO BE DEVELOPED
\n\nMacro activities to be developed within the scope of the project will be presented below, as well as the subproducts to be delivered.
\n\n2.1. SYSTEM PROJECT PLAN
\nThe System Project Plan shall describe in detail all service planning, methodology, stages and activities to be performed and respective responsibilities with their respective values, when relevant, meeting the objectives and technical specifications of this Term of Reference.
\nThe Contractor shall prepare the planning of the activities to be carried out in the development of this product, as a complementary part of the general Work Plan of the project, covering: (i) definition of the use of management tools; (ii) detailed schedule of the activities that will involve this product with their respective values; (iii) preparation of the responsibility matrix; (iv) definition of the structure of the documents to be prepared.
The System Project Plan shall contain, at a minimum, the following items, in a manner consistent with what was defined in the project's general Work Plan:
\n• Methodology for Executing Activities: technical description of the methodology to be applied in each process and production activities and the respective expected results;
\n• List and Description of Activities: Project Breakdown Structure (WBS);
\n• Physical and Financial Schedule for the Execution of Services: details of the physical and financial schedule with all activities to be developed and their respective costs and durations, compatible with the deadlines established by the Client, in a sequence that considers the precedence and dependency relationships between activities. The physical and financial schedule shall present the project milestones and define the dates and costs of the deliveries of intermediate and final products for each project activity;
\n• Technical Team and Organization Chart: the Contractor shall present the allocated technical team and the organization chart defined for the project, containing the Responsibility Matrix and the functions to be performed by each technical lead identifying the management and coordination levels of each project activity;
\n• Communication Plan: The Contractor, without prejudice to the provisions set forth in subitem 5.4.1, shall submit the Product Communication Plan containing descriptions of the types of relationships between the management, coordination and technical levels, and between those responsible for the product at the Contractor and the Client. It shall include the plan for monthly and extraordinary project monitoring meetings, and methods of recording the product (minutes, emails and other documents), constituting an integral part of the official product documentation and to be followed;
\n• Quality and Risk Plan: The Contractor shall submit the Quality and Risk Management Plan containing a detailed description, by project activities, of the quality assurance and compliance process to be applied to the project products based on the Technical Specifications of this Terms of Reference. The Quality and Risk Management Plan shall include the Risk Matrix, including planned, corrective and predictive actions.
\n2.2. DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
\nThe Design and Development activity of the solution shall consider the phases, activities and tasks necessary for the design, development and implementation of the Information System, in accordance with the best practices of Information Technology - IT, including considering agile methodologies for software and systems development that will be presented in the System Project Plan and in the detailed schedule.
\nThe Design and Development activity shall consider the entire system specified in this Terms of Reference and shall cover activities such as: Business Process Modeling within the scope of the specified system; Systems Analysis and Design within the scope of the DIMFT System; Software Analysis and Design within the scope of the DIMFT System and the respective developments and implementation. The integration, qualification and transition procedures for the implementation of the contracted system are described in the following items.
\nAs previously described, the operating mode and methodology for executing the project, involving the Design and Development of the system, as well as the tasks that will comprise this activity shall be detailed in the System Project Plan to be delivered by the Contractor.
\n2.2.1. Business Process Modeling
\nAt this stage, the following activities shall be carried out: (i) Planning and Strategy for modeling the Information System based on the design of the DIMFT Methodology to be adopted; (ii) Mapping and Modeling of Processes resulting from the Personnel Sizing Methodology.
\nThe by-products to be generated in this stage are: (i) Personnel Sizing Process Mapping Document; (ii) DIMFT System Process Consolidation Document that will be part of the scope of the software solution.
\n2.2.2. Systems Analysis and Design
\nIn this stage, the following activities should be carried out: (i) Description of the system's operating concepts; (ii) Specification of the system requirements, involving the identification and analysis of business processes proposed in the methodology; detailing of the logical and physical flows; (iii) Identification and description of the System's External Interfaces; (iv) System Design/Architecture involving the preparation of the system architecture project.
\nThe by-products to be generated in this stage are: (i) Description of Operating Concepts; (ii) Specification of System Requirements; (iii) Description of External System Interfaces; (iv) System Design/Architecture Document.
\n2.2.3. Software Analysis and Design
\nAt this stage of the product, at least the following activities shall be performed: (i) Specification of software requirements; (ii) Modeling and design of the database; (iii) WEB design of the interfaces, involving the specifications of the requirements of the software WEB interfaces; (iv) Software design, involving the preparation of the Software Design and the Specifications of the Internal Interfaces and integration with other systems; (v) Development of the DIMFT System Version. In a multiple iteration approach, it is expected that several cycles of versions of the DIMFT System and corresponding resulting processes will be generated.
\nThe by-products to be generated in this stage are: (i) Software Requirements Specification; (ii) System Software Design; (iii) Software Version Delivery.
2.3. INTEGRATION AND QUALIFICATION
\nIntegration and Qualification activities involve the execution, by the Contractor, of the services necessary to integrate the DIMFT System with other SEAP systems and include the definition, preparation and execution of procedures and tests.
\nThis activity will be supported by SEAP in order to guarantee the exchange of information with user agencies or information providers to the DIMFT System, to avoid delays in the development of the project due to the failure to provide the necessary data and information.
\nAfter the software development is completed, software verification and validation tests will be carried out, with the aim of ensuring that the integrated software meets the previously defined system requirements and the needs of SEAP.
\nThe testing procedures defined in the System Test Plan shall be executed, using the Contractor's approval environment (Development Environment) and, subsequently, final acceptance tests of the software shall be carried out in the approval environment and final implementation in the production environment defined by SEAP.
\nThe following activities shall be carried out (for all modules that make up the System): (i) Preparation and provision of test plans for each module, involving unit, information security, usability, performance and integration tests; (ii) Preparation of test procedures; (iii) Execution of test procedures; (iv) Execution of the following tests: information security, contingency and backup and restore of the environment.
2.3.1. Preparation of the System Test Plan
\nSystem testing aims to verify the correct functioning of the system in relation to its functional and non-functional requirements. Before executing the tests, a Test Plan shall be prepared to guide the execution of the tests, meeting all the functionalities of the developed software and its integrations.
\nThe Test Plan shall include descriptions of the tests to be performed, the traceability of the test cases with the system requirements, with the software requirements and respective use cases.
\nThe Test Plan shall describe and establish the test environments, that is, preparation for carrying out the tests considering hardware, software, database, initial data load and information from the Contractor's development environments, as well as SEAP approval and production environments.
\nThe by-product to be generated at this stage for each of the modules that make up the DIMFT System is the document: (i) System Test Plan.
2.3.2. Testing Procedures
\nThis product activity refers to the preparation of the set of test procedures for each module of the DIMFT System. The inspection script and test procedures to be performed on the developed modules shall be presented.
\nThe by-product to be generated at this stage for each of the modules that make up the System is the document: (i) System Testing Procedure.
2.3.3. Acceptance Tests – Approval Environment
\nAcceptance tests shall be carried out in the approval environment of all modules of the DIMFT System, which will aim to evaluate the results of the modules developed and the way in which the tests are conducted.
\nThe by-product to be generated in this stage for each of the modules that make up the System is the document: (i) Report on the Results of Acceptance Tests in the System approval Environment.
2.3.4. Acceptance Testing – Production Environment
\nAcceptance tests shall be carried out in the SEAP production environment, after completion of the approval tests.
\nPreparation for production deployment should cover: (i) Specific requirements related to and the desired infrastructure during the deployment process, considering gradual deployment; (ii) Provision of configuration files necessary for the correct functioning of the systems; (iii) Technical documentation of the necessary environment, considering the configurations planned for gradual deployment of the system; (iv) Ways of monitoring performance of the production environment.
\nThe by-product to be generated in this stage for each of the modules that make up the DIMFT System is the document: Report on the Results of Acceptance Tests in the System's Production Environment, which shall be delivered with the Information System Software Version.
2.4. TRANSITION
\nThe Product Transition activity refers to the set of services to be performed for the DIMFT System modules, relating to Assisted Operation and Technical Support, Training and Data Migration, as well as the preparation of system Documentation.
\nIt is emphasized that the definitions and detailed description of the activities related to the Training are provided in Phase 4 – Capacity Building.
2.4.1. Assisted Operation
\nThe Contractor shall perform the Assisted Operation for users of the DIMFT System, which shall last 60 (sixty) business days after the approval and implementation of the Information System. This stage shall be carried out at the end of the development of each module and may occur in different periods for each module.
\nAssisted operation refers to the support services to be performed in the DIMFT System by the Contractor, during the period specified above, to technically support users on the use of the system and correct any failures in the functionalities of the modules implemented in order to guarantee the system and include: (i) Clarifying user doubts related to the use of the system functionalities; (ii) Detecting and recording actual or potential nonconformities in the technological solution; (iii) Performing analyses on the need for system maintenance; (iv) Detecting and guiding the correction of programs, products and functionalities of the system or of the methodology implemented by the system; (v) Performing periodic monitoring of users with the objective of detecting any inappropriate use of the system, helping to prevent future problems and identifying other needs, such as corrections and new training for users; (vi) Performing other related activities to support users.
\nThe objective of these services is to provide greater productivity to users regarding the use of the solution's resources, as well as to maintain effective control of the problems presented, aiming at the perfect functioning, use, security and integrity of the solution.
\nServices shall be performed during business hours (from 9:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday to Friday) using teleconferencing tools, when applicable. When in person, at the SEAP headquarters, or at the agencies that are part of the work.
\nTo carry out this activity, SEAP will provide professionals from its staff to monitor, record occurrences and accept the services and technical solutions proposed, as well as the infrastructure necessary for the development of this activity, including telephone, furniture and Internet access.
\nThe by-products to be generated in this stage are: (i) Assisted Operation Plan; (ii) Report on results of the assisted operation.
\n2.4.2. Data Integration
\nSEAP has systems, databases and spreadsheets with registered information. In this sense, the Contractor shall analyze the data and information to prepare the Integration Plan of the existing data for the system platform, according to the data structure and the data model applied in the DIMFT System. All data existing in the various institutions shall be considered, and the Contractor is responsible for collecting the data for analysis in the various locations, and SEAP and other State Public Administration agencies are responsible for providing the data.
\nIntegrations with other Information Systems, within the scope of State Public Administration institutions and which are of a continuous nature, should be carried out, preferably, through the use of APIs, with SEAP being responsible for authorizing the use of APIs to access the systems to be integrated and the Contractor being responsible for developing the APIs that are part of the DIMFT system.
\nSingle or sporadic data uploads may be made by generating files, under the responsibility of SEAP, when the data are part of the institutions of the State Public Administration, and under the guidance of the Contractor. If the methodology to be applied depends on access to data available in public databases external to the Public Administration of the State of Paraná, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to identify and capture the data in their respective sources.
\nIn situations that require data cleansing to make the data from their sources compatible with the information system, the Contractor will be responsible for carrying out this work, with support from SEAP to clarify the contents of the source data.
\nThe Contractor will be responsible for operationalizing the Integration Plan and will present a by-product to be generated at this stage: (i) Integration Plan.
\n2.5. SOURCE CODE
\nThe Contractor shall provide the source codes developed to support the solution, the data model, the development component packages together with their APIs (Application Program Interface) and third-party tools required to structure the solution's development and operation environment. These artifacts shall be delivered every month, according to the execution schedule and, at the end of the contract term, in the updated version. The tools to be proposed should preferably be those in use at Celepar 's Data Center. If a tool is proposed that does not fit this situation, its use shall be previously approved by the Client The Contractor shall provide the software components complementary to the developed software (e.g., Artificial Intelligence, data analysis or Business Intelligence tools). For dimensioning purposes, up to 32 nominated users who may use these tools shall be considered. Any software licenses complementary to the developed products shall be valid and updated at least until the termination of the contract.
\n2.6. DOCUMENTATION
\nThe Contractor shall document all meetings held on the product through meeting minutes, containing the information exchanged and the decisions taken and the actions to be carried out by the parties, in accordance with the Communication Plan contained in the Work Plan. Any meetings held by teleconference shall, whenever requested, be recorded and kept in the documentation collection.
\nIn addition to the record of meetings and management actions of the product, the Contractor shall provide the Project Documentation, in all its phases, stages and the System Documentation, in accordance with best practices and standards, including the Data Dictionary with all due descriptions, System Operation Manual, User Operation Manual and System Installation Manual.
\nThe manuals shall be prepared incorporating all the system's functionalities, adopting clear and objective writing, at the same time simple and easy to understand, avoiding, whenever possible, especially in the User Operation manual, complex technical terms.
\nThe Contractor shall define and document the technical characteristics of the environment, covering the description of all the infrastructure necessary for the operation of the DIMFT System, comprising the server environment and the user workstations, including: (i) Technical characteristics of the environment - description of all the infrastructure necessary for the operation of the process, comprising the server environment and the user workstations; (ii) Storage, backup and recovery policies; and (iii) Description of the operational environment - hardware and software that make the operation of the system possible.
\nThe by-products to be generated in this stage for each of the modules that make up the DIMFT System are: (i) Data Dictionary;(ii) System Operation Manual;(iii) User Operation Manual;(iv) System Installation Manual.
\n2.7. TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY
\nThe technology transfer aims to promote the transfer of knowledge acquired and developed during the project and includes the results of the services and developments carried out in the preparation of the system during the period of its execution, to the technical team indicated by the Client, which will include Celepar technicians.
\nThe Contractor shall, during the execution of the project, provide the Client with: (i) Supply of all technical documentation of the systems with all their components, as well as additional information produced for use by the Client in the interest of the product; (ii) Support of the implementation of the DIMFT System product, by process managers and technicians indicated by the Client; (iii) Monitoring and support in the installation and maintenance of the products with the Client's technology team; (iv) Delivery of all documentation of the artifacts generated for the DIMFT System; (v) Inclusion of practical development activities (workshop and simulation) in the scheduled courses, to internalize the theoretical knowledge obtained.
2.8. APPROVAL OF THE INTEGRATED ENVIRONMENT
\nAs established as a system requirement, there is a need to integrate the DIMFT System with systems and data from various institutions within the state.
\nIntegration with the RH-Parana/Meta4 System is one of the main ones and, in addition to sharing data on public servants, positions and salaries, involves the integration of the workflow of processes.
\nAfter implementing all modules of the DIMFT System, the Contractor shall have all planned integration functionalities approved, proving the integration between the developed modules and those existing systems for which integration is planned.
\nTo do this, the Conctractor team, shall be coordinated and work together with the team defined by the Client and and by Celepar to identify and correct possible failures in order to ensure that all integrations work as planned in the DIMFT System production environment.
\nA technician from the Client will monitor the approval process for the integrated environment.
\n2.9. MAINTENANCE AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT
\nThe Contractor shall prepare a Maintenance and Technical Support Plan with the procedures to be adopted for the continuity of the DIMFT in the production environment. This Maintenance and Technical Support Plan shall be executed in the event of failures or defects in the DIMFT software, upon request by the Client.
\nDuring the maintenance period, the Contractor shall respond to calls received from the Client to resolve potential problems related to maintaining the correct functioning of the DIMFT System. The specific Maintenance and Technical Support service shall focus on corrective maintenance. On the other hand, if evolutionary maintenance that is relevant to DIMFT is identified, this will be handled through requirements and change management.
\nThe requested technical support service may be provided locally or remotely. Remote service may be provided by email or through the 0800-call center provided by the Contractor. Cases that require local service and that require time for the technician to be mobilized to the Contractor's facilities shall be handled and agreed upon between the Client and the Contractor.
\nThis communication channel shall allow, at a minimum, the recording of the following information:
\na) Opening hours;
\nb) Degree of severity and description of the occurrence;
\nc) Time of first return by the Contractor;
\nd) Start time of the contractor's work for the technical solution;
\ne) Communication, by the Contractor, of the completion of work to resolve the situation;
\nf) Client’s assessment of the completion of the technical solution;
\ng) For the purposes of controlling service deadlines, the technical call will be considered resolved/completed at the time the Contractor communicates the completion of the work, provided that the Client's assessment is positive, even if it occurs later.
\nThe degree of severity will determine the priority of service according to the impact resulting from the incident as recorded in the following table which represents the established Service Level Agreement (SLA).
\nThe verification of indicators and the assessment of compliance with established goals will be carried out through the receipt of monthly reports, generated through a computerized system connected to the service platform made available by the Contractor.
\n\n
Incident Handling Table
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Severity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Impact \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TR - Response Time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t TS - Solution Time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Treatment Regimen \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t High \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total Unavailability: operational incident that causes the total interruption of the service for users \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commercial \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Average \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Partial Unavailability: operational incident that causes the interruption of one or more functionalities for service users \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commercial \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Low \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Slowness, reduced performance or operational incident that impacts a functionality of the solution \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commercial \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Upon justification and provided that it is accepted by SEAP, the established deadlines may be extended or temporary workaround solutions may be adopted.
\nThe Contractor's actions in the event of incidents and requests recorded by the Client will comply with service levels in accordance with the impact resulting from the severity of the incidents and in accordance with the established service provision schedules.
\nThe service deadline for incidents and requests will start from the registration of the request, within the Treatment Regime hours, or from the first hour of the next service cycle to be initiated.
\nFor the purpose of initiating technical action activities on the incident, the record in the incident management tool will be considered, which will also be used to note the resumption of normal services or additional actions that may be necessary to resolve any problem that caused the incident.
\nIf the incident originates from software and hardware components that depend on third-party interventions, this information shall be recorded, as well as the steps being taken and the prospect of normalization.
\nWhile the incident call or request is under the responsibility of the Client, the counting of the time of action will be paused, resuming when it is under the responsibility of the Contractor.
\nThe incident will be considered closed, for ANS accounting purposes, when service availability is reestablished under the terms defined for Severity Levels and ANS, regardless of the recording of the action and closing of the respective call.
\nWhen opening multiple incidents related to the same source, they will be referenced by the first one.
\n2.10. SYSTEM OPERATION INFRASTRUCTURE SPECIFICATION
\nThe DIMFT System shall be a system entirely built to be accessed via a WEB platform, and may be accessed from the Internet, via the State's corporate network or externally. The provision of a suitable network link for access to the system and for the system to be used via an Internet browser shall be the responsibility of the Client.
\nThe Client will be responsible for the fundamental items for the system to function in a WEB environment, namely: Internet link on the corporate network; Secure environment; Corporate network infrastructure; Hosting of processing units (physical and logical), managed by operating systems, as well as the installation of a set of other applications, routines or systems (software) that will perform specific activities, installed and configured in a personalized manner and other infrastructure items necessary for the operation of the development, approval and production environments, according to standards defined for the system hosting environment in the Celepar Data Center.
\nAll hardware, software and network infrastructure described above as fundamental items for the implementation of the DIMFT System will be the responsibility of the Client, and the Contractor may only support its dimensioning. The Contractor undertakes to provide additional software licenses to the environment defined in the Celepar Data Center and which are necessary for structuring the development and operation environment the DIMFT system.
\nAs previously mentioned, the systems will be installed in Celepar's Data Center, in the environment that serves SEAP. The available infrastructure consists of high-performance servers with large storage capacity, which are hosted in Celepar's Data Center that serves the Government of the State of Paraná.
\nCelepar's current production environment is described in Item 5 of ANNEX III of this document.
2.11. PREPARATION OF DEVELOPMENT, APPROVAL AND PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENTS
\nThe Contractor will be responsible for the installation, documentation and configuration of the DIMFT System in the development environments and in the approval and production environments to be made available by the Client, in order to allow its perfect functioning and compliance with the specified technical requirements.
\nThe DIMFT System will be developed in the Contractor's development environment, which shall provide, at its own expense, all hardware and software infrastructure, as well as the physical resources necessary to provide the contracted services.
\nThe Contractor shall install and configure the approval and production environments indicated by the Client.
\nThe infrastructure of the approval environment shall be adequate to meet the needs of the approval process, and may adopt hardware with a lower capacity than that provided for the production environment, but including the same configurations as the production environment.
\nRequirements for deployment into production shall include a final code audit to verify the use of good programming practices and system security verification tests, including intrusion tests.
\nThe services described above shall be performed by the Contractor's technicians, accompanied by technicians appointed by the Client, and at the end of this process, the systems shall be implemented and in operation, configured, stable and operational, duly approved by Celepar.
\nThe Contractor shall observe the security standards, norms and rules in use in the Client´s technological environments.
\nAny need for adjustments or changes arising from specific characteristics and requirements shall be discussed in advance with the Client's technicians.
\nThe Contractor shall submit the complete technological solution to be approved by the Client with support from Celepar.
3. PRODUCTS, EXPECTED RESULTS, FORM OF PRESENTATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF SERVICES
\n3.1. PRODUCTS AND BY-PRODUCTS TO BE SUPPLIED
\nThe products and by-products to be provided under this Term of Reference are the software engineering artifacts required for system operation and future transition, resulting from the project's macro activities, as well as monitoring reports on project management activities, assisted operation and technical support.
\nThe products related to the activities that make up each macroactivity, intermediate products to the deliveries defined in the table below, shall be detailed in the System Project Plan, as well as the distribution of these deliveries in the months of the project, in accordance with the Physical and Financial Schedule of Activities presented in the System Project Plan.
\nThe following table shows the deliveries expected throughout the project, defining the products/by-products. For the disbursement to be made, all subproducts related to the delivery shall be approved by the Client through the acceptance term.
Products, subproducts/activities distributed throughout the information system project
\n\n| PRODUCT NAME BY-PRODUCT/ACTIVITIES | \n\t\t
| System Project Plan | \n\t\t
| Personnel Sizing Process Mapping Document; | \n\t\t
| DIMFT System Process Consolidation Document that will be part of the scope of the software solution | \n\t\t
| Description of System Operation Concepts | \n\t\t
| System Requirements Specification | \n\t\t
| Description of the System's External Interfaces | \n\t\t
| System Design/Architecture Document | \n\t\t
| Software Requirements Specification | \n\t\t
| System Software Design | \n\t\t
| Software Version Delivery | \n\t\t
| System Test Plan | \n\t\t
| System Testing Procedure | \n\t\t
| Report on the Results of Acceptance Tests in the System Approval Environment | \n\t\t
| Report on the Results of Acceptance Tests in the System Production Environment that shall be delivered with the Information System Software Version | \n\t\t
| Assisted Operation Plan | \n\t\t
| Assisted Operation Results Report | \n\t\t
| Integration Plan | \n\t\t
| Source code, data model, APIs and third-party tools | \n\t\t
| Data dictionary | \n\t\t
| System Operation Manual | \n\t\t
| User Operation Manual | \n\t\t
| System Installation Manual | \n\t\t
| Provision of all technical documentation of the systems with all their components, as well as additional information produced for use by the Client in the interest of the product | \n\t\t
| Monitoring of the implementation of the DIMFT System product, by process managers and technicians indicated by the Client. | \n\t\t
| Monitoring and support in the installation and maintenance of products together with the Client's technology team | \n\t\t
| Delivery of all documentation of the artifacts generated for the DIMFT System | \n\t\t
| Inclusion of practical development activities (workshop and simulation) in the scheduled courses, to internalize the theoretical knowledge obtained | \n\t\t
| Integration functions tested and working | \n\t\t
| Technical support services, in accordance with the established service level | \n\t\t
| System Operation Infrastructure Specified in accordance with the standards adopted in the Data Center defined by the Client | \n\t\t
| Ready-to-use Development, Homologation and Production Environments | \n\t\t
The schedule presented, as well as the description of the by-products/activities, is a forecast for analysis by the Contractor, who may present changes in its proposal for evaluation by SEAP and Celepar.
\n\n
\n3.2. FORM OF PRESENTATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF PRODUCTS
\nAll products resulting from activities that are part of the scope of Phase 5 of this Term of Reference shall be presented in digital format and, in specific cases, in accordance with the following compliance:
\n• 01 (one) digital copy of the DIMFT System software, in version 1.0 approved by the Client. For each new version produced, the Contractor shall deliver a new copy after approval, until the final version of the implemented software is delivered;
\n• Operation Manual in digital media;
\n• System Manual and System Installation Manual in digital format;
\n• Project reports, in digital format, generated monthly, with the appropriate document identification and numbering, according to the standard proposed by the Contractor;
\n• Final product report, in digital format, including all product documents, in an orderly, referenced and organized manner, according to the standard proposed by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall present, in the System Project Plan, the standard and model for structuring, referencing and organizing the product documents, which shall be analyzed and approved by the Client. This will be the standard to be followed when delivering related products (Product Documents and Product Reports).
\nAll generated artifacts, reports and documents cited shall be delivered in digital format, with the digital format being 1 (one) copy in .pdf and 1 (one) copy in editable format (word, for example).
\nSEAP will issue a Provisional Receipt Term for each stage delivered by the Contractor.
\nSEAP together with Celepar will have a maximum period of 15 (fifteen) business days, respecting the minimum period of 5 (five) business days, to assess whether the products delivered are in accordance with the specifications of this Term of Reference, with the aim of APPROVING (ACCEPT) or REJECTING the products delivered. This period shall be considered in the Project Plan. Failure by SEAP to respond within these periods will imply tacit acceptance of the delivered artifacts.
\nIf the products of a delivery are REJECTED, the Contractor shall, after notification from SEAP, make the necessary and requested adjustments, based on the technical specifications of the products, contained in this Term of Reference, within 10 days, counted from the date of receipt of the formalization of the rejection issued by the Client.
\nThe Final Receipt and Approval of Products Term, through the product acceptance term, relating to each delivery will be issued after compliance assessment and confirmation that the artifacts comply with the technical specifications established in this Term of Reference and in the System Project Plan.
\nThe Rejection Term will be issued when there are technical errors or improprieties or failure to meet technical specifications that are characterized as impediments to receiving the artifacts, quality defects or failure to observe the standards and best practices for project development.
\nAPPROVAL or ACCEPTANCE of products by SEAP and Celepar, where applicable, does not exempt the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for correcting errors identified within the warranty period defined for the project.
\n3.3. PLACE OF SERVICE PERFORMANCE
\nThe services shall be performed at the Contractor's facilities, which shall provide, at its own expense, all hardware and software infrastructure as well as the physical resources necessary to perform the contracted services.
\nInteractions with SEAP professionals, necessary for the execution of services, will take place in Curitiba - PR, and the Contractor will be responsible for the displacement of professionals involved in the provision of services when necessary. Meetings may be held remotely, via teleconference, when possible and authorized by the Client.
\nThe Contractor shall necessarily connect to the Celepar network, duly authorized by SEAP, to use the Celepar technological infrastructure environment, mainly for configuration and technical support activities related to the approval and operation services of the Information System in the Celepar Data Center environment. To this end, all security and access standards for systems and environments defined by Celepar shall be followed.
\nThe technological infrastructure required to provide the contracted service, including: hardware, software and physical and logical connections of the CONTRACTOR's development environment, shall be in operation within a maximum period of 60 (sixty) days from the signing of the contract, at which time it may be subject to inspection by Celepar/SEAP.
4. TECHNOLOGICAL PARTNER
\nCelepar is the company responsible for maintaining the Information and Communication Technology (ICT) infrastructure in the State of Paraná and providing related services. It is responsible for defining the software platforms adopted by the State of Paraná, as well as maintaining the physical network, providing corporate systems and network security.
\nSEAP does not have a physical structure or ICT technical team to maintain systems and data centers, and hosts its systems on servers at Celepar, through contracts with the company.
\nThe DIMFT System will be installed in a production environment at Celepar's data center and shall follow platform definitions and restrictions, in addition to security protocols.
\nAfter the end of the development and technical support contract, SEAP will define the institution that will be responsible for the development of the systems. To this end, one or more technicians will be designated to monitor all phases of the project, including training and technology transfer.
\nFurthermore, a large part of the State's legacy systems and corporate systems, which shall be considered in the integration with the new systems, are also under the responsibility of Celepar or in operation in the company's Data Center.
\nTherefore, all information contained in this Term of Reference related to the Client with regard to technological aspects will include its partner Celepar – Companhia de Tecnologia da Informação e Comunicação do Paraná, located at Rua Mateus Leme, 1561 – Centro Cívico – CEP 80.530-010 – Curitiba/PR.
5. CELEPAR PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENT
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Database \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Version \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t PostgreSQL \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Oracle \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 11G R2 and 12C (check license availability) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Platforms for Development \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Version \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Java Web \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1.7 or higher \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Light PHP \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5.5.11 or higher \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Application Servers \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Version \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t JBoss \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t WildFly 10.x (for new applications) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Apache \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t No version restriction - latest available on the operating system \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Version Control Systems \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Version \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t CVS or SVN \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Use the version available in the Celepar corporate environment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Application Publishing Systems \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Version \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Shipyard \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Use the version available in the Celepar corporate environment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Jenkins \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Use the version available in the Celepar corporate environment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Systems for Library Managers \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Version \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Composer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Use the version available in the Celepar corporate environment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Maven \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Use the version available in the Celepar corporate environment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Security Systems \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Version \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t IDDigital \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Use the version available in the Celepar corporate environment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Security Center \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Use the version available in the Celepar corporate environment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Server Operating Systems \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Version \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Linux \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t SLES 12 sp1 or sp3 (constantly evolving) \n\n\t\t\tCentOS and Debian distributions \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Windows \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2012 R2 (we have already developed the 2016 template, and this should be adopted in the next servers) \n\n\t\t\tLegacy - numerous versions (2000, 2003, 2008, 2008R2, etc...) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Systems for Virtualization \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Version \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t VMware \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t vSphere 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Authoritative Bases \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Version \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t OpenLDAP (Expresso) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Use the version available in the Celepar corporate environment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t AD – Active Directory \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Use the version available in the Celepar corporate environment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t IDDigital \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Use the version available in the Celepar corporate environment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
ANNEX IV
\nList of Requirements for the DIMFT Information System
| ITEM | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t DESCRIPTION \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 1. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t NON-FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.1. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The authentication of system users shall be done in an integrated manner with the Security Center used in the corporate environment of the State of Paraná. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 1.2. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system's parameterization in its various modalities, such as report formatting, use of parameters for indicators (for example, open or closed regime, function), restrictions, establishment of calculation formulas or other situations that require adaptations for use of the proposed methodology shall be designed for creation and updating by system users, without the need for changes to the program code. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 1.3. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system shall allow the creation of access profiles to its functionalities, with administration directly by its users. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 1.4. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Considering the diversity of users of the system, with different functions, its usability shall include accessibility aspects and the interface shall be compatible with the operations to be performed, according to the user profiles, being totally intuitive for operational activities and with information and guidance provided directly by the system for more complex functions that require user expertise, such as system parameterization, sizing calculations and information analysis. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 1.5. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Access to the DIMFT System functionalities will be provided, at least, through the following WEB browsers: Microsoft Edge, Firefox, Safari and Chrome, in their most recent versions, in an infrastructure and operating software that will be provided by SEAP, as stated in item 2.10 (System Operating Infrastructure Specification). \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 1.6. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Integrations with other Information Systems, within the scope of State Public Administration institutions and which are of a continuous nature, should be carried out, preferably, through the use of APIs, with SEAP being responsible for authorizing the use of APIs to access the systems to be integrated and the Contractor being responsible for developing the APIs that are part of the DIMFT system. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 1.7. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The DIMFT System shall include the creation of APIs that allow the exposure of data generated by the system to be accessed by other systems of interest to the State Public Administration. In specific situations, the system data may also be exported in file exchange formats. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 1.8. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The DIMFT System shall be developed within the scope of this Term of Reference using a development platform in accordance with environments approved for the Celepar Data Center, as stated in item 2.10 (System Operation Infrastructure Specification). \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 1.9. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The Database Management System to be used in the system shall be PostgreSQL, unless another proposal is approved by the Client, provided that the state's interest is proven. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 1.10. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The System should consider the adoption of specialized tools that can be integrated with the core to be developed, in order to enable data analysis, scenario generation, report and dashboard generation, application of Artificial Intelligence and other facilities compatible with the functional requirements employed. The tools to be proposed should preferably be those in use at Celepar's Data Center. If a tool is proposed that does not fit this situation, its use shall be previously approved by the Client. In the case of proposing these specialized tools, the established licensing rules shall be complied with. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 2. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t GENERAL REQUIREMENTS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 2.1. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The products to be developed within the scope of the project shall cover all the Agencies/Entities covered (Annex I), careers/career cadres with respective positions/functions, which have not been declared extinct upon becoming vacant (Annex II). It should be noted that possible changes in the organizational structure and/or careers/career cadres due to new state management guidelines implemented after the publication of this Term shall be considered and incorporated. Consider the updated version of Annexes I and II at the time of the contract. (Item 4) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 2.2. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The System shall be capable of including a methodological proposal, including data collection and parameter definition, which includes the establishment of stratified and statistically representative samples in each area, agency or career cadre, provided that there is a high degree of standardization of processes. (Item 4.2.4) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 2.3. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system shall be capable of maintaining versions produced in the functional dimensions performed, including the data used for dimensioning, enabling comparison of the results obtained in each of the versions. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t CURRENT SITUATION SURVEY (5.2.1) \n\n\t\t\tThe System shall provide functionalities for data capture through integration with other systems, manual input, and asynchronous data loading to store the information resulting from the current situation survey, in accordance with Annexes I and II. It shall also be capable of including other institutions and career paths, and shall address the following aspects — or others, should there be changes in the proposed reference model: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.1. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Survey and analysis of the current workforce in agencies/entities: quantity by type of employment relationship, carreer cadre, position/function and unit, with emphasis on the activities performed. (Item 5.2.1.1.1.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.2. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Survey, identification and analysis of the organizational structure of all Agencies/Entities that make up the Direct Administration and Autonomous Agencies, according to the level of activity of the organizational structure, covering regional structures. (Item 5.2.1.1.2.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.3. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Survey of legally established competencies, competencies intrinsic to the execution of the public service, and organizational goals of the Agencies/Entities subject to the dimensioning to be carried out according to the levels of action of their organizational structure, covering regional structures. (Item 5.2.1.1.3.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.4. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Survey and analysis of available productivity data, individually and comparatively, in the case of units that have a similar service profile, providing, when possible, indicators for the subsequent preparation of action plans to improve productivity (for example, employee training plan, process standardization, automation of activities, need to improve technological conditions etc.). (Item 5.2.1.1.4.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.5. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Collection of information regarding turnover, absenteeism, absences, seasonal demand, pent-up demand, overestimated demand, deviations from function and their impacts on performance and productivity, as well as on the state public budget. (Item 5.2.1.1.5) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.6. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Mapping of existing jobs in agencies/entities, by type: in-person, hybrid and teleworking, with a breakdown of the levels of operational units in their organizational structure. (Item 5.2.1.1.6) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.7. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Identification of the strategic role played by the areas of the State and vision of the future, taking into account social and economic changes, in work and social security regimes, technological and work processes innovations, and respective impacts on the demand for the workforce, qualitatively and quantitatively. (Item 5.2.1.1.7) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.8. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Identification and analysis of priority demands, repressed demands, difficulties, distortions, critical issues, good management practices that resulted in increased productivity, among others. (Item 5.2.1.1.8) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.9. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information considered relevant to the execution of the survey and dimensioning, obtained from the respective agencies and managers, using specific forms and structured questionnaires. (Item 5.2.1.1.9) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.10. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Macro data relating to costs corresponding to the carreer cadre, considering all financial advantages (bonuses, benefits, assistance, dangerousness, unhealthy conditions, among others) related to the position/function evaluated. (Item 5.2.1.1.10) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.11. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Professional profiles of each position/function, such as education, duties, work regime, working hours, among others. (Item 5.2.1.1.11) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.12. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Percentage of absenteeism by function, broken down by the career cadre, agency/entity, considering and discriminating the different causes of absence (foreseen and unforeseen). (Item 5.2.1.1.12) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 3.13. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Seasonal demand, pent-up demand, overestimated demand, function deviations and their impacts on performance and productivity, as well as on the state public budget. (Item 5.2.1.1.13) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 4. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t WORKFORCE SIZING (5.2.2) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 4.1. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The System shall be able to identify, in terms of qualitative and quantitative profiles, the ideal carreer cadre for the functioning of the administrative units that make up the areas of State activity in the current context and over a horizon of up to 10 years. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 4.2. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The System shall be able to implement differentiated strategies for the various sectors according to the reality identified. For example, in areas and units that present the same service profile as hospitals, the dimensioning work can be replicated by adopting sizes. In units of the same profile and size or of equivalent size, the same dimensioning can be applied, but it shall always be aligned with the trend indicated by the demographic behavior of the state/municipalities. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 4.3. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The System shall provide functionalities to dimension the workforce, according to the proposed methodology, through the implementation of parameterizable algorithms and indicators, user interaction interfaces, data analysis mechanisms, production of queries, reports and panels representing the results and generation of data to eventually be consumed by other systems (for example, in csv format), covering, at least, the following aspects, or others if there is a change in the proposed reference model. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 4.4. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system shall consolidate the methodological proposal for sizing the workforce, by area of activity, based on a survey of qualitative, quantitative and cost data, analysis of indicators and application of the parameters adopted. (Item 5.2.2.1.1).. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 4.5. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system shall present a detailed and structured documentation/dossier by area of activity, carreer cadre, position and function, of the methodology developed for preparing the Workforce Sizing, indicating the parameters used, indicators and other information pertinent to the data modeling used. (Item 5.2.2.1.2.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 4.6. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system shall identify of which Agencies/Entities, based on a comparison of the proposed ideal sizing and the existing staff, are oversized, undersized, or have the correct sizing, but with an imbalance between the levels of activity of their organizational structure, covering the regions. (Item 5.2.2.1.3.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 4.7. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system shall provide information that allows the preparation of strategy proposals aimed at optimizing human, material, financial and budgetary resources that include, among others: (Item 5.2.2.1.4.) \n\n\t\t\ta) adjustments to the composition of the workforce, in terms of profile, hiring method, modernization and restructuring of career cadres, including recommendations for the elimination, creation or reformulation of positions and/or functions; \n\n\t\t\tb) modernization of management through review of processes, investment in information technology, including the use of information systems and application of artificial intelligence, change in the way services are offered (digital and others); \n\n\t\t\tc) adoption of the Teleworking regime; \n\n\t\t\td) indication of distortions, deficiencies and problems found and recommendation of the necessary interventions to solve them; \n\n\t\t\te) guidelines for developing a career cadres training plan; \n\n\t\t\tf) Possibility of alternative service provision models that consider, among other possibilities, partnerships with the third sector, public-private partnerships and outsourcing. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 4.8. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system shall provide functionalities that support workforce sizing activities, as described in subitem 5.2.2.2 of the Term of Reference. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 5. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t WORKFORCE ADEQUACY PLAN AND WORKFORCE PLANNING INSTITUTIONALIZATION PLAN (5.3) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 5.1. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The System shall provide functionalities for carrying out comparative analyses between the current situation and the sizing, allowing the identification of deficit and surplus areas, indicating the necessary interventions, which may include, in addition to the replacement or expansion of the number of employees, the restructuring of work processes, requalification, reassignments or reformulation of the service contracting method, according to the proposed methodology. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| 5.2. | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The System shall provide functionalities to support the preparation of the workforce adequacy plan (replacement, expansion and optimization), as detailed in 5.3.1, establishing the need for hiring employees and the respective cost forecast, for the short term (zero to 2 years), medium term (3 to 5 years) and longterm (6 to 10 years), considering the hiring forecast resulting from the replacement rates and projection of revenues and expenses of the State, by agency/entity, in accordance with the Carreer cadres, Positions and Functions, taking into account the potential for using a reserve register in current public examinations and the limits established in Complementary Law No. 101, Fiscal Responsibility Law. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
"},{"id":"OP00364225","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"19-Jun-2025","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2025-07-08T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"15:00","project_ctry_name":"Malawi","project_id":"P181308","project_name":"Regional Climate Resilience Program for Eastern and Southern Africa 2 Project (RCRP2)","bid_reference_no":"ET-AUC-482170-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consultancy services to undertake the carbon markets study","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Africa Union HeadquartersP.O.BOX 3243Tel: 251-11-5-517700webmaster: webmaster@africa-union.orgAddis","contact_ctry_name":"Ethiopia","contact_email":"nyambeh@africa-union.org","contact_name":"Harsen Nyambe","contact_organization":"Africa Union Commission","contact_phone_no":"07575107070","submission_date":"2025-06-19T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\n\n\n
Country: Ethiopia
\n\nProject Name: Regional Climate Resilience Project 2 (RCRP2)
\n\n\n\n
Project ID: (P181308)
\n\n\n\n
ASSIGNMENT TITLE: CONSULTANT FOR UNDERTAKING A COMPREHENSIVE STUDY OF AFRICA’S POTENTIAL FOR THE CARBON MARKET AND TO DEVELOP A GUIDING FRAMEWORK ON HOW TO TAP INTO THE CARBON MARKET
\n\n\n\n
Procurement Reference Number: ET-AUC-482170-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
The African Union Commission has received financing from the World Bank toward the Implementation of Regional Climate Resilience Project 2 (RCRP2) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for the selection of Consulting firm to undertake a comprehensive study of Africa’s potential for the carbon market and to develop a guiding framework on how to tap into the carbon market to support the SEBE/AUC in the implementation of the project.
\n\n\n\n
The overall objective of this assignment is to (1) build institutional capacity to increase understanding on key building blocks of carbon markets participation and (2) assess opportunities for supporting harmonization of efforts across member states to tap into carbon markets.
\n\n\n\n
To achieve the above objective, the consultant will work closely with AUC, AU member states, Regional Economic Communities (RECs), AU Climate Commissions and other stakeholders. The consultant will carry out the following tasks:
\n\nA) Build institutional capacity on understanding fundamentals of carbon markets
\n\nBuilding on the Guidance Note for Navigating Carbon Markets, identify approach for building capacity and disseminating knowledge within the institution to enhance understanding on key topics related to participation in carbon markets, such as:
\n\nCarbon markets in the context of the global climate finance infrastructure – defining climate finance and carbon finance
\n\nDefining carbon crediting and main categories of crediting mechanisms / standards (international mechanisms, domestic mechanisms, and independent mechanisms)
\n\nProcess of generating a carbon credit, including key requirements and considerations
\n\nThe role of various actors / participants in the carbon markets ecosystem (supply side, demand side, enabling environment)
\n\nDifferent market segments / type of buyers of carbon credits and the associated implications or requirements based on intended use of purchased credits
\n\nNew developments and trends in the international carbon markets landscape
\n\nConducting a comprehensive carbon market mapping exercise to identify all relevant major players in the carbon market in the AU member states, RECs, AU Climate Commissions, including companies, government agencies, NGOs, multilateral and donor organizations, and investors actively involved in emission reduction initiatives.
\n\nReview existing capacity building and technical assistance efforts provided to member states on tapping into carbon market opportunities and assess gaps on capacity building support (if any) that may be addressed by RECs, AU Climate Commissions, and AUC. Identify opportunities for coordination and building synergies across different efforts, as applicable.
\n\nKnowledge exchange on key insights identified and lessons learned from the preliminary assessment of sectoral potential and attractiveness for carbon projects conducted in 5 RCRP countries, including on methodological approach and data requirements to better understand the feasibility and use case for conducting such an assessment.
\n\nDevelop training manuals and conduct training of trainer’s workshops based on the identified gaps and capacity building approach for enhancing understanding on carbon markets.
\n\nB) Assessing opportunities on regional harmonization for accessing carbon markets
\n\n1) Conduct assessment on the role regional institutions (AUC and RECs) could play in supporting countries to access markets through common frameworks and approaches - specifically, assess opportunities for coordination and enabling harmonization of efforts across members states to navigate participation in carbon markets.
\n\n2) Identify entry points for harmonization of approaches at the regional level. Examples of entry points could include: template documents for standardization of approaches, harmonized approaches for accessing market infrastructure, developing or adapting methodologies, data collection and documentation protocols etc.
\n\n3) Provide strategic recommendations on how to develop harmonized approaches and strengthen collaboration between AU member states, RECs, AU Climate Commissions.
\n\n4) Recommend M&E system to track progress at the regional level based on existing arrangements.
\n\n\n\n
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this request for expressions of interest.
\n\nThe African Union Commission now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:
\n\nThe required qualifications and experience of the firm are ;
\n\nThe Qualifications and Experience of Key Experts shall not be included in the shortlisting criteria. Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
\n\nThe attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016, revised November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\nConsultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\nA Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultants Quality and Cost-based Selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
\n\nFurther information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 0900 to 1700 hours.
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 08 July 2025.
\n\n\n\n
African Union Commission,
\n\nAttn: Head of Supply Chain Management Division
\n\nBuilding C, 3rd Floor,
\n\nP.O Box 3243, Roosevelt Street
\n\nAddis Ababa, Ethiopia
\n\nTel: +251 (0) 11 551 7700 – Ext 4305
\n\nFax: +251 (0) 11 551 0442; +251 11-551-0430
\n\nE-mail: tender@africa-union.org
\n\n\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES– FIRM SELECTION)
\n\n\n\n
Project Name: Regional Climate Resilience Project 2 (RCRP2)
\n\n\n\n
Project ID: (P181308)
\n\nASSIGNMENT TITLE: CONSULTANT FOR UNDERTAKING A COMPREHENSIVE STUDY OF AFRICA’S POTENTIAL FOR THE CARBON MARKET AND TO DEVELOP A GUIDING FRAMEWORK ON HOW TO TAP INTO THE CARBON MARKET
\n\nProcurement Reference Number: ET-AUC-482170-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The Regional Climate Resilience Program for Eastern and Southern Africa (RCRP) is a World Bank program where a regional multi-phase Series of Projects (SOP) are implemented to respond to the increasing frequency, intensity, and impact of climate shocks on people, livelihoods, infrastructure, and ecosystems. The main aim is strengthening the resilience of populations to climate-related shocks in Eastern and Southern Africa. The RCRP Series of Projects (SoP) allows to tackle common challenges amongst countries in the Region while benefiting from a programmatic framework that will allow scalability (countries can join at different times) and economies of scale. The RCRP SOP aims to reduce people's vulnerability to climate shocks by making catalytic medium-to-large-scale investments in protective water infrastructure, watershed management, storage, and safety nets. The RCRP is expected to include at least three operations, overlapping in time, over a period of 10 years (2023 – 2032). The first project (US$ 382.4 million) (SOP-1) was approved by the World Bank Board on 24 May 2023, and includes 4 countries (Comoros, Madagascar, Mozambique, and South Sudan) and two regional organizations (Southern Africa Development Community, SADC, and Nile Basin Initiative, NBI).
\n\nThe second Operation under the SOP will finance investments in Malawi and strengthen capacity at the AUC, building on and complementing the foundations set by the RCRP SOP-1. Building on the structure of SOP-1, SOP-2 is designed to catalyze systems change across sectors to avoid the business-as-usual model of financing individual single-sectoral investments without built-in sustainability. SOP-2 is fully aligned with the African Union Climate Change and Resilient Development Strategy and Action Plan (2022-2032). The main goal of the strategy is to provide a continental framework for collective action and enhanced cooperation in addressing climate change issues to improve livelihoods and well-being, promote adaptation capacity and achieve low emission sustainable economic growth. The four main objectives of the strategy are (i) strengthening the adaptive capacity of affected communities, (ii) pursuing equitable and transformative low emission, climate-resilient development pathways, (iii) enhancing Africa’s capacity to mobilize resources, and (iv) enhancing inclusion, alignment, cooperation, and ownership of climate strategies, policies, programs, and plans.
\n\nSOP-2 is also aligned with the African Union Climate Change and Resilient Development Strategy and Action Plan (2022-2032), the AU Green Recovery Action Plan (2021-2027), Continental Africa Water Investment Program (AIP) and the Africa Regional Strategy for Disaster Risk Reduction and the Programme of Action for the implementation of Sendai Framework for Disaster Risk Reduction 2015—2030 in Africa.
\n\nThe Carbon Market Landscape.
\n\nClimate finance, mitigation and adaptation/resilience are all components of the AU Climate Change Actions supported under the Regional Climate Resilience Program (SOP-2).
\n\nThere is a growing political commitment to using carbon markets to catalyse the transition of global economic growth into net zero pathways, keeping global warming below the 1.5°C target of the Paris Agreement on climate change. The establishment of carbon markets is of great importance in addressing the risks associated with climate change. The Paris Agreement recognizes that some countries may choose to pursue voluntary cooperation in the implementation of their NDCs to allow for higher ambition in their mitigation and adaptation actions and to promote sustainable development and environmental integrity. Article 6 of the Paris Agreement establishes three cooperative approaches for the post-2020 climate market participating countries, these are market instruments on Internationally Transferred Mitigation Outcomes (ITMOs)- Article 6.2, the Sustainable Development Mechanism (SDM)- Article 6.4 and the non-market mechanism- Article 6.8.
\n\nAfrica, despite contributing less than 4 percent to global Greenhouse Gas emissions, remains one of the most vulnerable continents to climate change impacts. To address these challenges, the continent needs substantial funding to meet its climate change goals, and about USD3 trillion is required to meet the financing gap of the continent’s Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) by 2030.
\n\nDespite the challenges it faces, the African continent holds immense potential to contribute to the development of carbon markets. With its renewable energy generation potential and unique ecosystems that serve as carbon sinks, it can significantly contribute to climate change mitigation actions. One constructive solution will be the use of carbon markets, which cannot only help mitigate climate change but also provide the necessary investment to adapt to its impacts in Africa. Designing and managing these markets to promote credibility, transparency, integrity, and ambitious climate action is crucial, offering a dual approach to addressing the challenges. However, to meet the continent's ambitious carbon market goal, it is crucial to have a thorough understanding of the market's challenges and opportunities. This includes understanding the current state of play, trends, priorities, regulatory mechanisms, policies and legal frameworks, knowledge systems, and market deficiencies.
\n\nFor African countries, trading of carbon credits presents a opportunity for economic development, job creation, access to climate finance and a driver for change that can contribute to the global fight against climate change, the realization of the Aspirations of Agenda 2063, the implementation of the Africa Union Climate Change and Resilient Development strategy and Action Plan (2022-2032), The Africa Action Plan on Carbon Markets (AAPCM), the AU Green Recovery Action Plan (2021-2027), the African Climate Summit outcome and the Sustainable Development Goals. This calls for concerted efforts in aligning the priorities of the continent with the co-benefits that accrue from carbon markets as well as in setting fit-for-purpose guidelines with which countries in the continent can engage in carbon markets.
\n\n2. Overall objective of the Consultancy
\n\nThe overall objective of this assignment is to (1) build institutional capacity to increase understanding on key building blocks of carbon markets participation and (2) assess opportunities for supporting harmonization of efforts across member states to tap into carbon markets.
\n\n3. Scope of work
\n\nTo achieve the above objective, the consultant will work closely with AUC, AU member states, Regional Economic Communities (RECs), AU Climate Commissions and other stakeholders. The consultant will carry out the following tasks:
\n\nA) Build institutional capacity on understanding fundamentals of carbon market
\n\n\n\n
B) Assessing opportunities on regional harmonization for accessing carbon markets
\n\n1) Conduct assessment on the role regional institutions (AUC and RECs) could play in supporting countries to access markets through common frameworks and approaches - specifically, assess opportunities for coordination and enabling harmonization of efforts across members states to navigate participation in carbon markets.
\n\n2) Identify entry points for harmonization of approaches at the regional level. Examples of entry points could include: template documents for standardization of approaches, harmonized approaches for accessing market infrastructure, developing or adapting methodologies, data collection and documentation protocols etc.
\n\n3) Provide strategic recommendations on how to develop harmonized approaches and strengthen collaboration between AU member states, RECs, AU Climate Commissions.
\n\n4) Recommend M&E system to track progress at the regional level based on existing arrangements.
\n\n\n\n
4. Expected Deliverables
\n\n\n\n
The following outputs/deliverables are expected from the consultant:
\n\n5. Reporting Arrangements
\n\nThe consultant shall perform the assigned tasks under the guidance and direct supervision of the Project Coordinator for the RCRP-SOP-2. He/She will also report to the Director of AUC-SEBE through the Head of Unit, Climate Change. The approval of the consultant's deliverables will be through a technical team under the leadership of the project coordinator and Head of Unit, Climate Change.
\n\n6. Qualifications and experiences
\n\nConsulting firms interested in this assignment are expected to fulfil the following requirements. The firm should have expertise and experience in climate finance and specifically in carbo markets; in developing guidelines; and in facilitating training workshops. The critical qualification required for this assignment is
\n\n\n\n
The Consulting firms may establish a Team of Experts to deliver on this assignment as described above.
\n\nTeam Composition and Man-Month
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position / Qualifications \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Estimated Man-Month Input \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key expert 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position/:-- Key Expert 1 (Team Leader) \n\n\t\t\tQualification and Experience \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key expert 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position/:-- Key Expert 2(climate change expert) \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 9 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key expert 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position/:-- Key Expert 3(Carbon Market Expert) \n\n\t\t\tQualification and Experience \n\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
7. Deliverables and Remuneration
\n\nThe following table shows the expected deliverables from the assignment and the associated payment schedule.
\n\n| \n\t\t\t N \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deliverable \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timelines \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment schedule \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reviews and approval \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of acceptable draft report, including the conceptualization, roadmap and work plan for the assignment together with a stakeholder engagement plan. \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 month after contract effectiveness \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% After Submisstion and approval of Draft report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 weeks after report submission \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission Report of the consultative meetings with the AUC, AU member states, RECs, and AU Climate Commissions. \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 months month after the approval of inception report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30% After Submisstion and approval of #2 Deliverables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Same as above \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of Draft report on the comprehensive analysis of Africa’s existing gaps and needs for carbon market access and to develop guiding framework on approaches for regional harmonization for tapping into the carbon market. \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6 months month after reports under No. 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30% After Submisstion and approval of #3Deliverables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 weeks after report submission \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Final study report, and assignment completion report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t End of 12 month from the start of the assignment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20% After Submisstion and approval of Final report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Same as above \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
8. Duration
\n\nThe contract agreement signed with the consulting firm is expected to be delivered within 12 months. Considering the time limitation, no time extension shall be given for the assignment under normal circumstances.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
"},{"id":"OP00361241","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"02-Jun-2025","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2025-06-18T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"18:00","project_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","project_id":"P168180","project_name":"Institutional Capacity Building Project","bid_reference_no":"MEF-BPR-CQS","bid_description":"Assessment of existing opportunities for optimization, reengineering and automation of business processes in the economic part of the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"29., Istiklol street, 100017 Tashkent","contact_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","contact_email":"piu_mof@mail.ru","contact_name":"Sirojiddin Imanov","contact_organization":"Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan","contact_phone_no":"903311662","contact_web_url":"info@imv.uz","submission_date":"2025-06-02T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\n
Country: Republic of Uzbekistan
\n\nProject name: Institutional Capacity Building Project
\n\nCredit No.: IDA 6431-UZ
\n\n\n\n
Assignment Title: Assessment of existing opportunities for optimization, reengineering and automation of business processes in the economic part of the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\n\n\n
Reference No.: MEF-BPR-CQS
\n\nThe Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Institutional Capacity Building Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for Consultant to assess of existing opportunities for optimization, reengineering and automation of business processes in the economic part of the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan (“Services”) for the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic Uzbekistan.
\n\n\n\n
The purpose of the task is to examine, analyze procedures, activities, and business processes including documentation flow and information exchange in the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan (Client). Results of this work will serve as a ground for taking measures aimed at standardization of procedures and actions undertaken by the employees of the Ministry, which, in principle, will serve to minimize time and material expenses.
\n\n\n\n
The Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services by submitting directly to the piu_mof@mail.ru.
\n\n\n\n
The Qualification requirements for the Consultants are:
\n\n- Consultants must demonstrate proven experience in the successful development and completion of at least three (3) projects related to business process optimization or similar initiatives within the economic development sector or related to the field, specifically in the public sector. As part of the application, consultants are required to submit documentary evidence confirming their involvement and scope of services provided in each project. These documents should clearly outline the consultant’s role in the design, implementation, and/or automation of business process optimization solutions, including specific outcomes or impact achieved. Preference will be given to consultants who have prior experience implementing such projects within Uzbekistan, as this will be considered an additional advantage
\n\n- Must have at least 5 years of experience in the field of Economics and Finance in Public Sector. Experience related to the field in Uzbekistan will be considered an additional advantage.
\n\n- Consultants must confirm by presenting balance sheet audited by the international auditor that its annual turnover in the field of implementation of solutions and related IT services during last three years was at least 1 million US dollars, VAT exclusive.
\n\n- In order to be able to provide the service the provider must own all necessary material resources and either possess office premises or rent/open an office (own, rented, or planned for purchase or rent for implementation of the Project) in Tashkent city. Exception: The Ministry may provide the expert group with a room on the territory of the Ministry building
\n\n- Organization, during carrying out its activities, must comply to the standards, appropriate international standards of quality (ISO 9001 and/or others), based on the special requirements of the Project. Also, key experts of the project team with international experience would be an asset.
\n\n\n\n
Given the nature of the Services, it is desirable that the consultant firm shall have a physical presence in Uzbekistan.
\n\n\n\n
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment: Consultants shall not be hired for any assignment that would be in conflict with their prior or current obligations to other clients, or that may place them in a position of being unable to carry out the assignment in the best interests of the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\n\n\n
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultant Qualification Selection (CQS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
\n\n\n\n
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 9:00 a.m. to 18:00 p.m. Tashkent time.
\n\n\n\n
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form in English, Russian or Uzbek languages to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 18th June 2025.
\n\n\n\n
Project Implementation Unit under the
\nMinistry of Economy and finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan
Attn: Sirojiddin Imanov, Manager of the Project
\n\nUzbekistan, 100017, Tashkent city, 29, Istiklol St.
\n\nTel: +998 90331662/ 901741711
\n\nE-mail: piu_mof@mail.ru
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
As part of the EOI, the consultant should include the following information:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Date: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country of Incorporation: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Consultant Name: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Acronym: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t EOI Submission Authorized by: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Acronym \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country of Incorporation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Joint Venture (JV) or Sub-consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t EOI Submission Authorized By \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Present the rationale for and benefits of working in association (JV or Sub-consultant) with others rather than undertaking the assignment independently (as appropriate). Describe the proposed management and coordination approach of the association and the role of each firm.
\n\n\n\n
Project References - highlight the technical qualifications of your entity/consortium in undertaking similar assignments. Provide details of past experiences working with similar project authorities
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Project References, present experiences in similar geographic areas.
\n\n\n\n
Present relevant projects to demonstrate the firm’s technical qualifications and geographical experience (maximum 10 projects).
\n\n| \n\t\t\t N \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Period \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Firm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Project Title \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Country / Region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Start Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Completion Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Continuous / Intermittent \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Funding Source \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (indicate your role and input in man-months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
We, the undersigned, certify to the best of our knowledge and belief:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Terms of Reference
\n\nfor Assessment of opportunities for optimizing, reengineering, and automating business processes (BPR) in the economic divisions of the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\n1. INTRODUCTION
\n\nThe Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan (hereinafter referred to as the Ministry) is implementing the Institutional Capacity Building Project (ICBP) funded by the World Bank. The project will finance primarily advisory services (i.e., hiring of consultants), funding of IT (hardware and software) and Management Information Systems (MIS), training and workshops, and covering of operating costs.
\n\nThe ICPB project consists of four components:
\n\nComponent 1. Improving PFM (Budget, PIM, Treasury, Public Sector Accounting, Internal Control and Audit);
\n\nComponent 2. Improving conditions for market operation of the corporate sector;
\n\nComponent 3. Improving support mechanisms for reforms
\n\nComponent 4. Project Management.
\n\nWithin the framework of subcomponent 1.2 of this project, the following activities are planned to be carried out.
\n\nIn accordance with Presidential Decree No. PF-269 of the Republic of Uzbekistan, dated December 21, 2022, On Measures to Implement Administrative Reforms of the New Uzbekistan, and Presidential Decree No. PF-14, dated January 25, 2023, On Primary Organizational Measures to Ensure the Effective Functioning of Executive Authorities of the Republic, as well as in alignment with the Uzbekistan - 2030 Development Strategy, approved by Presidential Decree No. PF-158 on September 11, 2023, the implementation of the following measures has become necessary. As a result of these decrees, multiple organizations were merged, and their respective functions were reassigned accordingly. Within the framework, it is planned to analyze the key business processes within the economic sector of the Ministry and sub-organizations under its jurisdiction. This includes identifying processes that negatively impact departmental (management) functions, optimizing business processes, and exploring opportunities for their further automation.
\n\nAs a result of the project’s implementation, including process automation, the analyzed and optimized business processes will contribute to maintaining and enhancing the qualitative and quantitative performance indicators of the Ministry. This will be achieved by increasing accountability, transparency, and the overall efficiency of the new system, thereby improving processes and decision-making capabilities of the Ministry.
\n\n2. PURPOSE OF THE TASK
\n\nThe full designation of the task is: “Assessment of the existing opportunities for optimization, re-engineering, and automation of business processes in the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan (economic field part)” (hereinafter referred to as the Task). The purpose of the task is to examine, analyze procedures, activities, and business processes including documentation flow and information exchange in the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan (Client). Results of this work will serve as a ground for taking measures aimed at standardization of procedures and actions undertaken by the employees of the Ministry, which, in principle, will serve to minimize time and material expenses. Additionally, results of the task implementation will further serve as a basis for development of decisions on optimization of functions of the Ministry, exclusion of duplication of functions and automation of its activities and the development of technical specifications for creating appropriate information systems to automate the processes of departments/ministry involved in economic forecasting within the Ministry.
\n\n3. SCOPE OF WORK
\n\nA consulting company (hereinafter referred to as the Consultant) will be selected to implement the current ToR. The activities under this assignment will be carried out in the following sequence:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Stage 1: Analysis of the activities of the Ministry – 12 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Activity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timeframe* \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type of communication \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Expected result \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.1. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Assessment of the current activities and business processes of the Ministry, including the assessment of their alignment with underlying documentation/policies/procedures. Development of business process model in the form of a catalogue, which will include development of procedures that form E2E (End-to-End) processes. To achieve this objective, the available internal regulatory documents of the Ministry establishing its procedures will be examined and spend time with relevant departments to analyze the actual practices. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Clear Understanding of Current Processes, Enhanced Decision-Making & Accountability, Foundation for Future Reforms & Digitalization \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.2. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Study, analyze and report on key performance indicators (KPIs) developed by the Ministry. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Comprehensive Assessment of Existing KPIs, Data-Driven Insights into Ministry Performance, Enhanced Decision-Making & Strategic Planning \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.3. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deep focus to analyze the ministry's economic development direction (complex), assess the alignment of its functions with economic policy goals, and identify duplications or inefficiencies according to Annex №1. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t To review the organizational structure and tasks of the ministry's economic development direction (complex). The consultant will analyze the alignment of the current functions with the objectives of economic policy formation. This process will include identifying duplications, overlaps, or inefficiencies in the existing functions that may hinder the ministry's ability to effectively contribute to economic policy development. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.4. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Recommend process optimizations based on global best practices \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Recommend process optimization based on global best practices to gain insights into process improvement \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Deliverables 1: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Stage 2: Identification of the target operating model – 10 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||
| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Activity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timeframe* \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type of communication \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Expected result \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.1. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Review of the best international practices in the field of development of optimal management model, based on which it could be possible to recommend approaches to improving the efficiency of the ministry's activities. Before the commencement of the work, the consensus will be reached on the use of instrumental and methodological tools, and agreement will be reached on the main register of documents to be used for further development of the operational model “how it should be”. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Assessement that would state the current processes and their analysis (review of the business processes (key and supporting business processes, including those of HR, Executive office, IT, etc.), gaps, etc) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.2. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Identification of at least three alternatives of the target operating model for implementation in the Ministry. It is important and necessary to prepare a detailed analysis of the world leaders of the operating ERP IT systems and models, to identify the positive/negative sides of each of them. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Identification of gaps/opportunities for improvement and design the Target Operating Model (TOM) for the Ministry \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.3. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Determination of criteria for choosing the optimal operating model and options on the strategies for its implementation, corresponding to the conditions that are set out \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Clearly Defined Selection Criteria for the Optimal Operating Model, Comprehensive Evaluation of Operating Model Options, Development of an Implementation Strategy, Risk Assessment & Mitigation Strategies, Alignment with National & International Best Practices, Improved Decision-Making & Strategic Readiness \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.4. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Advise on areas where artificial intelligence technologies can be applied and functions that can be transferred to Public-Private Partnerships \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 week \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Based on the current state of the ministry and its functions, make recommendations on areas where artificial intelligence technologies can be applied and non-core functions that can be transferred to public-private partnerships. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Deliverables 2 and Deliverables 3: \n\n\t\t\t- A report with recommendations for selecting a target operating model, including an analysis of international best practices; \n\n\t\t\t- Report with recommendations on the formation of IT - architecture in accordance with the agreed target operating model with regard to the upper-level functional requirements for the target IT solution; \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Stage 3: Development of proposals for amending the existing regulatory legal acts and the internal documentation of the Ministry – 8 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Activity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timeframe* \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type of communication \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Expected result \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.1. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Review & Analysis of Existing Regulations and Documents of the Ministry \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Define a future-state model aligned with international best practices. Provide a cost-benefit analysis for automation. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.2. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Collect and analyze current regulatory legal acts and internal policies. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Comprehensive Inventory of Regulatory and Internal Documents \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.3. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Identify gaps, inconsistencies, outdated provisions, and contradictions in the documents. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Identification of gaps/opportunities for improvement and design the Target Operating Model (TOM) for the Ministry. The TOM with required actions/recommendations on implementing the proposed “model”. The TOM, should be supported by the detailed catalogue and process mapping of the Business processes of the Ministry reflecting the function and internal control framework, the related internal Guidelines/Policies (templates) and the Implementation plan for the Modul \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Deliverables 4: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Stage 4: Development of a Roadmap for the implementation of the target operating model - 10 weeks. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Activity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timeframe* \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type of communication \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Expected result \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.1. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Assessment of the exiting IT environment (IT applications, tools, solutions, etc.) and the related processes with the aim of: a) assessing the alignment of the existing IT applications with existing processes; b) identifying the gap areas (weaknesses, bottlenecks, duplications, etc.); c) providing key recommendations for addressing the gap areas; d) provided a section with detailed plan (key recommendations, deliverables, criteria, terms, etc.) on the future IT solution for medium term and long term for the target operating/business model \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Assessment of the ICT infrustructure: current situation, existing ICT applications, gaps and issues, the proposed ICT “model” and the actions and recommendations to implement the proposed “model” (priority of ICT applications graded by medium-term and long-term plans) and the implementation plan, determine the technologies necessary for the implementation of the project \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Deliverables 5 and Deliverables 6: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Stage 5: Conduction of training – 2 weeks. \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||
| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Activity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Timeframe* \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Type of communication \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Expected result \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1.1. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Training to staff on new processes and ICT (if applicable) and to organize seminars and trainings on the formation of innovative thinking among employees in order to be flexible to possible changes in work processes. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t In-office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Training to staff on new processes and ICT (if applicable) and to organize seminars and trainings on the formation of innovative thinking among employees in order to be flexible to possible changes in work processes \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Deliverables 7: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t|||||
| \n\t\t\t Total duration of the project \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 42 weeks \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
\n\n
3.1 Detailed information for the scope of work.
\n\nProject implementation activities must involve functions related to activities of the Ministry's structure to aim for business process re-engineering, optimization and standardization of all processes, including:
\n\nFunctions and actions of employees carried out in the framework of activities of the Ministry, interactions of structural subdivisions, documents flow procedures, including the process of information exchange for transmission of main data in the relevant processes, must be described during modeling of processes. The model of carrying out operations must be described in the form of catalogue of business processes based on the examination of the internal regulatory documents and activities of the employees required for execution of a given business process.
\n\nThe description of the business processes of the Ministry will be based on the current internal regulatory documents that will be provided by the Ministry before the start of the project, and, if necessary, the practice of clarifying written information in the course of interviews with employees will be applied. Responsibility for the coordination of these interviews and the appointment of qualified staff lies with the Ministry project members.
\n\nThe target operating process model “as to be” of the Ministry’s processes should reflect recommendations for optimizing the main business processes, based on an analysis of the functions and actions of the Ministry’s employees and international best practices, as well as proposals for improving internal interaction between the structural divisions of the Ministry and employees of the Ministry that will help to improve the time efficiency and material, organizational and other indicators of the Ministry.
\n\nThe recommendations developed during the project will become the basis for the further development of the relevant changes within the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan and, subsequently, will be introduce into the regulatory and legal acts and internal regulatory documents by the members of the Client’s project team. When making recommendations, the basic functions of the Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan as a state body, as well as the basic principles of the activities of the Ministry should not be revised.
\n\nGeneral requirements for the analysis of the current state of activities of the Ministry.
\n\nThis stage of work involves examining the information provided by the Client in the form of documents before the start of the project, analyzing the business processes of the structural divisions of the Ministry, based on the tasks assigned to them and functions and activities in accordance with applicable regulatory legal acts and internal regulatory documents of the Ministry.
\n\nThe main tools for carrying out the work are the study of internal regulatory documents governing the activities of the Ministry, which will be provided by the Ministry before the start of the project, and, if necessary, the practice of clarifying written information through interviews with employees. Responsibility for the coordination of these interviews and the appointment of qualified staff lies with the Ministry project team members.
\n\nAs part of the work done, the Client will be provided with a model of the main business processes of the Ministry in the form of a catalog of business processes. In addition, the Consultant will also examine and analyze the existing IT architecture of the Ministry, including the software products available to the Ministry
\n\nAs part of future work, the Consultant should provide recommendations for improving the above applications and various software products implemented in the Ministry, or recommend the transition to a new IT platform.
\n\nIn the event of a transition to a new IT platform, the Consultant should provide recommendations on the consolidation and transition from all existing software products into an IT platform that is unified and interoperable for Ministry’s functions. Consolidation and unification of existing IT legacy systems into a single IT platform will simplify the existing IT architecture of the Ministry and save financial resources to ensure the daily support and smooth operation of the IT infrastructure of the Ministry.
\n\nIn addition, as part of the work done, the Consultant should provide two examples of business processes “Proof of Concept” and “Business Justification”, which will demonstrate that after optimizing and automating existing business processes of the Ministry, the use of manual work and employee time to perform given tasks will be reduced at the Ministry.
\n\nIn addition, the recommendations should include “Best Practices” of implementation of IT technology in the world market with a specific focus on optimization in government.
\n\nThe recommendations should provide an estimated cost for the purchase of new software with a detailed plan for transition into the implementation and rollout stages. The recommendations should include the estimated cost of annual license fees for using new software products as well.
\n\nThe service provider in the framework of the project should provide the estimated cost of consulting services, including the costs of the development and implementation of new IT programs by the provider.
\n\nThe provider must clearly determine how many employees of the Ministry will need to be involved in this project and for how long.
\n\nThe service provider within the framework of the Project should identify all problem points and their solutions in all structural divisions of the Central Office of the Ministry. The service provider should recommend which business processes can be automated in all departments of the Central Office of the Ministry and certain subordinate organizations. The service provider within the framework of the Project will provide clarifications for those cases that cannot be automated in the framework of future business processes.
\n\nThe service provider needs to provide the detail plan for “Knowledge Transfer” for all employee of Ministry. The detail plan should include robust training documentation and training courses for each automated processes and sub-processes to educate all employees of Ministry to new IT software technologies.
\n\nThe service provider needs to provide the estimated implementation cost of consulting fees for planning, designing, building, testing, and deployment of the new IT software solution for the Ministry.
\n\nDevelopment of a catalogue of business processes of the ministry is designed to:
\n\na) reflect the existing state of the processes of the Ministry with view to:
\n\nb) developing recommendations on optimization of the processes of the Ministry with view to:
\n\nIn the course of studying and evaluating the current activities of the Ministry, an important point is the identification of problem areas that can cause or lead to corruption or interfere with business continuity. They will be indicated by the Consultant if they are discovered during the analysis of existing business processes. The contractor in this case will recommend possible ways to reduce or eliminate the impact of the identified shortcomings.
\n\nRecommended operational model requirements.
\n\nAfter studying and analyzing the existing business processes of the Ministry, the Consultant will study international experience with the aim of developing recommendations for identifying the most suitable future target operating model.
\n\nThe development of the recommended operational model of the Ministry’s processes involves:
\n\na) it is necessary to provide the Ministry with a description of the possibilities and status of managing pre-defined business processes in the Ministries in other leading countries with comparable organizational and functional structures to Uzbekistan. It is advisable to indicate which IT ERP technologies are currently used in those specific countries today and their success stories. Also, it is necessary to provide the Ministry the information about which IT enterprise resource planning (ERP) software systems are currently being used at the Ministries of Economy and Finance in the developed and developing countries.
\n\nb) Preparation of proposals on selection of operational model:
\n\nc) Based on the selected target operational model of the Ministry, the consultant will prepare:
\n\nd) Development of a “Road Map” for implementation of the project on introduction of target business processes of the potential operational model:
\n\ne) Development of recommendation for project draft tender documents to select target IT solution and integrator;
\n\nLegal and normative requirements.
\n\nAs part of the optimization of processes, the need for amendments and additions to the existing regulatory legal acts, as well as to the internal regulatory legal documents of the Ministry, may be identified. The Consultant will prepare proposals for amendments to existing regulatory legal acts and to internal regulatory documents regulating the activities of the Ministry in order to ensure the successful implementation of the target operating model. The Ministry will ensure timely coordination of all documents and their components for the smooth operation of the Consultant. Alternatively, the request for variation procedure can be applied.
\n\nThe results of this work will become the basis for developing recommendations on the work of the Ministry, territorial divisions of the Ministry and subordinate organizations related to the process of improving the business processes of the Ministry. For the integration of ongoing work, it is necessary to ensure close interaction between the Client and the Consultant. In order to ensure this, a coordination group will be created, headed by a representative of the Client, and project participants from the Client side will be also identified, who will be involved for information and technical interaction between the Client and the Consultant. The Consultant under this task is obliged to participate in the work of the coordination group, including:
\n\nThe Client is obliged to provide documentation, regulatory documents, consultations or clarifications in a timely manner and without unnecessary delays if the Consultant declares that they are insufficient to fulfill the goals and objectives of the project.
\n\nThe Ministry will ensure timely coordination of all documents and their components for the smooth operation of the participant. In an alternative case, the request for variation procedure can be applied. The Client is obliged to notify the participant in advance of any changes that may affect the cost and terms of the project in order for the request of variation procedure to be applied.
\n\nBusiness process continuity and training requirements.
\n\nDuring the implementation of the Project, it is necessary to compile a list of currently known emergency situations that may lead to the inability to perform these procedures in the standard scenario. For specific and coordinated situations, backup scenarios should be developed that ensure the continuity of the functions related to the functioning of the Ministry.
\n\nTraining requirements.
\n\nThe service provider within the framework of the Project will conduct an outreach in the form of a KICK OFF meeting before the start of the analysis stage of the Ministry activities for interested parties, including participants of the Project coordination group from the side of the Client, in the field of project management and business process optimization.
\n\nAfter completing the work, the Consultant will conduct a 5-day training seminar to increase knowledge in the field of using tools to implement the description of the Ministry's process models, optimization and automation of business processes, as well as in the development of IT architecture. This seminar is intended for key stakeholders (to be identified as part of the project), as well as for representatives of regional departments of the Ministry.
\n\nThe list of participants, organization and coordination of events, including the provision of suitable classrooms equipped with the equipment necessary for training, are provided at the expense of the Client. All expenses associated with the relocation of employees of the Ministry, meals and other expenses to ensure uninterrupted training are funded at the expense of the Ministry.
\n\nThe training materials will be based on leading industry practices in project management and business process optimization.
\n\n5. CONSULTANT QUALIFICATIONS
\n\n5.1 Consultant Firm Requirements:
\n\nThe Client intends to use the international experience of the potential Consultant. Due to this fact, the Client welcomes the engagement of knowledge and experience of international audit and consulting firms.
\n\nConsultants for service contract must comply with the following minimum qualification criteria:
\n\nConsultants must demonstrate proven experience in the successful development and completion of at least three (3) projects related to business process optimization or similar initiatives within the economic development sector or related to the field, specifically in the public sector. As part of the application, consultants are required to submit documentary evidence confirming their involvement and scope of services provided in each project. These documents should clearly outline the consultant’s role in the design, implementation, and/or automation of business process optimization solutions, including specific outcomes or impact achieved. Preference will be given to consultants who have prior experience implementing such projects within Uzbekistan, as this will be considered an additional advantage
\n\nMust have at least 5 years of experience in the field of Economics and Finance in Public Sector. Experience related to the field in Uzbekistan will be considered an additional advantage.
\n\nConsultants must confirm by presenting balance sheet audited by the international auditor that its annual turnover in the field of implementation of solutions and related IT services during last three years was at least 1 million US dollars, VAT exclusive.
\n\nIn order to be able to provide the service the provider must own all necessary material resources and either possess office premises or rent/open an office (own, rented, or planned for purchase or rent for implementation of the Project) in Tashkent city. Exception: The Ministry may provide the expert group with a room on the territory of the Ministry building
\n\nOrganization, during carrying out its activities, must comply to the standards, appropriate international standards of quality (ISO 9001 and/or others), based on the special requirements of the Project. Also, key experts of the project team with international experience would be an asset.
\n\nAdditional requirement:
\n\nThe Ministry expects possession by consultants verifiable international auditing experiences.
\n\nExperts of a provider, who will be selected under the bidding, will be located in Tashkent city. The Client will provide premises in its office and provide required conditions for establishment of work place, due that, the Client allows that some part of services may be provided remotely. Requirements to deadlines and quality assurance with regard to the quality warranty of outcomes of delivered services will be indicated in the contract upon agreement of parties.
\n\n5.2. Qualification requirements to key experts of the Consultant.
\n\nComprehensive understanding of Business Process Reengineering methodologies and strong communication and report-writing skills;
\n\nThe services must be provided by the experts of the Consultant, who comply to the special qualification requirements. For timely provision of quality services, the Consultant must possess the following key experts:
\n\nProject manager.
\n\n• Must have at least 10 years of proven international professional experience in the capacity of a project manager or similar position directly related to reforms of public finances, state agencies, central public institutions/governments and verifiable international auditing experiences.
\n\n• Must have knowledge of the issues related to development of information systems – program support in the developed countries OECD, namely, knowledge of the issues of reforming and opportunities for optimization and modernization of Economic Development will be desirable.
\n\n• Proven track record of leading Agile teams and implementing Agile frameworks in technology-driven projects, and experience in iterative project delivery and stakeholder engagement is desirable.
\n\n• History of interaction with public institutions in the field of regulation during implementation of similar projects.
\n\n• Work experience in the field of project management, optimization of business processes, risk management and business analysis.
\n\n• Knowledge of English is required.
\n\n•Availability of certificates (PMP, PPM, PgMP, PRINCE2) in the field of project management are preferred.
\n\nBusiness Process Reengineering Lead
\n\n• Must have at least 3 experts with 7 years of experience in process analysis, redesign, optimization and automation of business processes;
\n\n• Expertise in developing E2E workflows and creating business process models;
\n\n• Experience of working with the full cycle of automation of business processes (business – requirements, decision selection, terms of reference, implementation, piloting and so forth) in the public sector of developed countries (OECD);
\n\n• Deep understanding and mastery of both Lean and Six Sigma methodologies is desirable;
\n\n• Proficiency in using business process modeling tools (e.g., BPMN, ARIS, Visio);
• Experience in the field of implementation of large-scale IT projects, including optimization of business processes will be an asset.
\n\nDigital Transformation Lead
\n\n• Must have at least 1 expert with 7 years of experience of working in the capacity of a team lead or similar management position in IT systems development and implementation;
\n\n• Proven track record of aligning IT solutions with organizational processes;
\n\n• Experience in designing and implementing integrated digital solutions in public sectors;
\n\n• Expertise in IT system architecture, including Business Intelligence (BI) tools and dashboards;
\n\n• Projects management, including large scale projects preferably in public or quasi-public sector in the sphere of IT – processes and functionality of standard software solutions;
\n\n• Proficiency in modern software development methodologies and tools ;
\n\n• Experience of working in IT services to the public sector for improving and optimizing their activities will be an asset;
\n\n• Availability of certificates (ORACLE, SAP, etc.) will be an asset.
\n\nEconomist & Financial Analyst (cross-section of sectors)
\n\n\n\n
Chief functional architect and methodologist of the project.
\n\n• Must have at least 8 years of experience in the field of IT penetration, digital transformation, system integration, and IT governance, practical experience of participation in projects related to development of guidelines, program documentation and concepts on development and management of IT penetration, including in macroeconomic indicators.
\n\n• The specialist must have advanced managerial education, English language proficiency, international project experience, knowledge and skills related to information systems implementation in OECD countries or countries with developed economy.
\n\n• The specialist must have knowledge, experience and skills related to methodology management and arrangement.
\n\nOther non-key specialists
\n\nICT specialists (2 positions).
\n\n• Must have substantial experience in designing and development of information systems for the public sector with considerable knowledge of trends in the field of management of IT penetration and modern technologies.
\n\n• Must have history of designing IT landscapes and process automation with experience of working in 1 (one) and more projects.
\n\n• Must have at least 5 years of experience of implementing a range of IT projects with the scope and scale similar to those of this task, history of participation in projects related to development of information and communication infrastructure.
\n\n• Must have higher education diploma and international experience in the field of designing and operation of strategic information systems.
\n\nLegal Expert.
\n\n· The consultant must have a minimum of three (3) years of professional experience working on projects related to public law, particularly within the context of public sector reform or governance.
\n\n· Experience in public finance law or related areas is considered an asset.
\n\n· The consultant must hold at least a bachelor degree in law (higher legal education).
\n\n· Proficiency in English is mandatory.
\n\n· Knowledge of Uzbek and/or Russian is desirable and will be considered an advantage.
\n\n\n\n
English-Uzbek Translator
\n\nCompliance with the professional competency, education and work experience requirements to key experts will be demonstrated through presenting the following supporting documents:
\n\n\n\n
7. Duration of the contract
\n\n\n\n
The duration of the contract covers the entire period of the project and equals 42 weeks (the exact start and end dates of the project may vary in the course of its implementation).
\n\n\n\n
8. Resources
\n\n\n\n
The Ministry will:
\n\n\n\n
Establish a working group of Ministry specialists to liaise with the Consultant in the framework of the performance of this ToR;
\n\nEnsure the Consultant is able to communicate and interact with state agencies in the framework of the assessment of the existing internal control system and in piloting the proposed new framework;
\n\nProvide the venue and technical equipment for seminars with managers and specialists of the state agencies in the framework of the performance of this ToR.
\n\nThe consultant will:
\n\nPreliminary results of the Consultant’s work submitted to the Client for discussion should be presented in English with translation to Uzbek. Agreed work results should be prepared in English and Uzbek languages. Documents must be provided in print and electronic forms in WORD, POWERPOINT, EXCEL formats, etc., as well as in PDF format.
\n\nThe Consultant and his authorized persons must maintain the confidentiality of the information that he receives during his work or during the filing of the application for participation in the tender, and not disclose or use it to his advantage during the project and one year following the conclusion of the contract.
\n\nAll studies, information, questionnaires received or developed within the framework of this Project, after successful completion of the project and approval of work and services performed, become the property of the Ministry. The use of developed materials may be allowed only after the written permission of the Ministry.
\n\nAfter completing each stage specified in clause 6, the Consultant must prepare the corresponding interim report and the statement of acceptance of works, prepare invoice and provide it to the Client. The Client is obliged to review the documents within not more than 5 working days, before the start of the next stage of the project, for timely execution of the project. The approval of the report and the statement of acceptance of works is the basis for payment of the invoice within the period not exceeding 5 business days after their approval.
\n\n\n\n
The customer is the MEF, as well as the “Project Implementation Group” (PIU) of the MEF. The Ministry is responsible for accepting the work performed by the Consultant within the framework of this assignment, as well as for signing the Work Acceptance Certificate.
\n\nThe PIU under the MEF is responsible for making payments based on the Work/Service Acceptance Certificate signed by the MEF (based on the protocol and official letter of the MEF on acceptance of work) and the Consultant’s initial request for payment.
\n\nAll expenses, including local and international taxes, are borne by the Consultant.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Annex №1
\n\n| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Structural name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department of Analysis and Forecasting of Economic Growth and Ensuring the Coherence of Monetary, Fiscal and Foreign Trade Policies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department of project development and reform assessment to identify economic drivers and growth points of sectors, industries, and regions in the long and medium term \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department for Coordination of Land Reforms and Development of Regional Master Plans \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department for Coordination of Transition to a Green Economy and Development \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department of Integrated Economic Development of Regions \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department of Coordination of Urbanization Processes, Housing Construction and Mortgage Programs \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department of Industrial Policy Implementation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Coordination and Information Analysis Department \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department of Privatization and Transformation of State Assets \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department of Public-Private Partnership Development \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department of Finance and Tariff Policy of Basic Industries, Fuel and Energy Complex, and Mining and Metallurgical Enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department of Financial Support for Agricultural Reforms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Executive Office \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Digital Technology Coordination Department \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department of Integrated Economic Development of Regions \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Structural structures ( Information Technology Center, Green Economy Projects Center Project Office, Budget and Tax Research Institute, etc \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Concerned departments and subordinate organizations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
"},{"id":"OP00335446","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"26-Jan-2025","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2025-02-12T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P176517","project_name":"De-risking, inclusion and value enhancement of pastoral economies in the Horn of Africa","bid_reference_no":"SO-MOF-468787-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Development of Quality Management Documentation and Procedures for Somali Bureau of Standards","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Villa Somalia, Mogadishu","contact_ctry_name":"Somalia","contact_email":"abisosman@gmail.com","contact_name":"Abukar Osman","contact_organization":"Federal Government of Somalia Ministry of Finance","contact_phone_no":"0617635244","submission_date":"2025-01-26T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OF SOMALIA
\n\nMINISTRY OF FINANCE
\n\nREQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST (REOI)
\n\nCOUNTRY: Federal Republic of Somalia (FGS)
\n\nNAME OF PROJECT: De-Risking, Inclusion and Value Enhancement of pastoral economies in the Horn of Africa Project (DRIVE)
\n\nPROJECT ID: P176517
\n\nAssignment Title: Consultancy Services for quality management documentation and procedures for Somali Bureau of Standards
\n\nIndividual/Firm: Firm
\n\nDeadline: 12th February 2025
\n\nReference No.: SO-MOF-468787-CS-QCBS
\n\nPlace of assignment: Somalia
\n\nThe Government of the Federal Republic of Somalia has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of De-Risking, Inclusion and Value Enhancement of pastoral economies in the Horn of Africa Project (DRIVE) and intends to apply part of the proceed for consulting services.
\n\nThe Consulting Services (the Services) is required to Comprehensively assess the management systems, address gabs and develop necessary documentation under the Somalia Bureau of Standards to facilitate the road to system certification and accreditation on Quality Management System
\n\nThe consultancy service is expected to be conducted over a period of 6 months from commencement
\n\nThe detailed Terms of Refence (TOR) for the assignment can be found at the following website:
\n\nhttps://sobs.gov.so/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Final_TOR_-for-Procedures-manualsregulationsGuideliness-policies-SOBS-WB-comments.pdf
\n\nThe Ministry of Finance now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services (brochures, description of similar assignments, experience in similar conditions, availability of appropriate skills among staff, etc.). The short-listing criteria are as follows:
\n\nThe attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraphs 3.14, 3.16 and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers: Procurement in Investment Financing - Goods, Works, Non-Consulting and Consulting Services dated July 2016 and revised in November 2017 August 2018 and November 2020, (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\nConsultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualification but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub consultancy. In case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\nA Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection(QCBS) method set out in the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations
\n\nInterested Consultant may obtain further information at the address below during office hours from 8:30am to 3.30pm Mogadishu time (Excluding public holidays).
\n\nExpressions of interest (EOI) should be delivered (in person or by e-mail) in a written form in three (3) hard copies (if not by e-mail) to the address below by 12th February 2025 at 4:00 PM (Mogadishu Time).
\n\nAttention
\n\nProject Coordinator,
\n\nDRIVE Project,
\n\nMinistry of Finance - Federal Government of Somalia
\n\nShangani District - Mogadishu, Somalia
\n\nEmail Address: bid.drive@piu.mof.gov.so
"},{"id":"OP00299120","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"08-Jul-2024","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2024-07-26T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"18:00","project_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","project_id":"P168180","project_name":"Institutional Capacity Building Project","bid_reference_no":"MEF-SAMA-QCBS-SYSTEM-2","bid_description":"Development and Implementation of an Automated System of Accounting and Monitoring for the Activities of State-owned enterprises (SOEs)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"29., Istiklol street, 100017 Tashkent","contact_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","contact_email":"jasur.karshibayev@imv.uz","contact_name":"Jasur Karshibaev","contact_organization":"Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan","contact_phone_no":"+998903311662","contact_web_url":"info@imv.uz","submission_date":"2024-07-08T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\n
Uzbekistan
\n\nInstitutional Capacity Building Project
\n\nCredit No.: IDA 6431-UZ
\n\nAssignment Title: Development and Implementation of an Automated System of Accounting and Monitoring for the Activities of Enterprises with State Participation
\n\n\n\n
Reference No.: MEF-SAMA-QCBS-SYSTEM-2
\n\n\n\n
The Ministry of Economy and finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Institutional Capacity Building Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services on behalf of the State Assets Management Agency (UzSAMA).
\n\nThe Consulting services (“the Services”) include Development and Implementation of an Automated System of Accounting and Monitoring for the Activities of Enterprises with State Participation (“Information system”)
\n\nThe main purpose of the information system for accounting and monitoring the activities of enterprises with state participation is an organized data array of the UzSAMA, processed in a single hardware and software complex, which provides quick access to operational and historical information, multidimensional data analysis (KPIs for various dimensions), obtaining forecasts and statistics in terms of both the activities of the Customer and enterprises with a state share, regardless of the source of such information.
\n\nThe Ministry of Economy and finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services submitting directly to the piu_mof@mail.ru.
\n\nThe qualification requirements for the Consultants are:
\n\nThe proposed team will have both the skills and experience necessary to undertake the range of tasks set out in these Terms of Reference. The Key experts will be not evaluation during review the EOI.
\n\nThe components of the System must have patent purity on the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nThe attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” dated July 2016, revised in November 2017 and August 2018 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment: Consultants shall not be hired for any assignment that would be in conflict with their prior or current obligations to other clients, or that may place them in a position of being unable to carry out the assignment in the best interests of the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nA Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
\n\nFurther information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 9:00 a.m. to 18:00 p.m. Tashkent time.
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered in a written form in English, Russian or Uzbek languages to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by July 26 2024.
\n\n\n\n
Project Implementation Unit under the
\nMinistry of Economy and finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan
Attn: Sirojiddin Imanov, Manager of the Project
\n\nUzbekistan, 100017, Tashkent city, 29, Istiklol St.
\n\nTel: +998901741711
\n\nE-mail: piu_mof@mail.ru
\n\n\n\n
As part of the EOI, the consultant should include the following information:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Date: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country of Incorporation: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Consultant Name: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Acronym: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t EOI Submission Authorized by: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Acronym \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country of Incorporation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Joint Venture (JV) or Sub-consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t EOI Submission Authorized By \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Present the rationale for and benefits of working in association (JV or Sub-consultant) with others rather than undertaking the assignment independently (as appropriate). Describe the proposed management and coordination approach of the association and the role of each firm.
\n\nProject References - highlight the technical qualifications of your entity/consortium in undertaking similar assignments. Provide details of past experiences working with similar project authorities
\n\nProject References, present experiences in similar geographic areas.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t N \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project start date (year, month, mandatory) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project end date (year, month, mandatory) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Firm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Participated lawyers in the project among the recommended personnel (full name) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t … \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t … \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t … \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Project Title \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Country / Region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Start Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Completion Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Continuous / Intermittent \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Participated lawyers in the project among the recommended personnel (full name) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Funding Source \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Project description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t The role of the consulting firm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (indicate your role and contribution in terms of men-months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
We, the undersigned, certify to the best of our knowledge and belief:
\n\nThe lead entity and JV member or sub-consultant are NOT currently sanctioned by or other MDBs. Neither the consulting firm nor the JV member or sub-consultant has ever been convicted of an integrity-related offense or crime related to theft, corruption, fraud, collusion or coercion.
\n\nTerms of Reference (TOR) for development and implementation of an automated system of accounting and monitoring for the activities of SOEs
\n\n\n\n
Full name of the project: "Development and implementation of an automated system of accounting and monitoring for the activities of SOEs" (hereinafter referred to as the "System").
\n\n\n\n
Purchasers Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan- - manages administrative and financial issues.
\n\nThe final beneficiary of the project is the State Assets Management Agency of the Republic of Uzbekistan (hereinafter referred to as the " Agency").
\n\nRequisites:
\n\n\n\n
The contractor for this project will be determined based on the results of the tender selection.
\n\nBasic requirements for the Supplier:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t The role of the specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Requirements \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t BI Project Manager \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t BI project architector \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t BI Functional Consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Financial consultant BI \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t BI Technical Consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t DBMS administrator \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
\n\n
In addition, in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan, it is not allowed to participate in tenders of companies upon detection of:
\n\n\n\n
The basis for the development of the System project is:
\n\n\n\n
Planned project implementation timeline:
\n\nStart: October, 2024
\n\nCompletion: October 2025
\n\n\n\n
A financing source for works under the project shall be the funds of the International Financial Institutions (The World Bank)
\n\n\n\n
Upon completion of individual stages and work as a whole, the Supplier submits an acceptance certificate.
\n\nThe results of the work are evaluated by the acceptance committee. The acceptance committee is formed by the Agencyin the prescribed manner.
\n\nTo the Acceptance Commission, the Supplier submits documentation, the list
\nand requirements for registration of which are determined in accordance with State standards (GOST/ГОСТ) and other standards, and governing documents in force in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan, as well as by mutual agreement of the Agencyand the Supplier.
The date of delivery - acceptance of work is the date of signing the act by the acceptance commission.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The main purpose of the information system for accounting and monitoring the activities of SOEs is an organized data array of the Agency, processed in a single hardware and software complex, which provides quick access to operational and historical information, multidimensional data analysis (KPIs for various dimensions), obtaining forecasts and statistics in terms of both the activities of the Agencyand enterprises with a state share, regardless of the source of such information. This information can come from the following data sources:
\n\nDuring the implementation of the project of an information system for accounting and monitoring the activities of SOEs, the following tasks should be solved:
\n\n\n\n
Business intelligence systems are a type of information systems that allow you to turn accumulated factual data into useful knowledgein order to make effective business decisions. Such knowledge can be used to solve any problems in analysis, management, forecasting, etc.
\n\nThe purpose of introducing a business analysis system is to improve the efficiency of management of the operation and development of the Agency's Company, which is ensured by providing stakeholders,taking into account their powers, prompt access to consolidated from various sources, relevant and reliable information, fully characterizing the current state of the business and the dynamics of its development.
\n\nThe System will present data in a unified manner that will allow Users to form management, analytical and regulatory reporting. The business analysis system is created to perform complex and diverse functions, including the processing of analytical information, the formation of regulatory reporting and support for arbitrary requests.
\n\nThe purpose of the system is:
\n\nTo achieve the set goals within the framework of building the Agency's system, the following tasks must be solved:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The Agency for State Assets Management of the Republic of Uzbekistan (hereinafter referred to as the Agency) was established by the Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated January 14, 2019 N UP-5630 “On measures to radically improve the system of state assets management, antimonopoly regulation and the capital market.
\n\nThe Agency for State Assets Management of the Republic of Uzbekistan is a public administration body, the main activities of which are:
\n\n\n\n
Also, the main participants in the project are:
\n\nSOEs. As of January 1,2020, the number of SOEs is 2,965 (257 JSCs, 990 LLCs, 1,718 SUEs), enterprises in which there is a share of SOEs of about 2 thousand.
\n\nState Tax Committee of the Republic of Uzbekistan - provision of data on NAS (tax and other mandatory payments, tax arrears, tax benefits, etc.);
\n\nState Customs Committee of the Republic of Uzbekistan - information on the volumes of import and export of goods and services;
\n\nState Committee of the Republic of Uzbekistan on Statistics - supplier of data on industry indicators;
\n\nRepublican Stock Exchange - supplier of information on securities;
\n\nThe Uzbek Republican Commodity and Raw Materials Exchange is a supplier of information
\non the cost of products.
\n\n
The Agency is currently collecting and analyzing data as part of the management of state assets. At the same time, the main sources of data received by the Agency are:
\n\nInformation portal of putting public companies report and other economic entities with state share (JSC, LLC, companies with state shares.) Kpi.davaktiv.uz - information resource, using the accounting records of the collection of key performance indicators (hereinafter "KPI") and business plans from business entities with a state share (hereinafter the “Subject”). Each business entity with a state share has a personal account on the kpi.davaktiv.uz website. Access to your personal account is carried out using an electronic digital signature (hereinafter “EDS”) of a legal entity. In the personal account of the Subject there are electronic forms that are filled in by the Subject manually. The list of forms and the frequency of submission of reports is indicated in table. 3.2.2. Control over the correctness of filling out the report is carried out by the Agency's specialists manually. When analyzing the submitted report, the Agency's specialist has the opportunity to both accept this report and return it for revision, indicating in the comments the reason for the discrepancy.
\n\nThe register of state property property.davaktiv.uz is an information resource for registration and submission of reports for legal entities in the form of state unitary enterprises and state enterprises. The principle of access to a personal account, as well as monitoring of received reports, is similar to the information portal kpi.davaktiv.uz. The list of forms and the frequency of submission of reports is indicated in table. 3.2.2.
\n\nDatabase of the State Tax Committee of the Republic of Uzbekistan - The database on objects of taxation and objects related to taxation is generated in electronic form in the territorial bodies of the state tax service at the location of the object on the basis of internal and external sources of information. Internal sources contain information on quarterly, annual financial reports, calculations of taxes and other obligatory payments, revised tax reports, explanatory notes, information and certificates provided by taxpayers to the state tax authorities.
\n\nData from the State Oil Company database are sent to the Agency in automatic mode and are indicated in table. 3.2.2.
\n\nAll data from the above sources are fed into the local database of the Agency. The Agency's existing database has accumulated information with a depth of 2 years.
\n\nThe analytical layer is the information system (hereinafter “IS”) “State property” developed in 2018.
\n\nIS “State Property” is an analytical tool of the Agency, with the help of which the analysis and processing of data takes place. The users of the Information System "State Property" are the specialists of the Agency. The system has a role-based data access model. Information in the system is presented in tabular and graphical form. Completion and modernization of the system is carried out exclusively by the IT management specialists of the Agency.
\n\nThe architecture of the current solution is shown below in p. 3.2.1
\n\n\n\n
\np. 3.2.1 Architecture of the current solution.
\n\n
The composition of the internal and external systems of the Agency (Table 3.2.1):
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data retrieval method \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Internal systems of the Agency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t IS "State Property" \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Existing IS of business analysis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The existing IS "State Property" receives data from the Agency's database \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Agency DB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Existing DB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Formed database. The accumulation of the database comes from all of the following sources. The depth of historical data is 4 years. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t www.property.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Register of state property of registration and submission of reports for legal entities in the form of state unitary enterprises and state enterprises. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filling out forms posted on the web platform is carried out by enterprises in manual mode. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t www.kpi.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information portal for submitting reports by joint-stock companies and other business entities in the form of JSCs, LLCs, enterprises with a state share. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filling out forms posted on the web platform is carried out by enterprises in manual mode. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t External systems \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t STC DB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t State Tax Committee database \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data collection from the STC DB collected on an automatic basis. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 3.2.1 Composition of internal and external systems.
\n\n\n\n
The composition of the reporting forms (Table 3.2.2)
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Accepted reporting forms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Organizational and legal form \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reporting forms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Periodicity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Fill / receive method \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t • Joint Stock Company (JSC); \n\n\t\t\t• Limited Liability Company (LLC); \n\n\t\t\t• Unitary enterprises (GUP) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reporting forms according to national accounting standards (NAS) \n\n\t\t\t• Form No. 1 (small and medium enterprises) \n\n\t\t\t• Form No. 2 (small and medium enterprises) \n\n\t\t\t• Form No. 4 (Large enterprises) \n\n\t\t\t• Form No. 5 (Large enterprises) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Accepted by the Agency in automatic mode from the database of the STC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key performance indicators (KPI) reporting form \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filled in by enterprises manually on the web platform www.kpi.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Key performance indicators (KPI) reporting form for the financial and banking sector \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filled in by enterprises manually on the web platform www.kpi.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Key performance indicators (KPI) reporting form for insurance companies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filled in by enterprises manually on the web platform www.kpi.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Reporting form - business plan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filled in by enterprises manually on the web platform www.kpi.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Reporting form according to international financial reporting standards (IFRS) for enterprises \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of financial position \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of comprehensive income \n\n\t\t\t• Cash flow statement \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of changes in equity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Tax Committee Database \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Reporting form according to international financial reporting standards (IFRS) for the financial and banking sector \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of financial position \n\n\t\t\t• Profit or loss statement \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of comprehensive income \n\n\t\t\t• Cash flow statement \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of changes in equity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Tax Committee Database \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Management reporting \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Management reporting forms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Formed in the IS "State Property" \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 3.2.2 Composition of reporting forms
\n\nThe information computer network of the Agency is a system of two components: an application server and a database server.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t TAS-IX Network \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t МСПД (interstate data transmission system) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Firewall all \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Local computing \n\n\t\t\tnetwork \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Applications server \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Database server \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Backup Applications \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Backup databases \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
p. 3.2.2. logical diagram of the existing technical complex
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Key technical specifications for Application Server and Database Server:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Applications server \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Fujitsu Database Server Primary rx2530 m4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t CPU Intel Xeon Silver 4110 8c 2.10 GHz 2x \n\n\t\t\tDDR4 32GB \n\n\t\t\tHDD SATA 6G 1TBx4 SSD 256Gbx2 \n\n\t\t\tOS / Oracle Linux Unbreakable \n\n\t\t\tPSU 800W 2x \n\n\t\t\tLANs \n\n\t\t\tI350-AM2 (Onboard on D3383-A1x, on D3383-C1x \n\n\t\t\tIntel® C620 Chipset (1Gb / 10Gb Ethernet) (Onboard on D3383-C1x, on D3383-A1x) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Database server \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Fujitsu Database Server Primary rx2530 m4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t CPU Intel Xeon Silver 4110 8c 2.10 GHz 2x \n\n\t\t\tDDR4 32GB \n\n\t\t\tHDD SATA 6G 1TBx4 SSD 256Gbx2 \n\n\t\t\tOS / Oracle Linux Unbreakable \n\n\t\t\tPSU 800W 2x \n\n\t\t\tLANs \n\n\t\t\tI350-AM2 (Onboard on D3383-A1x, on D3383-C1x \n\n\t\t\tIntel® C620 Chipset (1Gb / 10Gb Ethernet) (Onboard on D3383-C1x, on D3383-A1x) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Main challenges in working with the current information system:
\n\n\n\n
Institutional scope of the project includes the State Assets Management Agency of the Republic of Uzbekistan with all regional offices.
\n\nAs of 01.01.2021 the Agency has the following territorial distribution (figure 3.2.1.2):
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t State Assets Management Agency \n\n\t\t\tof the Republic of Uzbekistan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Rep. of Karakalpakstan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Andijan region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Jizzakh region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Navoi region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Samarkand region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Syrdarya region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Khorezm region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Tashkent city \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Bukhara region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Kashkadarya region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Namangan region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Surkhandarya region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Ferghana region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Tashkent region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Total departments: 14 \n\n\t\t\tCentral department: 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The scope of this Project includes the optimization and automation of business processes of reporting systems. Automation and carrying out on a regular basis the process of loading data from operational sources into an existing database, to consolidate information from various sources, to provide centralized quick access to data for business users.
\n\n\n\n
The implementation of the System should be based on modern information technologies, as in the implementation of subject-oriented applied software systems that automate the execution of individual applied procedures and operations at all levels of the organizational hierarchy, a single information space based on a databank.
\n\nThe system should include the following subsystems:
\n\nThe system should provide opportunities for further development and modernization, including:
\n\nThe system should be organized as follows:
\n\nThe system should provide for the ability to integrate with external information systems and databases using publicly available protocols such as:
\n\n\n\n
The system should provide high interactivity of work
\nwith consolidated data, flexible reporting in the form of the ability to perform unplanned (arbitrary) queries to data, as well as provide an opportunity for users to work independently (self-configuration of new analytical reports).
General system requirements.
\n\nThe system should be able to:
\n\n\n\n
The system should contain the following subsystems:
\n\n\n\n
The reporting forms issued by the System must include:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t\t Consumers of information \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t WEB platforms of the Agency \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t Agency staff \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t Sources of information \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t Agency assets \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t WEB platforms of the Agency \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t DB tax and customs committee \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t The Agency's existing database \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t Data visualization subsystem \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t Administration module \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
p 4.1. General software architecture
\n\n\n\n
Basic functional principles of the system
\n\nThe main principles that the Supplier should be guided by when choosing / designing the System are as follows:
\n\n\n\n
The architecture of the System assumes the use of client-server technology with the ability to connect remote users through the WEB interface, as well as through a mobile application for mobile operating systems based on Android and iOS.
\n\nFor the functioning of the System, the data will be loaded
\nfrom the existing DBMS of the Agency.
The composition of the software components of the Complex should correspond to the generally accepted structure of similar systems, and also represent an integral platform solution with a single metamodel, and not a set of disparate components.
\n\nThe main components of the platform:
\n\nThe system under development should include the following technological components:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Рис. 4.1.1.2.1. Hi-level architecture of the system of accounting and monitoring of the activities of SOEs
\n\nMore detailed requirements are indicated in clauses 4.1.9 and 4.2.
\n\n\n\n
Requirements for modes of operation
\n\nThe software tools of the complex of the systems being implemented must operate around the clock and provide the ability to work in the following modes:
\n\nNormal mode (continuous round-the-clock work);
\n\nNormal mode ensures the performance of system functions. This is the main mode of operation. In the normal operating mode of the system:
\n\nTo ensure the normal operation of the system, it is necessary to comply with the requirements and maintain the operating conditions of the software specified in the relevant technical documents (technical documentation, operating instructions, etc.).
\n\nService mode (for maintenance, reconfiguration and replenishment of new components).
\n\nThe service mode is intended for updating and preventive maintenance of software and hardware, changing the configuration of components.
\n\nThe service mode of operation is used to perform operations of preparation and conduct of regulations, tests or significant restructuring of the system.
\n\nThis mode also carries out maintenance, reconfiguration, modernization and improvement of the system.
\n\nThe mode allows diagnosing incidents or problems related to failures or accidents in the system.
\n\nThe service mode is intended primarily for routine maintenance and system maintenance:
\n\n\n\n
The use of the System implies the following scenario:
\n\nA tool for operational business analysis - data will be presented in a unified manner, allowing Users to form management and analytical reporting.
\n\nThe model includes two main scenarios:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t СИСТЕМа УЧЕТА И мониторинга \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n General model of using IS scripts:
\n\n
p. 4.1.4.1 “General Scenario Model”
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
p. 4.1.4.2 “Script Action Diagram”
\n\n\n\n
Analysis and reporting on data received from the Assets of the Agency 001.
\n\nThis scenario implies the receipt by the User of the Agency's management of data from SOEs, analysis of the enterprise and the formation of a report on the activities of the enterprise, taking into account the indication of the fulfillment of planned indicators.
\n\nProcess steps:
\n\n\n\n
This scenario implies the receipt by the User of the Central Office of the Agency of data on the analytical report generated by the User of the Agency's management. The user of the Agency's Central Office consolidates data according to various criteria, generates a consolidated analytical report and publishes it in order to form an opinion on making certain decisions.
\n\nProcess steps:
\n\nAdditional scenarios for the actions of each subsystem included in the delivery of the System will be reflected in the appropriate additions to this technical assignment at the design and development stage of the system.
\n\n\n\n
Software diagnostics should be performed using standard system operating system modes, individual workstation operating systems, and by running a test case.
\n\nSoftware modules must have components according to the testing and testing methodology, which allow to control the possibility of functioning of the main modes of operation of the modules.
\n\nDuring the operation of the system, testing and diagnostics of software and hardware should be carried out by the system administrator in automatic mode when it starts.
\n\nAs part of the development of the Program and Test Methodology, a test case must be formed to ensure that the nodes are operable and that interacting information systems are connected both during the initial installation and loading of the database, and in the course of daily work.
\n\nThe test procedure will be carried out in accordance with the work plan indicated in Table 5.
\n\n\n\n
The system must be modernized and without a radical change in structure and composition, if it is necessary to use more modern high-performance technologies. Provide the ability to add new modules and additional systems (subsystem) to the existing software package or the ability to support a stepwise update - meaning that newer modules can be used in an existing system with previously installed ones. A software modularity approach should be provided.
\n\nIn this case, the minimum allowable service life of the System must be at least 10 years.
\n\nInformation interaction between the components of the System will be carried out on the basis of standard exchange formats. Methods and means of communication should provide:
\n\nData exchange with other information systems should be carried out according to agreed formats and data transfer protocols.
\n\nThe interaction of the System with third-party information systems is planned to be carried out using industrial integration tools.
\n\nThe system must support the use of a WEB client. Provide the ability to use any device (smartphone, tablet or PC).
\n\nInformation exchange between the ACS and external information systems should be carried out by calling the services provided by the components and using message queues.
\n\nThe system should be able to interact with the following external information systems (if technically possible):
\n\nThe interaction of the System with third-party IS and scenarios of their use will be reflected in the corresponding technological instructions at the design stage. The technological instructions will indicate the protocols for receiving and transmitting data, the list and formats of the transmitted data and the lists of third-party databases used.
\n\nWhen interacting with third-party information systems included in the National Information System, the requirements of O'z DSt 2590 will be taken into account.
\n\nIn order to ensure a further increase in the functionality of the system, it should be possible to add a list of external information systems and the composition of information transmitted and received in the course of information exchange between participants in information interaction within the framework of the creation, operation and modernization of the System.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The preliminary number of users of the System is up to 200 internal users. The total number of personnel of users of the information system being implemented is determined by the Supplier at the stage of the Terms of Reference and is agreed upon by the protocol with the Agency. Detailed requirements for functional groups, composition, number, qualifications of personnel should be determined at the stage of development and Formation of requirements for the system in accordance with the organizational structure determined at the stage of inspection of the automation object.
\n\n\n\n
Below is the estimated planned number of users of the System.
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department / Management \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Number of users, people \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Internal departments of UzSAMA \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Director, head, deputy \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Specialist, employee \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 70 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Territorial administrations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Director, head, deputy \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Specialist, employee \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Other users of Ministries and departments \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Director, head, deputy \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Specialist, employee \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Observer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Director, head, deputy \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 60 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Specialist, employee \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 130 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Observer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Table 4.1.7.1. Planned number of users of the System
\n\nIn total, the approximate number of users of the System is 200 users involved in control, monitoring, analysis, and reporting, of which 60 are managers (directors, managers, deputies), 10 are observers. The system must assume at least 5 concurrent system administrators.
\n\n\n\n
In this case, the main roles between users are as follows:
\n\nObserver role: viewing reports;
\n\nRequirements for the procedure for training personnel of the System and control of knowledge and skills:
\n\n• The Supplier shall provide training separately for key users of the System;
\n\n• To control knowledge and skills in working with the System, questionnaires and a methodology for assessing the knowledge gained at the 5th stage should be developed (see Table 5.1).
\n\nDepending on the areas of activity, users study functional Systems and basic principles of administration.
\n\nIt is possible to organize user training according to their roles in the System. During training, an emphasis is placed on the functionality of the System that is most in demand for the user's role.
\n\nAdditional requirements are specified in clause 6.3 of this technical assignment.
\n\n\n\n
The staffing table of the System is also determined by the Supplier at the stage of development and Formation of requirements for the system and is agreed upon by the protocol with the Agency. The mode of operation of users is determined by the job descriptions of the personnel providing the solution of functional tasks.
\n\nThe operating mode of the service personnel should be determined based on the requirements for the time of the System operation.
\n\nIf it is necessary to ensure round-the-clock operation of the System, the organization of the on-call of the service personnel is required. Regardless of the operating mode of the System service personnel (normal or round-the-clock), the following must be ensured:
\n\n\n\n
The degree of adaptability of the system to changes in processes and management methods:
\n\nSystem performance:
\n\nAppointment indicators characterizing the degree of compliance of the System with the requirements for it for organizational and economic Informatization systems, in which the managerial decision and its implementation depend on the person, are difficult to Indicators of the degree of conformity of the System to the purpose
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The name of the purpose indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Explanation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reliability indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t They characterize the functional compliance of the System with the stated goals and the ability of the System to perform the specified functions in various conditions \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Validity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system must meet the stated goals and functional requirements of the technical specifications \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Security \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system must be able to prevent unauthorized access to data \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Operability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system should function in the specified modes in the absence of destabilizing influences \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consistency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system and documentation must have unambiguous, consistent descriptions for the same objects, functions, terms, definitions, etc. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sustainability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system must have the ability to ensure continued operation of the System after the occurrence of deviations caused by destabilizing influences \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Performance indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t They characterize the degree of satisfaction of the user's need for obtaining information, taking into account the economic, time and other resources of the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system must be able to perform actions in the time interval that meets the specified requirements \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Profitability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system must be able to operate on the minimum resources of the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Manufacturability indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t They characterize the technological aspects that make it easy to eliminate errors in the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Modifiability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system should be capable of providing ease of making the necessary changes and improvements to the System during operation. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Repeatability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The System should use typical design solutions or components \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Structurality \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system should consist of complexes that perform interrelated functions \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 4.1.7.1 Indicators of the degree of conformity of the System to the purpose
\n\n\n\n
Reliability indicators for the system should be determined by the current requirements for the reliability of automated information systems for authorities and authorities and can be specified in the technical design. Also in the technical project, methods and means of performing work in the event of system failures must be determined.
\n\nSystem reliability indicators: - system availability factor 0.9997; - recovery time for the entire system is no more than 2 hours; - recovery time for individual subsystems is no more than 1 hour.
\n\nAvailability is determined by the ratio of the time spent by the system in a healthy state to the total operating time.
\n\nRecovery time includes the time to identify an accident (failure) and eliminate its consequences. Including (if necessary) - restoring databases from archive copies.
\n\nThe following requirements are imposed on the reliability of the equipment:
\n\nThe following requirements are imposed on the reliability of power supply:
\n\nThe reliability of software should be ensured through the following organizational measures:
\n\nThe reliability of the system being created is ensured by:
\n\nThe reliability of the first stage of the System should be ensured by the possibility of recovery in the event of emergencies related to:
\n\nFailures and malfunctions in the operation of software, hardware and (or) software and hardware of automated workstations of the System users should not lead to general destruction of the data stored in the System. The quantitative values of the reliability indicators for the subsystems of the System, the achievement of which must be ensured, are presented in table 4.1.8.1
\n\nThe composition and description of the reliability indicators of the System are indicated in table 4.1.8.2
\n\n\n\n
Values of reliability indicators
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Index \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Meaning \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t The whole system \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Time to identify and neutralize current threats to information security \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t no more than 5 hours (provided that the data is saved in the System) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Recovery time of parameters of normal functioning after the implementation of a computer attack \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t no more than 10 hours (provided that the data is saved in the System) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Data visualization subsystem \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reliability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10,000 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability ratio \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.9995 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 99.95% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data loss tolerance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 hour in (provided that the data is saved in the System) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Subsystem of distribution of roles and differentiation of access rights \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reliability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6000 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability ratio \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.99 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 99.9% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data loss tolerance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 4.1.8.1 Values of reliability indicators
\n\n\n\n
Composition of reliability indicators for the System
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Index \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Ability Systems perform coordinated function to within a specified time ((time operation systems - while idle) / time operation Systems * 100). Measured as a percentage \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability ratio \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The probability of that system will be in good working condition at an arbitrary moment of time, except for scheduled periods in during which the use of systems for other purposes not provided \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data loss tolerance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Allowable period of time for which System data may be lost . Measured in hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Time to recovery \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Time interval from the moment of failure (detection of failure) of the System until the moment of restoration of its operational state. Measured in hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reliability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The property of the System to continuously maintain an operational state for some time, or \n\n\t\t\tdevelopments. Measured in hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Time identifying and neutralization of actual threats to information security \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The permissible period of time for which it is necessary to identify and neutralize the actual threats to the security of the System's information . \n\n\t\t\tMeasured in hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Restoration time of parameters of normal operation after \n\n\t\t\timplementation of a computer attack \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The duration of the restoration of the System 's operational state after the implementation of a computer attack. \n\n\t\t\tMeasured in hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 4.1.8.2 Composition of reliability indicators for the System
\n\n\n\n
The required level of security must be ensured by the Agencythrough strict adherence to the rules of operation and maintenance of equipment recommended by the Suppliers and developers of informatization tools.
\n\nInstallation and commissioning of the system, as well as its subsequent maintenance should not be associated with exposure of personnel to dangerous values of electric current, electromagnetic fields, acoustic noise, vibrations, etc.
\n\nThe design of the technical means must ensure the protection of service personnel from electric shock in accordance with the requirements of GOST 12.2.003 and GOST 12.2.007.0.
\n\nThe premises where the technical means of the system will be located must comply with the requirements of the guidance document RH 45-201: 2011.
\n\nAll external elements of the Complex's technical means that are energized must be protected from accidental contact, and the technical means themselves must have grounding or protective grounding in accordance with GOST 12.1.030-81.
\n\nThe power supply system must provide protective shutdown in case of overloads and short circuits in order to load, as well as emergency manual shutdown.
\n\nThe design of technical means should provide free access to individual units and elements for their maintenance and repair, convenient connection of power cables.
\n\nAll equipment included in the Complex must be serial and have appropriate certificates of conformity.
\n\nThe security of the premises in which the technical means of the Complex will be located should be ensured by the appropriate working group at the enterprise, responsible for both the operation of the system as a whole and for the implementation of this Terms of Reference.
\n\n\n\n
The System should provide for control and management tools that restrict the rights of users of the System for accounting and monitoring the activities of SOEs.
\n\nAccess to the System for recording and monitoring the activities of SOEs should be provided only for registered users who have passed the identification and authentication procedure.
\n\n"Protection of information from unauthorized access" must be ensured by a set of technical (hardware and software) security means of the System, including:
\n\nThe information protection system of the system in terms of protecting local area networks and workstations must comply with the requirements of national standards:
\n\n\n\n
The system must meet the following requirements for managing data access rights within the system:
\n\nThe name of the roles, their rights and the description of access should be generated at the “Design” stage.
\n\n\n\n
The system of accounting and monitoring of the activities of SOEs should provide for the means of backing up, archiving and restoring data.
\n\nThe servers on which the information system operates must be provided with uninterruptible power supplies for at least 15 minutes to shut down the operating system and applications when the primary power supply is interrupted.
\n\nEmergency situations for which the safety of information in the System for recording and monitoring the activities of SOEs should be ensured:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Characteristics of the emergency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Measures to ensure the safety of information in the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Emergency elimination time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Power outage \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Failure (failure) of hard disk drives (disk array) of the server \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Backing up data to external media \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Failure (failure) of the server (processor, power supply, RAM, etc.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Automatic transition of all functioning systems to a backup platform \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Failure (failure) of the system software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Restore a saved backup within 15 minutes \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
A complete list of failures and their criteria will be clarified during the design and implementation of the project.
\n\n\n\n
In the premises with the located technical means, on which the System operates, climatic conditions must be ensured, determined by the requirements of the manufacturers of the used technical means.
\n\nSpecial requirements for protection against influence external influences are not presented.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
While working with the system, the operating personnel of the system should not experience the inconvenience associated with improper organization of the workplace or human interaction with the elements of the system.
\n\nThe equipment of the workplaces of the administrative personnel of the subsystem should ensure a continuous operation in the normal mode (without the need to leave the workplace to carry out production operations) a cycle of work in accordance with the operational and technological documentation.
\n\nAWS of users of the System must be equipped in accordance with SanPiN No. 0205-06 "Sanitary rules and hygienic requirements when working on personal computers, display terminals".
\n\n\n\n
The system must be designed for operation as part of the Agency's software and hardware complex. Technical and physical protection of the hardware components of the System, data carriers, uninterrupted power supply, resource reservation, routine maintenance is carried out by the technical
\nand organizational means of the Agency.
Periodic maintenance of the used technical means must be carried out in accordance with the requirements of the technical documentation of the Supplier
\n\nIt must be possible to operate the Complex around the clock.
\n\nInstallation kits of the Complex should be kept by system administrators in rooms with limited controlled access.
\n\nTo store and restore data in the system, DBMS tools or internal software tools of the Complex must be used. The implementation of these requirements must be ensured by appropriate organizational measures - routine maintenance of the system.
\n\nRequirements for operation and maintenance procedures for technical means (equipment) of the system are determined by the relevant operational documents and instructions from the manufacturer of the relevant equipment.
\n\nRequirements for operation and maintenance procedures required for the functioning of the Complex, system software (operating system, database, etc.) are determined by the relevant operational documents and instructions from the software manufacturer.
\n\nRequirements for the permissible areas for accommodating the Service personnel of the Complex are determined in accordance with the requirements of labor protection and safety standards established in the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nRequirements for the placement of technical means, the parameters of power supply networks and the operating conditions are developed on the basis of the corresponding technical conditions for the deployed hardware.
\n\n\n\n
The contractor must provide evidence of the patent frequency of the solution used in the form of licensing agreements or a license purchase agreement.
\n\nThe components of the System must be patent-free on the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nThe components of the System must meet the requirements for patent purity in accordance with the current legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nCopyright and property rights to the software provided are determined in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nWhen using programs (software systems or modules) developed by third parties, the conditions on which the right to use (execute) these programs is transferred should not impose restrictions that prevent the use of the system for its intended purpose.
\n\nThe supplier is liable in case of violation of the rights of third parties to own the intellectual property and copyrights of third parties.
\n\nNon-exclusive rights to the software of the System are transferred to the extent that guarantees the absence of claims from third parties.
\n\nThe System must use licensed software.
\n\n\n\n
When implementing this project, the standards in force in the Republic of Uzbekistan should be accepted for guidance.
\n\nThe equipment should use standard interfaces, technologies and data transfer protocols. The use of non-standard solutions is allowed in case of a significant increase in the efficiency of the system or the impossibility of using standard approaches.
\n\nSoftware and hardware that are subject to mandatory certification in accordance with the current legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan must have appropriate certificates.
\n\nUnification at the stage of implementation of the System should be ensured by a uniform approach to solving the same type of control and management tasks (typing algorithmic modules) and the creation of unified components of information, linguistic, software and hardware.
\n\nThe interaction of users with the application software included in the System should be carried out through a visual graphical interface (GUI).
\n\nCommunication should include:
\n\nAs part of the System software, uniform unified international classifiers and classifiers of the Republic of Uzbekistan should be used.
\n\n\n\n
It is necessary to provide for changes in the automation object:
\n\nTo provide flexible control over the movement of workplaces
\nwithin any one object, provide ways to reconfigure the system:
The operation of the system should not depend on the type of computing devices used (computing platform), and allow the possibility of their replacement with equipment of a different type.
\n\n\n\n
The technical support of the processing solution software should provide a service hotline 24 hours a day * 7 days a week * 365 days a year for telephone consultations and, if necessary, remote access to the system for urgent problem solving.
\n\nThe contractor must have a system for registering applications and monitoring them.
\n\nThe contractor provides a guarantee for a period of 12 months. During the warranty period, software errors are corrected free of charge.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The information system for accounting and monitoring the activities of SOEs will be designated from the following subsystems:
\n\nData visualization subsystem - designed to organize data presentation based on the data structure and develop the system user interface, including the development of data entry and display forms, reports and their printable forms, visualization tools for data samples in the form of diagrams and graphs. The subsystem should perform the following functions:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Function \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t The form \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Analysis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
\n\n
The data visualization subsystem should be able to generate the following reporting groups:
\n\nThe methodological component of the reporting forms, with the exception of the IFRS reporting form and its disclosure, is provided by the Agencyat the Design stage.
\n\nInitially, the reporting forms in accordance with IFRS (enterprises and the financial and banking sector) will be filled out through the information portal kpi.davaktiv.uz by enterprises on the basis of their own calculations.
\n\n\n\n
List of reporting forms:
\n\nTable 4.2.1 - Forms of reporting in accordance with NAS
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Form No. 1 - balance sheet \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Long-term assets \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Current assets \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sources of own funds \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commitments \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Certificate of availability of valuables recorded on off-balance sheet accounts \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deciphering overdue receivables and payables - overdue receivables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Overdue payables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Form No. 2 - Statement of financial results \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Form -2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Form No. 4 - statement of cash flows \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Operating activities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Investment activities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial activities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Taxation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of cash flow in foreign currency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Form No. 5 - statement of equity capital \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Form No. 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Table 4.2.2 - Forms of reporting on key performance indicators.
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Key Performance Indicators - Industrial \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t List of key KPIs \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t List of additional key performance indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key performance indicators - banking sector \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Indicators of assets and liabilities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Compliance with normative indicators in the bank \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Trust Fund Tax and Payments \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Distribution of net profit \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t External credit lines / Eurobonds \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sponsorship \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Amount of workers \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key performance indicators - insurance companies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Indicators of assets and liabilities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Compliance with normative indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Trust Fund Tax and Payments \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Distribution of net profit \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t External debt \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sponsorship \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Amount of workers \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Table 4.2.3- Reporting forms - business plan
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Business plan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Production facilities (works and services) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Production volume (Works and services) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Taxes and payments to trust funds \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Distribution of net profit \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Debentures \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t External debt \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Foreign trade and foreign economic activity of the enterprise. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Important performance indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Production of products included in the localization program \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Investment projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sponsorship \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The number of employees \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Management and control bodies of SOEs \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Changes in the composition of the supervisory board, the executive body of the audit commission. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
Table 4.2.4 - Management reporting forms
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Management reporting \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information on the production indicators of enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Production indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t About business plans of SOEs \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t On the state of the analysis of the activities of SOEs \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment of dividends by SOEs \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t According to the results of 9 months of the reporting year, state enterprises operating in the territory of the republic. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial recovery of SOEs \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information about the labor resources of enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Production of products included in the localization program \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Investment projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sponsorship \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The number of employees \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Management and control bodies of SOEs \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Changes in the composition of the supervisory board, the executive body of the audit commission. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Table 4.2.5 - Preliminary reporting forms in accordance with IFRS
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Preliminary IFRS reporting forms - enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of financial position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of comprehensive income \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of changes in equity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Cash flow statement (direct method) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Preliminary reporting forms under IFRS - (financial and banking sector) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of financial position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of comprehensive income \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Profit or loss statement \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of changes in equity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Cash flow statement \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
At the same time, the tools of the business analysis system should allow generating reports in a graphical form with various levels of complexity. Below is the graphic design of this kind of reporting (dashboards, graphs, diagrams, territorial dashboards, etc.).
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
p. 4.2.1 – Example of visualization of predictive analysis
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
p. 4.2.1 – An example of visualization of a territorial dashboard
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
p. 4.2.1 – An example of KPI visualization
\n\nTime schedule for the implementation of each function, tasks:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Interim regulation requirements \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t The entire period of operation of the system upon user initiation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Grouping data in different sections defined by the data hierarchy down to the lowest level of detail; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Grouping data from different levels of the hierarchy; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Creation and saving of fixed groupings of data available in subsequent sessions of work with the system after the completion of the current one; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Creation of templates defining the sequential steps of the analysis with the support of the interactive mode; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Ranking, sorting and filtering by various categories and indicators; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Creation of multi-section reports with different levels of data grouping; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Ranking values of measurement categories by values of indicators; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Analysis of trends over time; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Pie charts; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Column charts are two-dimensional; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Column charts are three-dimensional; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Line charts; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Scatter plots; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Simultaneous output of data in tabular and graphical form; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Formation of balanced and unbalanced nested pivot tables; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Calculations over the values of indicators for arbitrary groups of measurement categories; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Conditional formatting of indicators depending on their values; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Displaying indicators in the form of absolute values and shares of total values; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Export of slices of multidimensional cubes in various formats. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t The entire period of operation of the system \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Creation of a set of standard report templates that make it easier for the user to build standard reports; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Setting the parameters of reports in the interactive mode; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Flexible data manipulation; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Data scaling (drill-down); \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Possibilities of data aggregation by arbitrary indicators; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Requirements for the quality of implementation of functions, tasks.
\n\nAll functions and tasks must have a characteristic of accuracy and execution time, determined by the operating regulations.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
List of failure criteria for each function:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Function \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Refusal criteria \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Recovery time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability ratio \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t The form \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 ocloc'k \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.85 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Analysis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.75 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.75 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The subsystem of distribution of roles and access rights is designed to provide the following functions:
\n\nThe subsystem should perform the following functions:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Function \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t User management and monitoring \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Access rights management \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Identification and authentication mechanisms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
The time schedule for the implementation of each function, task is determined for the entire period of the system's operation.
\n\nRequirements for the quality of implementation of functions, tasks.
\n\nAll functions and tasks must have a characteristic of accuracy and execution time, determined by the operating regulations.
\n\nList of failure criteria for each function:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Function \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Refusal criteria \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Recovery time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability ratio \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t User management and monitoring \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.75 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Access rights management \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.75 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Identification and authentication mechanisms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 ocloc'k \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.85 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
The sources with which the integration is performed satisfy the following assumptions:
\n\n\n\n
The software of the System must ensure the implementation of the functions listed in this TT, as well as the performance of configuration, programming, database management and documentation operations. The system must ensure the implementation of the required algorithms for control, regulation and protection, information display, signaling and data archiving.
\n\nThe software of the System should include:
\n\nTypical and developed methods and algorithms for collecting and processing information (including data entry into a PC, data reliability control, etc.);
\n\nSoftware algorithms must meet the following requirements:
\n\nAlgorithms for searching and sorting data used in solving almost all functional problems of the System should be based on procedures in the system software and used in the System. These algorithms should ensure the search for information by the specified values of the features, the formation of the specified information structures and the performance of the necessary operations on them.
\n\nAlgorithms for generating output documents should be as unified as possible, allow, if necessary, to quickly change the forms of documents and use standard procedures and software.
\n\nAlgorithms for solving problems, if necessary, can include optimization methods and heuristic procedures for specific problems.
\n\n\n\n
Information support should be sufficient to perform all automated functions of the System.
\n\nThe information support of the System should be a collection of data and data management tools, which are designed for integrated information processing and software solution of functional tasks.
\n\n\n\n
The software and hardware of the components of the information system being implemented must comply with the data exchange standards using the TCP / IP protocol stack.
\n\nInformation exchange between software components of subsystems should be carried out using standard protocols and technologies: web-services, JMS messaging, HTTP / HTTPS, EJB, file transfer (FTP, SFTP), LDAP, JDBC, etc.
\n\nInformation exchange between the software components of the subsystems and the browser should be carried out using the HTTP / HTTPS protocols.
\n\nThe software and hardware that ensure the interaction of the System with the users of the System must support the current versions of the following browsers supported by the manufacturer:
\n\nAt the time of the start of commercial operation of the System, consider the versions available for download on the download pages of the official websites of browser manufacturers as the current supported versions of browsers.
\n\nFor browsers that support two ways of browsing the web, a touch-optimized Windows user interface, and a familiar touch-based interface, the latter should be supported.
\n\n\n\n
The linguistic support of the System, whenever possible, should provide for the use of a single logical and conceptual interface for users and designers. Including:
\n\nThe information in the database must be stored in the language in which it was entered into it. The choice of the current data input language for the database depends on the current legislative acts of the Republic of Uzbekistan and must support input in Uzbek and Russian.
\n\nApplication software development should be carried out in high-level languages. Users must interact with the system at the graphical user interface level.
\n\nAll functions of the system, prior to their full implementation into industrial operation, must provide a Russian-language user interface.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The System software must have the following characteristics:
\n\nIf the software manufacturer does not have technical documentation in the state (Uzbek) language, the translation of the technical documentation into the state language is carried out by the Agency.
\n\nAll software must be guaranteed for at least 1 year.
\n\nThe systems should be able to interact with leading foreign IT systems:
\n\n\n\n
The composition of information, control functions of the system, measured parameters of the control object, their exact characteristics, metrological characteristics will be determined and agreed upon during the implementation of the project stage “Formation of requirements for the system”.
\n\nMetrological compatibility of the technical means of the system is ensured through the choice of compatible technical means by the developer.
\n\nThere are no additional requirements for metrological support.
\n\n\n\n
There are no requirements for the existing technical support.
\n\nThe optimal requirements for technical support for the proposed software product should be indicated in the technical proposal by the participants in the procurement procedure.
\n\nThe hardware, standard software, and network equipment for the implementation of the project are provided by the Agency
\n\nIn the process of developing and deploying an analytical reporting system, a test and production environment is required. These should be independent servers used for testing, training and deploying the system.
\n\nThe calculation methods used in solving system problems, as well as, if necessary, other specific requirements for the implementation of tasks, are detailed by the Supplier based on the results of a preliminary survey of the Agency's IT structure and are agreed with the Agency.
\n\nSystems should be implemented on the basis of current regulatory legal acts and organizational and administrative documents.
\n\nMethods and instructions for performing operations in the Systems by users must be developed and approved in the prescribed manner.
\n\nThe methodological support includes:
\n\nThe composition of the methodological support can be specified in the process of technical and detailed design and is agreed with the Agency.
\n\nNormative and technical documentation must comply with the requirements of regulatory legal acts and be developed in accordance with the following standards:
\n\nThe Supplier assumes obligations for quality assurance results obtained during the performance of work. The minimum period for providing a quality guarantee for work is 12 months plus 1 working day from the date of acceptance of the results of work by the Agency (the date of the signing by the Agencyof the Certificate of Acceptance of Works).
\n\nThe Supplier is responsible for defects and deficiencies found during the warranty period. In case of revealing defects and deficiencies during the warranty period, the Supplier performs work to eliminate them free of charge, including if during operation it is revealed that the System does not correspond to the purpose indicators declared in its Private Terms of Reference and / or Technical Design. The deadline for eliminating defects and deficiencies is established by agreement between the Agencyand the Supplier, but should not exceed one month.
\n\nThe implementation of the requirements of this TT should be carried out in several stages. The composition and content of the work by stages is shown in the table below. The list of stages and stages of the work performed on the implementation of the automated system is indicated in accordance with O'zDSt 1986: 2018 Information technology. Information Systems. Stages of creation.
\n\nPreliminary stages of work (table 5.1):
\n\n\n\n
List of stages and stages of work on the creation of the System
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Stage number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Name of works and their content \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deadline \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Supplier (organization) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t How the stage ends \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Start \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The ending \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Formation of requirements for the System: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t October 2024 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t November \n\n\t\t\t2024 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Executor \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Site survey report; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System concept development: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t November \n\n\t\t\t2024 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t December 2024 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Technical task: \n\n\t\t\tDrawing up the Terms of Reference for the creation of the system and its form \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t December2024 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t January2025 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Terms of reference for data marts in terms of the received reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Design: \n\n\t\t\t1. Development of design solutions for the system and its parts. Testing; \n\n\t\t\t2. Development of documentation for the System and its parts; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t February2025 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t August2025 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Development specifications, data mappings in terms of the received reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Working documentation: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t August2025 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t September 2025 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Working documentation for the development of reporting \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commissioning: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t September 2025 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t October 2025 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t
Guides : \n\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System Maintenance: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t November 2025 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 5.1 Preliminary stages of work.
\n\n\n\n
Preliminary work schedule (table 5.2):
\n\n| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Year \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t № \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Stage \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10.24 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 11.24 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12.24 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 01.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 02.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 03.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 04.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 05.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 06.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 07.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 08.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 09.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 11.25 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 11.26 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Formation of requirements for the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System concept development \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Technical task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Design \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Working documentation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commissioning \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System Maintenance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Within 12 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
\n\n
\n\n
Tab. 5.2 Preliminary work schedule.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Control and acceptance of the System must be carried out in accordance with the requirements of O'zDSt 1986: 2018 Information technology. Information Systems. Stages of creation.
\n\nBoth the System as a whole and its individual stages (launch complexes), subsystems and individual tasks can be subject to control, testing and acceptance.
\n\nThe following main types of tests are established for the System:
\n\nConducting test tests must be carried out on a test environment. Pilot and operational work - on a productive environment.
\n\nTo plan the conduct of all types of tests, the documents "Program and Test Methodology" of the corresponding types of tests are being developed, which must establish the necessary and sufficient scope
\nand timing of tests to ensure the specified reliability of the results obtained. The test program and methodology can be developed
\nfor the System as a whole and (or) its parts. Tests (test cases) can be included as an attachment.
When testing the System, compliance with the Terms of Reference (TOR) for the creation of the System should be checked and established as follows:
\n\nSystem tests are carried out at the Agency's site. By agreement between the Agencyand the Supplier, preliminary tests and acceptance of the System software may be carried out on the Supplier's technical means when conditions are created for obtaining reliable test results.
\n\nThe status and composition of the acceptance committee is determined by the Agency.
\n\nBased on the test results, protocols are drawn up with a list of comments and acts of completion of tests, on the basis of which a decision is made on the possibility (or impossibility) of transition to the next type of test or acceptance of the System into permanent operation. The types of tests can be repeated until all comments to the System are eliminated and the operational documentation is corrected accordingly.
\n\nTests of the System are performed after debugging
\nand testing of the supplied software and hardware of the System
\nand the submission by the Supplier of the relevant documents about their readiness for testing, as well as after familiarization of the Agency's technical specialists with the operational documentation of the System.
In the process of operation and testing, the readiness of individual parts, complexes and tasks of the System, as well as the presented documentation, is checked for operation in real conditions. Operation of the System and its parts begins from the moment of approval of the acceptance certificate for operation.
\n\nAdditional requirements of the Agencyarising in the process of preliminary tests and operation, which are not provided for in the terms of reference, are not grounds for a negative assessment of the results of operation and testing. They can be satisfied by an additional agreement within an agreed time frame.
\n\n\n\n
At the first stage, the check should be carried out in accordance with the program
\nand methodology for preliminary tests of the experimental segment, developed by the Supplier and approved by the Agency.
At the stage of trial operation of the experimental segment, an assessment of the completeness of the adopted design decisions should be made, and requirements for revision to a standard replicated solution can be formulated.
\n\nAfter completing the modifications, in accordance with the addendum to the TT, a program and methodology for acceptance tests should be developed.
\n\nPreliminary tests
\n\nPreliminary tests of the System are carried out to determine its operability and to resolve the issue of the possibility of transferring the System into operation.
\n\nPreliminary tests are carried out at a specially equipped stand.
\n\nPilot industrial operation
\n\nPilot industrial operation of the System is carried out to determine the correctness of the design decisions and the constructed information model, to determine the degree of compliance of the System functionality with the users' requirements and the degree of convenience of working with the user graphical interface.
\n\nOperations management works include:
\n\nDuring the operation of the System, a work log is kept in which information is entered on the duration of operation, failures, failures, emergency situations, changes in the parameters of the modernization object, corrections of documentation and software, adjustment of technical means. The information is recorded in the journal with the date and the person in charge. The journal may contain staff comments on the convenience of the System operation.
\n\nInformation entered into the System at the stage of test operation must be deleted from the data warehouse during the transition to the stage of operation and cannot be used to generate any official reporting forms.
\n\nAcceptance tests
\n\nAcceptance tests are carried out in accordance with the program and methodology of acceptance tests, which indicate:
\n\nlist and completeness of acceptance test objects;
\n\n• list of requirements that the System and its parts must comply with (with reference to the clauses of the TT for the System);
\n\n• scope, conditions, procedure and methods of testing and criteria for evaluating results;
\n\n• list and sequence of checks to which the System must be subjected in accordance with the requirements of the TT for the System;
\n\n• methods of performing checks for compliance of the indicators of the System as a whole and its components with the requirements of the TT for the System;
\n\n• logistics and metrological support for testing;
\n\n• acceptance criteria for the System and its parts;
\n\n• details of the persons responsible for carrying out the tests;
\n\n• the procedure, methods and conditions for checking the functioning and interaction of parts of the System, the functioning of the System as a whole in accordance with the requirements of the TT for the System;
\n\n• ensuring safety during testing;
\n\n• list and types of reporting documentation.
\n\nThe program and methodology for acceptance testing are approved by the Agency.
\n\nAcceptance tests of the System or its corresponding phase put into permanent operation are carried out by a commission appointed by the Agency at the operating site in accordance with the program and test methodology approved by it.
\n\nThe timing of acceptance tests and the composition of the commission are determined by the Agency. The commission includes representatives of the developer.
\n\nTo carry out acceptance tests the following must be presented:
\n\n• notification of the readiness of the System or its corresponding queue for acceptance testing;
\n\n• TT for the System and TT for parts of the System (if available);
\n\n• The system or its corresponding queue being tested;
\n\n• documentation for the System;
\n\n• program and methodology for acceptance testing;
\n\n• agreed tests (test cases);
\n\n• software and equipment necessary for testing, and the corresponding operational documentation;
\n\n• acceptance certificate for trial operation;
\n\n• certificate of completion of trial operation
\n\nAcceptance tests should primarily include checking:
\n\n\n\n
• completeness and quality of implementation of functions at standard, limiting, critical values of parameters of the automation object and in other operating conditions of the System specified in the TT for the System;
\n\n• convenience of work for users and staff;
\n\n• means and methods for restoring the functionality of the System after failures;
\n\n• completeness and quality of operational documentation.
\n\nIt is recommended to check the completeness and quality of the System functions in two stages. At the first stage, individual functions (tasks, sets of tasks) are tested. At the same time, compliance with the requirements of the System Specifications for functions (tasks, sets of tasks) is checked. At the second stage, the interaction of tasks in the System is checked and the requirements of the TT for the System are met.
\n\nThe ease of use of users and staff is checked taking into account the completeness and quality of performance of the functions of the System as a whole.
\n\nThe following are subject to verification:
\n\n• completeness of messages and requests available to the user and their sufficiency for operating the system;
\n\n• the ability for users and personnel to work without special training;
\n\n• reaction of the System and its parts to user errors, functionality of service tools.
\n\n\n\n
Checking the means of restoring the functionality of the System after failures of technical means should include:
\n\n• checking the presence in the operational documentation of recommendations for restoring operability and the completeness of their description;
\n\n• practical feasibility of recommended procedures;
\n\nThe test results of objects provided for by the test program and methodology are recorded in protocols containing the following sections:
\n\n• the purpose of the tests and the number of the section of the requirements of the TT for the System, according to which the test is carried out;
\n\n• composition of hardware and software used during testing;
\n\n• indication of the checks in accordance with which the tests were carried out, processing and evaluation of the results;
\n\n• test conditions and characteristics of the initial data;
\n\n• testing tools used;
\n\n• generalized test results;
\n\n• conclusions about test results and compliance of the created System or its parts with a certain section of the requirements of the TT for the System.
\n\nTest protocols for objects are summarized in a single protocol, on the basis of which a conclusion is made about the system’s compliance with the requirements of the TT for the System.
\n\nIndustrial exploitation
\n\nOperation of the System, put into operation in accordance with the established procedure, in accordance with the project and the safety of which is confirmed by tests at the stage of pilot operation.
\n\n\n\n
Below are the main stages and stages performed by the Supplier for the implementation of IP, established in contracts and terms of reference based on O'zDSt 1986: 2018 Information technology. Information Systems. Stages of creation. The main stages of IS implementation are:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The project implementation methodology should be based on the Waterfall methodology.
\n\nRASCI matrix (distribution of responsibilities between project participants)
\n\n| \n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Responsible | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The Project Participant performing the Work to achieve the Project Result. Responsible for the achievement of the Result \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t A \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Approver | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A project participant who approves the correctness and completeness of the work. Accepts the Results of the Works. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Support | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A project participant who provides support within his competence for the Responsible. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t C \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consulted | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A project participant whose opinion (resources) is taken into account to create the Project Results. Subject matter experts. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t I \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Informed | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A project participant who is informed about the progress of the Work on the creation of the Project Results. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 6.2.1 RASCI Matrix (Distribution of Responsibilities among
\nProject Participants)
\n\n
Responsibility matrix for project results
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Stage \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Responsible \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t results \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Suppliers \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Agency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 1. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Formation of requirements for the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. Terms of reference for a business analysis system; \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System concept development \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. Project charter; \n\n\t\t\t2. Schedule of the project; \n\n\t\t\t3. Report on the results of the work. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Technical task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R, A, C \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Terms of reference for data marts in terms of the received reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t1. NAS; \n\n\t\t\t2. KPI; \n\n\t\t\t3. Fulfillment of the business plan, production indicators, personnel report; \n\n\t\t\t4. Management reporting; \n\n\t\t\t5. IFRS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Design \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R, A, C \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Development specifications, data mappings in terms of the received reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t1. NAS; \n\n\t\t\t2. KPI; \n\n\t\t\t3. Fulfillment of the business plan, production indicators, personnel report; \n\n\t\t\t4. Management reporting; \n\n\t\t\t5. IFRS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Working documentation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. Working documentation for the development of reporting \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 6. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commissioning \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R, A, C \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t1. NAS \n\n\t\t\t2. KPI \n\n\t\t\t3. Implementation of the business plan, performance indicators, personnel; \n\n\t\t\t4. Management reporting \n\n\t\t\t5. IFRS \n\n\t\t\tGuides: \n\n\t\t\t1. Business Analysis System User Guide \n\n\t\t\t2. Business Analysis System Administrator's Guide \n\n\t\t\t3. Acceptance test procedure \n\n\t\t\t4. Acceptance test report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System Maintenance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Warranty technical support \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 6.2.2 Responsibility matrix for project results
\n\nIn the Project, in order to effectively adapt employees to changes in processes, it is required to perform work on Organizational Change Management in the following areas:
\n\nCommunication
\n\nKey tasks:
\n\nEnsure general awareness and understanding of all stakeholders about the objectives, scope, benefits and achievements of the Project:
\n\nOrganizational Design
\n\nKey tasks:
\n\nEducation
\n\nKey tasks:
\n\nTraining of the system implementation project team:
\n\nPreliminary estimate of the number of employees for training:
\n\n• Professional training - business users: 50 people
\n\n• Professional training - technical specialists: 20 people.
\n\n• Training of employees should be conducted in the language agreed with the Agency.
\n\n• Training must be conducted in person on the territory of the Agency (by agreement with the Agency, the option of online training may be agreed upon).
\n\n• The skills acquired during the training must fully cover the functional skills of the Agency's specialists.
\n\n\n\n
Methodological support for Organizational Change Management
\n\nKey tasks:
\n\nAssess the impact of change and readiness for change
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
By the time the acceptance tests are carried out, all comments on the operation of engineering systems that ensure the functioning of the Agency's data center must be eliminated.
\n\nBy the end of the period of trial operation, the maintenance personnel of the system must fully master the practical skills of working with the software and hardware complex.
\n\nTo prepare the facility for commissioning the System, the Agencymust perform the following work:
\n\nTo prepare an object for commissioning the System, the executing company must:
\n\n\n\n
The sources for the development of this technical task are state industry standards of the Republic of Uzbekistan, guidelines and methodological materials:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
During the execution of the Project, the following conditions are expected to be met:
\n\nREQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n\n(CONSULTING SERVICES - FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
COUNTRY: Rwanda
\n\n\n\n
NAME OF PROJECT: Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural
\n\nTransformation (CDAT) Project
\n\n\n\n
Credit A No: 7084-RW, Credit B No: 7085-RW and Grant No: E017-RW
\n\n\n\n
Assignment Title: Hiring consultant to carry out feasibility and detailed design study for
\n\nrehabilitation and improvement of Agasasa marshland (200ha).
\n\n\n\n
Reference No: RW-RAB-408668-CS-QCBS
\n\n\n\n
The Government of Rwanda has received financing from the International Development Association (IDA) toward the cost of the Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural Transformation (CDAT) Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services of Hiring a consultant to carry out feasibility and detailed design study for rehabilitation and improvement of Agasasa marshland (200ha).
\n\n\n\n
The Terms of Reference (TOR) related to this assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
\n\n\n\n
The Rwanda Agriculture and Animal Resources Development Board (RAB) / Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural Transformation (CDAT) Project now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the above Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. Expression of Interest (EoI) will include: core business and years in business, relevant experience, technical and managerial capability of the firm.
\n\n\n\n
To be able to submit an expression of interest, International and National consulting firms who are not registered in E-procurement system, are advised to register themselves through www.umucyo.gov.rw
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
N.B.:
\n\nSubmission of expression of interest via other channels than Umucyo E-Procurement System shall not be considered. In case of Joint-Venture, only the lead firm must submit the Expression of Interest, the Joint-Venture must be done through e-procurement system, otherwise the EOI will be rejected.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The shortlisting criteria are:
\n\n\n\n
The firm should have at least 10 years of general experience in Consultancy Services. The firm should have a specific experience in consultancy services related to the feasibility and detailed design studies on irrigation projects of construction for irrigation dams and the dam command area development proven by completion certificate and signed contract.
\n\nThe shortlist will contain five (5) to eight (8) firms.
\n\n\n\n
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” Fifth Edition September, 2023 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\n\n\n
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\n\n\n
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the criteria set out in the Request for Proposals.
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered through e-procurement system on www.umucyo.gov.rw by the time indicated in the system.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR
\n\nDETAIL DESIGN STUDY FOR REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENTS OF AGASASA
\n\n1,068 HA POTENTIAL COMMAND AREA (200 HA EXISTING MARSHLAND,
\n\n200 HA NEW MARSHLAND, AND 668 HA OF NEW HILLSIDE),
\n\nLOCATED IN KIBIRIZI AND NTYAZO SECTORS, NYANZA DISTRICT IN SOUTHERN PROVINCE
\n\nThe World Bank approved $300 million in financing under the International Development Association’s (IDA’s) grant, credit, and Scale Up Window to help the Government of Rwanda increase the use of irrigation and commercialization among producers and agribusiness firms in supported value chains, and to increase access to agricultural finance.
\n\n\n\n
The Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project (CDAT) will support the Government to provide services and create an enabling environment for the private actor throughout the agricultural value chain. It will finance public investments in the seeds sector, develop and rehabilitate irrigation systems on over 17,600 ha, provide accompanying land husbandry development on about 11,000 ha in surrounding water catchment areas to increase productivity and promote climate smart agriculture.
\n\n\n\n
The project will also support commercialization by helping farmers access markets and availing matching grants for investments in mechanization, post-harvest infrastructure and processing equipment. A CDAT challenge fund will invest in particularly innovative solutions for the sector that can be brought to scale. The project is nationwide and is foreseen to directly benefit at least 235,000 households, including women and youth. In partnership with financial institutions, the Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project will seek to enhance access to affordable financial services and products in the agricultural sector by providing short and long-term financing and reducing risks and challenges faced by agricultural value chains through strengthening market linkages and scaling up agriculture insurance.
\n\n\n\n
One of the projects being considered for implementation by CDAT is the rehabilitation and upgrading of Agasasa scheme located in Kibirizi and Ntyazo Sectors, Nyanza District in Southern Province. Rice is primarily grown throughout the existing 200ha command area by gravity surface irrigation with some farmers switching to maize and other crops due to lack of water while the hillside is rainfed agriculture with different seasonal crops mainly maize, beans, soybeans, cassava, and banana. A study is required to consider alternatives for raising the dam, controlling river bank and bed erosion, improving and possibly expanding the command area, and if reasonable alternatives are found, an Interim Study is needed to present the most viable alternatives to the Client for selection of the alternative to undergo a detail design study.
\n\n\n\n
Rwanda’s economy relies heavily on agriculture as a sector contributing around 30% to the GDP. Nearly 70% of the rural population is employed in agriculture. The Government of Rwanda in its national policies indicates agriculture as a vehicle for economic growth. The National Strategy of Transformation and PSTA IV emphasizes agriculture development as a means to achieve the goal of poverty reduction and ensuring food security.
\n\nThe goal of the project is to develop financially sustainable irrigation and drainage services and increase farmers’ agricultural revenue in the project area.
\n\nThe overall objective of the study is to undertake an Interim and Detail Study to upgrade and rehabilitate the Agasasa dam and command areas. The study must meet the World Bank project appraisal requirements and should ensure the development is technically feasible, economically and financially viable, socially acceptable, and environmentally sustainable.
\n\nThe specific objectives of the assignment are to carry out relevant technical investigations and studies comprising of water resources (hydrologic and hydro-geologic) assessments, socio-economic assessments, agricultural soils and agronomic studies, irrigation water requirements, topographical surveys, geotechnical investigations, hydraulic studies and design, and undertake interim and detail design to ensure optimum use of available water and to enable the Client to tender construction of the improvements. If additional storage is needed to meet the demands of the existing or expanded command area, the study will determine the needs/demands and the potential for multipurpose infrastructure development.
\n\nThe study will be carried out in two phases; Interim Study and Detail Design. The Interim Study will select, examine, and rank various alternatives for increasing water harvesting, improving drainage, developing low-head solar pumped irrigation, expanding the command area, construction of flow regulating/flood attenuation reservoirs along the main canals, and if additional water storage is needed, to investigate raising the existing dam. The Interim Study will examine different alternatives and provide preliminary design drawings, cost estimates, and economic analyses sufficiently detailed to enable decisions to be made on project viability. If the Interim Study results in alternatives that seem reasonable to the Client, then the Consultant will proceed with the Detail Design study for the selected alternatives. The Detail Design study will examine selected alternatives and provide detail design drawings, cost estimates, technical specifications, tender documents, and unit price surveying to enable the client to proceed to the tendering of works. If the Client selects an alternative including a new dam, the Consultant will not provide a detail design of the dam but will consider the future supply from the dam in the design of the irrigation network improvements. In addition, the definition of the project components, organizational arrangements, and procedures will be detailed enough to permit the executing agencies to use the study as guidance on project implementation. The Consultant should take into consideration the World Bank policies, guidelines, and safeguards requirements, especially those for environmental and social impact assessment as well as dam safety to prepare the studies.
\n\n\n\n
The study will entail Interim and Detail Design studies that include the preparation of designs, cost estimates, and implementation arrangements for the finally agreed development alternative for water harvesting, drainage and irrigation development, infrastructure, and watershed management associated with the project. The Interim and Detail Design studies will comprise of analyses related to (a) basin-wide water resources (qualitative and quantitative), (b) drainage and flood management, (c) watershed management plan, (d) sand and silt control (e) topographic survey, (f) geologic and geotechnical investigations, (g) soils and agronomy, (h) cropping patterns and crop water requirements, (i) raising of the existing dam, (j) irrigation infrastructure, (k) overall agricultural potential and support services including market and value chain development for maximum water resource use, (l) land tenure, (m) environmental and social analyses, (n) institutional analyses, (o) water management and operation and maintenance, and (p) economic and financial analysis in close consultation with farmer communities and other stakeholders. This project must adhere to international best practices, policies/guidelines, and safeguards.
\n\nThe Consultant shall define, in consultation with the Client and other stakeholders, the scope of the project options, assess the practicability of the development, and provide the basis for decision-making on the choice of design options optimizing the use of available water. The Consultant shall define the benefits (direct and indirect) and costs, and determine financial feasibility, economic justification, and cost recovery. The Consultant will adopt participatory approaches to ensure the optimal involvement of stakeholders from national to community levels, during the study. In planning and scheduling the tasks, the Consultant should note that not all tasks will be conducted linearly and the Consultant should propose a schedule on how the tasks can be arranged to meet the objectives of the assignment and for optimal linkage/sequencing.
\n\n\n\n
The Agasasa site is located in Kibirizi and Ntyazo Sectors, Nyanza District in Southern Province. The Dam axis is located at Geographic coordinates of (x: 818372, Y: 9732058), the irrigation scheme was developed in 2004 under RSSP, a World Bank funded project. The infrastructures constructed include a dam, irrigation conveyance network and post-harvest infrastructures. The marshland is managed by famers through cooperative COOPRORIZ Agasasa with 467 members.
\n\n\n\n
The following map depicts schematic layout of the Scheme.
\n\n\n\n
Figure 1-1: Agasasa Existing Command Area Layout
\n\nThe developed marshland irrigation scheme covers 200ha, irrigated by the dam with a storage of 390,000m3, five diversions weirs feeding 6.5km of irrigation canal, 14.3km of drainage canal, and 398 small hydraulic structures.
\n\nThe marshland command area of Agasasa is irrigated from one dam with a main diversion weir at the head of the command area and one small diversion weir on left side of command area. The dam is not able to satisfy the command area demand probably due to the increase of demand, decrease of storage capacity, and decrease of conveyance efficiency. During the consultancy services, these mentioned problems will be analyzed and the consultant will come up with the best solutions to satisfy the user’s expectations.
\n\nSince 2004 up to today the land cover and land use in the dam catchment area has changed significantly with intensified agriculture activities and habitation settlement, which resulted in excess silt accumulation in the reservoir compared to the planned dead storage capacity. The increase of population density has pushed the population to pump water from main irrigation canals to irrigate the hillsides. This combined with siltation of the reservoir has significantly reduced the available water to irrigate the designed command area. Frequent torrential rainfall has destroyed diversion weirs on main drain and silted irrigation canals and water distribution structures. This has resulted in lack of water in the command area which forced some of the farmers to shift from rice crops to other crops that require less water or even depend on rainfall. Therefore, the SPIU/CDAT project wants to recruit a consulting firm to carry out a design study for rehabilitation of the existing irrigation scheme and come up with alternatives for resolving irrigation water shortages by maximizing available water resources and command areas.
\n\n\n\n
Some of software and modeling tools to be used during the study will include but not be limited to the following:
\n\n\n\n
The purpose of the Interim Study is to collect all data needed and to develop alternatives for improving the existing scheme including; expanding the command area, storing more water, draining flooded areas, stabilizing the river bed and banks, and silt and sand trap structures as described in more detail below:
\n\nIf this additional water is not enough to supply the expanded command area, the Consultant will consider efficient irrigation practices, and sub catchment runoff harvesting combined with flow regulating reservoirs along the main canal.
\n\nThe Consultant shall also:
\n\nBefore proceeding to the Detail Design phase, selected alternatives from the Interim Study phase will be compared and analysed to determine the most suitable to be further studied in the Detail Design phase.
\n\nThe purpose of this assessment is to understand the socio-economic profile of the beneficiary and potentially affected communities, to enable project design to meet their development needs and mitigate negative impacts. This assessment shall serve as a baseline that will help project planning, diagnostic monitoring, and impact evaluation purposes that should result into:
\n\nUsing internationally recognized methodologies/standards, the Consultant shall:
\n\nThe information obtained from the surveys will be used as a baseline for conducting a project socio-economic impact assessment. Combined with other technical studies, the outcome of this task should be adequate enough to be used as input for “with project” and “without project” scenario evaluations at the economic and financial analysis stage.
\n\nIn addition, the Consultant will identify the project communication needs and propose the appropriate communication strategy using the above information.
\n\nFor any new areas proposed for expansion of the command area, the Consultant shall:
\n\nThe Consultant shall then:
\n\nThe Consultants shall collect baseline information on the type of soils, topography, and land-use patterns; analyze water-use patterns (rain-fed crops, irrigated crops, drainage, surface, and groundwater extraction); examine existing field-crop production and soil management practices; establish and delineate major cropping pattern zones (considering types of irrigated crops grown, crop calendar and cropping intensity); propose schedules of crops for consideration; estimate expected yields and crop water requirements for alternative cropping programs, and examine the existing Agricultural Support Services. The assessment will cover:
\n\nThe Consultant will also analyze the gender division of labor in irrigated agricultural production for each socio-economic group, and identify the needs of both women and men related to proposed agricultural activities. Based on the analysis, the Consultant shall formulate the cropping and irrigated agriculture development plans for the proposed schemes including the potential distribution of land areas between the small-scale individual farms and large-scale commercial farms. Also, identify suitable and appropriate cropping patterns for each type, estimate farm-level crop production volumes, input and production costs, farm budget as well as gross and net returns, and generate incremental benefit estimations for use in the feasibility level economic and financial analyses.
\n\nThe Consultant shall carry out the following tasks for the existing dam:
\n\nIf the above analyses for raising the existing dam show that even more water is needed, follow the same steps to determine if deficit irrigation practices, proposed runoff harvesting and flow regulating reservoir can supply the required water at a feasible cost.
\n\nGeological investigations for raising the existing dam will be conducted with a combination of geophysical explorations and test pits at reasonable intervals to determine:
\n\nField Investigations will include but not be limited to:
\n\nGeological investigations for the runoff attenuation and flow regulating reservoir will be conducted with a combination of geophysical explorations and test pits at reasonable intervals to determine:
\n\nThe Consultant shall identify and geo-reference crucial soil and rock features and establish the engineering properties of rocks and soils, surficial deposits, and tectonic-structural patterns. The extent, depth, and type of exploration will depend on the complexity of the geology and the size and type of reservoir as conceptualized by the Consultant. Field investigations shall be the same as those listed above for existing dam.
\n\nThe final output of this task will be a detailed report on the project geology/geotechnical aspects, with engineering properties for further use in the hydraulic and structural design of the dam.
\n\nGiven the existing concerns of land degradation and erosion within the project areas, the Consultant will assess the sediment regime and total sediment transport of the river systems in the project area. This will include the determination of the sediment (suspended and bedload) yield. Additional sediment data shall be collected during the consultancy, forecasting of dead storage volume and the future rate of reduction of the live storage and reservoir trap efficiency, which will require limited sediment sampling to the extent possible.
\n\nOther than design against storage depletion, this analysis should also aid the subsequent design against increased loads on the dam, abrasion of outlet structures, and blockage of outlets which could cause interruption of water uses and reduce the ability of the dam to pass floods safely. It will also help to determine dead storage and sediment flushing outlet levels.
\n\nSediment load estimates should include projections of changes in upstream sediment yields, based on upstream development plans.
\n\nThe sediment analysis should include the determination of historic sediment yields of the catchments to the existing reservoirs based on a comparison of the topographic surveys of the reservoirs before the dam was constructed to the bathymetric surveys conducted for this study. Furthermore, the analysis will cover a task related to evaluating the potential impacts of sediment transport on the sustainability of the project infrastructures and proposing appropriate mitigation measures.
\n\nFor the existing command area investigate the following:
\n\nFor the expansion command areas, the objective is to identify/verify, evaluate, and physically delineate the areas that can be potentially developed for irrigated agriculture and be added to existing irrigated areas to be improved with proper irrigation and drainage. The area that can potentially be irrigated depends primarily on the ability to control floods but also on the availability and suitability of soil/land and water, combined with the irrigation water requirements, and crops and cropping patterns that are feasible.
\n\nThe Consultant shall first evaluate and fully understand the problems of the existing dam siltation, destruction of hydraulic structure river bank/bed erosion in the scheme during rainy seasons, and water shortage in the dry seasons, and prepare a report on recommended improvements for the scheme.
\n\nOne of the irrigation methods to be considered especially in the most wet/flat areas is surface and subsurface irrigation by controlling the water level in the drains to maintain a groundwater level at the recommended depth of the crop root zone.
\n\nThis task will thus include:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Propose preliminary farm models with options for the type of operation (i.e. from smallholder farmer plus family labor to emergent commercial farmer with hired labor and large-scale mechanized commercial farmer), considering private and government-owned land, options and need for relocation of farmers, options for O&M service providers, options for external investors, etc.
\n\nThis task aims to evaluate irrigation water demand under the most optimal scenario (supplementary and/or major irrigation) for the basic design parameters generated by the tasks above. The Consultant shall:
\n\nFor the areas that need levelling and drainage improvements, or surface irrigation development, the Consultant shall prepare:
\n\nFor the hillside expansion areas and the existing reservoir area, the Consultant shall prepare ground survey-based topographic maps of the irrigation expansion areas on hillsides, with an appropriate scale and point density (to be approved by the Client) to accurately generate no greater than 0.5m and 1m contour intervals, respectively.
\n\nThe scope for command area development will include the following:
\n\nThe Consultant shall examine the reliability of the water supply, considering the various existing and future water uses, and identify appropriate water conveyance systems for different sections of the irrigation system to supply water to all parts of the land to be developed and recommend appropriate irrigation methods best suited for the command area. To adapt against potential adverse impacts of climate change and improve water management and use efficiency, the Consultant is expected to introduce such recent innovative water distribution options as using pipes for secondary and tertiary canals which increases conveyance efficiency and allows for flow measurement, and regulating reservoirs which provide improved control of the main canal and reduce end spillage.
\n\nMoreover, the Consultant shall locate suitable irrigation water diversion structures in the command area and investigate pumping, storage, or diversion requirements and reservoir operations required for irrigation with due consideration of floods and siltation in the command area.
\n\nThe Consultant will consider expansion of the rice area of about 200 ha between the end of the existing rice and Akanyaru River. The following figure shows an option for accomplishing this by constructing a main diversion canal to convey runoff around the area, a dike to prevent Akanyaru flood water from entering the area, a drain culvert through the dike with a flap gate to allow water to drain automatically from the scheme, and a multi-purpose drainage pump used to pump water from the drain to either the irrigation canals or to Akanyaru River and if required, to pump water from Akanyaru River to the canals. This is a critical concept to be developed as a pilot project if it proves to be feasible, because there are many similar sites which can benefit from this concept.
\n\n\n\n
Lower Agasasa rice expansion area (~200ha)
\n\nThe Consultant will prepare preliminary designs for major structural and hydraulic elements of the proposed irrigation system, including, the water conveyance system, on-farm water distribution system, drainage canals system, river bank and bed erosion control, flood protection and control considering both structural, hydraulic safety, basin irrigation design, etc.
\n\nThe Consultant shall take into consideration intensive labor engagement and the use of local construction capability in case labor is available and local materials during the design as necessary. The Consultant shall prepare the layouts and drawings of the different project components using AutoCAD software. The Consultant shall also prepare a schedule of quantities in line with the latest Civil Engineering Standard Methods of Measurement (CESMM), for use in preliminary cost estimates and the economic and financial analysis.
\n\nThe Consultant shall assess the demand and the development potential and prepare preliminary studies to introduce such multipurpose infrastructures as domestic water supply systems, (incl. associated hydro-mechanical appurtenances), livestock water supply, and fish farming as an integral part of the scheme as appropriate. Specialized studies and detailed analyses shall be carried out for each aspect of the multipurpose uses.
\n\nFlood Control/Storage Dams Preliminary Design
\n\nBased on the need for flood control, water demand for irrigation, and multipurpose requirements, and resource availability, the Consultant will prepare preliminary designs of the dam raising including the following:
\n\nThis task aims to establish the following:
\n\nThe Consultant will carry out topographical surveys with appropriate contour intervals for use in planning and capturing specific site features such as the proposed dam axis, spillway area, energy dissipation area, reservoir extent, surface area-volume-depth relationship, river channel profiles, and location of proposed intake for irrigation, water supply, livestock, and fish farming as appropriate. The survey will also capture site features such as existing infrastructure within the vicinity of the proposed dams and reservoir areas (roads, buildings, bridges, power lines, etc.), trees and vegetation, rock outcrops, etc.
\n\nProspective borrow areas for construction materials and aggregates shall be shown at a scale of 1:2,000 on high-resolution orthophoto-based maps. The Consultant shall survey cross-sections of the rivers and their flood plains with the project areas at intervals and locations deemed relevant for incorporation in the mathematical hydraulic models of the rivers for purposes of routing floods in the event of extreme spillway releases. A topographic survey of the reservoir area extent shall be done to an appropriate scale with contour intervals of no less than 1m up to an elevation of maximum water level + 10m. Dam design plan and cross-section drawings shall be prepared at a scale of 1:100 indicating the pertinent features to the head works.
\n\nThe Consultant shall:
\n\nPreparations of draft detail dam raising design
\n\nThe draft detail design includes assessment of the dam location, dam catchment area, the nature of soils/rocks and coverage, the runoff (mean and in exceptionally dry years), the storage capacity of the dam after raising and the relative water availability in the year round (mean and exceptionally dry), type of dam, type of soil under the dam and excavation/foundation depths at side to be raised, expected dam’s siltation and life cycle, draft detail designs of dam embankment, spillway, etc.
\n\nNote that the preliminary investigations shall include geotechnical investigation through drilling/digging to investigate type of soil/rock under the dam the side to be raised.
\n\nThe design of the raising the dam will include the instrumentations for monitoring and surveillance.
\n\nIt is also recommended that the Expert conduct testing quality of any surface water available in the area for a period to be recommended by the Expert to be sure of the quality.
\n\nThe consultant will prepare the ToR for recruitment of a consulting firm to carry out the feasibility and detail design studies for the new dam once it is determined that the raising of the existing dam cannot meet the irrigation water requirements, and a suitable site for dam construction is found.
\n\nThe task objective is to take stock of the baseline condition of the watersheds in the project areas and identify major erosion hotspot areas and interventions required to improve, protect, and maintain the watershed healthily and sustainably. This will in turn address sedimentation risks related to future depletion of storage.
\n\nThe Consultant should:
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant firm will study in detail the water catchment (upstream of each existing dam), the command area catchment, and the command area, identify all critical interventions required (short-term, medium, and long-term), and propose an integrated and comprehensive land husbandry plan for sustainability of the project. For planning and implementation of different land husbandry options to be proposed by the Consultant, a detail design with drawings where required should be prepared, the entire watershed shall be partitioned into 4 major categories, namely, water catchment, reservoir silt-trap zone, command area catchment, and command area.
\n\nGIS Analysis and Mapping
\n\nAs part of the land husbandry study, the following maps shall be prepared:
\n\nThe Consultant firm shall review existing land-husbandry technologies being used by the Project and shall propose improvements for each slope/soil depth category suitable for each site to reduce soil erosion and safely convey runoff to streams and waterways, increase rain-fed crop production, and protect infrastructure. Typical design drawings shall be developed for each technology.
\n\nThe consultant shall analyze the use of the catchment area and propose a management plan considering the role of all stakeholders that intervene in the command area. The proposed management plan shall be elaborated considering but not limited to the following activities:
\n\nAfter analysis, the Consultant shall propose the rules and regulations that should strengthen the best practices of catchment management once abided to.
\n\nThe Consultant will analyze the environmental and social aspects including land acquisition and resettlement sensitivities in each project area and, through the consideration of alternate project designs, develop project proposals that avoid or minimize potential adverse environmental impacts. Specifically, the Consultant should:
\n\nThe assessments will be guided by the national environment including land acquisition and resettlement-related legislation as well as World Bank safeguards.
\n\nThe depth of the assessment will be sufficient to adequately inform the development of alternate project designs and the selection and justification of the preferred alternatives. Project alternatives that substantially convert or degrade important natural habitats should not be considered unless they include equivalent habitat restoration and maintenance within the project area or elsewhere.
\n\nA separate procurement for detailed Environmental and Social Assessment is being undertaken by the Client. The Consultant will coordinate his work with the Environmental and Social Assessment carried out under this separate consultancy and have feedback and incorporate the findings and recommendations of that study in this report.
\n\nDesign features to avoid adverse impacts, minimize land acquisition and involuntary resettlement, or enhance environmental/natural resource services are to be clearly noted in the description of preferred project alternatives, with suitable maps. Acceptability of the final project design will depend not only on its technical and financial feasibility but also on its environmental and social suitability.
\n\nThe Consultant shall identify and value the costs and benefits that will arise with the proposed project for purposes of comparison with the situation as it would be without the project and determining the incremental net benefit arising from the project investment. This will involve preparation of financial cost estimates for the various project options and components with expenditure schedules for capital costs, replacement costs, long-term O&M costs of the project infrastructure, management costs, as well as proposing strategies for sustainable financing and cost recovery etc. for all activities and services. A summary of the financial and economic cost estimates shall be provided in a tabular form and appropriately classified and discussed. All cost estimates must show the foreign and local currency requirements; taxes and subsidies shall be identified and their implications analyzed; physical and price contingency allowances should be quantified appropriately for each component/activity of the projects.
\n\nThe Consultant should prepare estimates of project benefits, which should include: direct/indirect benefits, tangible benefits (arising either from an increased value of production or from reduced costs), intangible benefits (such as new job opportunities, improved access to domestic water supply and power generation as appropriate through availability of storage etc.). The Consultant will also estimate secondary benefits created or costs incurred outside the project (using shadow pricing techniques/non market valuation), so that they can be attributed to the project investment, in the economic analysis. Residual values must be calculated. Specifically for the storage reservoir, the Consultant will identify multipurpose benefits deriving from upstream storage. They will propose a number of scenarios that differ in terms of the use of the stored water (irrigation, flood management, municipal and livestock water supply, etc.) and that maximize the returns on investment in storage. Scenarios should include sensitivity tests involving climate change scenarios.
\n\nThe Consultant shall:
\n\nThe key information for the project shall be presented in tabular format together with key environmental and social information. The Consultant should also provide documented analysis in Excel spreadsheets and based on this analysis make final recommendations on the way forward.
\n\nThe Consultant will prepare the interim study and preliminary design reports for the scheme, which shall document the studies and investigations carried out, findings and information. The reports shall contain firm statements on the technical, economic/financial and environmental and social sustainability, and recommendations on project suitability and outlook, if necessary through a multi-criteria analysis. The reports shall include concise executive summaries to make the report more accessible to the public. The results of the investigations shall be compiled and appended either to the report or in a separate volume of the interim studies. This volume will aim at evidencing that the amount of investigation carried out brings a sufficient understanding of the site conditions to finalize the project layout and cost estimate with an acceptable level of contingencies at interim level. The reports will form a decision point on whether to advance the studies, in case viable options have been identified, or terminate the studies in case all options are non-feasible. In the former, the Consultant in consultation with the Client and stakeholders shall agree on the best design alternatives/layouts, for which detail designs shall subsequently be prepared.
\n\nThe objective of this phase is to prepare the detail design for the selected alternatives presented in the Interim Study including a draft and final detail design report, design drawings, bill of quantities, unit price market survey, tender documents, technical specifications, and terms of references for hiring both a contractor and a supervisor.
\n\nThe Consultant will improve the topographical field survey of the interim phase for the selected alternative, and produce the following deliverables:
\n\nGeneral plans and profiles showing the infrastructure and alignment of the proposed catchment areas and the actual dam sites. (These shall be prepared in AutoCAD format as well as superimposed on Google Earth (KML file), Arc GIS readable format (shape file format). The plans view superimposed on Google Earth on top of the page the longitudinal profiles on the lower part of the page then the cross-section on a separate page, all shall show features such as rivers, streams, farms, valleys, marshy areas, gullies, rock (if visible), etc.), The plans and profiles shall be subdivided into a length of not more than 500 meters per sheet on A0 size drawings. All font sizes used shall be readable on A3 drawings. All data on actual survey points shall be provided in soft copy in a format readable by AutoCAD, Civl3D, ArcGIS and other standard software design and surveying packages. All survey points shall have an x, y and z value tied to the local coordinate system.
\n\nThe drawings are made by:
\n\nDrawings are made by topographical layouts and hydraulic structures drawings.
\n\nTopographical layouts (A0): These layouts will include:
\n\nThe surveying will follow a grid of 25m x 25m (addition to the particular points) and the contour lines will be plotted every 25cm for marshland and 50 cm for hillside of equidistance. The topographical surveys will include also:
\n\nImplementation layouts (A0 format):
\n\nImplementation layouts will be developed on the basis of topographical layouts and all the basic data allowing, on one hand to accurately calculate the volume of land related to earthworks irrigation canals (primary and secondary), drainage channels and roads as well, and on other hand to determine the number of structures and estimate the size and the quantity. These include:
\n\nPrepare the detail design of the dam including but not limited to: Detailed topographic survey of the dam site by using a ‘Total Station’ surveying equipment, the Production of a detailed contour plan in electronic format with scale of 1:100, confirmation of embankment length and elevation, provide detailed geotechnical investigation of dams structures, soil investigation and borrow pit identification and suitability, design solution optimisation, production of required detailed technical designs and drawings with related excavation and backfill quantities by using computer aided design, prepare self-standing plans for dam raising construction supervision, quality assurance, instrumentation, operations and maintenance, and emergency preparedness, in order to meet the requirements of the World Bank safeguard policy on safety of dams.
\n\nPrepare the detail designs of the key water-intake structures (weirs, pipes and canals…). Provide detail designs and drawings for different components including: intake structure from the dam; feeder canal diversion weir; main delivery pipes; flood protection and sedimentation control structures; and ancillary infrastructure such as electricity if necessary and access roads. Efforts should be made to design simple cost-effective structures and equipment that can easily be operated and maintained by the farmers. Assessment should be made of the need for cost-effective canal lining where technically required.
\n\nPrepare detail designs for the main canals and related structures. The design should be prepared using (a) slope stability analysis for prevention of landslides along the canals; (b) hydraulic analyses including assessment of water losses at different reaches of the canal/pipes; and (c) suitable design parameters for the canals/pipes including side slopes, cross-sections, and freeboards, diameters, friction losses, protection drainage, crossing points etc. Assessment should be made of the need for cost-effective canal lining where technically required.
\n\nReview and refine the design capacity of the irrigation systems; prepare the design of secondary, tertiary, and other distribution control structures; conduct hydraulic and stability analysis of the individual structures to ensure proper distribution of water in the canal/pipe networks for better valorization of plots. Hydraulic and distribution structures are to be designed for their ability to transparently and accurately convey water to their respective command areas. Determine suitable locations and prepare detail designs for structures that may be required along the canal/pipe. Recommend the type of construction materials to be used for structures such as culverts, road crossings, outlets, bridges, inverted siphons, flumes, and drop structures. Use standard type of structures to facilitate future operation and maintenance.
\n\nIt is to be noted that the consulting firm should identify the source and location with coordinates of materials to be used during construction with estimated quantities.
\n\nPrepare the detail design of drainage and flood control networks. These will be mostly surface drainage and flood control structures. sub-surface drainage may be proposed and designed when deemed necessary.
\n\nFollowing the post-harvest and office structures need assessment conducted during interim stage, the Consultant will prepare the detail design of such structures that meet community/users needs (e.g., roads, power, water distribution networks and office buildings, post-harvest and handling facilities with basic utilities, etc.).
\n\nTo ensure stakeholder-wide appreciation and ownership of the assignment outputs and recommendations, the consultant is expected to organize a coordination workshop to present the draft designs to the client and stakeholders. During this workshop, the client will ensure all logistics of the participants
\n\nBased on the comments provided on the draft detail designs and outcome of the stakeholder workshop, the consultant shall prepare detail designs of dams and command areas and related structures. These include preparations of detailed drawings, detailed unit price market survey, BOQs, technical specifications, cost estimates, and bidding documents.
\n\nAfter incorporating the comments in the final designs, the consultant are expected to organize a coordination workshop to present the final designs and outputs to client in technical workshop, during this workshop the client will ensure all related logistics.
\n\nRevisit and refine the estimates of irrigation requirements for the selected irrigation technologies to be applied, taking into account of various irrigation efficiencies that are likely to be achieved, prepare detail design drawings including longitudinal plan, profiles, and cross-sections of the main and tertiary canals/secondary pipes and typical designs for their respective structures. Prepare design of three (3) representative tertiary blocks including tertiary canals and appropriate on-farm distribution systems.
\n\nPrepare suitable technical specifications for the use of materials, workmanship, inspection schedules, plant, and equipment in the construction of irrigation infrastructures to allow the Client to prepare tender documents and select the contractors. Reference to brand names, catalog numbers or other details that limit any materials or items to a specific manufacturer is not allowed unless stated that is must be “equal or better”.
\n\nConsultant shall prepare bills of quantities and project cost estimates based on unit price of materials obtained during the market survey for the final detail design report clearly indicating activities to be carried out by contractors.
\n\nFor each scheme, the consultant shall prepare separate detailed implementation schedules for activities to be carried out by contractors.
\n\nA draft of the detail design report will be circulated for consultation to the Client and other key stakeholders prior to moving on to the final detail design report. The report shall include the following elements:
\n\nWhile conducting this assignment, the consultant will provide the client with short periodic progress updates. However, the client may request the consultant at any time to present any desired clarification about the progress of the assignment when it is determined to be necessary.
\n\nThe Consultant will produce a series of reports in English during the assignment. All the reports will be prepared in Word format with tables and graphs prepared in Excel format as well as Maps and design drawings in shapefile and CAD formats. All reports to be of internationally accepted standards. All the raw data (calculation notes) collected will be submitted to Client. The reports will make full use of diagrams, Gantt Charts, photos, tables etc to make the reports accessible to a wide readership, also whose first language might not be English. The report will be submitted to SPIU-CDAT/RAB in printed copies, along with an electronic copy for evaluation and approval.
\n\nThe Consultant shall arrange and make PowerPoint presentations, of the reports, maps and drawings, to the Client and other key stakeholders at workshops no more than 2 weeks after each submission.
\n\nThe Consultant will be expected to employ the most effective methodology and standards to achieve results with optimal national stakeholder involvement. In addition, the Consultant will be expected to:
\n\nInternational Standards shall be used for the studies, and their application shall be appropriately referenced. ICOLD dam design criteria shall be used to guide the definition of design floods, earthquakes, sediment management etc.
\n\nDam Safety: Consultants should adhere to established dam safety guidelines and standards set by organizations such as the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). These standards typically cover aspects such as dam design, construction, maintenance, and emergency preparedness to mitigate risks related to dam failure and ensure public safety.
\n\nHydraulic Design: Hydraulic design standards provide guidelines for designing irrigation systems that efficiently convey and distribute water to agricultural fields while minimizing losses due to leakage, evaporation, and runoff. Consultants should follow industry standards such as those developed by the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) or the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) for hydraulic design parameters and methodologies.
\n\nEnvironmental Impact Assessment (EIA): Consultants should adhere to relevant environmental regulations and guidelines, such as those issued by government agencies or international organizations like the World Bank or United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). These guidelines typically cover aspects such as water quality protection, habitat preservation, and mitigation of ecological impacts.
\n\n\n\n
The Consultant will produce the following reports and make presentations of the same to the Client:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t No of Copies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Inception Report \n\n\t\t\t(1months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contains the updated work plan, state of mobilization, refined work methodology and understanding of assignment, specify submission dates for each of the required technical reports in draft form, issues identified for Client’s attention, proposed content and structure of the various reports. The proposed project schedule shall be broken down by tasks and sub-tasks and presented in Gantt chart form. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 1 Month after commencement of consultancy services \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Interim Report \n\n\t\t\t(2 Months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The report will contain progress made, including details of the project area, links with existing institutions, lessons from similar projects, an assessment of constraints and opportunities, preliminary results from field investigations and surveys, preliminary findings of the various water demand assessments, and clear approach that will be taken to analyse and compare the different alternatives. The report will be complete including all information required by this TOR with only minor changes expected for the final submittal. The report will contain a detailed executive summary, a complete technical description of each alternative analysed, including justification, technical and financial analysis, computation, drawings, figures and maps as well as detailed reports on all subjects treated in the scope of the study. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 3 months after commencement to review and approve the report. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Final \n\n\t\t\tInterim Report \n\n\t\t\t\n\n\t\t\t (1 Month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Comments received after the presentation of the draft interim report will be addressed and the final report submitted 4 months after commencement. A final presentation is not expected unless there are significant changes made. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Draft detail design report technical specification and unit price market surveying (2 months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The draft final report of selected alternative will provide details of in-depth investigations on all aspects of the project. It will include all calculations notes, layout maps, drawings, bill of quantities, and updated financial analyses. These reports will be the basis of engineering works that will be conducted by the contractors. A presentation shall be made by the Consultant 2 months after approval of the interim report and selection of best scenario. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Final design report (1 month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Following comments from the Client, the Consultant will prepare and compile tender documents incorporating general, specific and technical conditions of contract, specifications, bill of quantities, tender drawings and operation and maintenance manuals. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Monthly progress reports (1st week of every month) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1-5 page maximum, comprising a narrative and bar charts or other graphic presentation showing details of the Consultant’s progress, changes in the assignment schedule, impediments, progressive findings, site meeting with stakeholders to be informed and contribute to design progress, and proposed remedies will be submitted on a monthly basis. Reports should include a financial summary, indicating amounts invoiced, amounts disbursed, and any other pertinent financial details. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 hard \n\n\t\t\t1 soft \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Three workshops will be organized to discuss the submitted reports. The workshops will be facilitated by the Client. At each workshop, the Consultant’s key experts will make PowerPoint presentations and provide concise reports for discussion.
\n\nNote: The abovementioned workshops are different from the expected stakeholder public consultative meetings and/or workshops to be organized and facilitated by the Consultant in the project-affected areas for information gathering (as part of Consultant’s fieldwork) and stakeholder review and comments on draft documents during the course of the assignment.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The study team should be comprised of experienced professionals which will include national/regional/international Consultants as necessary to ensure study relevance and effectiveness. The team should reflect an appropriate mix of disciplines, education, skills and experience, an understanding of underlying development issues, and regional experience. The team should be made up of specialists each with relevant qualifications in the corresponding disciplines and experience in undertaking studies related to irrigation development and watershed management.
\n\nThe areas of expertise required include: irrigation engineering and agriculture development, watershed management, rural development, civil/infrastructure/hydraulic engineering, hydrology, financial and economic analysis, geotechnical engineering, institutional analysis and environmental and social impact assessment. The Consultant may optimize their personnel to demonstrate the competencies required for the assignment. The time input and qualifications of the key experts are as follows:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Person-Months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Competences \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Team Leader (Dam Design/ Civil Engineer) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Civil/Hydraulic Engineering, with a minimum of 15 years’ general and 5 years specific experience in water resources planning, design and construction of hydraulic structures such as dams, hydropower projects and irrigation systems and have experience in designing World Bank or other IFI financed irrigation projects in recent years; strong coordination and leadership skills with proven record over past five years proven with at least 3 completion certificates. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Irrigation and Drainage Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in irrigation, water resources, or hydraulic engineering, with 10 years’ experience in the planning and design and construction of irrigation and drainage systems. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Agricultural Planner/ Agronomist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Agronomy or related sciences with at least 7 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years of work experience in commercially oriented irrigation or irrigated agriculture development projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Structural Engineer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Structural Engineering and at least 7 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years of experience as structural engineer for design and construction of hydraulic infrastructure projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Geotechnical Engineer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in Geotechnical Engineering and at least 7 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years of experience in geotechnical investigations, design and construction of hydraulic infrastructure projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Hydrologist/ Hydro-geologist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in water resources /hydrology, and at least 5 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years’ experience in use of water resources models for surface and groundwater assessments as well as experience in use of GIS/remote sensing in river basins. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Soil Specialist/ Pedologist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in soil sciences and at least 5 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years’ experience in soil investigation for irrigation and watershed projects \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Land-husbandry specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in soil sciences, agroforestry and at least 5 generals with specific 3 proven with certificate years’ experience land husbandry for irrigation and watershed projects \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Economist/ Financial Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in economics, and at least 5 generals with Specific 3 proven with certificate years of work experience on development projects, specifically in economic and financial analysis of water resources development projects; and has experiences in irrigation water tariff assessment and design \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Surveyor \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in surveying with demonstrated experience in use of remote sensing/GIS applications. Minimum of 5 general with Specific 3 proven with certificate years’ experience in engineering surveys. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Social development specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualifications in sociology, development, Minimum of 5 years of general experience with Specific 3 proven with certificate years of work experience. The Specialist will ensure that socio-economic and gender issues are appropriately included during the project preparation/design stage. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Environmental Specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Postgraduate qualification in Environment studies at least 5 generals with Specific 3 proven with certificate years’ work experience in Environmental Assessments. Knowledge of World Bank Social and environmental safeguards is a must. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Total Man-Months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 35 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Data and documentation on hydrological, meteorological, water quality and other relevant aspects of the river basins which the Client may have will be availed to the Consultant; however, the Consultant has the ultimate responsibility for collecting the required data and documentation which cannot be made available by the Client from official sources. The Client will:
\n\nProposals should indicate how the funds will be best utilized to achieve the objectives of the assignment. Whilst all of the Consultant’ costs incurred in their participation, supporting the arrangement and running of national and district workshops must be included in the Consultant’s financial proposal, the costs of holding the workshops themselves (costs of venue, participants’ expenses such as transport and accommodation, materials etc.) will be met by the Client and should not be included in the Consultant’s financial proposals. The costs of all other consultations, meetings etc. required by the Consultant to adequately complete the assignment must be included in the financial proposals.
\n\nThe Consultant shall operate their own project office and shall bear all accommodation, local transportation, visas, and other costs necessary to carry out the assignment.
\n\nThe Consultant's fees shall cover the salaries of the entire staff of the Consultant employed on the study. The fees will include provision for all supporting staff and services necessary to carry out the work; hire of vehicles; procurement of equipment and direct costs for travel, freight, accommodation, report production and other expenses. The contract will be for a fixed lump sum and the Consultant will not claim any additional payments to compensate for exchange rate fluctuations or price escalation and delays in payments of not more than 90 days on the part of the Client.
\n\nThe amount and schedule of payment of fees will be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract agreement finally made between the Consultant and RAB/SPIU/CDAT Project. Notwithstanding this, the following schedule will be used as a basis for negotiation:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Payment Number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Event \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Percentage (%) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Inception Report, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Interim Report, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Submission of approved Final Detail Design Report and Tender documents, after addressing the comments from presentation workshop \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
The Consultant will be required to demonstrate in their proposal evidence of adoption of the use of a Quality Assurance System (ISO 9001 or equivalent), as well as describe how quality control will be implemented in the course of the project.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
"},{"id":"OP00292805","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"29-May-2024","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2024-05-29T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"04:15","project_ctry_name":"Nigeria","project_id":"P157891","project_name":"Multi-Sectoral Crisis Recovery Project for North Eastern Nigeria","bid_reference_no":"NG-YOBE MCRP-109021-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Consultancy to support the development of BoQ and designs for C2 intervention in Water Sector.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"Yobe State","contact_ctry_name":"Nigeria","contact_email":"musaidi74@gmail.com","contact_name":"Musa Idi Jidawa","contact_organization":"YOBE MCRP","contact_phone_no":"08036002234","submission_date":"2024-05-29T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
MULTI-SECTORAL CRISIS RECOVERY PROJECT (P157891)
\n\n\n\n
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST FOR PROVISION OF CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR THE DESIGN AND SUPERVISION OF CONSTRUCTION/ REHABILITATION OF BOREHOLES, AND TRAINING OF VILLAGE LEVELS MECHANICS AND LOCAL AREA MECHANICS ON OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING HAND PUMP AND SOLAR POWERED BOREHOLE FOR EFFECTIVE UTILIZATION & MANAGEMENT.
\n\n\n\n
Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): 109021
\n\n\n\n
The Federal Government of Nigeria has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Multi-Sectoral Crisis Recovery Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
\n\nThe consulting services (“the Services”) include consultancy services rendered to the project for the Design and Supervision of Construction/ Rehabilitation of Water Supply Schemes in Eight (8) affected LGAs and the identification and training of village levels mechanics and local area mechanics on operation and maintenance of existing hand pumps and solar powered borehole for effective utilization & Management in Eight (8) affected LGAs. The consultant shall also assist the PCU to supervise the construction on all the proposed sites, ascertaining that the performance of Contractors under the various construction contracts meets their obligations under the individual contracts and shall advise the PCU and the implementing MDAs (MOL&H, MOH,MWR,MOE ) accordingly.
\n\nIt is expected that the assignment shall commence in May 2019 and will be implemented over Thirty (30) days for production of designs and BoQs and Four (4) months for the supervision of construction of all WASH facilities (water schemes).
\n\n\n\n
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
\n\nThe Project Coordinating Unit of the Yobe State Multi Sectoral Crisis Recovery Project now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The following should be included in the consultant’s submission
\n\n1. A full company profile , with all details (Address, contact person, Phone numbers, e-mail)
\n\n2. General Organizational capability and resources (staffing, years of experience)
\n\n3. Evidence of company executed relevant assignments
\n\n4. Evidence of intended Joint Venture partnership agreements where Consultants intend to associate
\n\n5. Specific CV of Key Experts
\n\n\n\n
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016, revised November 2017 and August 2018 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\n\nConsultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
\n\nA Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultant’s Qualification Selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
\n\nFurther information can be obtained at the address below during office hours i.e. 0900 to 1700 hours.
\n\n\n\n
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by fax, or by e-mail) by [insert date].
\n\n\n\n
[insert name of office]
\n\nAttn: [insert name of officer & title]
\n\n[insert postal address and/or street address]
\n\n[insert postal code, city and country]
\n\nTel: [include the country and city code]
\n\nFax: [include the country and city code]
\n\nE-mail: [include e-mail address]
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)
\n\nMULTI-SECTORAL CRISIS RECOVERY PROJECT (P157891)
\n\nCOMPONENT 1: INFRASTRUCTURE & SERVICES RESTORATION
\n\nASSIGNMENT: DESIGN AND SUPERVISION OF CONSTRUCTION/ REHABILITATION OF BOREHOLES, AND TRAINING OF VILLAGE LEVELS MECHANICS AND LOCAL AREA MECHANICS ON OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING HAND PUMP AND SOLAR POWERED BOREHOLE FOR EFFECTIVE UTILIZATION & MANAGEMENT.
\n\n\n\n
1 Background
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
World Bank Multi-Sectoral Crisis Recovery Project (MCRP)
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Component 2 – Infrastructure Rehabilitation and Service Delivery Restoration and Improvement – US$ 150 million: This component will include the rehabilitation of critical physical infrastructure and the sustainable restoration of service delivery. Interventions under this component will be spread across the following sectors:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The MCRP will be implemented in the Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WASH) sector in the affected areas of the State by the Yobe State Project Coordination Unit (PCU) of MCRP in collaboration with the State Ministry of Water Resources & RUWASA serving as the Implementing MDAs for the sector.
\n\n\n\n
i. Project Objective:
\n\nThe main objective of the project is to construct/rehabilitate damaged Boreholes and Training of village levels mechanics and local area mechanics on operation and maintenance of existing and pump and solar powered borehole for effective utilization & Management in the insurgency affected communities in the 8 LGAs so as to restore them to functionality applying the Build Back Better principle.
\n\nProject Information: The assignment consists of the two (2) parts:
\n\n\n\n
Project Information: The proposed Project will cover the following:
\n\nii. Project Supervision
\n\nThe Consultant shall observe and ascertain that the Contractors’ performance meets with their obligations under the contracts and shall advise the PCU and the implementing MDAs (MOL&H, MOH,MWR,MOE ) accordingly.
\n\nThe principal duties and responsibilities of the Consultant in respect of the Supervision of the Works shall be to approve the materials and workmanship of the Works in co-operation and consultation with the Employer, as described in the contract documents for the Works. As stated therein, the Consultant shall have no authority to relieve the Contractor of any of his duties or obligations under the contract or to impose additional obligations not included in the contract. Specific duties include:
\n\n\n\n
iii. Scope of Work (a)
\n\n\n\n
iv. Rationale:
\n\nAs part of engagement to provide ownership, sustainability and value for money of all water related projects across intervention communities including existing project.
\n\n\n\n
v. Scope of Work (b)
\n\nThe consultancy work shall comprise the following:
\n\n\n\n
vi. Outputs and Deliverables:
\n\nThe following outputs and deliverables are expected from the consultant:
\n\n\n\n
At design stage:
\n\n\n\n
At supervision stage:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
vii. Consultancy Period
\n\nThe consultancy period for this exercise shall be Thirty (30) days for production of designs and BoQs and Four (4) months for the supervision of construction of all WASH facilities (water schemes).
\n\n\n\n
viii. Firm Qualification Experience
\n\nThe consultancy firm should be an engineering (water/civil) entity with at least 5 years of experience in the field of Water/ Civil engineering and Sanitation, Land and Water Management, project management and consultancy services. The key personnel of the firm should have the requisite qualifications and shall be registered members of COREN (Council of Registered Engineers in Nigeria) or the required recognized body of registration within Nigeria. The consultancy firm/Individual should possess the requisite knowledge and skills with at least 5 years of field experience in the areas of community mobilization and sensitization for development purposes.
\n\n\n\n
ix. Key Experts
\n\n| \n\t\t\t S/No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t No \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Specific Years of Experience (Minimum) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Water and Sanitation Expert \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 years \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Civil/Water engineer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 years \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Hydrogeologist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 years \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Water Distribution Engineer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 years \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Site Supervisors \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 5 years \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
x. Remuneration:
\n\nThe remuneration for the design and supervision consultancy is subject to negotiation between the two parties which may be paid under a lump-sum basis and without prejudice to all procurement protocols and within the costs specified in the procurement plan for these activities.
\n\n\n\n
xi. Application
\n\n\n\n
Please submit proposal and all relevant documents to:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The Project Coordinator,
\n\nYobe State MCRP PCU officer
\nGabarwa Plaza, opposite Mass Transit Bus Station,
Potiskum Road, Damaturu – Yobe State,
\n\nNigeria.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
[1] Recovery and Peace Building Assessment (RPBA) 2016 for North-East Nigeria
\n\n[2] “The Presidential Committee on the North East Initiative Establishment Directives 2016”
\n\n[3] The Buhari Plan is an amalgamation of a number of plans focused on the NE, including the RPBA, and the implementation oversight and accountability for this plan will be provided an apex Federal body, at the moment the Presidential Committee for the North East Initiative (PCNI).
"},{"id":"OP00156550","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"30-Nov-2021","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2021-12-17T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"18:00","project_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","project_id":"P168180","project_name":"Institutional Capacity Building Project","bid_reference_no":"UZ-MOF-SAMA-QCBS-SYSTEM","bid_description":"Development and Implementation of an Automated System of Accounting and Monitoring for the Activities of Enterprises with State Participation","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"29, Istiklol str. Tashkent","contact_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","contact_email":"axaydarov@mf.uz","contact_name":"Ahadbek Khaydarov","contact_organization":"Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan","contact_phone_no":"+ 998 71 2394646","contact_web_url":"www.mf.uz","submission_date":"2021-11-30T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
\n\n
Uzbekistan
\n\nInstitutional Capacity Building Project
\n\nCredit No.: IDA 6431-UZ
\n\nAssignment Title: Development and Implementation of an Automated System of Accounting and Monitoring for the Activities of Enterprises with State Participation
\n\n\n\n
Reference No.: UZ-MOF-SAMA-QCBS-SYSTEM
\n\n\n\n
The Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Institutional Capacity Building Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services on behalf of the State Assets Management Agency (UzSAMA).
\n\nThe Consulting services (“the Services”) include Development and Implementation of an Automated System of Accounting and Monitoring for the Activities of Enterprises with State Participation (“Information system”)
\n\nThe main purpose of the information system for accounting and monitoring the activities of enterprises with state participation is an organized data array of the UzSAMA, processed in a single hardware and software complex, which provides quick access to operational and historical information, multidimensional data analysis (KPIs for various dimensions), obtaining forecasts and statistics in terms of both the activities of the Customer and enterprises with a state share, regardless of the source of such information.
\n\nThe Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services submitting directly to the piu_mof@mail.ru.
\n\nThe qualification requirements for the Consultants are:
\n\nThe proposed team will have both the skills and experience necessary to undertake the range of tasks set out in these Terms of Reference. The Key experts will be not evaluation during review the EOI.
\n\nThe components of the System must have patent purity on the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nThe attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” dated July 2016, revised in November 2017 and August 2018 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment: Consultants shall not be hired for any assignment that would be in conflict with their prior or current obligations to other clients, or that may place them in a position of being unable to carry out the assignment in the best interests of the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nA Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
\n\nFurther information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 9:00 a.m. to 18:00 p.m. Tashkent time.
\n\nExpressions of interest must be delivered in a written form in English, Russian or Uzbek languages to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by December 17, 2021.
\n\nProject Implementation Unit under the
\nMinistry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan
Attn: Foziljon Kalandarov, Manager of the Project
\n\nUzbekistan, 100017, Tashkent city, 29, Istiklol St.
\n\nTel: +998907380050
\n\nE-mail: piu_mof@mail.ru
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
As part of the EOI, the consultant should include the following information:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Date: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country of Incorporation: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Consultant Name: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Acronym: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t EOI Submission Authorized by: \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Acronym \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country of Incorporation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Joint Venture (JV) or Sub-consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t EOI Submission Authorized By \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Present the rationale for and benefits of working in association (JV or Sub-consultant) with others rather than undertaking the assignment independently (as appropriate). Describe the proposed management and coordination approach of the association and the role of each firm.
\n\n\n\n
Project References - highlight the technical qualifications of your entity/consortium in undertaking similar assignments. Provide details of past experiences working with similar project authorities
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Project References, present experiences in similar geographic areas.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t N \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project start date (year, month, mandatory) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Project end date (year, month, mandatory) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Country \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Firm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Participated experts in the project among the recommended personnel (full name) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t … \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t … \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t … \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Project Title \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Country / Region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Start Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Completion Date \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Continuous / Intermittent \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Client \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Participated experts in the project among the recommended personnel (full name) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Funding Source \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Project description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t The role of the consulting firm \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t (indicate your role and contribution in terms of men-months) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
We, the undersigned, certify to the best of our knowledge and belief:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
TERMS OF REFERENCE
\n\nFor the project
\n\n" DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF AN AUTOMATED SYSTEM OF ACCOUNTING AND MONITORING FOR THE ACTIVITIES OF ENTERPRISES WITH STATE PARTICIPATION "
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
on 68 sheets
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
valid from "___" ____________ 2021
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Tashkent 2021
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
1. GENERAL INFORMATION.. 7
\n\n1.1. Full name of the project and its symbol 7
\n\n1.2. Customer 7
\n\n1.3. Executor 7
\n\n1.4. Basis for development 8
\n\n1.5. Planned start and finish dates. 9
\n\n1.6. Sources of financing. 9
\n\n1.7. The procedure for registration and presentation of the results of work. 9
\n\n2. PURPOSE OF THE SYSTEM AND OBJECTIVES OF PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION.. 10
\n\n2.1. Purpose of the system.. 10
\n\n2.2. Project implementation goals. 11
\n\n2.3. Expected deliverables. 12
\n\n3. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE INFORMATION OBJECT. 13
\n\n3.1. General information. 13
\n\n3.2. Architecture and composition of the current solution. 14
\n\n3.2.1. Organizational scope of the project 19
\n\n3.3. Process volume. 20
\n\n3.3.1. Optimization and automation of business processes. 20
\n\n4. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. 20
\n\n4.1. System requirements as a whole. 20
\n\n4.1.1. Requirements for the structure and functioning of the system.. 21
\n\n4.1.2. Requirements for the component composition and architecture of the solution 24
\n\n4.1.3. List and description of scenarios for using information systems. 26
\n\n4.1.4. System Diagnostic Requirements. 28
\n\n4.1.5. Requirements for the possibility of modernization and development of the system 28
\n\n4.1.6. Requirements for interaction with third-party information systems. 29
\n\n4.1.7. Requirements for the number and qualifications of system personnel and their mode of work. 30
\n\n4.1.7.1. Requirements for the number of personnel (users) of IS. 30
\n\n4.1.7.2. Requirements for the qualifications of personnel, the procedure for their training and control of knowledge and skills. 31
\n\n4.1.7.2.1. Required mode of operation of IS personnel 31
\n\n4.1.8. Indicators of appointment 32
\n\n4.1.9. Reliability requirements. 33
\n\n4.1.10. Safety requirements. 36
\n\n4.1.10.1. Requirements for protecting information from unauthorized access. 37
\n\n4.1.10.2. Requirements for the differentiation of access rights. 37
\n\n4.1.10.3. Requirements for the safety of information in case of accidents. 38
\n\n4.1.10.4. Requirements for protection against the influence of external influences. 39
\n\n4.1.11. Ergonomic and technical aesthetics requirements. 39
\n\n4.1.12. Requirements for the operation, maintenance, repair and storage of system components. 40
\n\n4.1.13. Requirements for patent and license purity. 40
\n\n4.1.14. Requirements for standardization and unification. 41
\n\n4.1.15. Requirements for the degree of adaptability of the system to changes. 41
\n\n4.1.16. Software technical support requirements. 42
\n\n4.2. Requirements for the functions (tasks) performed by the Information System.. 42
\n\n4.2.1. Requirements for the functions (tasks) performed by the System for recording and monitoring the activities of enterprises with state participation. 42
\n\n4.2.1.1. Requirements for the functions (tasks) performed by the data visualization subsystem 42
\n\n4.2.1.2. Requirements for the functions (tasks) performed by the subsystem for allocating roles and access rights. 48
\n\n4.2.2. Connecting of source systems. 49
\n\n4.3. Requirements to types of support 50
\n\n4.3.1. Requirements for software. 50
\n\n4.3.2. Information support requirements. 51
\n\n4.3.3. Requirements for information exchange between system components. 52
\n\n4.3.4. Linguistic requirements. 52
\n\n4.3.5. Software Requirements. 53
\n\n4.3.6. Requirements for metrological support 54
\n\n4.3.7. Requirements for technical support 54
\n\n4.3.8. Requirements for methodological support 54
\n\n4.3.9. Requirements for the scope and / or duration of guarantees. 55
\n\n5. SCOPE AND CONTENT OF THE SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION WORKS. 56
\n\n6. SYSTEM CONTROL AND ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE. 59
\n\n6.1. Types, scope and test methods. 60
\n\n6.2. General requirements for acceptance of works by stages. 61
\n\n6.3. Requirements for managing organizational change. 62
\n\n7. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMPOSITION AND CONTENT OF WORKS ON PREPARING THE SYSTEM FOR COMMISSIONING.. 65
\n\n8. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS. 67
\n\n8.1. Project documentation. 67
\n\n9. SOURCES OF DEVELOPMENT. 67
\n\n10. PROJECT ASSUMPTIONS AND RESTRICTIONS. 68
\n\n10.1. Organizational Assumptions and Constraints. 68
\n\n10.2. Restrictions on the scope of work. 69
\n\n10.3. Limitations on the scope of work. 69
\n\n10.4. Limitations on implemented functionality. 69
\n\n10.5. Restrictions on the composition and form of results. 69
\n\n10.6. Terms of the Project execution. 70
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
LIST OF SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND TERMS
\n\n| \n\t\t\t DWH (QCD) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data Warehouse \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t HD \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data store \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t BI \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Business Intelligence - reporting and analysis system \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t RH \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Guidance document \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t O'z DSt \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t State standard of the Republic of Uzbekistan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t AWP \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Automated workplace \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t DB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Database \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t GOST \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t State standard \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t ICT \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information and communication technologies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t ISO / IEC (ISO / IEC) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t International standard \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t LAN \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Local area network \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t OS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Operating system \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t PC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Personal Computer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t IB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information Security \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t IT \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information Technology \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t IS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information system \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t KS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Corporate network \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t ON \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t IUI \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Test program and methodology \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t SPD \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data transmission system \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t TT \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Technical task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t TC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Technical conditions \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t TR \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Technical requirements \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Dynamic reporting \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Analytical reporting implemented by the System in the form of interactive analytical panels (dashboards), providing the user with the ability to interact with the analyzed data: filtering, full-text search, sorting, detailing and aggregation, changing the list of displayed indicators, changing the analytical sections used, etc. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Static report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A report generated by the System in the format of an Excel, Word, PDF or PowerPoint file, containing information that is relevant at the time of creation and does not provide for interactive work with the report data. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t STC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t State Tax Committee \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t NAS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t National accounting standards \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t IFRS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t International Financial Reporting Standards \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t CRM \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Customer Relationship Management \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t HR \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Human Resource Management \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t KPI \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Key Performance Indicator is a quantifiable indicator of actual results achieved. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
Full name of the project: "Development and implementation of an automated system of accounting and monitoring for the activities of enterprises with state participation " (hereinafter referred to as the "System").
\n\n\n\n
Agency for State Assets Management of the Republic of Uzbekistan (hereinafter referred to as the "Customer").
\n\nRequisites:
\n\n\n\n
The contractor for this project will be determined based on the results of the tender selection.
\n\nBasic requirements for the contractor:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t The role of the specialist \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Requirements \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t BI Project Manager \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t BI project architector \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t BI Functional Consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Financial consultant BI \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t BI Technical Consultant \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t DBMS administrator \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
\n\n
In addition, in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan, it is not allowed to participate in tenders of companies upon detection of:
\n\n\n\n
The basis for the development of the System project is:
\n\n\n\n
Planned project implementation timeline:
\n\nStart: September, 2021
\n\nCompletion: February 2023
\n\n\n\n
A financing source for works under the project shall be the funds of the International Financial Institutions (IFIs)
\n\n\n\n
Upon completion of individual stages and work as a whole, the Contractor submits an acceptance certificate.
\n\nThe results of the work are evaluated by the acceptance committee. The acceptance committee is formed by the Customer in the prescribed manner.
\n\nTo the Acceptance Commission, the Contractor submits documentation, the list
\nand requirements for registration of which are determined in accordance with GOSTs
\nand other standards, and governing documents in force in the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan, as well as by mutual agreement of the Customer and the Contractor.
The date of delivery - acceptance of work is the date of signing the act by the acceptance commission.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The main purpose of the information system for accounting and monitoring the activities of enterprises with state participation is an organized data array of the Agency, processed in a single hardware and software complex, which provides quick access to operational and historical information, multidimensional data analysis (KPIs for various dimensions), obtaining forecasts and statistics in terms of both the activities of the Customer and enterprises with a state share, regardless of the source of such information. This information can come from the following data sources:
\n\nDuring the implementation of the project of an information system for accounting and monitoring the activities of enterprises with state participation, the following tasks should be solved:
\n\n\n\n
Business intelligence systems are a type of information systems that allow you to turn accumulated factual data into useful knowledge
\nin order to make effective business decisions. Such knowledge can be used to solve any problems in analysis, management, forecasting, etc.
The purpose of introducing a business analysis system is to improve the efficiency of management of the operation and development of the Customer's Company, which is ensured by providing stakeholders,
\ntaking into account their powers, prompt access to consolidated from various sources, relevant and reliable information, fully characterizing the current state of the business and the dynamics of its development.
The System will present data in a unified manner that will allow Users to form management, analytical and regulatory reporting. The business analysis system is created to perform complex and diverse functions, including the processing of analytical information, the formation of regulatory reporting and support for arbitrary requests.
\n\n\n\n
The purpose of the system is:
\n\nTo achieve the set goals within the framework of building the Agency's system, the following tasks must be solved:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The Agency for State Assets Management of the Republic of Uzbekistan (hereinafter referred to as the Agency) was established by the Decree of the President of the Republic of Uzbekistan dated January 14, 2019 N UP-5630 “On measures to radically improve the system of state assets management, antimonopoly regulation and the capital market.
\n\nThe Agency for State Assets Management of the Republic of Uzbekistan is a public administration body, the main activities of which are:
\n\n\n\n
Also, the main participants in the project are:
\n\nState-owned enterprises. As of January 1,
\n2020, the number of enterprises with state participation is
\n2,965 (257 JSCs, 990 LLCs, 1,718 SUEs), enterprises in which there is a share of enterprises with state participation of about 2 thousand.
State Tax Committee of the Republic of Uzbekistan - provision of data on NAS (tax and other mandatory payments, tax arrears, tax benefits, etc.);
\n\nState Customs Committee of the Republic of Uzbekistan - information on the volumes of import and export of goods and services;
\n\nState Committee of the Republic of Uzbekistan on Statistics - supplier of data on industry indicators;
\n\nRepublican Stock Exchange - supplier of information on securities;
\n\nThe Uzbek Republican Commodity and Raw Materials Exchange is a supplier of information
\non the cost of products.
\n\n
The Agency is currently collecting and analyzing data as part of the management of state assets. At the same time, the main sources of data received by the Agency are:
\n\nInformation portal of putting public companies report and other economic entities with state share (JSC, LLC, companies with state shares.) Kpi.davaktiv.uz - information resource, using the accounting records of the collection of key performance indicators (hereinafter "KPI") and business plans from business entities with a state share (hereinafter the “Subject”). Each business entity with a state share has a personal account on the kpi.davaktiv.uz website. Access to your personal account is carried out using an electronic digital signature (hereinafter “EDS”) of a legal entity. In the personal account of the Subject there are electronic forms that are filled in by the Subject manually. The list of forms and the frequency of submission of reports is indicated in table. 3.2.2. Control over the correctness of filling out the report is carried out by the Agency's specialists manually. When analyzing the submitted report, the Agency's specialist has the opportunity to both accept this report and return it for revision, indicating in the comments the reason for the discrepancy.
\n
The register of state property property.davaktiv.uz is an information resource for registration and submission of reports for legal entities in the form of state unitary enterprises and state enterprises. The principle of access to a personal account, as well as monitoring of received reports, is similar to the information portal kpi.davaktiv.uz. The list of forms and the frequency of submission of reports is indicated in table. 3.2.2.
\n\nDatabase of the State Tax Committee of the Republic of Uzbekistan - The database on objects of taxation and objects related to taxation is generated in electronic form in the territorial bodies of the state tax service at the location of the object on the basis of internal and external sources of information. Internal sources contain information on quarterly, annual financial reports, calculations of taxes and other obligatory payments, revised tax reports, explanatory notes, information and certificates provided by taxpayers to the state tax authorities.
\n\nData from the State Oil Company database are sent to the Agency in automatic mode and are indicated in table. 3.2.2.
\n\nAll data from the above sources are fed into the local database of the Agency. The Agency's existing database has accumulated information with a depth of 2 years.
\n\nThe analytical layer is the information system (hereinafter “IS”) “State property” developed in 2018.
\n\nIS “State Property” is an analytical tool of the Agency, with the help of which the analysis and processing of data takes place. The users of the Information System "State Property" are the specialists of the Agency. The system has a role-based data access model. Information in the system is presented in tabular and graphical form. Completion and modernization of the system is carried out exclusively by the IT management specialists of the Agency.
\n\nThe architecture of the current solution is shown below in p. 3.2.1
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\np. 3.2.1 Architecture of the current solution.
\n\n
The composition of the internal and external systems of the Agency (Table 3.2.1):
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System name \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data retrieval method \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Internal systems of the Agency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t IS "State Property" \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Existing IS of business analysis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The existing IS "State Property" receives data from the Agency's database \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Agency DB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Existing DB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Formed database. The accumulation of the database comes from all of the following sources. The depth of historical data is 2 years. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t www.property.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Register of state property of registration and submission of reports for legal entities in the form of state unitary enterprises and state enterprises. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filling out forms posted on the web platform is carried out by enterprises in manual mode. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t www.kpi.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information portal for submitting reports by joint-stock companies and other business entities in the form of JSCs, LLCs, enterprises with a state share. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filling out forms posted on the web platform is carried out by enterprises in manual mode. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t External systems \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t STC DB \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t State Tax Committee database \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data collection from the STC DB collected on an automatic basis. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 3.2.1 Composition of internal and external systems.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The composition of the reporting forms (Table 3.2.2)
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Accepted reporting forms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Organizational and legal form \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reporting forms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Periodicity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Fill / receive method \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t • Joint Stock Company (JSC); \n\n\t\t\t• Limited Liability Company (LLC); \n\n\t\t\t• State-owned enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reporting forms according to national accounting standards (NAS) \n\n\t\t\t• Form No. 1 (small and medium enterprises) \n\n\t\t\t• Form No. 2 (small and medium enterprises) \n\n\t\t\t• Form No. 4 (Large enterprises) \n\n\t\t\t• Form No. 5 (Large enterprises) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Accepted by the Agency in automatic mode from the database of the STC \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key performance indicators (KPI) reporting form \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filled in by enterprises manually on the web platform www.kpi.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Key performance indicators (KPI) reporting form for the financial and banking sector \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filled in by enterprises manually on the web platform www.kpi.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Key performance indicators (KPI) reporting form for insurance companies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filled in by enterprises manually on the web platform www.kpi.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Reporting form - business plan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Filled in by enterprises manually on the web platform www.kpi.davaktiv.uz \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Reporting form according to international financial reporting standards (IFRS) for enterprises \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of financial position \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of comprehensive income \n\n\t\t\t• Cash flow statement \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of changes in equity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Beginning of the reporting period - January 2022 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Reporting form according to international financial reporting standards (IFRS) for the financial and banking sector \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of financial position \n\n\t\t\t• Profit or loss statement \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of comprehensive income \n\n\t\t\t• Cash flow statement \n\n\t\t\t• Statement of changes in equity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Beginning of the reporting period - January 2022 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Management reporting \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Management reporting forms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Quarterly \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Formed in the IS "State Property" \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 3.2.2 Composition of reporting forms
\n\nThe information computer network of the Agency is a system of two components: an application server and a database server.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t TAS-IX Network \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t МСПД (interstate data transmission system) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Firewall all \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Local computing \n\n\t\t\tnetwork \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Applications server \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Database server \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Backup Applications \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Backup databases \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
p. 3.2.2. logical diagram of the existing technical complex
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
Key technical specifications for Application Server and Database Server:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Applications server \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Fujitsu Database Server Primary rx2530 m4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t CPU Intel Xeon Silver 4110 8c 2.10 GHz 2x \n\n\t\t\tDDR4 32GB \n\n\t\t\tHDD SATA 6G 1TBx4 SSD 256Gbx2 \n\n\t\t\tOS / Oracle Linux Unbreakable \n\n\t\t\tPSU 800W 2x \n\n\t\t\tLANs \n\n\t\t\tI350-AM2 (Onboard on D3383-A1x, on D3383-C1x \n\n\t\t\tIntel® C620 Chipset (1Gb / 10Gb Ethernet) (Onboard on D3383-C1x, on D3383-A1x) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Database server \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Fujitsu Database Server Primary rx2530 m4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t CPU Intel Xeon Silver 4110 8c 2.10 GHz 2x \n\n\t\t\tDDR4 32GB \n\n\t\t\tHDD SATA 6G 1TBx4 SSD 256Gbx2 \n\n\t\t\tOS / Oracle Linux Unbreakable \n\n\t\t\tPSU 800W 2x \n\n\t\t\tLANs \n\n\t\t\tI350-AM2 (Onboard on D3383-A1x, on D3383-C1x \n\n\t\t\tIntel® C620 Chipset (1Gb / 10Gb Ethernet) (Onboard on D3383-C1x, on D3383-A1x) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Main challenges in working with the current information system:
\n\n\n\n
Institutional scope of the project includes the State Assets Management Agency of the Republic of Uzbekistan with all regional offices.
\n\nAs of 01.01.2021 the Agency has the following territorial distribution (figure 3.2.1.2):
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t State Assets Management Agency \n\n\t\t\tof the Republic of Uzbekistan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Rep. of Karakalpakstan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Andijan region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Jizzakh region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Navoi region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Samarkand region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Syrdarya region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Khorezm region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Tashkent city \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Bukhara region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Kashkadarya region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Namangan region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Surkhandarya region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Ferghana region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Tashkent region \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\n\t\t\tdepartment \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Total departments: 14 \n\n\t\t\tCentral department: 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The scope of this Project includes the optimization and automation of business processes of reporting systems. Automation and carrying out on a regular basis the process of loading data from operational sources into an existing database, to consolidate information from various sources, to provide centralized quick access to data for business users.
\n\n\n\n
The implementation of the System should be based on modern information technologies, as in the implementation of subject-oriented applied software systems that automate the execution of individual applied procedures and operations at all levels of the organizational hierarchy, a single information space based on a databank.
\n\nThe system should include the following subsystems:
\n\nThe system should provide opportunities for further development and modernization, including:
\n\nThe system should be organized as follows:
\n\nThe system should provide for the ability to integrate with external information systems and databases using publicly available protocols such as:
\n\n\n\n
The system should provide high interactivity of work
\nwith consolidated data, flexible reporting in the form of the ability to perform unplanned (arbitrary) queries to data, as well as provide an opportunity for users to work independently (self-configuration of new analytical reports).
General system requirements.
\n\nThe system should be able to:
\n\n\n\n
The system should contain the following subsystems:
\n\n\n\n
The reporting forms issued by the System must include:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t\t Consumers of information \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t WEB platforms of the Agency \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t Agency staff \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t Sources of information \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t Agency assets \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t WEB platforms of the Agency \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t DB tax and customs committee \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t The Agency's existing database \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t Data visualization subsystem \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\t Administration module \n\t\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t
p 4.1. General software architecture
\n\n\n\n
Basic functional principles of the system
\n\nThe main principles that the Contractor should be guided by when choosing / designing the System are as follows:
\n\n\n\n
The architecture of the System assumes the use of client-server technology with the ability to connect remote users through the WEB interface, as well as through a mobile application for mobile operating systems based on Android and iOS.
\n\nFor the functioning of the System, the data will be loaded
\nfrom the existing DBMS of the Customer.
The composition of the software components of the Complex should correspond to the generally accepted structure of similar systems, and also represent an integral platform solution with a single metamodel, and not a set of disparate components.
\n\nThe main components of the platform:
\n\nThe system under development should include the following technological components:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Рис. 4.1.1.2.1. Hi-level architecture of the system of accounting and monitoring of the activities of enterprises with state participation
\n\nMore detailed requirements are indicated in clauses 4.1.9 and 4.2.
\n\n\n\n
Requirements for modes of operation
\n\nThe software tools of the complex of the systems being implemented must operate around the clock and provide the ability to work in the following modes:
\n\nNormal mode (continuous round-the-clock work);
\n\nNormal mode ensures the performance of system functions. This is the main mode of operation. In the normal operating mode of the system:
\n\nTo ensure the normal operation of the system, it is necessary to comply with the requirements and maintain the operating conditions of the software specified in the relevant technical documents (technical documentation, operating instructions, etc.).
\n\nService mode (for maintenance, reconfiguration
\nand replenishment of new components).
The service mode is intended for updating and preventive maintenance of software and hardware, changing the configuration of components.
\n\nThe service mode of operation is used to perform operations of preparation and conduct of regulations, tests or significant restructuring of the system.
\n\nThis mode also carries out maintenance, reconfiguration, modernization and improvement of the system.
\n\nThe mode allows diagnosing incidents or problems related to failures or accidents in the system.
\n\nThe service mode is intended primarily for routine maintenance and system maintenance:
\n\n\n\n
The use of the System implies the following scenario:
\n\nA tool for operational business analysis - data will be presented in a unified manner, allowing Users to form management and analytical reporting.
\n\nThe model includes two main scenarios:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t СИСТЕМа УЧЕТА И мониторинга \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n General model of using IS scripts:
\n\n
p. 4.1.4.1 “General Scenario Model”
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
p. 4.1.4.2 “Script Action Diagram”
\n\n\n\n
Analysis and reporting on data received from the Assets of the Agency 001.
\n\nThis scenario implies the receipt by the User of the Agency's management of data from enterprises with state participation, analysis of the enterprise and the formation of a report on the activities of the enterprise, taking into account the indication of the fulfillment of planned indicators.
\n\nProcess steps:
\n\n\n\n
This scenario implies the receipt by the User of the Central Office of the Agency of data on the analytical report generated by the User of the Agency's management. The user of the Agency's Central Office consolidates data according to various criteria, generates a consolidated analytical report and publishes it in order to form an opinion on making certain decisions.
\n\nProcess steps:
\n\nAdditional scenarios for the actions of each subsystem included in the delivery of the System will be reflected in the appropriate additions to this technical assignment at the design and development stage of the system.
\n\n\n\n
Software diagnostics should be performed using standard system operating system modes, individual workstation operating systems, and by running a test case.
\n\nSoftware modules must have components according to the testing and testing methodology, which allow to control the possibility of functioning of the main modes of operation of the modules.
\n\nDuring the operation of the system, testing and diagnostics of software and hardware should be carried out by the system administrator in automatic mode when it starts.
\n\nAs part of the development of the Program and Test Methodology, a test case must be formed to ensure that the nodes are operable and that interacting information systems are connected both during the initial installation and loading of the database, and in the course of daily work.
\n\nThe test procedure will be carried out in accordance with the work plan indicated in Table 5.
\n\n\n\n
The system must be modernized and without a radical change in structure and composition, if it is necessary to use more modern high-performance technologies. Provide the ability to add new modules and additional systems (subsystem) to the existing software package or the ability to support a stepwise update - meaning that newer modules can be used in an existing system with previously installed ones. A software modularity approach should be provided.
\n\nIn this case, the minimum allowable service life of the System must be at least 10 years.
\n\nInformation interaction between the components of the System will be carried out on the basis of standard exchange formats. Methods and means of communication should provide:
\n\nData exchange with other information systems should be carried out according to agreed formats and data transfer protocols.
\n\nThe interaction of the System with third-party information systems is planned to be carried out using industrial integration tools.
\n\nThe system must support the use of a WEB client. Provide the ability to use any device (smartphone, tablet or PC).
\n\nInformation exchange between the ACS and external information systems should be carried out by calling the services provided by the components and using message queues.
\n\nThe system should be able to interact with the following external information systems (if technically possible):
\n\nThe interaction of the System with third-party IS and scenarios of their use will be reflected in the corresponding technological instructions at the design stage. The technological instructions will indicate the protocols for receiving and transmitting data, the list and formats of the transmitted data and the lists of third-party databases used.
\n\nWhen interacting with third-party information systems included in the National Information System, the requirements of O'z DSt 2590 will be taken into account.
\n\nIn order to ensure a further increase in the functionality of the system, it should be possible to add a list of external information systems and the composition of information transmitted and received in the course of information exchange between participants in information interaction within the framework of the creation, operation and modernization of the System.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The preliminary number of users of the System is up to 200 internal users. The total number of personnel of users of the information system being implemented is determined by the Contractor at the stage of the Terms of Reference and is agreed upon by the protocol with the Customer. Detailed requirements for functional groups, composition, number, qualifications of personnel should be determined at the stage of development and Formation of requirements for the system in accordance with the organizational structure determined at the stage of inspection of the automation object.
\n\n\n\n
Below is the estimated planned number of users of the System.
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Department / Management \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Number of users, people \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Internal departments of AUGA \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Director, head, deputy \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 30 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Specialist, employee \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 70 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Territorial administrations \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Director, head, deputy \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Specialist, employee \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 40 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Other users of Ministries and departments \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Director, head, deputy \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Specialist, employee \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 20 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t Observer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Total \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Director, head, deputy \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 60 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Specialist, employee \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 130 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Observer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Table 4.1.7.1. Planned number of users of the System
\n\nIn total, the approximate number of users of the System is 200 users involved in control, monitoring, analysis, and reporting, of which 60 are managers (directors, managers, deputies), 10 are observers. The system must assume at least 5 concurrent system administrators.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
In this case, the main roles between users are as follows:
\n\nObserver role: viewing reports;
\n\nRequirements for the procedure for training personnel of the System and control of knowledge and skills:
\n\n• The Contractor shall provide training separately for key users of the System;
\n\n• To control knowledge and skills in working with the System, questionnaires and a methodology for assessing the knowledge gained at the 5th stage should be developed (see Table 5.1).
\n\nDepending on the areas of activity, users study functional Systems and basic principles of administration.
\n\nIt is possible to organize user training according to their roles in the System. During training, an emphasis is placed on the functionality of the System that is most in demand for the user's role.
\n\nAdditional requirements are specified in clause 6.3 of this technical assignment.
\n\n\n\n
The staffing table of the System is also determined by the Contractor at the stage of development and Formation of requirements for the system and is agreed upon by the protocol with the Customer. The mode of operation of users is determined by the job descriptions of the personnel providing the solution of functional tasks.
\n\nThe operating mode of the service personnel should be determined based on the requirements for the time of the System operation.
\n\nIf it is necessary to ensure round-the-clock operation of the System, the organization of the on-call of the service personnel is required. Regardless of the operating mode of the System service personnel (normal or round-the-clock), the following must be ensured:
\n\n\n\n
The degree of adaptability of the system to changes in processes and management methods:
\n\nSystem performance:
\n\nAppointment indicators characterizing the degree of compliance of the System with the requirements for it for organizational and economic Informatization systems, in which the managerial decision and its implementation depend on the person, are difficult to Indicators of the degree of conformity of the System to the purpose
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The name of the purpose indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Explanation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reliability indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t They characterize the functional compliance of the System with the stated goals and the ability of the System to perform the specified functions in various conditions \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Validity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system must meet the stated goals and functional requirements of the technical specifications \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Security \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system must be able to prevent unauthorized access to data \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Operability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system should function in the specified modes in the absence of destabilizing influences \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consistency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system and documentation must have unambiguous, consistent descriptions for the same objects, functions, terms, definitions, etc. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 1.5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sustainability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system must have the ability to ensure continued operation of the System after the occurrence of deviations caused by destabilizing influences \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Performance indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t They characterize the degree of satisfaction of the user's need for obtaining information, taking into account the economic, time and other resources of the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system must be able to perform actions in the time interval that meets the specified requirements \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Profitability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system must be able to operate on the minimum resources of the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Manufacturability indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t They characterize the technological aspects that make it easy to eliminate errors in the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3.1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Modifiability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system should be capable of providing ease of making the necessary changes and improvements to the System during operation. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3.2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Repeatability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The System should use typical design solutions or components \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3.3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Structurality \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The system should consist of complexes that perform interrelated functions \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 4.1.7.1 Indicators of the degree of conformity of the System to the purpose
\n\n\n\n
Reliability indicators for the system should be determined by the current requirements for the reliability of automated information systems for authorities and authorities and can be specified in the technical design. Also in the technical project, methods and means of performing work in the event of system failures must be determined.
\n\nSystem reliability indicators: - system availability factor 0.9997; - recovery time for the entire system is no more than 2 hours; - recovery time for individual subsystems is no more than 1 hour.
\n\nAvailability is determined by the ratio of the time spent by the system in a healthy state to the total operating time.
\n\nRecovery time includes the time to identify an accident (failure) and eliminate its consequences. Including (if necessary) - restoring databases from archive copies.
\n\nThe following requirements are imposed on the reliability of the equipment:
\n\nThe following requirements are imposed on the reliability of power supply:
\n\nThe reliability of software should be ensured through the following organizational measures:
\n\nThe reliability of the system being created is ensured by:
\n\nThe reliability of the first stage of the System should be ensured by the possibility of recovery in the event of emergencies related to:
\n\nFailures and malfunctions in the operation of software, hardware and (or) software and hardware of automated workstations of the System users should not lead to general destruction of the data stored in the System. The quantitative values of the reliability indicators for the subsystems of the System, the achievement of which must be ensured, are presented in table 4.1.8.1
\n\nThe composition and description of the reliability indicators of the System are indicated in table 4.1.8.2
\n\n\n\n
Values of reliability indicators
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Index \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Meaning \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t The whole system \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Time to identify and neutralize current threats to information security \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t no more than 5 hours (provided that the data is saved in the System) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Recovery time of parameters of normal functioning after the implementation of a computer attack \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t no more than 10 hours (provided that the data is saved in the System) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Data visualization subsystem \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reliability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10,000 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability ratio \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.9995 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 99.95% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data loss tolerance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1 hour in (provided that the data is saved in the System) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Subsystem of distribution of roles and differentiation of access rights \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reliability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 6000 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability ratio \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.99 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 99.9% \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data loss tolerance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 4.1.8.1 Values of reliability indicators
\n\n\n\n
Composition of reliability indicators for the System
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Index \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Description \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Ability Systems perform coordinated function to within a specified time ((time operation systems - while idle) / time operation Systems * 100). Measured as a percentage \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability ratio \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The probability of that system will be in good working condition at an arbitrary moment of time, except for scheduled periods in during which the use of systems for other purposes not provided \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Data loss tolerance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Allowable period of time for which System data may be lost . Measured in hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Time to recovery \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Time interval from the moment of failure (detection of failure) of the System until the moment of restoration of its operational state. Measured in hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reliability \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The property of the System to continuously maintain an operational state for some time, or \n\n\t\t\tdevelopments. Measured in hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Time identifying and neutralization of actual threats to information security \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The permissible period of time for which it is necessary to identify and neutralize the actual threats to the security of the System's information . \n\n\t\t\tMeasured in hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Restoration time of parameters of normal operation after \n\n\t\t\timplementation of a computer attack \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The duration of the restoration of the System 's operational state after the implementation of a computer attack. \n\n\t\t\tMeasured in hours \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 4.1.8.2 Composition of reliability indicators for the System
\n\n\n\n
The required level of security must be ensured by the Customer through strict adherence to the rules of operation and maintenance of equipment recommended by the Contractors and developers of informatization tools.
\n\nInstallation and commissioning of the system, as well as its subsequent maintenance should not be associated with exposure of personnel to dangerous values of electric current, electromagnetic fields, acoustic noise, vibrations, etc.
\n\nThe design of the technical means must ensure the protection of service personnel from electric shock in accordance with the requirements of GOST 12.2.003 and GOST 12.2.007.0.
\n\nThe premises where the technical means of the system will be located must comply with the requirements of the guidance document RH 45-201: 2011.
\n\nAll external elements of the Complex's technical means that are energized must be protected from accidental contact, and the technical means themselves must have grounding or protective grounding in accordance with GOST 12.1.030-81.
\n\nThe power supply system must provide protective shutdown in case of overloads and short circuits in order to load, as well as emergency manual shutdown.
\n\nThe design of technical means should provide free access to individual units and elements for their maintenance and repair, convenient connection of power cables.
\n\nAll equipment included in the Complex must be serial and have appropriate certificates of conformity.
\n\nThe security of the premises in which the technical means of the Complex will be located should be ensured by the appropriate working group at the enterprise, responsible for both the operation of the system as a whole and for the implementation of this Terms of Reference.
\n\n\n\n
The System should provide for control and management tools that restrict the rights of users of the System for accounting and monitoring the activities of enterprises with state participation.
\n\nAccess to the System for recording and monitoring the activities of enterprises with state participation should be provided only for registered users who have passed the identification and authentication procedure.
\n\n"Protection of information from unauthorized access" must be ensured by a set of technical (hardware and software) security means of the System, including:
\n\nThe information protection system of the system in terms of protecting local area networks and workstations must comply with the requirements of national standards:
\n\n\n\n
The system must meet the following requirements for managing data access rights within the system:
\n\nThe name of the roles, their rights and the description of access should be generated at the “Design” stage.
\n\n\n\n
The system of accounting and monitoring of the activities of enterprises with state participation should provide for the means of backing up, archiving and restoring data.
\n\nThe servers on which the information system operates must be provided with uninterruptible power supplies for at least 15 minutes to shut down the operating system and applications when the primary power supply is interrupted.
\n\nEmergency situations for which the safety of information in the System for recording and monitoring the activities of enterprises with state participation should be ensured:
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Characteristics of the emergency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Measures to ensure the safety of information in the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Emergency elimination time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Power outage \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Failure (failure) of hard disk drives (disk array) of the server \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Backing up data to external media \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Failure (failure) of the server (processor, power supply, RAM, etc.) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Automatic transition of all functioning systems to a backup platform \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Failure (failure) of the system software \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Restore a saved backup within 15 minutes \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
A complete list of failures and their criteria will be clarified during the design and implementation of the project.
\n\n\n\n
In the premises with the located technical means, on which the System operates, climatic conditions must be ensured, determined by the requirements of the manufacturers of the used technical means.
\n\nSpecial requirements for protection against influence external influences are not presented.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
While working with the system, the operating personnel of the system should not experience the inconvenience associated with improper organization of the workplace or human interaction with the elements of the system.
\n\nThe equipment of the workplaces of the administrative personnel of the subsystem should ensure a continuous operation in the normal mode (without the need to leave the workplace to carry out production operations) a cycle of work in accordance with the operational and technological documentation.
\n\nAWS of users of the System must be equipped in accordance with SanPiN No. 0205-06 "Sanitary rules and hygienic requirements when working on personal computers, display terminals".
\n\n\n\n
The system must be designed for operation as part of the Customer's software and hardware complex. Technical and physical protection of the hardware components of the System, data carriers, uninterrupted power supply, resource reservation, routine maintenance is carried out by the technical
\nand organizational means of the Customer.
Periodic maintenance of the used technical means must be carried out in accordance with the requirements of the technical documentation of the Contractor
\n\nIt must be possible to operate the Complex
\naround the clock.
Installation kits of the Complex should be kept
\nby system administrators in rooms with limited controlled access.
To store and restore data in the system, DBMS tools or internal software tools of the Complex must be used. The implementation of these requirements must be ensured by appropriate organizational measures - routine maintenance of the system.
\n\nRequirements for operation and maintenance procedures for technical means (equipment) of the system are determined by the relevant operational documents and instructions from the manufacturer of the relevant equipment.
\n\nRequirements for operation and maintenance procedures required for the functioning of the Complex, system software (operating system, database, etc.) are determined by the relevant operational documents and instructions from the software manufacturer.
\n\nRequirements for the permissible areas for accommodating the Service personnel of the Complex are determined in accordance with the requirements of labor protection and safety standards established in the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nRequirements for the placement of technical means, the parameters of power supply networks and the operating conditions are developed on the basis of the corresponding technical conditions for the deployed hardware.
\n\n\n\n
The contractor must provide evidence of the patent frequency of the solution used in the form of licensing agreements or a license purchase agreement.
\n\nThe components of the System must be patent-free on the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nThe components of the System must meet the requirements for patent purity in accordance with the current legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nCopyright and property rights to the software provided are determined in accordance with the legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan.
\n\nWhen using programs (software systems or modules) developed by third parties, the conditions on which the right to use (execute) these programs is transferred should not impose restrictions that prevent the use of the system for its intended purpose.
\n\nThe supplier is liable in case of violation of the rights of third parties to own the intellectual property and copyrights of third parties.
\n\nNon-exclusive rights to the software of the System are transferred to the extent that guarantees the absence of claims from third parties.
\n\nThe System must use licensed software.
\n\n\n\n
When implementing this project, the standards in force in the Republic of Uzbekistan should be accepted for guidance.
\n\nThe equipment should use standard interfaces, technologies and data transfer protocols. The use of non-standard solutions is allowed in case of a significant increase in the efficiency of the system or the impossibility of using standard approaches.
\n\nSoftware and hardware that are subject to mandatory certification in accordance with the current legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan must have appropriate certificates.
\n\nUnification at the stage of implementation of the System should be ensured by a uniform approach to solving the same type of control and management tasks (typing algorithmic modules) and the creation of unified components of information, linguistic, software and hardware.
\n\nThe interaction of users with the application software included in the System should be carried out through a visual graphical interface (GUI).
\n\nCommunication should include:
\n\nAs part of the System software, uniform unified international classifiers and classifiers of the Republic of Uzbekistan should be used.
\n\n\n\n
It is necessary to provide for changes in the automation object:
\n\nTo provide flexible control over the movement of workplaces
\nwithin any one object, provide ways to reconfigure the system:
The operation of the system should not depend on the type of computing devices used (computing platform), and allow the possibility of their replacement with equipment of a different type.
\n\n\n\n
The technical support of the processing solution software should provide a service hotline 24 hours a day * 7 days a week * 365 days a year for telephone consultations and, if necessary, remote access to the system for urgent problem solving.
\n\nThe contractor must have a system for registering applications and monitoring them.
\n\nThe contractor provides a guarantee for a period of 12 months. During the warranty period, software errors are corrected free of charge.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The information system for accounting and monitoring the activities of enterprises with state participation will be designated from the following subsystems:
\n\nData visualization subsystem - designed to organize data presentation based on the data structure and develop the system user interface, including the development of data entry and display forms, reports and their printable forms, visualization tools for data samples in the form of diagrams and graphs. The subsystem should perform the following functions:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Function \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t The form \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Analysis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
\n\n
The data visualization subsystem should be able to generate the following reporting groups:
\n\nThe methodological component of the reporting forms, with the exception of the IFRS reporting form and its disclosure, is provided by the Customer at the Design stage.
\n\nInitially, the reporting forms in accordance with IFRS (enterprises and the financial and banking sector) will be filled out through the information portal kpi.davaktiv.uz by enterprises on the basis of their own calculations.
\n\n\n\n
List of reporting forms:
\n\nTable 4.2.1 - Forms of reporting in accordance with NAS
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Form No. 1 - balance sheet \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Long-term assets \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Current assets \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sources of own funds \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commitments \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Certificate of availability of valuables recorded on off-balance sheet accounts \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deciphering overdue receivables and payables - overdue receivables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Overdue payables \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Form No. 2 - Statement of financial results \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Form -2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Form No. 4 - statement of cash flows \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Operating activities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Investment activities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial activities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Taxation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of cash flow in foreign currency \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Form No. 5 - statement of equity capital \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Form No. 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Table 4.2.2 - Forms of reporting on key performance indicators.
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Key Performance Indicators - Industrial \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t List of key KPIs \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t List of additional key performance indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key performance indicators - banking sector \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Indicators of assets and liabilities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Compliance with normative indicators in the bank \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Trust Fund Tax and Payments \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Distribution of net profit \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t External credit lines / Eurobonds \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sponsorship \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Amount of workers \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Key performance indicators - insurance companies \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Indicators of assets and liabilities \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Compliance with normative indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Trust Fund Tax and Payments \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Distribution of net profit \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t External debt \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sponsorship \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Amount of workers \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Table 4.2.3- Reporting forms - business plan
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Business plan \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Production facilities (works and services) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Production volume (Works and services) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Taxes and payments to trust funds \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Distribution of net profit \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Debentures \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t External debt \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Foreign trade and foreign economic activity of the enterprise. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Important performance indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Production of products included in the localization program \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Investment projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sponsorship \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The number of employees \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Management and control bodies of state-owned enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Changes in the composition of the supervisory board, the executive body of the audit commission. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
Table 4.2.4 - Management reporting forms
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Management reporting \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information on the production indicators of enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Production indicators \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t About business plans of state-owned enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t On the state of the analysis of the activities of enterprises with state participation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Payment of dividends by state-owned enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t According to the results of 9 months of the reporting year, state enterprises operating in the territory of the republic. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Financial recovery of state-owned enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Information about the labor resources of enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Production of products included in the localization program \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Investment projects. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Sponsorship \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The number of employees \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Management and control bodies of state-owned enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Changes in the composition of the supervisory board, the executive body of the audit commission. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
Table 4.2.5 - Preliminary reporting forms in accordance with IFRS
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Preliminary IFRS reporting forms - enterprises \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of financial position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of comprehensive income \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of changes in equity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Cash flow statement (direct method) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
| \n\t\t\t \n\n\t\t\t Preliminary reporting forms under IFRS - (financial and banking sector) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of financial position \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of comprehensive income \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Profit or loss statement \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Statement of changes in equity \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Cash flow statement \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
At the same time, the tools of the business analysis system should allow generating reports in a graphical form with various levels of complexity. Below is the graphic design of this kind of reporting (dashboards, graphs, diagrams, territorial dashboards, etc.).
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
p. 4.2.1 – Example of visualization of predictive analysis
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
p. 4.2.1 – An example of visualization of a territorial dashboard
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
p. 4.2.1 – An example of KPI visualization
\n\nTime schedule for the implementation of each function, tasks:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Interim regulation requirements \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t The entire period of operation of the system upon user initiation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Grouping data in different sections defined by the data hierarchy down to the lowest level of detail; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Grouping data from different levels of the hierarchy; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Creation and saving of fixed groupings of data available in subsequent sessions of work with the system after the completion of the current one; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Creation of templates defining the sequential steps of the analysis with the support of the interactive mode; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Ranking, sorting and filtering by various categories and indicators; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Creation of multi-section reports with different levels of data grouping; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Ranking values of measurement categories by values of indicators; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Analysis of trends over time; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Pie charts; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Column charts are two-dimensional; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Column charts are three-dimensional; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Line charts; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Scatter plots; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Simultaneous output of data in tabular and graphical form; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Formation of balanced and unbalanced nested pivot tables; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Calculations over the values of indicators for arbitrary groups of measurement categories; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Conditional formatting of indicators depending on their values; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Displaying indicators in the form of absolute values and shares of total values; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Export of slices of multidimensional cubes in various formats. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t The entire period of operation of the system \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Creation of a set of standard report templates that make it easier for the user to build standard reports; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Setting the parameters of reports in the interactive mode; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Flexible data manipulation; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Data scaling (drill-down); \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Possibilities of data aggregation by arbitrary indicators; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Requirements for the quality of implementation of functions, tasks.
\n\nAll functions and tasks must have a characteristic of accuracy and execution time, determined by the operating regulations.
\n\n\n\n
List of failure criteria for each function:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Function \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Refusal criteria \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Recovery time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability ratio \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t The form \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 ocloc'k \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.85 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Analysis \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.75 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Performance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.75 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The subsystem of distribution of roles and access rights is designed to provide the following functions:
\n\nThe subsystem should perform the following functions:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Function \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t User management and monitoring \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Access rights management \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Identification and authentication mechanisms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
The time schedule for the implementation of each function, task is determined for the entire period of the system's operation.
\n\nRequirements for the quality of implementation of functions, tasks.
\n\nAll functions and tasks must have a characteristic of accuracy and execution time, determined by the operating regulations.
\n\nList of failure criteria for each function:
\n\n| \n\t\t\t Function \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Refusal criteria \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Recovery time \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Availability ratio \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t User management and monitoring \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.75 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Access rights management \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12 hours \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.75 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t Identification and authentication mechanisms \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t One of the tasks of the function is not being performed. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 8 ocloc'k \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 0.85 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
\n\n
\n\n
The sources with which the integration is performed satisfy the following assumptions:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The software of the System must ensure the implementation of the functions listed in this TT, as well as the performance of configuration, programming, database management and documentation operations. The system must ensure the implementation of the required algorithms for control, regulation and protection, information display, signaling and data archiving.
\n\nThe software of the System should include:
\n\nTypical and developed methods and algorithms for collecting and processing information (including data entry into a PC, data reliability control, etc.);
\n\nSoftware algorithms must meet the following requirements:
\n\nAlgorithms for searching and sorting data used in solving almost all functional problems of the System should be based on procedures in the system software and used in the System. These algorithms should ensure the search for information by the specified values of the features, the formation of the specified information structures and the performance of the necessary operations on them.
\n\nAlgorithms for generating output documents should be as unified as possible, allow, if necessary, to quickly change the forms of documents and use standard procedures and software.
\n\nAlgorithms for solving problems, if necessary, can include optimization methods and heuristic procedures for specific problems.
\n\n\n\n
Information support should be sufficient to perform all automated functions of the System.
\n\nThe information support of the System should be a collection of data and data management tools, which are designed for integrated information processing and software solution of functional tasks.
\n\n\n\n
The software and hardware of the components of the information system being implemented must comply with the data exchange standards using the TCP / IP protocol stack.
\n\nInformation exchange between software components of subsystems should be carried out using standard protocols and technologies: web-services, JMS messaging, HTTP / HTTPS, EJB, file transfer (FTP, SFTP), LDAP, JDBC, etc.
\n\nInformation exchange between the software components of the subsystems and the browser should be carried out using the HTTP / HTTPS protocols.
\n\nThe software and hardware that ensure the interaction of the System with the users of the System must support the current versions of the following browsers supported by the manufacturer:
\n\nAt the time of the start of commercial operation of the System, consider the versions available for download on the download pages of the official websites of browser manufacturers as the current supported versions of browsers.
\n\nFor browsers that support two ways of browsing the web, a touch-optimized Windows user interface, and a familiar touch-based interface, the latter should be supported.
\n\n\n\n
The linguistic support of the System, whenever possible, should provide for the use of a single logical and conceptual interface for users and designers. Including:
\n\nThe information in the database must be stored in the language in which it was entered into it. The choice of the current data input language for the database depends on the current legislative acts of the Republic of Uzbekistan and must support input in Uzbek and Russian.
\n\nApplication software development should be carried out in high-level languages. Users must interact with the system at the graphical user interface level.
\n\nAll functions of the system, prior to their full implementation into industrial operation, must provide a Russian-language user interface.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
The System software must have the following characteristics:
\n\nIf the software manufacturer does not have technical documentation in the state (Uzbek) language, the translation of the technical documentation into the state language is carried out by the Customer.
\n\nAll software must be guaranteed for at least 1 year.
\n\nThe systems should be able to interact with leading foreign IT systems:
\n\n\n\n
The composition of information, control functions of the system, measured parameters of the control object, their exact characteristics, metrological characteristics will be determined and agreed upon during the implementation of the project stage “Formation of requirements for the system”.
\n\nMetrological compatibility of the technical means of the system is ensured through the choice of compatible technical means by the developer.
\n\nThere are no additional requirements for metrological support.
\n\n\n\n
There are no requirements for the existing technical support.
\n\nThe optimal requirements for technical support for the proposed software product should be indicated in the technical proposal by the participants in the procurement procedure.
\n\nIn the process of developing and deploying an analytical reporting system, a test and production environment is required. These should be independent servers used for testing, training and deploying the system.
\n\nThe calculation methods used in solving system problems, as well as, if necessary, other specific requirements for the implementation of tasks, are detailed by the Contractor based on the results of a preliminary survey of the Customer's IT structure and are agreed with the Customer.
\n\nSystems should be implemented on the basis of current regulatory legal acts and organizational and administrative documents.
\n\nMethods and instructions for performing operations in the Systems by users must be developed and approved in the prescribed manner.
\n\nThe methodological support includes:
\n\nThe composition of the methodological support can be specified in the process of technical and detailed design and is agreed with the customer.
\n\nNormative and technical documentation must comply with the requirements of regulatory legal acts and be developed in accordance with the following standards:
\n\nThe contractor assumes obligations for quality assurance results obtained during the performance of work. The minimum period for providing a quality guarantee for work is 12 months plus 1 working day from the date of acceptance of the results of work by the Customer (the date of the signing by the Customer of the Certificate of Acceptance of Works).
\n\nThe Contractor is responsible for defects and deficiencies found during the warranty period. In case of revealing defects and deficiencies during the warranty period, the Contractor performs work to eliminate them free of charge, including if during operation it is revealed that the System does not correspond to the purpose indicators declared in its Private Terms of Reference and / or Technical Design. The deadline for eliminating defects and deficiencies is established by agreement between the Customer and the Contractor, but should not exceed one month.
\n\nThe implementation of the requirements of this TT should be carried out in several stages. The composition and content of the work by stages is shown in the table below. The list of stages and stages of the work performed on the implementation of the automated system is indicated in accordance with O'zDSt 1986: 2018 Information technology. Information Systems. Stages of creation.
\n\nPreliminary stages of work (table 5.1):
\n\n\n\n
List of stages and stages of work on the creation of the System
\n\n\n\n
| \n\t\t\t Stage number \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Name of works and their content \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Deadline \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Contractor (organization) \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t How the stage ends \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Start \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The ending \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Formation of requirements for the System: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t September 2021 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t October \n\n\t\t\t2021 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Executor \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Site survey report; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System concept development: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t October 2021 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t November \n\n\t\t\t2021 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Technical task: \n\n\t\t\tDrawing up the Terms of Reference for the creation of the system and its form \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t November \n\n\t\t\t2021 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t February \n\n\t\t\t2022 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Terms of reference for data marts in terms of the received reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Design: \n\n\t\t\t1. Development of design solutions for the system and its parts. Testing; \n\n\t\t\t2. Development of documentation for the System and its parts; \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t February \n\n\t\t\t2022 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t May \n\n\t\t\t2022 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Development specifications, data mappings in terms of the received reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Working documentation: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t May \n\n\t\t\t2022 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t June \n\n\t\t\t2022 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Working documentation for the development of reporting \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commissioning: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t June \n\n\t\t\t2022 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t February 2023 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t
Guides : \n\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System Maintenance: \n\n\t\t\t
| \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t February 2023 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 5.1 Preliminary stages of work.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Preliminary work schedule (table 5.2):
\n\n| \n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Год \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2021 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 2022 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t № \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Этап \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 09.21 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10.21 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 11.21 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12.21 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 01.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 02.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 03.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 04.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 05.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 06.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 07.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 08.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 09.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 10.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 11.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 12.22 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 01.23 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 02.23 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 1 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Formation of requirements for the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 2 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System concept development \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 3 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Technical task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 4 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Design \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 5 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Working documentation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 6 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commissioning \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t 7 \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System Maintenance \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Within 12 months \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t |
Tab. 5.2 Preliminary work schedule.
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
Control and acceptance of the System must be carried out in accordance with the requirements of O'zDSt 1986: 2018 Information technology. Information Systems. Stages of creation.
\n\nBoth the System as a whole and its individual stages (launch complexes), subsystems and individual tasks can be subject to control, testing and acceptance.
\n\nThe following main types of tests are established for the System:
\n\nTo plan the conduct of all types of tests, the documents "Program and Test Methodology" of the corresponding types of tests are being developed, which must establish the necessary and sufficient scope
\nand timing of tests to ensure the specified reliability of the results obtained. The test program and methodology can be developed
\nfor the System as a whole and (or) its parts. Tests (test cases) can be included as an attachment.
When testing the System, compliance with the Terms of Reference (TOR) for the creation of the System should be checked and established as follows:
\n\nSystem tests are carried out at the Customer's site. By agreement between the Customer and the Supplier, preliminary tests and acceptance of the System software may be carried out on the Supplier's technical means when conditions are created for obtaining reliable test results.
\n\nThe status and composition of the acceptance committee is determined by the Customer.
\n\nBased on the test results, protocols are drawn up with a list of comments and acts of completion of tests, on the basis of which a decision is made on the possibility (or impossibility) of transition to the next type of test or acceptance of the System into permanent operation. The types of tests can be repeated until all comments to the System are eliminated and the operational documentation is corrected accordingly.
\n\nTests of the System are performed after debugging
\nand testing of the supplied software and hardware of the System
\nand the submission by the Contractor of the relevant documents about their readiness for testing, as well as after familiarization of the Customer's technical specialists with the operational documentation of the System.
In the process of operation and testing, the readiness of individual parts, complexes and tasks of the System, as well as the presented documentation, is checked for operation in real conditions. Operation of the System and its parts begins from the moment of approval of the acceptance certificate for operation.
\n\nAdditional requirements of the Customer arising in the process of preliminary tests and operation, which are not provided for in the terms of reference, are not grounds for a negative assessment of the results of operation and testing. They can be satisfied by an additional agreement within an agreed time frame.
\n\n\n\n
At the first stage, the check should be carried out in accordance with the program
\nand methodology for preliminary tests of the experimental segment, developed by the Contractor and approved by the Customer.
At the stage of trial operation of the experimental segment, an assessment of the completeness of the adopted design decisions should be made, and requirements for revision to a standard replicated solution can be formulated.
\n\nAfter completing the modifications, in accordance with the addendum to the TT, a program and methodology for acceptance tests should be developed.
\n\nPreliminary tests
\n\nPreliminary tests of the System are carried out to determine its operability and to resolve the issue of the possibility of transferring the System into operation.
\n\nPreliminary tests are carried out at a specially equipped stand.
\n\nOn a larger scale, preliminary tests include 3 stages.
\n\nPilot industrial operation
\n\nPilot industrial operation of the System is carried out to determine the correctness of the design decisions and the constructed information model, to determine the degree of compliance of the System functionality with the users' requirements and the degree of convenience of working with the user graphical interface.
\n\nOperations management works include:
\n\nDuring the operation of the System, a work log is kept in which information is entered on the duration of operation, failures, failures, emergency situations, changes in the parameters of the modernization object, corrections of documentation and software, adjustment of technical means. The information is recorded in the journal with the date and the person in charge. The journal may contain staff comments on the convenience of the System operation.
\n\nInformation entered into the System at the stage of test operation must be deleted from the data warehouse during the transition to the stage of operation and cannot be used to generate any official reporting forms.
\n\nIndustrial exploitation
\n\nOperation of the System, put into operation in accordance with the established procedure, in accordance with the project and the safety of which is confirmed by tests at the stage of pilot operation.
\n\n\n\n
Below are the main stages and stages performed by the Contractor for the implementation of IP, established in contracts and terms of reference based on O'zDSt 1986: 2018 Information technology. Information Systems. Stages of creation. The main stages of IS implementation are:
\n\nThe project implementation methodology should be based on the Waterfall methodology.
\n\nRASCI matrix (distribution of responsibilities between project participants)
\n\n| \n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Responsible | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t The Project Participant performing the Work to achieve the Project Result. Responsible for the achievement of the Result \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t A \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Approver | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A project participant who approves the correctness and completeness of the work. Accepts the Results of the Works. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Support | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A project participant who provides support within his competence for the Responsible. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t C \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Consulted | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A project participant whose opinion (resources) is taken into account to create the Project Results. Subject matter experts. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t I \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Informed | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A project participant who is informed about the progress of the Work on the creation of the Project Results. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 6.2.1 RASCI Matrix (Distribution of Responsibilities among
\nProject Participants)
\n\n
Responsibility matrix for project results
\n\n| \n\t\t\t No. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Stage \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Responsible \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t results \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t|
| \n\t\t\t Executor \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Customer \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t||
| \n\t\t\t 1. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Formation of requirements for the System \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. Terms of reference for a business analysis system; \n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 2. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t System concept development \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. Project charter; \n\n\t\t\t2. Schedule of the project; \n\n\t\t\t3. Report on the results of the work. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 3. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Technical task \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R, A, C \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Terms of reference for data marts in terms of the received reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t1. NSBU; \n\n\t\t\t2. KPI; \n\n\t\t\t3. Fulfillment of the business plan, production indicators, personnel report; \n\n\t\t\t4. Management reporting; \n\n\t\t\t5. IFRS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 4. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Design \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R, A, C \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Development specifications, data mappings in terms of the received reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t1. NSBU; \n\n\t\t\t2. KPI; \n\n\t\t\t3. Fulfillment of the business plan, production indicators, personnel report; \n\n\t\t\t4. Management reporting; \n\n\t\t\t5. IFRS \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 5. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Working documentation \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t A, C, S \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t 1. Working documentation for the development of reporting \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
| \n\t\t\t 6. \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Commissioning \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t R, A, C \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t Reporting on: \n\n\t\t\t1. NAS \n\n\t\t\t2. KPI \n\n\t\t\t3. Implementation of the business plan, performance indicators, personnel; \n\n\t\t\t4. Management reporting \n\n\t\t\t5. IFRS \n\n\t\t\tGuides: \n\n\t\t\t1. Business Analysis System User Guide \n\n\t\t\t2. Business Analysis System Administrator's Guide \n\n\t\t\t3. Acceptance test procedure \n\n\t\t\t4. Acceptance test report \n\t\t\t | \n\t\t
Tab. 6.2.2 Responsibility matrix for project results
\n\nIn the Project, in order to effectively adapt employees to changes in processes, it is required to perform work on Organizational Change Management in the following areas:
\n\nCommunication
\n\nKey tasks:
\n\nEnsure general awareness and understanding of all stakeholders about the objectives, scope, benefits and achievements of the Project:
\n\nOrganizational Design
\n\nKey tasks:
\n\nEducation
\n\nKey tasks:
\n\nTraining of the system implementation project team:
\n\nPreliminary estimate of the number of employees for training:
\n\n• Professional training - business users: 50 people
\n\n• Professional training - technical specialists: 20 people.
\n\n• Training of employees should be conducted in the language agreed with the Customer.
\n\n• Training must be conducted in person on the territory of the Customer (by agreement with the Customer, the option of online training may be agreed upon).
\n\n• The skills acquired during the training must fully cover the functional skills of the Customer's specialists.
\n\n\n\n
Methodological support for Organizational Change Management
\n\nKey tasks:
\n\nAssess the impact of change and readiness for change
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
By the time the acceptance tests are carried out, all comments on the operation of engineering systems that ensure the functioning of the Customer's data center must be eliminated.
\n\nBy the end of the period of trial operation, the maintenance personnel of the system must fully master the practical skills of working with the software and hardware complex.
\n\nTo prepare the facility for commissioning the System, the Customer must perform the following work:
\n\nTo prepare an object for commissioning the System, the executing company must:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
The sources for the development of this technical task are state industry standards of the Republic of Uzbekistan, guidelines and methodological materials:
\n\n\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
\n\n
During the execution of the Project, the following conditions are expected to be met:
\n\nProviding conditions for the successful work of the project team, the availability of the necessary infrastructure, including premises and equipment for the functioning of the System.
\n\n"},{"id":"OP00096979","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"21-Sep-2020","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2020-10-23T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"09:30","project_ctry_name":"Viet Nam","project_id":"P164410","project_name":"Revenue Administration Reform Support (RARS)","bid_reference_no":"CS-QCBS-B01","bid_description":"Consulting services on the: Overall model of tax management and business process redesign; Overall architecture of IT system for taxation business; Tax accounting","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"123 Lo Duc Street, Hai Ba Trung District, Hanoi","contact_ctry_name":"Viet Nam","contact_email":"rars.pmu@gdt.gov.vn","contact_name":"Dang Ngoc Minh","contact_organization":"General Department of Taxation","contact_phone_no":"84 24 39712555","contact_web_url":"www.gdt.gov.vn","submission_date":"2020-09-21T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)
Country: Vietnam
Name of Project: Revenue Administration Reform Support (RARS) Project
Financing Grant No.: TF0A9380
Assignment Title: Consulting services on the Overall model of tax management and business process reengineering; Overall architecture of IT system for taxation business; Tax accounting
Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): CS-QCBS-B01
General Department of Taxation (GDT) has received a grant from Policy and Human resource Development Fund (PHRD) of the Government of Japan – trust fund administered by the World Bank - through Financing Grant No. TF0A9380 dated August 02, 2019 towards the Revenue Administration Reform Support Project (hereafter called as RARS), and intends to apply part of the proceeds for the captioned consulting services.
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.
The Project Management Unit for RARS project now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:
+ The Consultant must have at least 10 years of experience in public finance management consultancy for ministerial or governmental finance/tax administration agencies or national governments or territories or states for federal government and/or finance or revenue management consultancy for large global or multinational corporations.
+ The Consultant must have at least 10 years of experience in ICT solution consultancy including the consultancy on overall ICT architecture, ICT system implementation model applied in public administration for ministerial or governmental finance or tax administration agencies or national governments or territories/states for federal government and/or finance or revenue administration for large global or multinational corporations.
+ In the last 10 years, the Consultant must have experience in implementation of at least two (2) successful consultancy contracts in business process analysis for ministerial or governmental finance or tax administration agencies or national governments or territories or states for federal government, including at least one (1) consultancy contract on modern tax administration business process reengineering for ministerial tax administration agencies or national governments.
+ In the last 10 years, the Consultant must have experience in implementation of at least two (2) successful consultancy contracts implementing ICT solutions in public administration for ministerial or governmental finance or tax administration agencies or national governments or territories or states for federal government and/or finance/revenue administration for large global or multinational corporations, including at least one (1) consultancy contract on modern ICT solutions for ministerial tax administration agencies or national governments, including assigned tasks in the following areas:
+ The Consultant must provide its profile with the copies of successfully implemented contracts and contact information for evidence and confirmation of relevant qualifications to the requirements.
+ The Consultant should demonstrate their capacity of providing the appropriate experts (with quality and quantity) during the entire project implementation as required in the TOR. However, Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” dated July 2016, revised November 2017 and August 2018 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost-Based Selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 08:00 to 17:00 hours (Vietnam time).
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 9:30 October 23rd, 2020 (Vietnam time).
Project Management Unit for Revenue Administration Reform Support Project (RARS)
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Consulting Services for Overall model of tax management and business process reengineering; Overall model of IT system for taxation business; Tax accounting
Revenue Administration Reform Support Project (RARS)
A. BACKGROUND
The Revenue Administration Reform Support Project (hereafter called as RARS) is a technical assistance project funded by a trust fund administered by the World Bank with a grant from Policy and Human Resource Development Fund (PHRD) of the Government of Japan) to the Government of Viet Nam. The governing agency is Ministry of Finance and the project owner is the General Department of Taxation (GDT)
The project objectives are to support to develop a transparent and complete tax policy institution, improve tax administration capacity, and reform tax administrative procedures
The project consists of 3 components:
Each component will include activities and summarized as follows:
Component 1. Institutional Development
1.1. Supporting tax policies amendment:
This activity will support the review of tax policies through the revision of legislative reform packages of core tax instruments and the preparation of new tax policies proposed by MOF against the reform objectives of the 2016-2020 Strategy. Specific activities are as below:
(i) Assessing tax spending:
Activities and expected outputs include:
(ii) Assessing revenue structure:
Activities and expected outputs include:
1.2. Hiring consultants to develop a full-fledged Large Taxpayer Department (LDT):
Hiring consultants to build and develop an LDT model with full functions of tax collection, including reviewing current situation, researching, and proposing suitable models for Viet Nam; developing program for related tax policymaking.
Component 2. Tax Administration Capacity Development
This component will support the tax administration capacity development through the following activities and expected outputs:
2.1. Develop the tax authorities’ risk management capacity
2.2. Conduct assessment of current tax administration business processes and provide consultancy on IT system’s roadmap
Component 3. Project management and implementation capacity enhancement
This component will implement a program to enhance the project management capacity through:
B. BACKGROUND INFORMATION
B.1. Organization model and functions and tasks of GDT
The General Department of Taxation of Viet Nam is an organization under the Ministry of Finance, advising and assisting the Minister of Finance in state management of domestic revenues nationwide, including taxes, charges, fees and other revenues of the State budget (hereinafter referred to as tax), and carry out tax administration in compliance with laws. The organization structure of General Department of Taxation includes following departments: Policy department, Legal department, Tax revenue estimation department, Propagation and taxpayer service department, Tax declaration and accounting department, Debt collection and enforcement department, Tax administration department on small and medium enterprises and business households, individuals, International cooperation department, Internal examination department, Organization and personnel department, Finance-Administration department, the Office, Information Technology department, Tax Journal and Tax College.
As part of the implementation of the Prime Minister's Decision No.41/2018/QD-TTg dated September 25, 2018, on functions, tasks, powers and organization structure of the General Department of Taxation, GDT organization structure continues with the tax administration of model based on functions and taxpayer types. GDT organization structure is organized into a hierarchical system from the central to local levels according to administrative locations and regions for district tax bureaus: central level (the General Department of Taxation); provincial level (Department of Taxation); district or inter-district level (District Tax Bureau or Region Tax Bureau) with the principle of uniformity, in which the General Department of Taxation performs the task of study and development of legal documents on tax and tax administration as decentralized by the Ministry of Finance; study and development of tax administration business processes, guidance and arrangements of implementation of business processes, staffing and funding management to ensure consistency across the industry; Guidance and direction of the inspection, audit and supervision of the compliance of tax policies and laws, business processes and measures and domestic tax administration tasks nationwide.
In terms of the decentralization of taxpayer management, GDT is responsible for providing guidance and responses on tax policies; doing research and proposing specific unique mechanisms and policies and tax administration for large-scale enterprise with complex business activities in multiple industries, in a wide area; managing key and important sectors of the economy (coal, oil and gas, minerals, banks, aviation, etc.) with great impacts on the financial strategy of the national economy and contributions to state budget revenues. In particular, GDT directly manages:
a) Contracts, agreements on oil and gas exploration, development and exploitation with 100% of revenue allocated to the central budget;
b) Commercial banks and credit institutions; post and telecommunications enterprises with state capital; transportation and aviation services enterprises (except for land-related revenues, which are 100% allocated to local budgets to determine and issue tax notices, including non-agricultural land use tax; land use fees, land rental, registration charges).
c) Management of revenues:
- Capital recoveries of the central budget investments in economic organizations (including both principal and interest); dividends and profits in joint-stock companies and multiple-member limited liability companies with state capital represented by ministries, ministerial-level agencies, government agencies and other central agencies.
- The difference between the revenue greater than the expenditure of the State Bank of Vietnam payable to the State budget.
- Revenues from granting rights for mining licensed by the General Department of Geology and Minerals of Vietnam under the Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment.
- Revenues from the use of marine areas for marine areas under the delegated authority of the Central Government.
- Charges and fees including radio frequency use charges; charges for granting radio frequency use licenses; Fees for telecommunications operation rights; ...
- Enterprise income tax directly serving national defense and security recognized by the Ministry of Defense.
- Corporate income tax of security companies and service-delivery units of security companies and service-delivery units with revenues from delivery of public products and services.
The Department of Taxation is a specialized agency under the General Department of Taxation, with the tasks of steering, guiding and performing unified administration of tax collection and other revenues in its assigned areas; also under the management of provincial People’s Committee on certain aspects such as human resources, management and coordination with other levels in the consistent implementation of tax policies and laws and tax administration in a particular province. There are totally 63 Departments of Taxation and 727 subordinate divisions. Departments of Taxations perform the following tasks:
- Advise local governments on the consistent implementation of tax policies and tax administration in the respective provinces.
- Provide guidance, steering and perform tax audit and inspection to Bureaus of taxation in the execution of tax administration functions.
- Directly manage taxes for large and medium-sized enterprises, with the business operation involving many districts, provinces and cities; enterprises subject to VAT refund; managing large and important revenues, including: Value Added Tax, Excise Tax, Corporate Income Tax, Personal Income Tax with withholding method, fees, charges of organizations, enterprises under the management of provinces and cities.
In particular, Departments of Taxation manage state-owned enterprises, enterprises with state capital, foreign invested enterprises, large enterprises; project enterprises or enterprises directly implementing projects (in cases without establishment of project enterprises such as BOT, BTO, BT, BLT, BTL, O&M as specified by the law on investment; enterprises established and operating in manufacturing zones, industrial zones, economic zones, hi-tech zones, etc.
The Tax Bureau is an agency directly under the Department of Taxation, with responsibility of directly organizing the management of tax collection and other revenues in the locality in accordance with the law and the guidance of the superior tax authority; also under the management of district People’s Committee on certain aspects such as human resources, management and coordination with other levels in the consistent implementation of tax policies and laws and tax administration in districts. There are totally 415 Bureaus of Taxation and 2,973 subordinate teams. Departments of Taxations perform the following tasks:
- Advise local governments on the consistent implementation of tax policies and tax administration in the respective districts.
- Directly manage the remaining taxpayers, which are small enterprises, personal income taxpayers (without withholding at payers), registration fees, land use right transfer tax, housing tax, fees and charges incurred at district level, etc.).
B.2. Tax Administration activities
Viet Nam's tax authority currently manages more than 700,000 businesses; 1.8 million business households; 25 million personal income taxpayers; 12 million non-agricultural land use taxpayers and some other taxpayers.
Tax administration complies with the Tax Administration Law and guideline documents (Government decrees and Circulars of Ministry of Finance). Currently, there are two tax filing and payment mechanisms implemented simultaneously: (i) The taxpayers shall calculate, declare and pay taxes with full responsibility of their fulfillment of tax obligations as prescribed by laws (eligible enterprises, organizations and individuals with implementation of accounting books and invoice vouchers) and (ii) tax authorities shall calculate tax, notify the amount of tax payable to tax payers. In particular: the mechanism of taxpayers' self-calculation, self-declaration, self-payment and post-inspection is widely applied; the 2nd mechanism is applied to taxpayers without self-payment of tax obligations (business households with flat taxes) or without adequate tax base (for example non-agricultural land use tax).
Tax authorities manage tax collection for taxpayers in the area as decentralized. The tax yield is managed consistently at the central level. The allocation of revenues between central and local level complies with the provisions of the Budget Law, which stipulates the Central/Local regulatory rates for each revenue, tax, type of taxpayer and collection area.
Tax administration of Viet Nam has been supported by the information technology (IT) application since 1998. So far, most of tax administration at the 3-level tax authorities have been computerized. Tax authorities have provided electronic tax services to taxpayers (over 95% of businesses have done online tax procedures such as tax filing, payment, tax refund) and connected with government management agencies and relevant agencies for information exchange in the coordination of tax collection management (Treasury, Customs, Commercial banks, Business registration agencies, land management agencies, Public security agencies, vehicle registration agencies, etc.).
B.3. Tax administration business processes
With the organization model and functions and duties of tax authorities, GDT has built a complete set of tax administration business processes for the work performed by all authorities.
Most of the main tax administration functions of the tax authorities have business processes. The Tax Administration Business Processes are built in accordance with each tax administration function, including processes for supporting taxpayers, tax registration, processing of tax returns and payments, tax refund/exemption, and management of tax debt and debt enforcement, tax audit and inspection, etc. These are processes in line with the chain of operations of the tax administration cycle under mechanism of the taxpayer's self-declaration, self-calculation, and self-payment of taxes. In addition, another set of processes for management based on taxpayers or arising activities such as: Tax administration process for business individuals (flat tax payment), Tax administration process for individual property lease. In addition, there are also Processes for inspection and supervision of internal operations such as internal inspection process, process of resolving tax complaints.
Business processes are developed and implemented consistently at 3 management levels of the tax authorities (General Department of Taxation, Department of Taxation, Tax Bureau). Information Technology has been applied to support most or all key processes such as tax registration, declaration processing, tax debt management process, etc. However, some processes are not supported by IT system but are carried out manually by tax officials or captured in other software, such as the Process of communication and supporting taxpayers.
GDT initially approached the tax administration based on risk assessment which has been included in several steps in each process such as Tax Registration Management Process, Tax Filing Management Process, Tax Audit, and Inspection Process, etc. However, the current GDT’s business processes are built by functional units based on their task requirements, resulting in excessive customization of the information technology solution (SAP TRM) and unintended consequences in management of IT infrastructure, and management of taxpayers’ compliance.
B.4. Current IT information system supporting Tax administration
B4.1. Application
Tax administration of Viet Nam has been supported by the information technology (IT) application since 1998.
1998 – 2010: GDT (the central agency) worked with several domestic IT companies to develop tax administration applications and deploy them consistently to all local tax authorities. Tax administration applications in this period were single development applications, with distributed databases on servers located at each tax authority at province and district levels. Some applications were connected, with exchanged information with each other via the Local area Network (LAN) of each tax authority and with General Department-level applications through the national wide area network (WAN).
2010 - 2015: With the need for an IT application to support the implementation of the Personal Income Tax (PIT) Law, in parallel with the continued maintenance of decentralized applications in tax administration, the tax industry procured and deployed a COTS product of SAP (SAP-TRM) to manage PIT, named as PIT (implemented to manage only PIT).
2015 - present: The tax industry has developed a centralized tax administration system (TMS) based on an upgrade of PIT system to manage other taxes and with consistent deployment nationwide.
TMS centralized tax management system is implemented to replace about 16 single tax management applications, which is an integrated tax management system that allows the centralized processing and management of tax administration information nationwide to meet the tax administration requirements. The TMS application currently supports the main tax administration functions such as: Capturing of receipt and return of tax records between tax authorities and taxpayers; Tax registration and taxpayer information management; Tax declaration/tax voucher processing, Tax accounting, Debt management and tax debt enforcement.
TMS has been successfully implemented across the country with significant improvements in tax collection progress, in the exchange of information flows between GDT and the Ministry of Finance, and efficiency through significant reduction in the number of information systems managed by GDT.
However, TMS does not fully cover the tax administration requirements of the tax industry. Several tax administration activities are supported by applications but outside TMS such as:
These applications are supporting tax administration, but the connection and information exchange with TMS are not real time. Several applications such as electronic tax application and information exchange portal with agencies exchange information with TMS through intermediaries. A number of applications related to tax administration data of taxpayers are not connected with TMS. The data storage is implemented in multiple places, resulting in a waste of resources; multiple platforms in use makes the system maintenance and upgrade become complicated.
In addition, GDT’s current regulations and business processes have not been modernized, leading to excessive customization of the original SAP-TRM solutions and resulting in unexpected consequences in management of IT infrastructure, management of taxpayers' compliance and management of tax costs.
B4.2. IT Infrastructure:
During the implementation of TMS, the IT infrastructure with hardware platforms, communication infrastructure, internet and database center (including Production and DR systems) has been selected and installed (the IT infrastructure of the tax industry is one of the largest and most modern among government organizations).
The communication infrastructure, data center, Internet, network connection at tax authorities are designed with fiber optic cables, broadband and with lease line for tax industry, to ensure smooth connectivity within the industry and with a focus on safety and security.
However, the equipment has been used over a period and needs to be reviewed and evaluated for any upgrade and replacement due to rapid growth of data and close to warranty expiry date.
B4.3. Issues
A critical problem for the current TMS system is the support from SAP for the current version of SAP-TRM will expire in 2025 and any upgrade will actually require the complete deployment of a newer version. Therefore it has become mandatory for GDT to transform the existing TMS tax adminsitration system to a new one. This is also an excellent opportunity for Viet Nam tax industry to evaluate the current IT system and develop an overall IT model for the next period which will enable to address the issues of the existing system and to meet tax administration requirements in the next 10 to 15 years.
B.5. Tax accounting
TMS enables capturing the fulfillment of tax obligations, fees, charges, overdue payment, fines, and other revenues; payment status with the state budget; status of refunding state budget revenues to taxpayers.
However, GDT’s current tax accounting faces several issues which need solutions associated with IT solutions as follows:
B.6. Future development orientations of Tax Authorities
In the period of 2021-2030 with the goal of becoming a modern, effective and efficient tax authority with transparent tax administration, towards good international standards based on the application of advanced achievements of science and technology to tax administration and service delivery to taxpayers, Vietnamese tax authorities have identified numerous key development orientations as follows:
Organization structure:
Tax authorities need an organization restructuring to cater for the increasing workload with increasingly complex operations, while administrative costs and human resources of tax authorities are limited. Several strategic orientations until 2030 are as follows:
Functions and tasks:
Along with the development of the country's economy, the task of revenue administration of tax authorities is increasing with the more taxpayers and more complex operations, especially activities related to prevention of tax base erosion such as transfer pricing, money laundering through multinational companies and corporations; Expanding the tax base, developing and implementing the property tax law; the Government's reforms with additional tasks assigned to tax authorities, such as the management of other revenue collections (other than taxes and fees) or collection of social insurance payments.
Tax administration:
Modernization of tax administration:
C. OBJECTIVES OF THE CONSULTING SERVICES
C.1. OVERALL OBJECTIVES
To assist GDT in tax administration reform and modernization, in order to enable GDT to evolve into a more modern and efficient revenue tax administration through the selection and application of globally realistic practices and workflows, supported by a successfully implemented tax administration IT system.
Provide GDT with well-documented roadmap for the purpose of making decisions on the ultimate approach to procuring a revenue management ICT application system.
This consultancy will be preceded by a separate foundational consultancy on further developing the overall tax administration model for the GDT. The output of the preceding consultancy is proposed improvements in the overall model of tax administration for Viet Nam based on tax administration global practices, ensuring gains in efficiency and effectiveness, and being consistent with the taxation reform strategy for the period of 2021-2030, vision to 2045. The activities of the current consultancy will consider and be based on the results of the consultancy on the overall tax administration model as far as these results have been approved by the GDT.
C.2 SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES
1. Consultancy on tax administration Business Process Reengineering (BPR) and ICT Architecture
This activity requires the Consultant to recommend improvements to the GDT tax administration business processes based on international good practice in development and operation of successfully implemented revenue administration business processes in several countries. Taking into consideration the revised tax administration model the consultancy will support the reform of GDT business processes and suggest to the extent required revisions to the Tax Administration legal and regulatory framework to ensure the necessary legal basis for the revised processes. The consultancy will identify these options for business process reform and the legal and regulatory requirements for such reforms.
In parallel with tax administration business process reengineering, the consultancy will propose an ICT architecture for tax administration business of Vietnam taxation system, of which the conformity with the ICT application system will be a strategic condition to ensure the efficiency and cost effectiveness of the investment in the ICT system for revenue management.
This activity focuses on situational review and detailed assessment of current status and the need for IT system (hardware and software) for the purpose of tax administration of GDT; proposal of the overall, detailed architecture of tax administration IT system for the period of 2025-2035, in compliance with the Tax Administration Law, tax laws and guidelines documents, in accordance with the proposed overall model of tax administration and GDT’s tax administration reform strategy for the period of 2021-2030, vision to 2045.
2. Consultancy on the overall procurement model for the new tax administration IT system.
Drawing on the detailed outputs of the Business Process Reengineering and ICT Architecture, the consultant shall recommend the selection of a procurement model for a new revenue administration system, based on the analysis and comparison of the procurement model options of the modern tax administration agencies and advise GDT to select a procurement model to be implemented which will address the limitations of the current system, be in line with international practices, with appropriate costing and ultimate efficiency.
3. Consultancy on tax accounting
This activity requires the Consultant to provide GDT with international practices in the design and implementation arrangements of tax accounting systems with a specific focus on the tax accounting systems applied in advanced tax administrations of a similar size as the GDT in Viet Nam. The Consultant shall propose reform options for the tax accounting system in Viet Nam based on this international experience, including ensuring the alignment between the tax accounting implementation and provision of information for the purpose of tax administration in line with tax administration IT application system, as requested by tax authorities at various levels and governing bodies, in compliance with Viet Nam’s laws and regulations.
4. Consultancy to Prepare the bidding documents for the procurement of an IT system
Based on the proposed overall model of tax administration, and using inputs from the Business Process Reengineering and ICT Architecture consultancy outputs, the Consultant shall prepare a detailed bidding package including functional and technical specification document for procurement of a tax administration information system, including both software and hardware, with the objective of supporting GDT to procure a best fit tax administration IT system at the minimum cost to provide modern and efficient services to Viet Nam’s tax payers and to promote implementation workflows in line with international practices at tax authorities.
D. SCOPE OF SERVICES AND DELIVERABLES
To achieve the specific objectives stated in section C.2, the Consultant shall provide consulting services and technical assistance to GDT (but not limited to) for the following activities and tasks:
D.1. Consultancy on Business Process Reengineering and ICT Architecture
D1.1 Business Process Reengineering
The consultant shall:
D1.1.1 Conduct an analysis of the system and operation of the currently applied business processes in the three levels of tax authorities in Viet Nam. The consultant shall prepare a diagram of detailed business processes with breakdown into workflows, participants in the processes, interactions among units/departments to analyze the need to develop new business processes or adjust existing processes to implement the revised tax administration model and systems/ software supporting the processes. Develop precise suggestions for new or adjusted business processes as needed.
A high level, non-technical analysis suitable for senior management that will enable senior management to have a clear managerial picture of the As-Is state of GDT and its limitations and impact on the current business processes shall be prepared.
D1.1.2 Identify and analyze problems in business process applications, examine the potential for simplification, elimination of bottlenecks, and ways to increase tax administration efficiency and effectiveness and/or reduce the taxpayer compliance burden through the reengineering of specific business processes. To perform this task the consultant shall refer to international good practice examples in tax administration business process design and operation and aim at better aligning the GDT business processes with such international good practice. The consultant shall prepare an inventory of business processes to be reformed and suggest suitable reform options.
D1.1.3 Analyze to what extent proposed revised business processes are supported by the existing legal and regulatory framework for tax administration in Viet Nam. In case reform proposals elaborated by the consultant do not have a sufficient legal basis in the current system the consultant shall develop proposals for the amendment of the current laws or regulations.
D1.1.4 Conduct an impact analysis of the BPR proposals and assess their potential for reducing tax administration costs and/or taxpayer compliance costs. For each reform proposal the consultant will determine if it affects tax administration and compliance costs or not, and if yes, the level of the impact will be quantified.
D1.1.5 In delivering the Business Process Reengineering recommendations, the consultant shall organize workshops with functional departments and field trips to local tax authorities. The purpose of the workshops and field trips is to both obtain information for the BPR exercise and to inform and orient the participants towards the expected new business processes
D1.2 ICT Architecture
D1.2.1 Conduct a current state ICT assessment to identify, inventory and detail the current ICT architecture, interfaces with external systems, agencies, and data sources. The inventory shall also include the state of specific warranty if any for all hardware, the state of licenses for software, identify support, warranty and recurring costs for the ICT architecture including all communication and network costs. The inventory will then serve as the ICT As-Is to prospective bidders and upon which bidders can make their recommendations and costings for the best fit revenue management software and hardware solutions.
The D1.2.1 task shall include at a minimum but not limited to the following:
D1.2.2 Conduct an in-depth cyber security analysis of the As-Is configuration and propose improvements to support existing systems and infrastructure.
D1.2.3 Based on the recommended tax administration model and processes defined in D.1.1, the Consultant shall propose the most appropriate and cost-effective revenue administration IT architecture and operating model based on the detailed inventory of the current ICT infrastructure defined in D1.2.1.
The proposed architecture and operating model should be based on the prevailing best practice IT reference model for revenue management agencies, in line with the overall tax administration model of tax industry and orientations in the tax administration reform and modernization strategy for 2021-2030 period.
The recommended architecture should fulfill the following requirements:
- For the overall tax administration IT system architecture: indicate business processes to be implemented in the core system and supporting systems; the systems to provide services to taxpayers; systems for the purpose of reporting and data query; data connection and exchange with third parties.
- For the Business Logic Layer: propose in detail for the following levels.
- The infrastructure architecture should include at least the following components: anticipated hardware configurations and devices; scalability, implementation plan and platform; data storage strategy, capability for backup and disaster recovery (covering primary data center, backup data center, and disaster recovery data center); system requirements and availability check; recommended system monitoring model.
- The proposed architecture shall meet the stability with standard processes, flexibility with functionalities associated with tax policies subject to frequent changes with quick upgrade in the event of changes and with little impact on the core system and the supporting systems.
The architecture and operating model recommendations will be submitted to the GDT for consideration and decision-making. The Consultant should be prepared to support the decision-making process as needed. Once the architecture and operating model are agreed upon and approved by the GDT, they will form the basis for the detailed functional and technical requirements in the procurement documentation to be developed in task D.4.
II. Deliverables:
Outputs of the Consultancy on the Business Process Reengineering and ICT Architecture include the following:
D.2. Consultancy on the overall procurement model for the new tax administration IT system
I. Scope of services
D2.1. Using the detailed output of the D.1 Business Process Reengineering and ICT Architecture, the consultant shall recommend the selection of a procurement model for a new revenue administration system.
Analyze and compare the procurement model options listed below and advise GDT to select a procurement model to be implemented which will address the limitations of the current system indicated in the D.1 output, according to international practices, with appropriate costing and ultimate efficiency.
Procurement models include but are not limited to the following options in modernization of non-legacy tax administration systems:
D2.2. Organize Discovery Workshop
The Consultant shall contact and invite modern tax administration IT solution providers who have implemented successfully in other countries to present their solutions for information to GDT to evaluate and select the ultimate option.
II. Deliverables:
The outputs of the consultancy defined in D.2 task shall include at a minimum but not limited to the following:
(1) Report with proposed procurement option for IT system:
For each procurement option, the Consultant shall indicate the relative pros and cons of each model based on recent international experiences of countries who have actually employed the specific model in a non-legacy environment and implemented successfully; especially those with similar development conditions and contexts with Viet Nam. Specific consideration shall be given to the overall long-term benefits for GDT including but not limited to the capabilities to meet future business requirements, maintenance, support, and upgrade cost and cyber security.
The Consultant shall propose and report on in detail, the best fit procurement model i.e. (i) COTS; or (ii) replacement with SAP-HANA; or (iii) outsourcing; or (iv) procurement of a successfully implemented tax administration system of an advanced country; or (v) contracting with a firm to develop a custom-built system based on GDT’s requirements, with in depth focus on meeting the requirements and characteristics of Viet Nam’s revenue administration with the optimal cost–benefits, and addressing the current limitations, with the implementation duration of roughly 3 years and expandability to respond to the future needs of GDT.
(2) Report on results of the Discovery Workshop
D.3 Consultancy on tax accounting
The component on tax accounting reform is closely linked to the task to improve the tax administration business processes in Viet Nam insofar as a key element of the component is the preparation of recommendations for tax accounting business processes in line with international good practice.
I. Scope of services
D3.1. Survey and assess the status of the As-Is tax accounting system in terms of both policies and implementation arrangements. Compare the As-Is tax accounting system in Viet Nam with standard international good practice, identify issues and problems with the application of the As-Is system, causes for these problems, and propose reforms resulting in an alignment of the tax accounting system in Viet Nam with international good practice. Propose the resulting recommended solutions to meet requirements of tax accounting implementation and consistent with selected software solution application.
D3.2. Review the business processes for tax accounting and prepare proposals for a revision of these processes to support the revised tax accounting model produced from the predecessor tax model project. Ensure that these business processes are in line with standard international practice in tax accounting and the IT system and provide documentation of such standard international practice.
D3.3. Organize workshops
II. Deliverables
Outputs of the consultancy on Tax Accounting should include the following components:
D.4. Prepare the bidding documents for the IT system.
Based on the proposed procurement methodology (COTS, replace SAP, procure a successfully implemented system, Outsource, Custom-Built), business processes and tax accounting approved by the project owner, the Consultant should prepare the bidding documents for procurement and implementation of the IT system. GDT will provide information on the applicable procurement guidelines and templates during the preparation of the bidding documents, but no later than the date of GDT’s approval on reports (outputs) of the Consultancy on the overall procurement model for the new tax administration IT system as specified in D.2 above and reports (outputs) of the Consultancy on tax accounting as specified in D.3 above.
I. Scope of services
D4.1. Develop the detailed technical inventory needed by Bidders in order that the Bidders can prepare, as part of each Bidder’s Proposal, the Bidder’s specific hardware and software best fit needs for their specific solutions for the procurement of IT system, including:
D4.2. Prepare a procurement strategy and a plan for procurement and implementation of the IT system
D4.3. Prepare bidding documents for the procurement and implementation of IT system
II. Deliverables
The outputs of the task “Prepare bidding documents for procurement of IT system and implementation timeline” should include at least but not limited to the following bidding package:
E. CONSULTANCY PROJECT MANAGEMENT
The Project Management Unit (PMU) of the project owner and the Consultant should coordinate to establish a Project Management Committee, including staff from PMU and the Consultant. The Project Management Committee shall be responsible for the project activities and for the implementation arrangements as per the contract to ensure the success.
The Consultant should appoint a Project Manager who will have the following tasks:
E.1. Detailed planning for consultancy project implementation
The Consultant shall clearly indicate in the Proposal an initial project plan with details of the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS), a framework plan for consultancy project activities. This plan should include the planned personnel with the quantity, their positions, and responsibilities as well as the expected participants from GDT and any stakeholders. The personnel plan should also specify activities to be carried out in Viet Nam or other locations in Viet Nam.
The Consultant should propose the project's milestones, performance indicators and output requirements to be delivered to GDT. In the plan, the Consultant should also indicate periodic meetings with consultants to address any risks to achieve the project objectives. The project should meet on monthly basis and as per the agreed schedule at sub-project level.
The plan shall include the following:
Note: The project implementation plan proposed by the Consultant will be reviewed and evaluated by GDT at initial stage of the project. The final project plan is the one agreed by both parties.
E.2. Personnel structure of the consultancy project
The Consultant should provide details of its project management and project implementation units including:
E.3. Coordination between Project owner and the Consultant in project management
The Consultant should propose working method with the project owner (including the contents stated in the contract to be signed between GDT and the Consultant), including methods of coordination, communication, meetings, report review and approval etc.
The project implementation should be proposed by the Consultant in the context that the project owner has established a project management unit, including:
F. REPORTING AND SCHEDULES OF REPORT SUBMISSION
F.1. Deliverables, content
During the performance of the assignment, the Consultant will submit to PMU the following reports:
S/N | Reports | Time for submission of the draft |
1 | Inception Report | Within 4 (four) weeks from the beginning of the Project |
2 | Progress Reports (Three Months) | Within one week of the end of three months period (starting with three months after the Inception Report) |
3 | Final Report | No later than four weeks before completion of the assignment |
4 | Technical Reports | According to the Implementation Plan, after each phase finalized by deliverables. |
4.1 | Consultancy reports on Business Process Reengineering and ICT Architecture | Within 3 (three) months from the approval of Inception report |
4.1.1 | Detailed documentation report of the existing business processes in the three levels of tax administration in Viet Nam (As-Is analysis). Assessment report of the As-Is processes documenting implementation problems and identify gaps to international good practice. The report should also analyze the capabilities to extract output information for management requirements, and the conditions and requirements for operation of business processes. The assessment report will then list proposals for the re-engineering of business processes to address the implementation issues of the current processes and to better align the processes with international good practice, and consistent with the new tax administration model |
|
4.1.2 | Report with proposed tax administration business processes suitable for Vietnam tax authorities including high-level processes and business processes based on tax administration functions. The report shall detail the principles of development and linkages between processes and capabilities of information extraction for the management purposes and conditions and requirements for operation of these processes. |
|
4.1.3 | Report on the impact of the revised tax administration model on the existing business processes including precise proposals for modification of the As-Is processes to implement the new tax administration model. |
|
4.1.4 | Legal analysis of the proposed revised business processes including precise suggestions for necessary revisions to the legal and regulatory framework for tax administration |
|
4.1.5 | Report with proposed ICT architecture for tax administration for the period of 2025-2035, vision to 2045. This report should include but not limited to hardware, software, networking and communications, licenses, warranty status, replacement / upgrade status. |
|
4.1.6 | Report on the Cyber Security analysis including but not limited to identified weaknesses, predictable weaknesses and vulnerabilities and suggestions for improving cyber security in the present and near-term environments |
|
4.1.7 | Report on the results of workshops, consolidation of feedbacks and comments from functional units with responses to queries and the proposed effective implementation methods |
|
4.2 | Consultancy reports on the overall procurement model for the new tax administration IT system | Within 2 (two) months from the approval of Consultancy reports on Business Process Reengineering and ICT Architecture |
4.2.1 | Report with proposed procurement option for IT system |
|
4.2.2 | Report on results of the Discovery Workshop |
|
4.3 | Consultancy reports on tax accounting | Within 2 (two) months from the approval of consultancy reports on the overall procurement model for the new tax administration IT system |
4.3.1 | Report on the assessment of the current design and operation of the tax accounting system in Viet Nam compared to standard international good practice. |
|
4.3.2 | Report on a proposed revised tax accounting model in line with standard international good practice, including proposals on the accounts, accounting processes, legal and regulatory framework, and organization structure |
|
4.3.3 | Report on workshop results |
|
4.4 | Consultancy reports on preparation of the bidding documents for the IT system | Within 2 (two) months from the approval of Consultancy reports on tax accounting |
4.4.1 | Technical requirements for application software |
|
4.4.2 | Technical requirements for technical infrastructure and systems software |
|
4.4.3 | Functional requirements |
|
4.4.4 | Procurement strategy and Detailed Procurement plan |
|
4.4.5 | Proposed timetable for all initial deliverables including implementation process, onboarding, delivery of the Inception Report and Project Plan |
|
4.4.6 | Proposed Payment structure |
|
4.4.7 | Proposed Warranty and non-warranty support structure and timetables |
|
4.4.8 | Complete bidding documents |
|
(1) Inception Report and Project Plan will be produced as soon as possible and no later than four weeks after the project’s commencement. Based on the detailed information obtained during the first month of the project, the Consultant will present within the Inception Report the necessary data related to the strategy and action plan of the project development. The Consultant will also present a detailed chart of the activities and allocated experts, as part of the Project Plan. Due to the requirements to coordinate all project components, an aggregated Project Plan should be presented, to show how the components are coordinated to achieve their objectives. This plan will focus only on inter-related subjects.
The Inception report will be used to monitor the future progress and implementation of the project and will include, but not limited to:
(2) Progress Reports for the whole project will be produced every three months (except the final report), within two weeks after completion of each period. This report will detail the progress of activities, an updated work plan for the next period, an identification of any issues, problems and risks identified in implementation and proposals for solve or mitigate them, as well as improvements in future implementation. Any relevant materials produced during the period should be formally attached to these reports
All Progress Reports will provide information on the following:
(3) A Final report of the project should be submitted in a final version with the client’s commentaries included (if any), at least four weeks before the end of the period of execution of the contract. This report shall include, but not limited to, a general evaluation of the assignment, of its results, of difficulties encountered, the conclusions of the previous reports and a set of proposals regarding the implementation of these conclusions under the form of an action plan. This report shall include, where appropriate, a financial analysis of the subcomponents and a critical study of any major problems that may have arisen during the performance of the contract. The final report must detail the achievements of the project, using the same structure, performance indicators and measurements units as foreseen in the Implementation Plan.
(4) Technical Reports will be produced at each milestone established through the Project Implementation Plan. They will include all functional and technical findings, drafts, recommendations etc., according to the assignment. If Change Requests result in the interim, these Change Requests will be documented and submitted to PMU immediately for processing and response.
F.2. Report format and report languages
All reports shall be produced in A4 size and printed on both sides of the paper. Spreadsheets and schedules shall be produced in a maximum of A3 size for reporting purposes and may be printed single-sided. File origins shall be clearly identifiable in a header or footer. Including a list of essential contact persons is expected.
F.3. Submission/comments timing and number of report copies
F.4. Milestones for deliverables
G. DURATION OF SERVICES
The Consultancy is expected to be active over a period of one (1) year not including the period for final report review and approval by PMU and for final payment processing. It is envisaged that the activities related to the contract will start in maximum of four weeks from contract signature.
H. CONSULTANT QUALIFICATIONS AND PROFILE
H.1. Consultant profile
The Consultant must have at least 10 years of experience in public finance management consultancy for ministerial/governmental finance/tax administration agencies/national governments/territories/states (for federal government) and/or finance/revenue management consultancy for large global or multinational corporations.
The Consultant must have at least 10 years of experience in ICT solution consultancy including the consultancy on overall ICT architecture, ICT system implementation model applied in public administration for ministerial/governmental finance/ tax administration agencies/ national governments/territories/states (for federal government) and/or finance/revenue administration for large global or multinational corporations.
In the last 10 years, the Consultant must have experience in implementation of at least two (2) successful consultancy contracts in business process analysis for ministerial/governmental finance/ tax administration agencies/ national governments/territories/states (for federal government), including at least one (1) consultancy contract on modern tax administration business process reengineering for ministerial tax administration agencies/ national governments.
In the last 10 years, the Consultant must have experience in implementation of at least two (2) successful consultancy contracts implementing ICT solutions in public administration for ministerial/governmental finance/ tax administration agencies/ national governments/territories/states (for federal government) and/or finance/revenue administration for large global or multinational corporations, including at least one (1) consultancy contract on modern ICT solutions for ministerial tax administration agencies/ national governments, including assigned tasks in the following areas:
The Consultant must provide its profile with the copies of successfully implemented contracts and contact information for evidence and confirmation of relevant qualifications to the requirements.
H.2. Requirements for Consultant’s expert qualifications
The Consultant should be capable of providing the appropriate experts (with quality and quantity) during the entire project implementation. The key experts from the Consultant must meet the requirements below.
Quantity: The Consultant shall propose at least ten (10) international and local experts including at least five (5) internationally qualified experts as key experts throughout the project implementation duration.
Expert mobilization duration: During their activities, the proposed experts will spend at least 80% of the working time in site (Hanoi, Ho Chi Min City or in other relevant locations in Viet Nam).
Key experts:
Non-key experts:
H.2.1. Key expert 1: Project manager
The Project Manager has a fundamental role in the design, development, and results of all project activities that will be implemented. The Consultant shall appoint a full-time Project Manager for the whole life cycle of the project to offer solutions to the client’ needs and be responsible for the project progress and quality.
Qualification requirements:
H.2.2. Key expert 2: Expert in Revenue Administration BPR
Qualification requirements
H.2.3 Key expert 3 – Expert in ICT Architecture
Qualification requirements
H.2.4 Key expert 4: Expert in Tax accounting
Qualification requirements
Experience requirements
H.2.5 Key expert 5: ICT Procurement Expert
Qualification requirements
Experience requirements
H.2.2b Non-key experts in BPR
The Consultant should appoint at least two (2) experienced experts with qualifications relevant to the business areas to review each of the following core business processes:
The Consultant may propose an expert to undertake more than one business area but must ensure the qualifications and the number of years of experience for each business process as required below:
H.2.3b A non-key expert in ICT Architecture
Qualification requirements
H.2.4b Non-key expert in Tax accounting
Qualification requirements
H.2.5b Non-key expert 5: Procurement expert
Qualification requirements
Experience requirements
I. DATA, LOCAL SERVICES AND FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED BY CLIENT
GDT shall appoint in due time an appropriate own team of specialists to work with the Consultant during the assignment.
GDT will provide the relevant documentation, information, and data that the consultant may need for the successful performance of the task. It includes the provision of results of self-assessment of Tax Management System (TMS Assessment Team); Assessment of tax administration effectiveness by experts from the World Bank and IMF during their consultancy on the development of revenue administration reform strategy for the period of 2021-2030; the revenue administration strategy for the period of 2021-2030, vision to 2045.
The Consultant will make, on their own expense, the necessary arrangements for translation of deliverables and materials for meeting(s) with PMU and other stakeholders, office space, communication facilities, local transport (including transportation to other locations of Viet Nam), and stationery and printing services needed for the execution of the assignment
GDT will provide meeting rooms, interpretation, and other facilities for meetings/discussions between the Consultant and GDT departments and PMU.
K. ORGANIZATION AND METHOD
The consultant will present the offer explaining his interpretation of the TOR and how the consultant is prepared to respond to the requirements of these TOR.
The beneficiary is fully aware that each bidder uses preferred methods and/or standards according to which the deliverables could be different (by name, package, content) of the described deliverables in this document. In this case, the consultant will provide a matrix of correspondence, demonstrating how all the requirements are covered by the proposed deliverables.
The consultant will identify assumptions and risks and will propose mitigation solutions.
The organization of the team will be detailed, explaining the roles of each key expert, her/his responsibilities, and their intervention in the project, as period, duration, and tasks. A detailed Gant Chart is expected
The proposed non-key experts will be defined by roles and intervention, supporting the described tasks.
L. ANNEXES
Annex 1: Acronyms
Acronym | Definition |
API | Application Programming Interface |
BPM | Business Process Management |
BPR | Business Process Reengineering |
COBIT | Control Objectives for Information and Related Technologies |
COTS | Commercial Off The Shelf |
CS | Consulting Services |
DM | Data Migration Project |
EAI | Enterprise Application Integration |
EU | European Union |
FMIS | Financial Management Information System |
IOP | Inter-operability |
ISACA | Information Systems Audit and Control Association |
ICT | Information and Communications Technology |
ISO | International Organization for Standardization |
ITIL | Information Technology Infrastructure Library |
IBRD | International Bank for Reconstruction and Development |
J2EE | Java 2 Platform, Enterprise Edition |
KPI | Key Performance Indicator |
KRI | Key Risk Indicator |
LTD | Large Taxpayer Department |
MOPF | Ministry of Public Finance |
GDT
| Viet Nam General Department of Taxation |
OECD | Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development |
OOAD | Object-Oriented Analysis and Design |
O/RM | Object-Relational Mapping |
PM
| Project Management
|
PMBOK | Project Management Body of Knowledge |
PMI | Project Management Institute |
PMU | Project Management Unit |
PRINCE2 | Projects IN Controlled Environments 2 |
TMS | Revenue Administration Modernization Project |
RDBMS | Relational Database Management System |
SAP HANNA TRM | SAP HANNA Tax and Revenue Management System |
RUP | Rational Unified Process |
QR | Quarterly Report |
SLA | Service Level Agreement |
TA | Technical Assistance (other services than Consulting Services) |
UML | Unified Modeling Language |
XML | Extensible Markup Language |
"},{"id":"OP00058240","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"17-Sep-2018","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2018-10-17T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"India","project_id":"P154990","project_name":"Jhelum and Tawi Flood Recovery Project","bid_reference_no":"COLLEGES/BEMINA","bid_description":"Construction of \r\n(1) Humanities Block and \r\n(2) Staff Room & Meeting Halls Block\r\nat Govt Degree College Bemina, Srinagar","procurement_group":"CW","procurement_method_code":"RFB","procurement_method_name":"Request for Bids","contact_address":"Lal Mandi, Near L.D. Hospital SrinagarJammu and Kashmir","contact_ctry_name":"India","contact_email":"xen2nd@gmail.com","contact_name":"Javaid Iqbal Bukhari","contact_organization":"Roads and Building Department (R&B), Jammu and Kashmir","contact_phone_no":"9419006437","contact_web_url":"randbkashmir.org","submission_date":"2018-09-17T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
PW(R&B) Department
\r\n\r\nGovernment of Jammu & Kashmir
\r\n\r\nJhelum &Tawi Flood Recovery Project (World Bank Funded)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
BID [TENDER] No.123/CDII/10682-92 of 2018-19 Dated 17.09.2018
\r\n\r\nNATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING
\r\n\r\n(Two-Envelope Bidding Process with e-Procurement)
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
NAME OF WORK: Construction of (1) Humanities Block and (2) Staff Room & Meeting Halls Block at Govt Degree College, Bemina, Srinagar, J&K.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
PERIOD OF ONLINE AVAILABILITY OF From 18/09/2018 Time 1000 Hours
\r\n\r\nBIDDING DOCUMENT: To 17/10/2018 Time 1600 Hours
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
TIME AND DATE OF Date 25/09/2018
\r\n\r\nPRE-BID CONFERENCE: Time 1100 Hours in the office of Chief Engineer PW R&B Deptt; Kashmir Rajbagh Srinagar
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
LAST DATE AND TIME FOR Date 17/10/2018
\r\n\r\nONLINE SUBMISSION OF BIDS: Time 1600 Hours
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
*TIME AND DATE OF ONLINE OPENING Date 19/10/2018
\r\n\r\nOF BID’s-Technical part1: Time 1100 Hours
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
PLACE OF OPENING BIDS: Office of Chief Engineer PW R&B Deptt; Kashmir Rajbagh Srinagar
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
OFFICER INVITING BIDS: Executive Engineer (R&B) Construction Division 2nd Srinagar
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
*September 2018
\r\n\r\n1The Firms that qualify Technically shall be notified susbsequently for opening of the Financial Part of their Bids.
\r\n\r\nINVITATION FOR BID
\r\n\r\n(IFB)
\r\n\r\nGovernment of Jammu & Kashmir
\r\n\r\nJhelum &Tawi Flood Recovery Project (World Bank Funded)
\r\n\r\nPW(R&B) Department-Kashmir
\r\n\r\nINVITATIONS FOR BIDS (IFB)
\r\n\r\nE-Procurement Notice
\r\n\r\n(Two Envelope Bidding Process with e-Procurement)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
NATIONAL COMPETITIVE BIDDING
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
BID [TENDER] No.123/CDII/10682-92 of 2018-19 Dated 17.09.2018
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
1. The Government of India has received financing from the World Bank towards the cost of Jhelum &Tawi Flood Recovery Project and intends to apply a part of the funds to cover eligible payments under the contracts for construction of works as detailed below.
\r\n\r\n2. Bidding will be conducted through National Competitive Bidding procedures agreed with the World Bank. Bidding is open to all eligible bidders as defined in the World Bank’s Guidelines: Procurement of Goods, Works and Non-Consulting Services under IBRD Loans and IDA Credits & Grants by World Bank Borrowers, January 2011, revised July 2014.
\r\n\r\n3. Bidders from India should, however, be registered with the Government of J&K or other State Governments/Government of India, or State/Central Government Undertakings. Bidders from India, who are not registered as above, on the date of bidding, can also participate provided they get themselves registered by the time of contract signing, if they become successful bidders. Bidders are advised to note the clauses on eligibility (Section I Clause 4) and minimum qualification criteria (Section III – Evaluation and Qualification Criteria), to qualify for the award of the contract. In addition, please refer to paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7 of the World Bank’s Guidelines setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
\r\n\r\n4. The Executive Engineer R&B Construction Division 2nd Srinagar invites online bids for the design, construction and Annual Maintenance of work detailed below in the table.
\r\n\r\n5. Bidding document is available online on www.jktenders.gov.in from 18/09/2018 10:00 AM upto:17-10-2018 4:00PM Bidders will be required to register on the website, which is free of cost. The bidders would be responsible for ensuring that any addenda available on the website is also downloaded and incorporated.
\r\n\r\n6. For submission of the bid, the bidder is required to have Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) from one of the Certifying Authorities authorised by Government of India for issuing DSC.
\r\n\r\n7. All Bids must be accompanied by a bid security of the amount specified for the work in the table below, drawn in favour of Chief Accounts Officer PW (R&B) Department Kashmir Bid security will have to be in any one of the forms as specified in the bidding document and shall have to be valid for 45 days beyond the validity of the bid. Procedure for submission of bid security is described in Para 9.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
8. Bids must be submitted online on www.jktenders.gov.in on or before 16.00 hours on 17-10-2018 ) and the ‘Technical Part’ of the bids will be opened online on 19-10-2018 at 11.00 hours. The “Financial Part” shall remain unopened in the e-procurement system until the second public Bid opening for the financial part.Any bid or modifications to bid (including discount) received outside e-procurement system will not be considered. If the office happens to be closed on the date of opening of the bids as specified, the bids will be opened on the next working day at the same time.The electronic bidding system would not allow any late submission of bids.
\r\n\r\n9. The bidders are required to submit (a) Treasury Challan in favour of Executive Engineer (R&B) Construction Division 2nd Srinagar towards the cost of bid document (b) original bid security in approved form; and (c) original affidavit regarding correctness of information furnished with bid document with Chief Engineer PW(R&B) Department Kashmir (Raj Bagh Srinagar, before the opening of the technical part of the Bid i.e. before 19.10.2018, 11:00 AM either by registered post/speed post/courier or by hand, failing which the bids will be declared non-responsive and will not be opened.
\r\n\r\n10. A pre-bid meeting will be held on 25-09-2018at 11:00 AM in the office of Chief Engineer to clarify the issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage as stated in ITB Clause 7.4 of ‘Instructions to Bidders’ of the bidding document. Bidders are advised to download the bidding document prior to the pre-bid meeting in order for bidders to have a good understanding of the scope of work under this contract for discussion and clarification at the pre-bid meeting.
\r\n\r\n11. Other details can be seen in the bidding documents. The Employer shall not be held liable for any delays due to system failure beyond its control. Even though the system will attempt to notify the bidders of any bid updates, the Employer shall not be liable for any information not received by the bidder. It is the bidders’ responsibility to verify the website for the latest information related to this bid.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Package No \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name of Work \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bid Security* \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(Rs.) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cost of Document(Rs.) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Period of Completion \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Construction of (1) Humanities Block and (2) Staff Room & Meeting Halls Block at Govt Degree College, Bemina, Srinagar, J&K. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Rs19.50lacs \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Rs8500 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18 months from the date of award of contract \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Executive Engineer
\r\n\r\n(R&B) Construction Division 2nd
\r\n\r\nSrinagar
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
PART 1 – Bidding Procedures
\r\n\r\nSection I. Instructions to Bidders
\r\n\r\nA. Electronic Tendering System
\r\n\r\na. Registration of bidders on e-Procurement Portal:-
\r\n\r\ni. All the bidders intending to participate in the tender processed online are required to get registered on the centralized e - Procurement Portal i.e. https://www.jktenders.gov.in. Please visit this website for more details. In case of any problem in registration, please contact on toll free No. 1800-3070-2232.
\r\n\r\nb. Obtaining a Digital Certificate:
\r\n\r\ni. The Bids submitted online should be encrypted and signed electronically with a Digital Certificate to establish the identity of the bidder bidding online. These Digital Certificates are issued by an Approved Certifying Authority, by the Controller of Certifying Authorities, Government of India.
\r\n\r\nii. The bidders may obtain Class-II or III Digital Signature Certificate from any Certifying Authority or Sub-certifying Authority authorized by the Controller of Certifying Authorities or may obtain information and application format and documents required for the issue of digital certificate from:
\r\n\r\niii. Bid for a particular tender must be submitted online using the digital certificate (Encryption & Signing), which is used to encrypt and sign the data during of bid preparation stage. In case, during the process of a particular tender, the user loses his digital certificate (due to virus attack, hardware problem, operating system or any other problem) he will not be able to submit the bid online. Hence, the users are advised to keep a backup of the certificate and also keep the copies at safe place under proper security (for its use in case of emergencies).
\r\n\r\niv. In case of online tendering, if the digital certificate issued to the authorized user of a firm is used for signing and submitting a bid, it will be considered equivalent to a no-objection certificate/power of attorney /lawful authorization to that User. The firm has to authorize a specific individual through an authorization certificate signed by all partners to use the digital certificate as per Indian Information Technology Act 2000. Unless the certificates are revoked, it will be assumed to represent adequate authority of the user to bid on behalf of the company/firm in the department tenders as per Information Technology Act 2000. The digital signature of this authorized user will be binding on the firm.
\r\n\r\nv. In case of any change in the authorization, it shall be the responsibility of management / partners of the company/firm to inform the certifying authority about the change and to obtain the digital signatures of the new person / user on behalf of the firm / company.The procedure for application of a Digital Certificate however will remain the same for the new user.
\r\n\r\nvi. The same procedure holds true for the authorized users in a private/public limited company. In this case, the authorization certificate will have to be signed by the directors of the company.
\r\n\r\nc. Pre-requisites for online bidding:
\r\n\r\ni. In order to bid online on the portal https://www.jktenders.gov.in, the user machine must be updated with the latest Java & DC setup. The link for downloading latest java applet & DC setup are available on the Home page of the e-tendering Portal.
\r\n\r\nd. Online Viewing of Detailed Notice Inviting Tenders (N.I.T.) :
\r\n\r\ni. The bidders can view the detailed N.I.T and the time schedule (Key Dates) for all the tenders floated through the single portal e-Procurement system on the Home Page at https://www.jktenders.gov.in
\r\n\r\ne. Download of Tender Documents:
\r\n\r\ni. The tender documents can be downloaded from the e-Procurement portal https://www.jktenders.gov.in
\r\n\r\nf. Key Dates:
\r\n\r\ni. The bidders are strictly advised to follow dates and times as indicated in the online Notice Inviting Tenders. The date and time shall be binding on all bidders. All online activities are time tracked and the system enforces time locks that ensure that no activity or transaction can take place outside the start and end dates and the time of the stage as defined in the online Notice Inviting Tenders.
\r\n\r\ng. Bid Preparation (Qualification & Financial) and Payment of Tender Document Fee & EMD of online Bids:
\r\n\r\ni. The payment for Tender document fee and EMD can be made as mentioned in IFB at Sr. No. 6 and 7.
\r\n\r\nii. The bidders shall upload their eligibility-cum-technical offer containing documents, qualifying criteria, technical specification, schedule of deliveries, and all other terms and conditions except the rates (price bid).
\r\n\r\niii. The bidders shall quote the prices in price bid format only.
\r\n\r\niv. If bidder fails to complete the Online Bid Preparation at Submission stage on the stipulated date and time, his/hers bid will be considered as bid not submitted, and hence not appear during tender opening stage.
\r\n\r\nv. Bidders participating in online tenders shall check the validity of his/her Digital Signature Certificate before participating in the online Tenders at the portal https://jktenders.gov.in.
\r\n\r\nvi. For help manual please refer to the ‘Home Page’ of the e-Procurement website at https://jktenders.gov.in and click on the available link ‘How to ...?’ to download the file.
\r\n\r\nh. Post registration, bidder shall proceed for bidding by using both his digital certificates (one each for encryption and signing). Bidder shall proceed to select the tender he is interested in.
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t B. General \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 1. Scope of Bid \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.1 The Employer, as indicated in the BDS, issues this Bidding Document for the procurement of the Works as specified in Section VII (Works Requirements) & Invitation for Bids (IFB). The name, identification, and number of contracts of this bidding are specified in the BDS. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.2 Throughout this Bidding Document: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) the term “in writing” means communicated in written form and delivered against receipt; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) except where the context requires otherwise, words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the singular; and \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) “day” means calendar day. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2. Source of Funds \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.1 The Government of India or the Recipient (hereinafter called “Borrower”) specified in the BDS has received financing (hereinafter called “funds”) from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development or the International Development Association (hereinafter called “the Bank”) in an amount specified in the BDS, towards the cost of the project specified in the BDS. The Borrower intends to apply a portion of the funds to eligible payments under the contract(s) for which this Bidding Documentsare issued. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2.2 Payment by the Bank will be made only at the request of the Borrower and upon approval by the Bank, and will be subject, in all respects, to the terms and conditions of the Loan (or other financing) Agreement. The Loan (or other financing) Agreement prohibits a withdrawal from the Loan (or other financing) account for the purpose of any payment to persons or entities, or for any import of goods, if such payment or import, to the knowledge of the Bank, is prohibited by a decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations. No party other than the Borrower shall derive any rights from the Loan (or other financing) Agreement or have any claim to the proceeds of the Loan (or other financing). \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3. Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.1 The Bank requires compliance with its policy in regard to corrupt and fraudulent practices as set forth in Section VI. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3.2 In further pursuance of this policy, Bidders shall permit and shall cause its agents (whether declared or not), sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers, or suppliers and any personnel thereof, to permit the Bank to inspect all accounts, records and other documents relating to any prequalification process, bid submission, and contract performance (in the case of award), and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 4. Eligible Bidders \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.1.1 A Bidder may be a natural person, a firm that is a private entity, or a government-owned entity—subject to ITB 4.5—or any combination of them in the form of a joint venture, under an existing agreement, or with the intent to constitute a legally-enforceable joint venture, unless otherwise specified in the BDS. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t4.1.2 Bids submitted by a joint venture of two or more firms as partners when permitted as per ITB Clause 4.1.1 BDS shall comply with the following requirements: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[a] the bid shall include all the information listed in Bidders Qualification Forms for all the Partners. The maximum number of members in the Joint Venture shall be as specified in the BDS; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[b] the bid and, in case of a successful bid, the Agreement, shall be signed so as to be legally binding on all partners; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[c] one of the partners shall be nominated as being in charge, and this authorization shall be evidenced by submitting a power of attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of all the partners; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[d] the partner in charge shall be authorized to incur liabilities and receive instructions for and on behalf of any and all partners of the joint venture and the entire execution of the contract, including payment, shall be done exclusively with the partner in charge; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[e] all partners of the joint venture shall be liable jointly and severally for the execution of the contract in accordance with the contract terms, and a statement to this effect shall be included in the authorization mentioned under (c) above, as well as in the bid and in the Agreement [in case of a successful bid]; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[f] The joint venture agreement should indicate precisely the role of all members of JV in respect of planning, design, construction equipment, key personnel, work execution, and financing of the project. All members of JV should have active participation in the execution during the currency of the contract. This should not be varied/modified subsequently without prior approval of the Employer; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[g] The joint venture agreement should be registered in place specified in BDS so as to be legally valid and binding on partners; and \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[h] a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement entered into by the partners shall be submitted with the bid. Alternatively, a Letter of Intent to execute a joint Venture Agreement in the event of a successful bid shall be signed by all partners and submitted with the bid, together with a copy of the proposed Agreement. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.2 A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. All Bidders found to have a conflict of interest shall be disqualified. A Bidder may be considered to have a conflict of interest for the purpose of this bidding process, if the Bidder: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Bidder; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) receives or has received any direct or indirect subsidy from another Bidder; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) has the same legal representative as another Bidder; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) has a relationship with another Bidder, directly or through common third parties, that puts it in a position to influence the bid of another Bidder, or influence the decisions of the Employer regarding this bidding process; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(e) participates in more than one bid in this bidding process. Participation by a Bidder in more than one Bid will result in the disqualification of all Bids in which such Bidder is involved. However, this does not limit the inclusion of the same subcontractor in more than one bid; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(f) any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the preparation of the design or technical specifications of the works that are the subject of the bid; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(g) any of its affiliates has been hired (or is proposed to be hired) by the Employer or Borrower as Engineer for the Contract implementation; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(h) would be providing goods, works, or non-consulting services resulting from or directly related to consulting services for the preparation or implementation of the project specified in the BDS ITB 2.1 that it provided or were provided by any affiliate that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with that firm; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(i) has a close business or family relationship with a professional staff of the Borrower (or of the project implementing agency, or of a recipient of a part of the loan) who: (i) are directly or indirectly involved in the preparation of the bidding documents or specifications of the contract, and/or the bid evaluation process of such contract; or (ii) would be involved in the implementation or supervision of such contract unlessthe conflict stemming from such relationship has been resolved in a manner acceptable to the Bank throughout the procurement process and execution of the contract. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.3 A Bidder may have the nationality of any country, subject to the restrictions pursuant to ITB 4.7. A Bidder shall be deemed to have the nationality of a country if the Bidder is constituted, incorporated or registered in and operates in conformity with the provisions of the laws of that country, as evidenced by its articles of incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association) and its registration documents, as the case may be. This criterion also shall apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed sub-contractors or sub-consultants for any part of the Contract including related Services. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.4 A Bidder that has been sanctioned by the Bank in accordance with the above ITB 3.1, including in accordance with the Bank’s Guidelines on Preventing and Combating Corruption in Projects Financed by IBRD Loans and IDA Credits and Grants (“Anti-Corruption Guidelines”), shall be ineligible to be prequalified for, bid for, or be awarded a Bank-financed contract or benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or otherwise, during such period of time as the Bank shall have determined. The list of debarred firms and individuals is available at the electronic address specified in the BDS. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.5 Bidders that are Government-owned enterprises or institutions in the Employer’s Country may participate only if they can establish that they (i) are legally and financially autonomous (ii) operate under commercial law, and (iii) are not dependent agencies of the Employer. To be eligible, a government-owned enterprise or institution shall establish to the Bank’s satisfaction, through all relevant documents, including its Charter and other information the Bank may request, that it: (i) is a legal entity separate from the government (ii) does not currently receive substantial subsidies or budget support; (iii) operates like any commercial enterprise, and, inter alia, is not obliged to pass on its surplus to the government, can acquire rights and liabilities, borrow funds and be liable for repayment of its debts, and can be declared bankrupt; and (iv) is not bidding for a contract to be awarded by the department or agency of the government which under their applicable laws or regulations is the reporting or supervisory authority of the enterprise or has the ability to exercise influence or control over the enterprise or institution. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.6 Not used \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.7 Firms and individuals may be ineligible if so indicated in Section V and (a) as a matter of law or official regulations, the Borrower’s country prohibits commercial relations with that country, provided that the Bank is satisfied that such exclusion does not preclude effective competition for the supply of goods or the contracting of works or services required; or (b) by an act of compliance with a decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations, the Borrower’s country prohibits any import of goods or contracting of works or services from that country, or any payments to any country, person, or entity in that country. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.8 Bidder shall provide such evidence of eligibility satisfactory to the Employer, as the Employer shall reasonably request \r\n\r\n\t\t\t4.9 In case a prequalification process has been conducted prior to the bidding process, this bidding is open only to prequalified Bidders. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 5. Eligible Materials, Equipment and Services \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.1 The materials, equipment and services to be supplied under the Contract and financed by the Bank may have their origin in any country subject to the restrictions specified in Section V, Eligible Countries, and all expenditures under the Contract will not contravene such restrictions. At the Employer’s request, Bidders may be required to provide evidence of the origin of materials, equipment and services. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t C. Contents of Bidding Document \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 6. Sections of Bidding Document \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.1 The Bidding Document consist of Parts 1, 2, and3, which include all the Sections indicated below, and should be read in conjunction with any Addenda issued in accordance with ITB 8. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPART 1 Bidding Procedures \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSection I - Instructions to Bidders (ITB) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSection II - Bid Data Sheet (BDS) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSection III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSection IV - Bidding Forms \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSection V - Eligible Countries \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSection VI- Bank Policy-Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPART 2 Work’s Requirements \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSection VII - Works Requirements \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPART 3 Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSection VIII - General Conditions of Contract (GCC) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSection IX - Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSection X - Contract Forms \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.2 Not used. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.3 Unless obtained directly from the Employer, the Employer is not responsible for the completeness of the Bidding Documents, responses to requests for clarification, the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting (if any), or Addenda to the Bidding Documents in accordance with ITB 8. In case of any contradiction, documents obtained directly from the Employer shall prevail. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.4 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and specifications in the Bidding Documents and to furnish with its bid all information and documentation as is required by the Bidding Documents. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 7. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.1 The electronic bidding system provides for online clarification. A prospective bidder requiring any clarification may notify online the Employer or raise his inquiries during the pre-bid meeting if provided for in accordance with ITB 7.4. Clarifications sent through any other mode shall not be considered by the Employer. The Employer will respond to any request for clarification, provided that such request is received prior to the deadline for submission of bids, within a period specified in the BDS. Description of clarification sought and the response of the Employer will be uploaded for information of the public or other bidders without identifying the source of request for clarification.Shouldthe clarification result in changes to the essential elements of the Bidding Documents, the Employershall amend the Bidding Documents following the procedure under ITB 8 and ITB 22.2. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.2 The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the Site of Works and its surroundings and obtain for itself, on its own risk and responsibility, all information that may be necessary for preparing the bid and entering into a contract for construction of the Works. The costs of visiting the Site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.3 The Bidder and any of its personnel or agents will be granted permission by the Employer to enter upon its premises and lands for the purpose of such visit, but only upon the express condition that the Bidder, its personnel, and agents will release and indemnify the Employer and its personnel and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof, and will be responsible for death or personal injury, loss of or damage to property, and any other loss, damage, costs, and expenses incurred as a result of the inspection. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.4 If so specified in the BDS, the Bidder’s designated representative is invited to attend a pre-bid meeting. The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.5 The Bidder is requested, to submit any questions, only through the e-procurement portal, not later than one week before the meeting. Clarifications sent through any other mode shall not be considered by the Employer. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.6 Minutes of the pre-bid meeting, including the text of the questions raised, without identifying the source, and the responses given, together with any responses prepared after the meeting, will be uploaded online on e-procurement system. Any modification to the Bidding Documents that may become necessary as a result of the pre-bid meeting shall be made by the Employer exclusively through the issue of an addendum pursuant to ITB 8 and not through the minutes of the pre-bid meeting. It is the bidder’s responsibility to check on the e- procurement system, for any addendum/amendment/corrigendum on the bidding document. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.7 Non-attendance at the pre-bid meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a Bidder. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 8. Amendment of Bidding Document \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the Employer may amend the Bidding Documents by issuing addenda. The addendum will appear on the e-procurement system www.jktenders.gov.in under “Latest Corrigendum” and email notification is also automatically sent to those bidders who have moved this tender to their “My Tenders” area. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.2 Any addendum thus issued shall be part of the bidding documents and deemed to have been communicated to all the bidders who have moved this tender to their “My Tenders” area. In case of any addendum/corrigendum, the system will automatically send e-mails to all bidders who have downloaded the bidding documentand have moved the tender to their “My Tenders” area. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.3 To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take an addendum into account in preparing their bids, the Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids, pursuant to ITB 22.2 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t D. Preparation of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 9. Cost of Bidding \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.1 The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its Bid, and the Employer shall in no case be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 10. Language of Bid \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10.1 The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer, shall be written in English. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 11. Documents Comprising the Bid \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 11.1 The Bid shall comprise of two parts,namely the Technical Part and the Financial part.These two parts shall be submitted simultaneously \r\n\r\n\t\t\t11.2 The Technical Bid shall comprise the following: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) Letter of Bid-Technical Part; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) completed Schedules, in accordance with ITB 12, as specified in BDS; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) Bid Security, in accordance with ITB 19; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) alternative bids-technical part, if permissible, in accordance with ITB 13; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(e) written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to commit the Bidder, in accordance with ITB 20.2; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(f) documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 17 establishing the Bidder’s qualifications to perform the contract; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(g) Technical Proposal in accordance with ITB 16; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(h) Construction methodology as detailed inPara 1.1 of Section III Evaluation Criteria; and \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(i) Bids submitted by a JV (where permitted)shall include a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement entered into by all members. Alternatively, a letter of intent to execute a Joint Venture Agreement in the event of a successful bid shall be signed by all members and submitted with the bid, together with a copy of the proposed Agreement. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(j) Any other document required in the BDS. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t11.3 The Financial Part shall contain the following: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) Letter of Bid-Financial Part \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) Bill of Qantities completed online in accordance with ITB 12 and ITB 14 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) Alternative Bid-Financial Part:if permissible in accordance with ITB 13; and \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) Any other document required in the BDS \r\n\r\n\t\t\t11.4 The Technical part shall not include any information related to the Bid price.where material financial information related to the Bid price is contained in the Technical part the Bid shall be declared non-responsive. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t11.5 Information on commissions and gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid to agents or any other party relating to this Bid. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 12. Process of Bid Submission \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.1 The Letter of Bid,-Technical Part, Letter of Bid-Financial Part Schedules, and all documents shall be prepared using the relevant forms in Section IV (Bidding Forms), if so provided. The forms must be completed without any alterations to the text, and no substitutes shall be accepted. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information requested. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.2Entire Bid including the Letter of Bid and filled-up Bill of Quantity shall be submitted online on e-procurement system in www.jktenders.gov.in Details and process of online submission of the tender and relevant documents are given in the website mentioned above. Scanned copies of documents listed in ITB clauses 11 and 12.3 should also be uploaded on this website including: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) Treasury Challantowards the cost of bid document \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) Bid Security in any of the forms specified in ITB (Clause 19 of IFB) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) Contractor Registration certificate (as per IFB) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) Documents in support of qualification requirements \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(e) Any other documents as specified in the Bid Data Sheet \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.3 Submission of Original Documents: The bidders are required to submit (i) original Treasury Challantowards the cost of bid document (as per IFB); and (ii) original bid security in approved form; and (iii) original affidavit regarding correctness of information furnished with bid document with the office specified in the Bid Data Sheet, before the opening of the Bid, either by registered/speed post/courier or by hand, failing which the bids will be declared non-responsive \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 13. Alternative Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 13.1 Bidders shall submit offers that comply with the requirements of the bidding documents, including the basic technical design as indicated in the drawing and specifications. Alternatives will not be considered. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 14. Bid Prices and Discounts \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.1 The prices and discounts (including any price reduction) quoted by the Bidder in the Letter of Bid-Financial Bid and in the Schedules shall conform to the requirements specified below. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.2 The Bidder shall submit a bid for the whole of the works described in ITB 1.1 by filling in prices for all items of the Works (both in figures and words), as identified in Section IV, Bidding Forms along with the total bid price (both in figures and words). The Bidder shall fill in rates and prices for all items of the Works described in the Bill of Quantities. Items against which no rate or price is entered by the Bidder will not be paid for by the Employer when executed and shall be deemed covered by the rates for other items and prices in the Bill of Quantities. Corrections if any in the bidcan be carried out by editing the information before electronic submissionon e-procurement portal. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.3 The price to be quoted in the Letter of Bid in accordance with ITB 12.1, shall be the total price of the Bid, excluding any discounts offered. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.4 Unconditional discounts, if any, and the methodology for their application shall be quoted in the Letter of Bid, in accordance with ITB 12.1. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.5 Unless otherwise provided in the BDS and the Conditions of Contract, the prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed \r\n\r\n\t\t\t14.6 If so indicated in ITB 1.1, bids are invited for individual contracts or for any combination of lots/contracts (packages). Bidders wishing to offer any price reduction for the award of more than one Contract shall specify in their bid the price reductions applicable to each package, or alternatively, to individual Contracts within the package. Price reductions or discounts shall be submitted in accordance with ITB 14.4, provided the bids for all lots/contracts are submitted and opened at the same time. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.7 All duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the Contractor under the Contract, or for any other cause, shall be included in the rates and prices and the total bid price submitted by the Bidder. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.8 Bidders may like to ascertain availability of excise/custom duty exemption benefits available in India to the contracts financed under World Bank loan/credits. They are solely responsible for obtaining such benefits which they have considered in their bid and in case of failure to receive such benefits for reasons whatsoever, the Employer will not compensate the bidder (contractor). The bidder shall furnish along with his bid a declaration to this effect in the Declaration Format provided in Section IV of the bidding documents. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tWhere the bidder has quoted taking into account such benefits, it must give all information required for issue of certificates in terms of the Government of India Central Excise Notification and Customs Notification as per form stipulated in section IV. In case the bidder has not provided the required information or has indicated to be furnished later on in the Declaration Format, the same shall be construed that the goods/construction equipment for which certificate is required is Nil. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tTo the extent the Employer determines the quantity indicated therein are reasonable keeping in view the quantities in bill of quantities, construction program and methodology, the certificates will be issued within 60 days of signing of the contract and no subsequent changes will be permitted. In case of materials pertaining to Variation items and quantities the certificate shall be issued only on request from the contractor when in need and duly certified by the Engineer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tNo certificate will be issued for items where no quantity/capacity of equipment is indicated in the statement. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIf the bidder has considered the customs/excise duty exemption for materials/construction equipment to be bought for the work, the bidder shall confirm and certify that the Employer will not be required to undertake any responsibilities of the Government of India Scheme or the said exemptions being available during the contract execution, except issuing the required certificate.The bids which do not conform to the above provisions or any condition by the bidder which makes the bid subject to availability of customs/excise duty exemption for materials/construction equipment or compensation on withdrawal of any variations to the said exemptions will be treated as non-responsive and rejected. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAny delay in procurement of the construction equipment/machinery/goods as a result of the above shall not be a cause for granting any extension of time. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 15. Currencies of Bid and Payment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15.1 The unit rates and prices shall be quoted by the Bidder entirely in Indian Rupees. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 16. Documents Comprising the Technical Proposal \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 16.1 The Bidder shall furnish a Technical Proposal in the Technical Part of the Bid, including a statement of work methods, equipment, personnel, schedule and any other information as per details stipulated in Section IV(Bidding Forms), in sufficient detail to demonstrate the adequacy of the Bidders’ proposal to meet the work requirements and the completion time. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 17. Documents Establishing the Qualifications of the Bidder \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 17.1 To establish its qualifications to perform the Contract in accordance with Section III (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) the Bidder shall provide the complete information as requested in the corresponding information sheets included in Section IV(Bidding Forms). \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 18. Period of Validity of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18.1 Bids shall remain valid for 90 days or for a period specified in the BDS after the bid submission deadline date prescribed by the Employer. A bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the bid validity period, the Employer may request Bidders to extend the period of validity of their bids. The request and the responses shall be made in writing. If a bid security is requested in accordance with ITB 19, it shall also be extended up to forty five (45) days beyond the deadline of the extended validity period. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its bid security. A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or permitted to modify its bid. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18.3 If the award is delayed by a period exceeding fifty six(56)beyond the expiry of the initial bid validity, the Contract price shall be determined as follows: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) In the case of fixed price contracts, the Contract price shall be the bid price adjusted by the factor specified in theBDS. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) In the case of adjustable price contracts, no adjustment shall be made. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) In any case, bid evaluation shall be based on the bid price without taking into consideration the applicable correction from those indicated above. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 19. Bid Security \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.1 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, the Bidder shall furnish as part of the Technical part of its bid, in original form, a bid security for the amount shown in BDS for this particular work. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.2 The bid security shall be a demand guarantee , at the Bidder’s option, in any of the following forms: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) an unconditional bank guarantee, issued by a Nationalized/Scheduled bank located in India; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a Nationalized or Scheduled bank located in India; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) a cashier’s or certified check; or demand draft from a Nationalized or Scheduled Bank located in India; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) another security indicated in the BDS. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIn case of a bank guarantee, the bid security shall be submitted using the Bid Security form included in the Section IV (Bidding Forms). The form must include the complete name of the Bidder. The bid security shall be valid for forty five (45) daysbeyond the original validity period of the bid, or beyond any period of extension if requested under ITB 18.2. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.3 Any bid not accompanied by a substantially responsive Bid Security shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.4 If a bid security is specified pursuant to ITB 19.1, the bid security of unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned as promptly as possible upon the successful Bidder’s signing the contract and furnishing of the performance security pursuant to ITB 45. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.5 If a bid security is specified pursuant to ITB 19.1, the bid security of the successful Bidder shall be returned as promptly as possible once the successful Bidder has signed the Contract and furnished the required performance security. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.6 The bid security may be forfeited: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) if a Bidder withdraws/modifies/substitutes its bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid-Technical Part and repeated in the Letter of Bid-Financial Part, or any extension thereto provided by the Bidder in accordance with ITB 18.2; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) if the Bidder does not accept the correction of its Bid Price pursuant to ITB 36 or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) if the successful Bidder fails to: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(i) sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 44; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(ii) furnish a performance security in accordance with ITB 45. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.7 The Bid Security of a JVshall be in the name of the JVthat submits the bid. If the JVhas not been constituted into a legally-enforceable JV, at the time of bidding, the Bid Security shall be in the names of all future partners as named in the letter of intent mentioned in ITB 4.1.2 and ITB 11.2. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 20. Format and Signing of Bid \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 20.1 The bid will be prepared as per details given in ITB 21. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t E. Online Submission and Opening of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 21. Preparation of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 21.1 Bids both Technical and Financial Parts shall be submiited on line on the e-procurement portal www.jktenders.gov.in Detailed guidelines for viewing bids and submission of online bids are given on the website. The Invitation for Bids under this Project is published on this website. Any citizen or prospective bidder can logon to this website and view the Invitation for Bids and can view the details of works for which bids are invited. The prospective bidder can submit bids online; however, the bidder is required to have enrolment/registration in the website and should have valid Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) in the form of smart card/e-token. The DSC can be obtained from any authorised certifying agencies. The bidder should register in the web site www.jktenders.gov.in using the relevant option available. Then the Digital Signature registration has to be done with the e-token, after logging into the site. After this, the bidder can login the site through the secured login by entering the password of the e-token & the user id/ password chosen during registration. After getting the bid schedules, the Bidder should go through them carefully and then submit the documents as asked, otherwise, the bid will be rejected \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 21.2 The completed bid comprising of documents indicated in ITB clause 12, should be uploaded on the website given above through e-tendering along with scanned copies of requisite certificates as are mentioned in different sections in the bidding document and scanned copy of bid security. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 21.3 All the documents are required to be signed digitally by the bidder. After electronic on line bid submission, the system generates a unique bid identification number which is time stamped as per server time. This shall be treated as acknowledgement of bid submission. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t21.4 Physical, e-mail, telex, cable or facsmile bids will be rejected as non- responsive. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 22. Deadline for Submission of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 22.1 Bids must be uploaded online no later than the date and time indicated in the BDS. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 22.2 The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids by amending the Bidding Document in accordance with ITB 8, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 23. Late Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 23.1 The electronic bidding system would not allow any late submission of bids after due date & time as per server time. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 24. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 24.1 Bidders may modify their bids by uploading their request for modification before the deadline for submission of bids. For this the bidder need not make any additional payment towards the cost of tender document. For bid modification and consequential re-submission, the bidder is not required to withdraw his bid submitted earlier. The last modified bid submitted by the bidder within the bid submission time shall be considered as the bid. For this purpose, modification/withdrawal by other means will not be accepted. In on line system of bid submission, the modification and consequential re-submission of bids is allowed any number of times. The bidders may withdraw his bid by uploading their request before the deadline for submission of bids, however, if the bid is withdrawn, the re-submission of the bid is not allowed.(or allowed if specified in BDS) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 24.2 Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 24.1 shall not be opened. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 24.3 No bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval between the deadline for submission of bids and the expiration of the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid or any extension thereof. This will result in the forfeiture of the Bid Security pursuant to ITB 19.6. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t F. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 25. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 25.1 The Employer shall publicly open the technical Parts of all the bids received online by the deadline at the date, time and place specified in the BDS in the presence of Bidders designated representatives and this could be viewed by the bidders also online.The Financial parts of the bids shall remain unopened in the e procurement system, untill the subsequent public opening, following the evaluation of the technical parts of the Bids.In all cases, original documents submitted as specified in ITB 12.3 shall be scrutinized and Bids that do not comply with the provisions of ITB 12.3 will be declared non-reponsive and will not be opened.Thereafter bidder’s names and such details as the Employer may consider appropriate will be notified online as Technical Part bid opening summary. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIn the event of the specified date of bid opening being declared a hoiday for the employer, the bids will be opened at the appointed time and location on the next working day. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 25.2 The electronic summary of the opening will be generated and kept online. The Employer will also prepare minutes of the Bid opening, including the information disclosed and upload the same for viewing online.Only Technical Parts of the bids that are opened at the Bid opening shall be considered further for evaluation.Any complaint shall be dealt with in accordance with complaint handling protocol of the Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t G. Evaluation of Bids-General Provisions \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 26. Confidentiality \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 26.1 Information relating to the examination, evaluation, comparison, and postqualification of bids and recommendation of contract award, shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with such process until information on Contract award is communicated to all Bidders in accordance with ITB 44. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 26.2 Any attempt by a Bidder to influence the Employer in the evaluation of the bids or Contract award decisions may result in the rejection of its bid. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 26.3 Notwithstanding ITB 26.2, from the time of bid opening to the time of Contract award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the Employer on any matter related to the bidding process, it may do so in writing. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 27. Clarification of Bids \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 27.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of the bids, and qualification of the Bidders, the Employer may, at its discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of its bidincluding breakdown of unit rates. Any clarification submitted by a Bidder that is not in response to a request by the Employer shall not be considered. The Employer’s request for clarification and the response shall be in writing. No changeincluding any voluntary increase or decrease in the prices or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer in the evaluation of the bids, in accordance with ITB 36. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 27.2 If a Bidder does not provide clarifications of its bid by the date and time set in the Employer’s request for clarification, its bid may be rejected. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 28. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 28.1 During the evaluation of bids, the following definitions apply: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the Bidding Document; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the Bidding Document; and \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the Bidding Document. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 29. Non-conformities, Errors, and Omissions \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 29.1 Provided that a bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may waive any non-conformities in the bid which do not constitute a material deviation, reservation or omission \r\n\r\n\t\t\t29.2 Provided that a bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may request that the Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities in the bid related to documentation requirements. Requesting information or documentation on such nonconformities shall not be related to any aspect of the price or substance of the bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result in the rejection of its bid. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 29.3 Provided that a bid is substantially responsive, the Employer shall rectify quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities related to the Bid Price. To this effect, the Bid Price may be adjusted, for comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of a missing or non-conforming item or component. The adjustment shall be made using the methods specified in Section III (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria). \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t H. Evaluation of Technical Parts of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 30. Eavluation of Technical parts \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 30.1 In evaluating the Technical Parts of each bid the employer shall use the criteria and methodologies listed in ITB and Section III, Evaluation and Quaificationcriteria.No other evaluation criteria or methodologies shall be permitted. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 31. Determination of Responsiveness \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 31.1 The Employer’s determination of a bid’s responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the bid itself, as defined in ITB11. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 31.2 A substantially responsive bid is one that meets the requirements of the Bidding Document without material deviation, reservation, or omission. A material deviation, reservation, or omission is one that, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) if accepted, would: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(i) affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Works specified in the Contract; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(ii) limit in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding Document, the Employer’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations under the proposed Contract; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) if rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Bidders presenting substantially responsive bids. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 31.3 The Employer shall examine the technical aspects of the bid submitted in accordance with ITB 16, Technical Proposal, in particular, to confirm that all requirements of Section VII(Work’s Requirements) have been met without any material deviation, reservations or omissions. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 31.4 If a bid is not substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding Document, it shall be rejected by the Employer and may not subsequently be made responsive by correction of the material deviation or reservations. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t31.5 In case where a prequalification process has been undertaken for the contracts for which these Bidding Documents have been issued, the purchaser will ensure that each bid is from a prequalified bidder. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 32. Qualification of the Bidder \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 32.1 The employer shall determine to its satisfaction whether the eligible Bidders that have submitted substaintially responsive Bid-Technical parts meet the qualifying criteria specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 32.2 The determination shall be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence submitted by the Bidder, pursuant to the ITB 17.The determination shall not take into consideration the qualification’s of the other firms such as Bidder’s subsidiaries, parent entities,affiliates, sub-contractors(other than specialised sub-contractors if permitted in the bidding document) or any other firm(s) different from the bidder. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t32.3 If the Bidder does not meet the qualifying criteria specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, its Bid shall be rejected by the Employer and may not subsequently be made responsive by correction of the material deviation, reservation or omission. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t32.4 Only Bids that are both substaintially responsive to the bidding document and meet all the qualification criteria shall have their financial parts opening \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 33. Sub-contractors \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 33.1 Unless otherwise stated in the BDS, the Employer does not intend to execute any specific elements of the Works by sub-contractors selected in advance by the Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t33.2 The Employer may permit subcontracting for certain specialized works as indicated in Section III. When subcontracting is permitted by the Employer, the specialized sub-contractor’s experience shall be considered for evaluation. Section III describes the qualification criteria for sub-contractors. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t33.3 Bidders may propose subcontracting up to the percentage of total value of contracts or the volume of works as specified in the BDS. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t I. Opening of Financial Parts of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 34. Public opening of financial Parts \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 34.1 Following the completion of the evaluation of the Technical Parts of the Bids and the Bank has issued its no objection (if applicable), the Employer shall notify in writing those Bidders whose bids were considered non reponsive to the bidding document or failed to meet the Qualification Criteria, advising them of the following information: \r\n\r\n\t\t\ta) The grounds on which their Technical Part of Bid failed to meet the requirements of the bidding document; \r\n\r\n\t\t\tb) Their Financial Part of Bid shall not be opened; and \r\n\r\n\t\t\tc) Notify them of the date and time for public opening of Financial Bids. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t34.2 The employer shall simultaneously notify in writing those Bidders whose Technical Part have been evaluated as substaintially responsive to the bidding document and met all Qualifying Criteria advising them of the following information: \r\n\r\n\t\t\ta) their Bid has been evaluated as substantially responsive to the bidding document and met the Qualification Criteria; \r\n\r\n\t\t\tb) their Financial Part of Bid will be opened at the public opening of the Financial Parts; and \r\n\r\n\t\t\tc) notify them of the date,time and place of the second public opening of the Financial Parts of the Bids as specified in the BDS. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t34.3 The opening date should allow Bidders sufficient time to make arrangements for attending the opening .The Financial Part of the Bids shall be opened publicly in the presence of the Bidder’s designated representatives and anyone who chose to attend and this can also be viewed by thewbiddersonline.The Bidders name. Bid prices, the total amount of each bid, per lot(contract) if applicable, including any discounts, and such details as the Employer may consider appropriate will be notified online by the Employer at the time of bid opening. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIn event of the specified date of bid opening being a declared holiday for the Employer the bids will be opened at the appointed time and location on the next working day. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t J. Evaluation of Financial Parts of Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 35. Evaluation of Fianancial Parts \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 35.1 To evaluate the financial part , the Employer shall consider the following: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) the bid price excluding the Provisional sums and the provision, if any for contingencies in the Summary of Bill of Quantities but excluding Day work items where priced competitively; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) Not used \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance with ITB 14.4 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) price adjustment for nonconformities in accordance with ITB 29.3; and \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d)The additional evaluation factors as specified in Section III (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria); \r\n\r\n\t\t\t35.2 The estimated effect of the price adjustment provisions of the Conditions of Contract applied over the period of execution of the Contract shall not be taken ito account in Bid evaluation. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t35.3 If this Bidding Document allows Bidders to quote separate prices for different lots (contracts), and to award multiple contracts to a single Bidder, the methodology to determine the lowest evaluated price of the contract combinations, including any discounts offered in the Letter of Bid, is specified in Section III (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria). \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 36. Correction of Arithmetical Errors \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 36.1 The e-procurement system automatically calculates the total amount from unit rates and quantities and the system also automatically populates the amount in words from the amount in figures and therefore there is no scope of discrepancy and need for arithmetic correction. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 37. Conversion to Single Currency \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 37.1 The currency of the bid shall be Indian Rupees only. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 38. Margin of Preference \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 38.1 Not used. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 39. Comparision of Financial Parts \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 39.1 The Employer shall compare the evaluated prices of all the substially responsive bids established in accordance with ITB 35.1 to determine the lowest evaluated bid. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 40. Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 40.1 If the bid of the successful bidder, which results in the lowest Evaluated Bid Price, is seriously unbalanced, front loaded or substantially below updated estimates in the opinion of the Employer, the Employer may require the Bidder to produce detailed price analyses (with breakdown of unit rates) for any or all items of the Bill of Quantities, to provide justification for the quoted prices and to demonstrate the internal consistency of those prices with the construction methods and schedule proposed. After evaluation of the price analyses, taking into consideration the schedule of estimated contract payments, the Employer may require that the amount of the performance security be increased at the expense of the Bidder to a level sufficient to protect the Employer against financial loss in the event of default of the successful Bidder under the Contract. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 41. Employer’sRight to Accept Any Bid, and to Reject Any or All Bids \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 41.1 The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the bidding process and reject all bids at any time prior to contract award, without thereby incurring any liability to Bidders. In case of annulment, all bids submitted and specifically, bid securities, shall be promptly returned to the Bidders. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t K.Award of Contract \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 42. Award Criteria \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 42.1 Subject to ITB 41.1, the Employer shall award the Contract to the Bidder whose offer has been determined to be the lowest evaluated bid and is substantially responsive to the Bidding Document, provided further that the Bidder is determined to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 43. Notification of Award \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 43.1 Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, the Employer shall notify the successful Bidder, in writing, via the Letter of Acceptance included in the Contract Forms, that its bid has been accepted.The letter of acceptance shall specify the sum that the Employer will pay the contractor in consideration of the execution and completion of the Works(herein and in the Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms called “the Contract Price”). \r\n\r\n\t\t\t43.2 Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, the notification of award shall constitute a binding Contract. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 44. Signing of Contract, Publication of award and Recourse to unsuccessful Bidders \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 44.1 The Contract Agreement shall incorporate all agreementsbetween theEmployer and the successful Bidder. It shall be kept ready in the office of the Employer for the signature of the Employer and the successful Bidder, within 21 days following the date of Letter of acceptance. Within 21 days of receipt of Letter of acceptance, the successful Bidder shall sign the Agreement and furnish the performance security in accordance with ITB Clause 45 and revised construction methodology. If the successful bidder is a JV, it shall also furnish the JV agreement duly signed by all the partners, if it had submitted only a letter of intent to execute the JV agreement along with the bid. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 44.2 The Employer within 3 weeks of issue of notification of award shall publish in www.jktenders.gov.in the results identifying the bid and lot numbers and the following information: (i) name of each bidder who submitted the bid; (ii) bid prices as read out at bid opening; (iii) name and evaluated prices of each bid that was evaluated; (iv) name of bidders whose bids were rejected and the reasons for their rejection; and (v) name of the winning bidder, and the price it offered, as well as the duration and summary scope of the contract awarded. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t44.3The Employer shall promptly respond in writing to any unsuccessful Bidder who, after publication of contract award, requests the Employer in writing to explain on which grounds its bid was not selected. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 45. Performance Security \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 45.1 Within twenty-one (21) days of the receipt of notification of award from the Employer, the successful Bidder shall furnish the performance security in accordance with the conditions of contract, subject to ITB 40.1, using for that purpose the Performance Security Form included in Section X (Contract Forms). The performance security of a Joint Venture shall be in the name of the Joint Venture specifying the names of all partners. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 45.2 Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned Performance Security or to sign the Contract Agreement shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the bid security. In that event the Employer may award the Contract to the next lowest evaluated Bidder whose offer is substantially responsive and is determined by the Employer to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 45.3 Upon the successful Bidder’s signing the Agreement and furnishing of the Performance Security pursuant to ITB Clause 45.1, the Employer shall promptly notify the name of the winning bidder to each unsuccessful bidder and shall discharge the Bid Securities of the bidders pursuant to ITB Clause 19.4 and 19.5. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 46. Adjudicator or Dispute Review Expert \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 46.1 The Employer proposes the person named in the BDS to be appointed as Adjudicator (or Dispute Review Expert) under the Contract, at the daily rate specified in the BDS, plus reimbursable expenses (actual boarding, lodging, travel and other incidental expenses). If the Bidder disagrees with this proposal, the Bidder should so state in Letter of Bid. If, in the Letter of Acceptance, the Employer does not agree on the appointment of the Adjudicator [or Disputes Review Expert] proposed by the Bidder, theEmployer will request the Appointing Authority designated in the Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC) pursuant to Clause 23.1 of the General Conditions of Contract (GCC), to appoint the Adjudicator [or Disputes Review Expert]. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Section II - Bid Data Sheet (BDS)
\r\n\r\nB. Introduction
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 1.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Employeris:Chief Engineer, PW(R&B) Department, Jammu & Kashmir, Engineering Complex, Rajbagh, Srinagar 190008 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 1.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The name of the work is: Construction of (1) Humanities Block and (2) Staff Room & Meeting Halls Block at Govt Degree College, Bemina, Srinagar, J&K. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t The identification numberof the work is: ..................................... \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe number and identification of lots comprising this bidding process is: NA \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 2.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Borrower is Government of India. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Sub-Borrower is Jammu & Kashmir Government. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Employer isChief Engineer, PW(R&B) Department, Jammu & Kashmir, Engineering Complex, Rajbagh, Srinagar 190008 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 2.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The name of the Project is: Jehlum&Tawi Flood Recovery Project \r\n\r\n\t\t\tLoan or Financing Agreement amount: US Dollars 25 million \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 4.1.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bids from Joint ventures areacceptable. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tMaximum number of members in the JV shall be:One lead member plus Three other members \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 4.1.2(g) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Place where the agreement to form JV to be registered:anywhere in India \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 4.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t A list of debarred firms and individuals is available at the Bank’s external website www.worldbank.org/debarr. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
C. Contents of Bidding Documents
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 7.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Electronic –Procurement System \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Employer shall use the following electronic procurement system to manage the Bidding process: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tWeb page:www.jktenders.gov.in \r\n\r\n\t\t\tRequests for clarification shall be received by the Employer not later than 14 days prior to deadline for submission of bids. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 7.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t A Pre-Bid meeting shall take place at the following date, time and place: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tDate: 25/09/2017 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tTime: 1100 Hours \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPlace: Office of the Chief Engineer, PW(R&B) Department, Jammu & Kashmir, Engineering Complex, Rajbagh, Srinagar 190008 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
D. Preparation of Bids
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 11.2 (b) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The following schedules shall be submitted with the bid: Schedule of equipment, Schedule of Key Personnel, Priced Bill of quantities \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 11.2(j) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t i. The following schedules shall be submitted with the bid: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tii. Contractor registration Certificate as per IFB \r\n\r\n\t\t\tiii. Comprehensive and concise Environmental, Social, Health and safety Management strategies and Implementation Plans including Code od Conduct that will apply to its employees and sub contractors, to ensure complaince with the Environmental, Social, Health and safety (ESHS) obligations including compliance and applicable Laws / Rules / Regulations for protection of environment, public health and safety and the applicable parts of the Environment Management Plan of the project under the contract2. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tiv. Methodology and Program of Construction. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 11.3(d) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Bidder shall submit with its bid the following additional documents: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1. PAN No. from the Income Tax Department. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2. Affidavit that the Information furnished is correct in all respects. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3. EPF No. from the Provident Commisioner \r\n\r\n\t\t\t4. GST Registration Certificate / VAT Clearance Certificate as applicable on date. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 12 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Note for Bidders: Bidders have to submit the bids on the e-procurement portal along with the relevant required documents.For the purpose, the bidders shall fill up online, the forms that are available for online filling on the e-portal.The rest of forms shall be downloaded by the bidders and filled up.The filled pages shall be scanned and uploaded on the e-portal along with the scanned copies of the supporting documents. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 12.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Forsubmission of (a) original Treasury Challantowards the cost of bid document (b) original bid security in approved form and (c) original affidavit regarding correctness of information furnished with bid document only, the Employer’s address is: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAttention: Chief Engineer, PW(R&B) Department, Jammu & Kashmir, Engineering Complex, Rajbagh, Srinagar 190008 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPIN Code: 190008 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tCountry: INDIA \r\n\r\n\t\t\tEmail: cepwdrnbkmr@yahoo.in \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 13.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Alternative bids shall not be permitted. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 14.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The prices quoted by the Bidder shall not besubject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract. The adjustment of contract price, if provided, will be done in accordance with GCC Clause 45 and the corresponding clause in the SCC section. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 18.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The bid validity period shall be: 90 days. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 18.3 (a) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The bid price shall be adjusted by the following factor:NA \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 19.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Bidder shall furnish a bid security in the amount of Rs. 19.50Lacs. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 19.2 (d) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Other types of acceptable securities are: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tFixed Deposit/Time Deposit certificate issued by a Nationalized or Scheduled Bank located in India for equivalent or higher values are acceptable provided it is pledged in favour of Chief Accounts Officer PW (R&B) Department Kashmirand such pledging has been noted and suitably endorsed by the bank issuing the certificate. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 20.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder shall consist of: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tLegally valid Power of Attorney is required to demonstrate the authority of the signatory to sign the Bid; and \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIn the case of Bids submitted by an existing or intended JV, if permitted as per ITB 4.1, the authorization shall be evidenced by a Power of Attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of all the partners.” \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
E. Online Submission and Opening of Bids
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 22.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Forsubmission of(a) original Treasury Challantowards the cost of bid document (b) original bid security in approved form and (c) original affidavit regarding correctness of information furnished with bid document only, the Employer’s address is: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAttention: Chief Engineer, PW(R&B) Department, Jammu & Kashmir, Engineering Complex, Rajbagh, Srinagar 190008 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPIN Code: 190008 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tCountry: INDIA \r\n\r\n\t\t\tEmail: cepwdrnbkmr@yahoo.in \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 24.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Re-submission of the bid is Not allowed, if withdrawn. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
F. On Public Opening of Technical Part of Bids
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 25.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The online bid opening shall take place on: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tStreet Address: Chief Engineer, PW(R&B) Department, Jammu & Kashmir, Engineering Complex, Rajbagh, Srinagar 190008 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPIN Code: 190008 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tCountry: INDIA \r\n\r\n\t\t\tEmail: cepwdrnbkmr@yahoo.in \r\n\r\n\t\t\tDate: 19/10/2018 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tTime: 1100 Hours \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
G. Evaluation of Bids-General Provisions
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 29.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The adjustment shall be based on the highest price of the item or component as quoted in other substantially responsive Bids, subject to a maximum of the estimated price of the item.If the price of the item or component cannot be derived from the price of other substantially responsive Bids,the Employer shall use its best estimate. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
H. Evaluation of Technical Parts Bids
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 33.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t At this time the Employer does not intend to execute certain specific parts of the Works by sub-contractors selected in advance. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 33.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (a) Contractor’s proposed sub-contracting: Maximum percentage of sub-contracting permitted is: 20% of the total contract amount or 20% of the volume of work which ever is less. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) Bidders planning to subcontract more than 10% of total volume of work shall specify, in the Bid Submission Form, the activity(ies) or parts of the works to be subcontracted along with complete details of the sub-contractors and their qualification and experience. The qualification and experience of the sub-contractors must meet the minimum criteria for the relevant work to be sub-contracted failing which such sub-contractors will not be permitted to participate. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) Sub-contractors’ qualification and experience will not be considered for evaluation of the Bidder except to the extent specified in the criteria. The Bidder on its own (without taking into account the qualification and experience of the sub-contractor) should meet the qualification criteria. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[Note-Work should not be split into small parts and sub-contracted]. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
I. Public Opening of Financial Parts of Bids
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 34.2(c) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Following the completion of the evaluation of the Technical Parts of the Bids, the Employer will notify all Bidders of the Place, date and time of public opening of Financial Parts. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe online bid opening of Financial Parts of Bids shall take place on: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPlace: Chief Engineer, PW(R&B) Department, Jammu & Kashmir, Engineering Complex, Rajbagh, Srinagar 190008 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPIN Code: 190008 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tCountry: INDIA \r\n\r\n\t\t\tEmail: cepwdrnbkmr@yahoo.in \r\n\r\n\t\t\tDate: To be intimated \r\n\r\n\t\t\tTime: To be intimated. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIn addition to the above the Employer shall publish a notice of the public opening of the Financial Parts of the Bid on the website: www.jktenders.gov.in. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
K. Award of Contract
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 45.1 and 45.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The successful Bidder shall also be required to submit an Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) Performance Security. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tFollowing the completion of the evaluation of the Technical Parts of the Bids, the Employer will notify all Bidders of the Place, date and time of public opening of Financial Parts. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[Note: throughout this bidding document the term ‘performance security’, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, means and includes both ‘the performance security and the ESHS performance security’ to be submitted by the successful bidder in the amounts specified in GCC/ PCC 50] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ITB 46.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert proposed by the Employer is: shall be decided at the time of agreement \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t The daily fee for this proposed Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert shall be: Rs 5000 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
This section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate bids and qualify Bidders if the bidding was not preceded by a prequalification exercise and postqualification is applied. In accordance with ITB 35 and ITB 37, no other methods, criteria and factors shall be used. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested in the forms included in Section IV (Bidding Forms).
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
1. Evaluation-Technical Part
\r\n\r\nEvaluation of the Bidder’s Technical Proposal will include:
\r\n\r\n(i) an assessment of the Bidder’s technical capacity to mobilize key equipment and personnel for the contract consistent with its proposal regarding work methods, scheduling, material sourcing and Quality Control/Assurance in sufficient detail and fully in accordance with the requirements stipulated in Section VII (Works Requirements).
\r\n\r\nFor this purpose the Bidder should also submit a detailed note outlining its proposed methodology and program of construction including Environmental Management Plan, backed with equipment planning and deployment, materials and manpower planning and deployment, duly supported with broad calculations and quality control system/assurance procedures proposed to be adopted, justifying their capability of execution and completion of the work as per technical specifications within the stipulated period of completion as per milestones.
\r\n\r\n(ii) an assessment of the details of subcontracting elements of works amounting to more than 10% of the bid price; for each element proposed to be sub contracted furnish details whether the identified Sub-contractor possesses the required qualifications and experiences to execute that element satisfactorily. [Work should not be split into small parts and sub-contracted].
\r\n\r\n1.2 Multiple Contracts
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Not applicable
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
2. Qualification
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t Eligibility and Qualification Criteria \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t ComplianceRequirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Documentation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Subject \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Single Entity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Joint Venture where permitted \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Submission Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t All Parties Combined \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Each Partner \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One Partner \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.1 Eligibility \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.1.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Nationality \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Nationality in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 4.3. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Existing or intended JV must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N / A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Forms ELI –1 and ELI-2 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tWith attachments \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.1.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Conflict of Interest \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t No conflicts of interest in ITB Sub-Clause 4.2. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Existing or intended JV must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N / A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Letter of Bid \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.1.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bank eligibility \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Not having been declared ineligible by the Bank, as described in ITB Sub-Clause 4.4.& 4.7. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Existing JV must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N / A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Letter of Bid \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.1.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Government Owned Entity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Applicant required to meet conditions of ITB-A Sub-Clause 4.5. The entity should not be a dependent agency of the borrower or sub-borrower or Employer. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N / A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Forms ELI -1.1 and 1.2 with attachments \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.1.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t United Nations resolution or Borrower’s country law \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Not having been excluded as a result of prohibition in the Borrower’s country laws or official regulations against commercial relations with the Bidder’s country, or by an act of compliance with UN Security Council resolution, both in accordance with ITB 4.7 and Section V. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N / A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Forms ELI -1.1 and 1.2 with attachments \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t Qualification Criteria \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Compliance Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Documentation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Subject \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Single Entity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t
\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Submission Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.2 Historical Contract Non-Performance \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Each Partner \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One Partner \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.2.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t History of Non-Performing Contracts \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Non-performance of a contract[1] did not occur as a result of contractor default since 1stJanuary 2012 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement by itself or as partner to past or existing JV \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N / A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement by itself or as partner to past or existing JV \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N / A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Form CON - 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Suspension due to withdrawal of the Bid within Bid validity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Not under suspension due to withdrawal of the Bid pursuant ITB 19.6. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N/A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Letter of Bid \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.2.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Pending Litigation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bidder’s financial position and prospective long term profitability must be sound according to criteria established in 2.3.1 below and assuming that all pending litigation will be resolved against the Bidder \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement by itself or as partner to past or existing JV \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N / A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement by itself or as partner to past or existing JV \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N / A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Form CON - 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.2.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Litigation History \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t No consistent history of court/arbitral award decisions against the Bidder[2] since 1st January 2012 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement by itself or as partner to past or existing JV \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement by itself or as partner to past or existing JV \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N/A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Form CON - 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Declaration: Environmental, Social, Health, and Safety (ESHS) past performance \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Declare any civil work contracts that have been suspended or terminated and/or performance security called by an employer for reasons related to the non- compliance of any environmental, or social, or health or safety requirements or regulations in the past five years3. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must make the declaration. where there are Specialized Sub- contractor/s, the Specialized Sub-contractor/smust also makethe declaration. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N/A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Eachmustmakethedeclaration. Wherethere are Specialized Sub- contractor/s, theymustalsomakethedeclaration \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N/A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Form CON-3 ESHS Performance Declaration \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t |
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t Qualification Criteria \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t ComplianceRequirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Documentation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Subject \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Single Entity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Joint Venture where permitted \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Submission Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t All Parties Combined \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Each Member \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One Member \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.3 Financial Situation and Performance \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.3.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Financial Capabilities \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (a) The Bidder shall demonstrate that it has access to, or has available, liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means (independent of any contractual advance payment) sufficient to meet the construction cash flow req. estimated as Rs200.00 lacsfor the subject contract(s) net of the Bidders other commitments \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) The Bidders shall also demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Employer, that it has adequate sources of finance to meet the cash flow requirements on works currently in progress and for future contract commitments \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) The audited balance sheets or, if not required by the laws of the Bidder’s country, other financial statements acceptable to the Employer, for the last fiveyears shall be submitted and must demonstrate the current soundness of the Bidder’s financial position and indicate its prospective long-term profitability. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (a) Must meet requirement \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t (b) Must meet requirement \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t (c) Must meet requirement \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (a) Must meet the requirement \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t (b) Must meet requirement \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t N/A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (a) Must meet at least 25% of the requirementas a minimum \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t N/A \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t (c) Must meet requirement \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (a) Must meet at least 50% of the requirement \r\n\r\n\t\t\tas a minimum \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t N/A \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t N/A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Form FIN - 3.1 with attachments \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t NOTE: The construction cash flow requirement should be for a number of months determined as the total time needed to pay contractor invoice by the employer. The cash flow should not normally exceed 3 months peak contract requirements and availability should be certified by Bank (Nationalized or Scheduled Bank In India)in form 2.3.1 A \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.3.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Annual Construction Turnover \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Achieved in at least two financial years (in the last five years) a minimum annual financial turnover4 | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet twenty five percent (25%) of the requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet fifty percent (50%) of the requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Form FIN - 3.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t |
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Qualification Criteria \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Compliance Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Documentation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Subject \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Single Entity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Joint Venture where permitted \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Submission Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t All Parties Combined \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Each Member \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One Member \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.4 Experience \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.4.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t General Construction Experience \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Experience under construction contracts for similar works such as those pertaining to Building Worksin the role of contractor, JV member, subcontractor, or management contractor for at least the last five [5] years prior to the bid submission deadline. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N/A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement of having executed works of similar nature \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t N/A \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Form EXP – 4.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t |
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t Qualification Criteria \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Compliance Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Documentation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Subject \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Single Entity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Joint Venture where permitted \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Submission Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t All Parties Combined \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Each Member \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One Member \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t |
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.4.2 (a) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specific Construction Experience \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bidder should have successfully completed as a prime contractor, JV member[4], management contractor or subcontractor, minimum one (1) contract within the last five (5) years (FY2013-2014 to FY 2017-2018), with a value[5] of at least 800Lakhs,which is similar to the proposed works. The similarity shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods\\technology or other characteristics as described in Section VI, Employer’s requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement for one contract of 25% value \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement for one contract of 50% in value \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Form EXP 4.2(a). The contractor should have borne responsibility for execution of works to the extent he claims experience. A contractor should not claim experience for the works he has never executed. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Qualification Criteria \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Compliance Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Documentation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||
| \r\n\t\t\t No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Subject \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Single Entity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Joint Venture where permitted \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Submission Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t All Parties Combined \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Each Member \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t One Member \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t |
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.4.2 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specific Experience \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t b) For the above or other contracts executed during the period stipulated in 2.4.2(a) above, at least in one year a minimum construction experience in the following key activities: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t NA \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Should meet the criteria in full, at least for one of key activities listed in column 3. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Must meet requirement for the key activities listed below (list key activities for this partner and corresponding minimum requirements) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t NA \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Form EXP-4.2(b) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.4.2(c) For a bidder (either individually as a single entity or as a JV partner) to qualify for a group of lots (contracts), he must demonstrate having experience and resources sufficient to meet the aggregate of the qualifying criteria for all the contracts in question. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t 2.4.2(d) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Bidders who meet the minimum qualification criteria will be qualified only if their available bid capacity for construction work is equal to or more than the total bid value of the work. The available bid capacity will be calculated as under: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Assessed Available bid capacity = (A*N*1.5-B) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Where, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t A = Maximum value of civil engineering works executed in any one year during the last five years (updated to the price level of the financial year ….. at the rate of 5% per year), taking into account the completed aswell as works in progress). \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t N = Number of years prescribed for completion of the works for which bids are invited (period upto 6 months to be taken as half-year and more than 6 months as one year). \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t B = Value, at the current price level, of existing commitments on on-going works to be completed during the period of completion of the works for which bids are invited. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Note: the statements in Section IV showing the value of existing commitments of on-going works as well as the stipulated period of completion remaining for each of the works listed should be countersigned by the Engineer in charge, not below the rank of an Executive Engineer or equivalent. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.4.2 (e) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Even though the bidders may meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be disqualified if they have: - \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t - made misleading or false representations in the forms, statements, affidavits, and attachments submitted in proof of the qualification requirement; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t- record of poor performance such as abandoning the works, not properly completion or financial failures etc. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t- consistent history of litigation or arbitration awards against the bidder or any partner or the joint venture. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t- Participated in the previous bidding (if this is a re-bidding) for the same work and had quoted unreasonably high bid price and could not furnish any rational justification for the same to the employer. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
2.5 Personnel
\r\n\r\nThe Bidder must demonstrate that it will have the personnel for the key positions that meet the following requirements:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Sr. No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Designation of Personnel (Position) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Minimum Qualification \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Minimum years of experience \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Minimum experience in similar works. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Project Manager \r\n\r\n\t\t\tConstruction Supervisor \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSafety Officer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t BE(Civil/Mech) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tDiploma(Civil) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tDiploma in Construction Safety/Occupational safety with skill and experience in handling the Health, Environment, Safety issues in handling the linear infrastructure projects \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10 years \r\n\r\n\t\t\t10 years \r\n\r\n\t\t\t5years \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 years \r\n\r\n\t\t\t5 years \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3 years \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
The Bidder must not have in his employment:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
[i] The near relations (defined as first blood relations, and their spouses, of the bidder or the bidder’s spouse) of persons of the R&B Department
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
[ii] without Government permission, any person who retired as gazetted officer within the last two years.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Bidder shall provide details of the proposed personnel and their experience records in the relevant Forms included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
\r\n\r\nNote:
\r\n\r\nThe managerial and technical competence of a contractor is largely related to the key personnel on site. The extent to which the Bidder should demonstrate having staff with extensive experience should be limited to those requiring critical operational or technical skills. The criteria should therefore refer to a limited number of such key personnel, for instance, the project or contract manager and those superintendents working under the project manager who will be responsible for major components (e.g., superintendents specialized in dredging, piling, or earthworks, as required for each particular project). Criteria of acceptability should be based on:
\r\n\r\n(a) a minimum number of years of experience in a similar position; and
\r\n\r\n(b) a minimum number of years of experience and/or number of comparable projects carried out in a specified number of preceding years.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
2.6 Equipment
\r\n\r\nThe Bidder must demonstrate that it will have access to the key Contractor’s equipment listed hereafter:
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Equipment Type and Characteristics \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Capacity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Minimum Number required \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Concrete hooper Mixer(with lift) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4-5 cu.m per hr \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Vibrators(elec/diesel) of different capacities \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Welding sets(equipment) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Hydraulic Excavator cum loader (JCB) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 30 cu m per hr \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Trucks/Tippers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10 cu m \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Water Pumps \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Tower Cranes \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Generator 50 KVA meeting CPCB standards \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Dewatering Pump 100mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 10 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Form work/ scaffolding \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4000 Sqm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
[NOTE:
\r\n\r\nBased on the studies, carried out the Engineer the minimum suggested major equipment to attain the completion of works in accordance with the prescribed construction schedule is shown in the above list. The bidders should, however, undertake their own studies and furnish with their bid, a detailed construction planning and methodology supported with layout and necessary drawings and calculations (detailed) as stated in Section IV to allow the employee to review their proposals. The numbers, types and capacities of each plant/equipment shall be shown in the proposals along with the cycle time for each operation for the given production capacity to match the requirements.]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using the relevant Form in Section IV.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Section IV - Bidding Forms
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Letter of Bid-Technical Part
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t The Bidder must prepare the Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and address. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Note: All italicized text is for use in preparing these forms and shall be deleted from the final products. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Date: _______________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Invitation for Bid No.: _______________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
To: (Insert name of the Employer)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
We, the undersigned, hereby submit our bid, in two parts, namely :
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(a) the Technical Part, and
\r\n\r\n(b) the Financial Part
\r\n\r\nIn submitting our Bid, we make the following declarations:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(a) We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Documents, including Addenda issued in accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB8) ;
\r\n\r\n(b) We meet the eligibility requirements and have no conflict of interest in accordance with ITB 4;
\r\n\r\n(c) We offer to execute in conformity with the Bidding Documents the following Works: ____________________________________________________________________;
\r\n\r\n
(d) Our bid shall be valid for a period of ________ [insert validity period as specified inITB 18.1.] days from the date fixed for the bid submission deadline in accordance with the Bidding Documents, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;
\r\n\r\n(e) We accept the appointment of [insert name proposed in Bid Data Sheet] as the Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert
\r\n\r\n[or]
\r\n\r\nWe do not accept the appoint of [insert name proposed in Bid Data Sheet] as he Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert, and propose instead that [insert name] be appointed as Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert, whose daily fees and biographical data are attached.;
\r\n\r\n(f) If our bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a performance security in accordance with the Bidding Document;
\r\n\r\n(g) We are not participating, as a Bidder, in more than one bid in this bidding process in accordance with ITB 4.2,
\r\n\r\n(h) Our firm, its affiliates or subsidiaries, including any Subcontractors or Suppliers for any part of the contract, has not been declared ineligible by the Bank, under the Employer’s country laws or official regulations or by an act of compliance with a decision of the United Nations Security Council;(ITB 4.7)
\r\n\r\n(i) We are not a government owned entity / We are a government owned entity but meet the requirements of ITB 4.5;[6]
\r\n\r\n(j) We hereby certify that we have taken steps to ensure that no person acting for us or on our behalf will engage in any type of fraud and corruption.
\r\n\r\n(k) We also undertake that, in competing for (and, if the award is made to us, in executing) the above contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India on date namely “Prevention of Corruption Act 1988.”
\r\n\r\n(l) We understand that this bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in your notification of award, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal contract is prepared and executed;
\r\n\r\n(m) We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated bid or any other bid that you may receive; and
\r\n\r\n(n) If awarded the contract, the person named below shall act as Contractor’s Representative: ________________________________________________________
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name of the Bidder* [insert complete name of person signing the Bid] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder** [insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Title of the person signing the Bid [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Signature of the person named above [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Date signed _[insert date of signing]day of [insert month], [insert year] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t **: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with the Bid Schedules. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Technical Proposal
\r\n\r\nTechnical Proposal Forms
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
- Site Organization
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
- Method Statement
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
- Mobilization Schedule
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
- Construction Schedule
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
- Equipment
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
- Personnel
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
- Sub-contracting elements or works which in aggregate adds to more than 10% of Bid price (for each the qualifications and experiences on the identified subcontractor in the relevant field should be given.
\r\n\r\n-
\r\n\r\n- Note: Work should not be split into small parts and sub-contracted; but sub-contracting specialized elements of works is acceptable.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
- Others
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Technical Proposal – Site Organization
\r\n\r\n[insert Site Organization information]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Technical Proposal – Method Statement
\r\n\r\n[insert method Statement – A detailed note should be submitted outlining bidders proposed methodology and program of construction including Environmental Management Plan, backed with equipment, materials and manpower planning and deployment, duly supported with broad calculations and quality control system/assurance procedures proposed to be adopted, justifying their capability of execution and completion of the work as per technical specifications within the stipulated review of completion as per mile stones]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Technical Proposal – Mobilization Schedule
\r\n\r\n[Insert Mobilization Schedule]
\r\n\r\nTechnical Proposal – Construction Schedule
\r\n\r\n[Insert Construction Schedule]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Technical Proposal – Sub Contracting
\r\n\r\n[Insert proposal of sub-contracting elements of works amounting to more than 10% of the bid price for each element and indicate the name of the sub-contractor, its qualifications and experiences to execute that element satisfactorily]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
ESHSManagementStrategiesandImplementationPlans
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
(ESHS-MSIP)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
The BiddershallsubmitcomprehensiveandconciseEnvironmental,Social, HealthandSafety ManagementStrategiesandImplementationPlans(ESHS- MSIP)asrequiredbyITB 11.2(j)oftheBidDataSheet.Thesestrategiesand plansshalldescribe indetailtheactions,materials,equipment,management processes etc. thatwill be implemented by the Contractor, and its subcontractors.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
In developing thesestrategiesandplans,theBiddershallhave regardtothe ESHSprovisions of the contract includingthoseas maybemorefullydescribed in the following:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
1. Works Requirements described in Section VII
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
2. EnvironmentalReport
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
3. Socialreport
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
CodeofConduct:Environmental,Social,HealthandSafety
\r\n\r\n(ESHS)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
TheBidder shall submittheCodeofConductthatwillapplytotheContractor‘s employeesandsubcontractorsasrequiredbyITB11.2(j)oftheBidData Sheet.The CodeofConductshallensurecompliancewiththeESHSprovisions of the contract, including those as may be more fully described in the following:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
1.Works Requirements described in Section VII
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
2.EnvironmentalReport(relevant portions)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
3.SocialReport(relevant portions)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
In addition, theBidder shallsubmit an outline ofhowthis CodeofConduct will be implemented.Thiswillinclude:howitwillbeintroducedintoconditionsof employment/engagement,whattraining willbeprovided,howitwillbe monitored and how theContractor proposes to deal with anybreaches.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForms for Personnel
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Form PER – 1: Proposed Personnel
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Bidders should provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the specified requirements for each of the positions listed in Section III (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria). The data on their experience should be supplied using the Form below for each candidate.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t S. No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Position \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Qualification \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Years of Experience \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Years of Experience in proposed position \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Building* works \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
(* Modify this as appropriate to suit the works for which bids are invited).
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n
\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Form PER – 2: Resume of Proposed Personnel
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Bidder shall provide all the information requested below. Fields with asterisk (*) shall be used for evaluation.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Position* \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Personnel information \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name * \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Date of birth \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Professional qualifications \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t Present employment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name of Employer \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Address of Employer \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Telephone \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contact (manager / personnel officer) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Fax \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Job title \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Years with present Employer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
Summarize professional experience in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t From* \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t To* \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Company, Project , Position, and Relevant Technical and Management Experience* \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForm for Equipment
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the requirements for the key equipment listed in Section III (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria). The Bidder shall provide all the information requested below.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t S. No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Item of Equipment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Description \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Make \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Capacity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Age (years) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Condition \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t No. available and present location \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Owned \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Leased \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Purchased \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForm SC-Sub Contracting
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Item \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Element of work \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Approximate value of sub-contract \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t % of bid price \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name and address of sub-contractor \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Qualification and experience of sub-contractor on similar works of the elements executed \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
The Bidder shall enter in this schedule a list of the major sections and appropriate value of the work for which he proposed to use subcontractors [for those costing more than 10% of the bid price for each element], together with the names, addresses and experiences of the proposed subcontractors.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The capability of the sub-contractor will also be assessed (on the same lines as for the main Contractor) before according approval to him.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(Work should not be split into small parts and sub-contracted; but, sub-contracting specialized elements of works is acceptable).
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Bidder’s Qualification
\r\n\r\nTo establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section III (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding Information Sheets included hereunder
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForm-ELI -1.1: Bidder Information Form
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t 1.1 Bidder Information \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Bidder’s legal name \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t In case of JV, legal name of each partner \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Bidder’s country of constitution \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Bidder’s year of constitution \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Bidder’s legal address in country of constitution \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Bidder’s authorized representative \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t (name, address, telephone numbers, fax numbers, e-mail address) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Attached are copies of the following original documents. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t 1. In case of single entity, articles of incorporation or constitution of the legal entity names above, in accordance with ITB 4.1.1 and 4.3. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2. Authorization to represent the firm or JV named in above, in accordance with ITB 20.2. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3. In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement: in accordance with ITB 4.1.2read with BDS \r\n\r\n\t\t\t4. In case of government-owned entity, documents establishing legal and financial authority and compliance with the principles of commercial law in accordance with ITB 4.5 read with Sub-clause 2.1.4 of Qualification Criteria.. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t5. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForm-ELI -1.2: JV Information Form
\r\n\r\n(Where permitted as per BDS ITB 4.1.1)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Each member of a JV must fill in this form
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t JV/Specialist Subcontractor Information \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Bidder’s legal name \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t JV Partner’s or Subcontractor’s legal name \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t JV Partner’s or Subcontractor’s country of constitution \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t JV Partner’s or Subcontractor’s year of constitution \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t JV Partner’s or Subcontractor’s legal address in country of constitution \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t JV Partner’s or Subcontractor’s authorized representative information \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(name, address, telephone numbers, fax numbers, e-mail address) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Attached are copies of the following original documents. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t 1. Articles of incorporation or constitution of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.1.1read with BDS and 4.2. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2. Authorization to represent the firm names above, in accordance with ITB 20.2. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3. In the case of government-owned entity, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy and compliance with commercial law, in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 4.5read with Sub-Clause 2.1.4 of Qualification Criteria. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t4. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nDETAILS OF PARTICIPATION IN THE JOINT VENTURE
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t PARTICIPATION DETAILS \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t FIRM ‘A’ \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(Lead Partner) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t FIRM ‘B’ \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t FIRM ‘C’ \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Financial \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Name of the Banker(s) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Planning \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Construction Equipment \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Key Personnel \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Execution of Work (Give details on proposed contribution of each) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
The Joint Venture should indicate the details of participation as above.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Form CON – 2
\r\n\r\nHistorical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History
\r\n\r\n[The following table shall be filled in for the Applicant and for each member of a Joint Venture]
\r\n\r\nApplicant’s Name: [insert full name]
\r\nDate: [insert day, month, year]
\r\nJoint Venture Party Name:[insertfull name]
\r\nNCB No. and title: [insert NCB number and title]
\r\nPage [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
| \r\n\t\t\t Non-Performed Contracts in accordance with Section III, Qualification Criteria and \r\n\r\n\t\t\tRequirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t ¨ Contract non-performance did not occur during the (number) years specified in Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements, Sub-Factor 2.2.1. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t¨ Contract(s) not performed during the (number)of years specified in Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements, requirement 2.2.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t Year \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Non- performed portion of contract \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total Contract Amount (in Indian Rupees) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t [insert year] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount and percentage] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of Employer: [insert full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAddress of Employer: [insert street/city/country] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tReason(s) for non-performance: [indicate main reason(s)] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Pending Litigation, in accordance with Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t ¨ No pending litigation in accordance with Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements, Sub-Factor2. 2.2. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t ¨ Pending litigation in accordance with Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements, Sub-Factor2. 2.2 as indicated below. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Year of dispute \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Amount in dispute (Rupees) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total Contract Amount (Rupees) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t [insert year] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name, number, and any other identification] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of Employer: [insert full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAddress of Employer: [insert street/city/country] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tMatter in dispute: [indicate main issues in dispute] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tParty who initiated the dispute: [indicate “Employer” or “Contractor”] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tStatus of dispute: [Indicate if it is being treated by the Adjudicator, under Arbitration or being dealt with by the Judiciary] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t ¨ No pending litigation in accordance with Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements, Sub-Factor 2.2.2. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t¨ Pending litigation in accordance with Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements, Sub-Factor2. 2.2 as indicated below. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t Year of award \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Outcome as percentage of Net Worth \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total Contract Amount (Rupees) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t [insert year] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert percentage] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name, number, and any other identification] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of Employer: [insert full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAddress of Employer: [insert street/city/country] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tMatter in dispute: [indicate main issues in dispute] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tParty who initiated the dispute: [indicate “Employer” or “Contractor”] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tStatus of dispute: [Indicate if it is being treated by the Adjudicator, under Arbitration or being dealt with by the Judiciary] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
FormCON-3
\r\n\r\nESHS PerformanceDeclaration
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
[ThefollowingtableshallbefilledinfortheBidder,eachmemberofaJointVentureandeach
\r\n\r\nSpecializedSub-contractor]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Bidder’sName: [insertfullname]
\r\n\r\nDate: [insertday,month,year]
\r\n\r\nJointVentureMember’sorSpecializedSub-contractor’sName: [insertfullname]
\r\n\r\nRFBNo.andtitle: [insertRFBnumberandtitle]
\r\n\r\nPage [insertpagenumber] of [inserttotalnumber] pages
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Environmental, Social, Health, and Safety Performance Declaration \r\n\r\n\t\t\tin accordance with Section III, Qualification Criteria, and Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t ¨ No suspension or termination of contract: An employer has not suspended or terminated a contract and/or called the performance security for a contract for reasons related to Environmental, Social, Health, or Safety (ESHS) performance since the date specified in Section III, Qualification Criteria, and Requirements, Sub-Factor 2.5. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t¨ Declaration of suspension or termination of contract: The following contract(s) has/have been suspended or terminated and/or Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to Environmental, Social, Health, or Safety (ESHS) performance since the date specified in Section III, Qualification Criteria, and Requirements, Sub-Factor 2.5. Details are described below: \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t Year \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Suspended or terminated portion of contract \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total Contract Amount (Rupees) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t [insert year] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount and percentage] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of Employer: [insert full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAddress of Employer: [insert street/city/country] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tReason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s)] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t [insert year] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount and percentage] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of Employer: [insert full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAddress of Employer: [insert street/city/country] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tReason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s)] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t … \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t … \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [list all applicable contracts] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t … \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to ESHS performance \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t Year \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total Contract Amount (Rupees) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t [insert year] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of Employer: [insert full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAddress of Employer: [insert street/city/country] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tReason(s) for calling of performance security: [indicate main reason(s)] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nFinancial Situation
\r\n\r\nFORMAT 3.1 Historical Financial Performances
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Bidder’s Legal Name: _______________________ Date: _____________________
\r\n\r\nJV Partner Legal Name: _______________________ Bidding No.: __________________
\r\n\r\nPage _______ of _______ pages
\r\n\r\nTo be completed by the Bidder and, if JV, by each partner
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of bidder/JV Member: \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (Equivalent Rs. Million) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S.No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Financial Information in Rupee equivalent with exchange rate at the end of concerned year \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Actuals for Previous five years excluding the current financial year \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Ref. of Page Nos. of Balance Sheets \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (1) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (2) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (3) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (4) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (5) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (6) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (7) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (8) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t4. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t 5. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t6. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t7. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t 8. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t 9. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t10. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t11. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t 12. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t13. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t14. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total Assets \r\n\r\n\t\t\tTotal Turnover \r\n\r\n\t\t\tCurrent Assets \r\n\r\n\t\t\tCurrent Assets + Loan & Advances \r\n\r\n\t\t\tTotal Liabilities \r\n\r\n\t\t\tCurrent Liabilities \r\n\r\n\t\t\tCurrent liabilities & provision \r\n\r\n\t\t\tProfit before Interest and Tax \r\n\r\n\t\t\tProfit before Tax \r\n\r\n\t\t\tProfit after Tax \r\n\r\n\t\t\tShareholder’s Funds (Net Worth)=(Paid up equity +Reserves)-(revaluation reserves + Miscellaneous expenditure not written off) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tDepreciation \r\n\r\n\t\t\tCurrent Ration (2)/(5) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tNet cash accruals= Profit after Tax + depreciation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t This information should be extracted from the Annual Financial Statements/ Balance sheets, which should be enclosed. Year 1 will be the latest year for which audited financial statements are available. Year 2 shall be the year immediately preceding year 1 and year 3 shall be the year immediately preceding Year 2. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
2. Financial documents
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Bidder and its parties shall provide copies of the balance sheets and/or financial statements for [number] years pursuant Section III, Qualifications Criteria and Requirements, Sub-factor 2.3.1. The financial statements shall:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(a) reflect the financial situation of the Applicant or partner to a JV, and not sister or parent companies.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
1. (b) be audited by a certified Chartered Accountant.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
2. (c) be complete, including all notes to the financial statements.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(d) Correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited (no statements for partial periods shall be requested or accepted).
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
¨ Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets, including all related notes, and income statements) for the [number] years required above; and complying with the requirements (If the most recent set of financial statements is for a period earlier than 12 months from the date of bid, the reason for this should be justified)
\r\n\r\n¨ Attached is a copy of certificate given from the commercial bank assuring cash flow (working capital for contraction) in the format attached.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nFORM FIN – 3.1(A)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
FORMAT FOR EVIDENCE OF ACCESS TO OR AVAILABILITY OF CASH FLOW
\r\n\r\n[To be given from a Nationalized or Scheduled Bank in India-No substitute other than this will be acceptable)]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Clause 2.3.1(b) of Section II – Qualification Criteria
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
(1) AVAILABILITY OF CASH FLOW (WORKING CAPITAL)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
This is to certify that M/s. ______________________________ is a reputed company with a good financial standing.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
If the contract for the works, namely _________________________________________ [funded by the World Bank] is awarded to the above firm, we shall be able to provide overdraft/credit facilities to the extent of Rs. equivalent _______ to meet their capital requirements for executing the above contract.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
-- Sd. --
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Name of Bank Manager
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Senior Bank Manager
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Address of the Bank
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t * Change the text as follows for Joint venture: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t This is to certify that M/s. ………………………………. who has formed a JV with M/s. ………………………….. and M/s. …………………………….. for participating in this bid, is a reputed company with a good financial standing. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t If the contract for the work, namely …………………………………………………………. [funded by the World Bank] is awarded to the above Joint Venture, we shall be able to provide overdraft/credit facilities to the extent of Rs. …………… to meet the working capital requirements for executing the above contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t [This should be given by the JV members in proportion to their financial participation.] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForm FIN - 3.2
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Annual Construction Turnover
\r\n\r\n[The following table shall be filled in for the Applicant and for each partner of a Joint Venture]
\r\n\r\nApplicant's/Joint Venture Partner's Legal Name: [insert full name]
\r\nDate: [insert day, month, year]
\r\nApplicant's Party Legal Name: [insert full name]
\r\nNCB No. and title: [insert NCB number and title]
\r\nPage [insert page number]of [insert total number]pages
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Annual turnover data (construction only)* \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Year \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Amount in Rupees \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t [indicate year] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert amount] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
* Annual construction turnover calculated as total certified payments received for work in progress or completed, for 5 years. Specified in Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements, Sub-Factor 2.3.2. This should be certified by a Chartered Accountant.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nJOINT VENTURE
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Names of all partners of a joint venture \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1. Partner in charge \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2. Partner \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3. Partner \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
Total value of annual construction turnover, in terms of work billed to clients, in Rupees
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Annual Turnover Data (construction only; in Rupees *) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t Partner \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Form 2 page no. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Year 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Year 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Year 3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Year 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Year 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Average \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1. Partner in charge \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2. Partner \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3. Partner \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t TOTALS \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
* To be certified by a chartered accountant
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
1. Name and address of Bankers to the Joint Venture
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForm EXP - 4.1
\r\n\r\nGeneral Construction Experience
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
[The following table shall be filled in for the Applicant and for each partner of a Joint Venture]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Applicant's/Joint Venture Partner's Legal Name: [insert full name]
\r\nDate: [insert day, month, year]
\r\nApplicant JV Party Legal Name: [insert full name]
\r\nNCB No. and title: [insert NCB number]
\r\nPage [insert page number]of [insert total number]pages
\r\n\r\n
[Identify contracts that demonstrate continuous construction work over the past [5] years pursuant to Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements, Sub-Factor 2.4.1.List contracts chronologically, according to their commencement (starting) dates.]
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Starting \r\n\r\n\t\t\tMonth / \r\n\r\n\t\t\tYear \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Ending \r\n\r\n\t\t\tMonth / \r\n\r\n\t\t\tYear \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract Identification \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Role of \r\n\r\n\t\t\tApplicant \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t [indicate month/year] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [indicate month/year] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract name: [insert full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tBrief Description of the Works performed by the \r\n\r\n\t\t\tBidder: [describe works performed briefly] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAmount of contract: [insert amount in Rupees] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of Employer: [indicate full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAddress: [indicate streetnumber/town or city/country] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert “Contractor” or “Subcontractor” or “Contract Manager”] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract name: [insert full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tBrief Description of the Works performed by the \r\n\r\n\t\t\tBidder: [describe works performed briefly] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAmount of contract: [insert amount in Rupees] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of Employer: [indicate full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAddress: [indicate streetnumber/town or city/country] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert “Contractor” or “Subcontractor” or “Contract Manager”] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract name: [insert full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tBrief Description of the Works performed by the \r\n\r\n\t\t\tBidder: [describe works performed briefly] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAmount of contract: [insert amount in Rupees \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of Employer: [indicate full name] \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAddress: [indicate streetnumber/town or city/country] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [insert “Contractor” or “Subcontractor” or “Contract Manager”] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForm EXP - 4.2(a)
\r\n\r\nSimilar Construction Experience
\r\n\r\n[The following table shall be filled in for contracts performed by the Applicant, each partner of a Joint Venture, and specialist sub-contractors]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Applicant's/Joint Venture Partner's Legal Name: [insert full name]
\r\nDate: [insert day, month, year]
\r\nJV Party Name: [insert full name]
\r\nNCB No. and title: [insert NCB number and title]
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
i. Work performed as prime Contractor or Sub-Contractor or Management Contractor(in the same name and style) on construction works of a similar nature and volume over the last five years[7]. [Attach certificate from the Engineer-in-charge.]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Project Name \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name of Employer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Description of work \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contract No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Value of contract \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Date of Issue of Work Order \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Stipulated Date of Completion \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Actual Date of Completion \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Remarks explaining reasons for Delay, if any \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForm EXP - 4.2(b)
\r\n\r\nConstruction Experience in Key Activities
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
\r\nDate: [insert day, month, year]
\r\n
\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
(B) Quantities of work executed as prime contractoror Sub-Contractor(in the same name and style)in the last five years:[8]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Year \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name of the Work \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name of the Employer * \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Quantity of Work performed (cum) @ \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Remarks * (indicate contract agreement Ref for each year) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cement Concrete \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Masonry \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Earth Work \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Piling \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 20…20… \r\n\r\n\t\t\t20…20… \r\n\r\n\t\t\t20…20… \r\n\r\n\t\t\t20…20… \r\n\r\n\t\t\t20…20… \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
@ the items or work for which date is requested should tally with that specified in Qualification Criteria
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
* Attach certificates from Engineer in-charge
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForm for Current Contract Commitments/Works in Progress
\r\n\r\nBidders and each partner to a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.
\r\n\r\n(A) Existing commitments and on-going works:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
____________________________________________________________________________________________
\r\n\r\nDescription Place Contract No. Name Value of Stipulated Value of works* Anticipated
\r\n\r\nof & & Date and Contract period of remaining to be date of
\r\n\r\nWork State Address (Rupees) completion completed completion
\r\n\r\nof Employer (Rupees)
\r\n\r\n(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
\r\n\r\n____________________________________________________________________________________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
__________________________________________________________________________________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(B) Works for which bids already submitted and likely to be awarded – expected additional commitment.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
____________________________________________________________________________________________
\r\n\r\nDescription Place Name and Estimated Stipulated Date when Remarks
\r\n\r\nof & Address of value of works period of decision is if any
\r\n\r\nWork State Employer (Rupees) completion expected
\r\n\r\n(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
* Attach certificate(s) from the Engineer(s)-in-Charge.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Form…..
\r\n\r\nAppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\n(Name of the Project)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(Declaration regarding customs/ excise duty exemption for materials / Construction equipment bought for the work)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(Bidder’s Name and Address)
\r\n\r\nTo: …………………..
\r\n\r\n(Name of the Employer& address)
\r\n\r\nDear Sir:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Re: [Name of Work]…………………….
\r\n\r\nCertificate for Import/Procurement of Goods/Construction Equipment
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
1. We confirm that we are solely responsible for obtaining customs/excise duty waivers which we have considered in our bid and in case of failure to receive such waivers for reasons whatsoever, the employer will not compensate us.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
2. We are furnishing below the information required by the Employer for issue of the necessary certificates in terms of the Government of India Central Excise Notification No.108/95 read along with all subsequent amendments including the amendment dated 01-03-2008 and Customs Notification No. 85/99.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
3. The goods/construction equipment for which certificates are required are as under:
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Items \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(modify the list suitably for each specific work) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Make/Brand Name \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Capacity [where applicable] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Quantity \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Value \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t State whether it will be procured locally or imported [if so from which country] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Remarks regarding justification for the quantity and their usage in works. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Goods \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t [a] Bitumen \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t [b] Cement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t [c] Steel \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Construction Equipment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
4. We agree that no modification to the above list is permitted after bids are opened.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
5. We agree that the certificate will be issued only to the extent considered reasonable by the Employer for the work, based on the Bill of Quantities and the construction program and methodology as furnished by us along with the bid.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
6. We confirm that the above goods and construction equipment will be exclusively used for the construction of the above work and the construction equipment will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner for a period of five years from the date of acquisition.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Date: ___________________ (Signature)______________________
\r\n\r\nPlace:___________________ (Printed Name)__________________
\r\n\r\n(Designation)____________________
\r\n\r\n(Common Seal) ___________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
[This certificate will be issued within 60 days of signing of contract and no subsequent changes will be permitted.]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
* Modify the above to suit the requirements given in Central Excise/Customs Notification as current of date of bidding.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
AppendixtoTechnicalPart
\r\n\r\nForm of Bid Security (Bank Guarantee)
\r\n\r\n[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
\r\n\r\nBeneficiary:
\r\n\r\n[Insert name and address of the Employer]
\r\n\r\nInvitation for Bids No: _[Insert reference number for the Invitation for Bids]
\r\n\r\nDate:[Insert date of issue]
\r\n\r\nBID GUARANTEE No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]
\r\n\r\nGuarantor: _[Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
\r\n\r\nWe have been informed that [insert name of the Bidder, which in the case of a joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture (whether legally constituted or prospective) or the names of all members thereof] (hereinafter called "the Applicant") has submitted or will submit to the Beneficiary its bid (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of [insert description of contract] under Invitation for Bids No. [insert number] (“the IFB”).
\r\n\r\nFurthermore, we understand that, according to the Beneficiary’s conditions, bids must be supported by a bid guarantee.
\r\n\r\nAt the request of the Applicant, we , as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount in letters] (insert amount in numbers) upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating either that the Applicant:
\r\n\r\n(a) has withdrawn its Bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Applicant in the Letter of Bid, or any extension thereto provided by the Applicant; or
\r\n\r\n(b) having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Beneficiary during the period of bid validity, (i) fails to execute the Contract Agreement or (ii) fails to furnish the performance security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders (“ITB”) of the Beneficiary’s bidding document.
\r\n\r\nThis guarantee will expire: (a) if the Applicant is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the contract agreement signed by the Applicant and the performance security issued to the Beneficiary upon the instruction of the Applicant; and (b) if the Applicantis not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of a copy of the Beneficiary’s notification to the Applicant of the results of the bidding process; or (ii) twenty-eight days after the Validity Period, which date shall be established by presentation to us of copies of the Letter of Bid and any extension(s) thereto, accompanied by the bidding document; or (c) three years after the date of issue of this guarantee.
\r\n\r\nConsequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office indicated above on or before that date.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
_____________________________
\r\n\r\n[signature(s)]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Note: All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Letter of Bid-Financial Part
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t The Bidder must prepare the Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and address. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Note: All italicized text is for use in preparing these forms and shall be deleted from the final products. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
Date: _______________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Invitation for Bid No.: _______________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
To: (Insert name of the Employer)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
We, the undersigned, hereby submit the second part of our bid, the Bid Price and Bill of Quantities.This accompanies the Letter of Technical Partin two parts, namely :
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
In submitting our Bid, we make the following declarations:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(a) Our bid shall be valid for a period of ________ [insert validity period as specified in ITB 18.1.] days from the date fixed for the bid submission deadline in accordance with the Bidding Documents, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;
\r\n\r\n(b) The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (d) below is: ___________________________ [both in words and figures];
\r\n\r\nIn case of only one lot, total price of the Bid [insert the total price of the bid in words and figures, ];
\r\n\r\nIn case of multiple lots, total price of each lot [insert the total price of each lot in words and figures,];
\r\n\r\nIn case of multiple lots, total price of all lots (sum of all lots)[insert the total price of all lots in words and figures,;
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(c) The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are:
\r\n\r\na. The discounts offered are: [Specify in detail each discount offered.]
\r\n\r\nb. The exact method of calculations to determine the net price after application of discounts is shown below:[Specify in detail the method that shall be used to apply the discounts];
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(d) We have paid, or will pay the following commissions, gratuities, or fees with respect to the bidding process or execution of the Contract:[9]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Name of Recipient \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (e) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Address \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (f) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Reason \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (g) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Amount \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t a. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (h) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (i) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t a. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (j) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t (k) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
(l) If awarded the contract, the person named below shall act as Contractor’s Representative: ________________________________________________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name of the Bidder* [insert complete name of person signing the Bid] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder** [insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Title of the person signing the Bid [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Signature of the person named above [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Date signed _[insert date of signing]day of [insert month], [insert year] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t **: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with the Bid Schedules. \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Appendix to Financial Part
\r\n\r\nBill of Quantities
\r\n\r\n(Attached separately)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Note:
\r\n\r\n4. The Bill of Quantities shall be read in conjunction with the Instructions to Bidders, Conditions of Contract, Technical Specifications and Drawings.
\r\n\r\n5. The quantities given in the Bill of Quantities are estimated and provisional, and are given to provide a common basis for bidding. The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of work ordered and carried out, as measured by the Contractor and verified by the Engineer and valued at the rates and prices tendered in the priced Bill of Quantities, where applicable, and otherwise at such rates and prices as the Engineer may fix within the terms of the Contract.
\r\n\r\n6. The rates and prices tendered in the priced Bill of Quantities shall, except in so far as it is otherwise provided under the Contract, include all constructional plant, labour supervision, materials, erection, maintenance, insurance, profit, taxes and duties, together with all general risks, liabilities and obligations set out or implied in the Contract.
\r\n\r\n7. The rates and prices shall be quoted entirely in Indian Currency.
\r\n\r\n8. A rate whole cost of complying with the provisions of the Contract shall be included in the items provided in the priced Bill of Quantities, and where no Items are provided the cost shall be deemed to be distributed among the rates and prices entered for the related Items of Work.
\r\n\r\n9. The whole cost of complying with the provisions of the Contract shall be included in the items provided in the priced Bill of Quantities, and where no Items are provided the cost shall be deemed to be distributed among the rates and prices entered for the related Items of Work.
\r\n\r\n10. General directions and descriptions of work and materials are not necessarily repeated or summarized in the Bill of Quantities. References to the relevant sections of the contract documentation shall be made before entering rates or prices against each item in the Bill of Quantities.
\r\n\r\n11. The method of measurement of completed work for payment shall be in accordance with IS 1200.
\r\n\r\n12. Errors will be corrected by PW(R&B) Departmentfor any arithmetic errors pursuant to Clause 36 of the Instructions to Bidders.
\r\n\r\nThetotalamountisautomaticallycalculatedbythe e-procurementsystem,fromunitratesandquantities, wherethee-procurementsystemsupportssuchfunctionality
\r\n\r\nTheamountinwordsisautomaticallypopulatedbythee-procurementsystem,wherethee-procurement systemsupportssuchfunctionality
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Section V - Eligible Countries
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works and Services in Bank-Financed Procurement
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
1. In reference to ITB 4.7, and 5.1, for the information of the Bidders, at the present time firms, goods and services from the following countries are excluded from this bidding process:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Under ITB 4.7 (a) and 5.1 : None
\r\n\r\nUnder ITB 4.7 (b) and 5.1 : None
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Section VI. Bank Policy - Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices
\r\n\r\n(Section VI shall not be modified)
\r\n\r\nGuidelines for Procurement of Goods, Works, and Non-Consulting Services under IBRD Loans and IDA Credits & Grants by World Bank Borrowers, dated January 2011:
\r\n\r\n“Fraud and Corruption:
\r\n\r\n1.16 It is the Bank’s policy to require that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank loans), bidders, suppliers, contractors and their agents (whether declared or not), sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers or suppliers, and any personnel thereof, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement and execution of Bank-financed contracts.[10] In pursuance of this policy, the Bank:
\r\n\r\n(a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
\r\n\r\n(i) “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;[11];
\r\n\r\n(ii) “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including a misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;[12]
\r\n\r\n(iii) “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party;[13]
\r\n\r\n(iv) “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party;[14]
\r\n\r\n(v) “obstructive practice” is
\r\n\r\n(aa) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation, or
\r\n\r\n(bb) acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under paragraph 1.16(e) below.
\r\n\r\n(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the bidder recommended for award, or any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants, sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/or their employees, has, directly or indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices in competing for the contract in question;
\r\n\r\n(c) will declare misprocurement and cancel the portion of the loan allocated to a contract if it determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any part of the proceeds of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices during the procurement or the implementation of the contract in question, without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the time they knew of the practices;
\r\n\r\n(d) will sanction a firm or individual, at any time, in accordance with the prevailing Bank’s sanctions procedures,[15] including by publicly declaring such firm or individual ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time: (i) to be awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (ii) to be a nominated[16];
\r\n\r\n(e) will require that a clause be included in bidding documents and in contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring bidders, suppliers and contractors, and their sub-contractors, agents, personnel, consultants, service providers, or suppliers, to permit the Bank to inspect all accounts, records, and other documents relating to the submission of bids and contract performance, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.”
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
PART 2 – Works Requirements
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Section VII - Works Requirements
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
A. Site Appraisal and Project Information
\r\n\r\nA.1. Project Background
\r\n\r\nThe Jammu & Kashmir region owing to its geographical and geo-climatic setting is a multi-hazard prone region that has experienced natural disasters like earthquakes, floods, landslides, avalanches, high velocity winds, and snowstorms. Most parts of the Kashmir Valley fall in Seismic Zone V. The rest of the State falls in the Seismic Zone IV. Floods and flash floods are also frequent. Floods generally occur in the summer when heavy rains are followed by snowmelt. Flooding of the river Jhelum is the main cause of floods in the region. Floods also occur occasionally in Jammu and neighbouring districts.
\r\n\r\nIn September 2014, the northern region of India experienced torrential monsoon rains in the region causing major flooding and landslides. The continuous spell of rains from September 2nd to 6th, 2014, caused Jhelum and Chenab Rivers as well as many other streams/tributaries to flow above the danger mark. The Jhelum River also breached its banks flooding many low-lying areas in Anantnag, Srinagar and adjoining districts. In many districts, the rainfall exceeded the normal by 600 percent. The Indian Meteorological Department records precipitation above 244.4 mm a extremely heavy rainfall, and the region received 588 mm of rain fall in June- September period, as against the normal 477.4 mm.
\r\n\r\nDue to the unprecedented heavy rainfall, the catchment areas particularly the low laying areas were flooded for more than two weeks. Some areas in urban Srinagar remained flooded for 28 days. Water level was as high as 27 feet in many parts of Srinagar. The areas from the main tributaries of river Jhehlumvis-avisBrenginallah, Vishavnallah, Lidernallah and Sundrannallah started overflowing due to the heavy rainfall causing water levels in Jhelum river to rise. Subsequently, the discharge of the river Suran was 200 thousand cusecs as against an average 50 thousand cusecs. With the excessive discharge of water, the river Suran affected the basin areas and also took a different course at various locations causing damages to the surrounding villages in the catchment area. Water level also increased in rivers of Chenab and Tawi, both of which the water flowing above normal levels. Due to the rivers overflowing nearly 20 districts were impacted. The total damage and loss caused by the flood is about INR 211,975 million, most of it to housing, livelihoods, and roads and bridges, which combined represented more than 70% of the damages in terms of value. Public service infrastructure and equipment of hospitals and education centers were also severely damaged and are still not fully operational.
\r\n\r\nThe project “Jhelum &Tawi Flood Recovery Project” will focus on restoring critical infrastructure using international best practice of resilient infrastructure. Given the region’s vulnerability to both flood and earthquakes, the infrastructure will be designed with upgraded resilient features, and will include contingency planning for future disaster events. Therefore, a study followed by detailed reports on flood management aims at both restoring essential services disrupted by the floods and improving the design standards and practices to increase resilience.
\r\n\r\nConstruction of (1) Humanities Block and (2) Staff Room & Meeting Halls Block at Govt Degree College, Bemina, Srinagar, J&Kis one of the project components to which is to be constructed under JTFRP.
\r\n\r\nA.2. Project Funding:
\r\n\r\nThe Government of India has received a loan from the World Bank towards the cost of “Jhelum &Tawi Flood Recovery Project” .The Government of Jammu & Kashmir and intends to apply a part of the proceeds for the Construction of (1) Humanities Block and (2) Staff Room & Meeting Halls Block at Govt Degree College, Bemina, Srinagar, J&K
\r\n\r\nA.3. Project Objective:
\r\n\r\nThe project objective is to support the recovery and increase disaster resilience in ‘Project Areas’, and increase the capacity of the project implementing entity to respond promptly and effectively to an eligible crises or emergency.
\r\n\r\nA.4. Project Beneficiaries:
\r\n\r\nThe primary beneficiary would be the communities in the district that were affected by loss of public service infrastructure that will be restored and improved under the project. By strengthening disaster risk management systems and institutions, the project will benefit the entire affected region.
\r\n\r\nA.5. About Srinagar City
\r\n\r\nSrinagar is the largest city and the summer capital of the Indian state of Jammu and Kashmir. It lies in the Kashmir Valley on the banks of the Jhelum River, a tributary of the Indus, and Dal and Anchar lakes. The city is famous for its gardens, waterfronts and houseboats. It is also known for traditional Kashmiri handicrafts and dried fruits.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\nA.6.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t PMC Boundary of Patna \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Geography
\r\n\r\nThe Srinagar, city is located on both the sides of the Jhelum River, which is called Vyath in Kashmir. The river passes through the city and meanders through the valley, moving onward and deepening in the Dal Lake. The city is famous for its nine old bridges, connecting the two parts of the city.
\r\n\r\nThere are a number of lakes and swamps in and around the city. These include the Dal, the Nigeen, the Anchar, KhushalSar, Gil Sar and Hokersar.
\r\n\r\nHokersar is a wetland situated near Srinagar. Thousands of migratory birds come to Hokersar from Siberia and other regions in the winter season. Migratory birds from Siberia and Central Asia use wetlands in Kashmir as their transitory camps between September and October and again around spring. These wetlands play a vital role in sustaining a large population of wintering, staging and breeding birds.
\r\n\r\nHokersar is 14 km (8.7 mi) north of Srinagar, and is a world class wetland spread over 13.75 km2 (5.31 sq mi) including lake and marshy area. It is the most accessible and well known of Kashmir's wetlands, which include Hygam, Shalibug and Mirgund. A record number of migratory birds have visited Hokersar in recent years.
\r\n\r\nBirds found in Hokersar—Migratory ducks and geese which include brahminy duck, tufted duck, gadwall, garganey, greylag goose, mallard, common merganser, northern pintail, common pochard, ferruginous pochard, red-crested pochard, ruddy shelduck, northern shoveller, common teal, and Eurasian wigeon.
\r\n\r\nA.7. Climate
\r\n\r\nSrinagar has a humid subtropical climate, much cooler than what is found in much of the rest of India, due to its moderately high elevation and northerly position. The valley is surrounded by the Himalayas on all sides. Winters are cool, with daytime temperature averaging to 2.5 °C (36.5 °F), and drops below freezing point at night. Moderate to heavy snowfall occurs in winter and the highway connecting Srinagar with the rest of India faces frequent blockades due to icy roads and avalanches. Summers are warm with a July daytime average of 24.1 °C (75.4 °F). The average annual rainfall is around 720 millimetres (28 in). Spring is the wettest season while autumn is the driest. The highest temperature reliably recorded is 38.3 °C (100.9 °F) and the lowest is −20.0 °C (−4.0 °F).
\r\n\r\nA.8. Economy
\r\n\r\nIn November 2011, the City Mayors Foundation – an advocacy think tank – announced that Srinagar was the 92nd fastest growing urban areas in the world in terms of economic growth, based on actual data from 2006 onwards and projections to 2020.
\r\n\r\nA.9. Tourism
\r\n\r\nSrinagar is one of several places that have been called the "Venice of the East" or the "Kashmiri Venice" Lakes around the city include Dal Lake – noted for its houseboats – and Nigeen Lake. Apart from Dal lake and Nigeen lake city is also famous for wular lake and manasbal lake to the north of srinagar. Wular lake is one of the largest fresh water lakes in Asia.
\r\n\r\nSrinagar has some Mughal gardens, forming a part of those laid by the Mughal emperors across the Indian subcontinent. Those of Srinagar and its close vicinity include ChashmaShahi (the royal fountains); PariMahal (the palace of the fairies); NishatBagh (the garden of spring); Shalimar Bagh; the NaseemBagh.
\r\n\r\nJawaharlal Nehru Memorial Botanical Garden is a botanical garden in the city, set up in 1969. The Indian government has included these gardens under "Mughal Gardens of Jammu and Kashmir" in the tentative list for sites to be included in world Heritage sites.
\r\n\r\nThe SherGarhi Palace houses administrative buildings from the state government] Another palace of the Maharajas, the GulabBhavan, has now become the Lalit Grand Palace hotel.
\r\n\r\nThe Shankaracharya Temple which lies on a hill top in the middle of the city, besides the KheerBhawani Temple are important Hindu temples in the city.
\r\n\r\nA.10. Demography
\r\n\r\nAs of 2011 census Srinagar urban agglomeration had 1,273,312 population. Both the city and the urban agglomeration has average literacy rate of approximately 70%. The child population of both the city and the urban agglomeration is approximately 12% of the total population. Males constituted 53.0% and females 47% of the population. The sex ratio in the city area is 888 females per 1000 males, whereas in the urban agglomeration it is 880 per 1,000. The predominant religion of Srinagar is Islam with 96% of the population being Muslim. Hindus constitute the second largest religious group representing 2.75% of the population. The remaining population constitutes Sikhs, Buddhist and Jains.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
A.11. Transportation & Connectivity:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
By Road
\r\n\r\nThe city is served by many highways, including National Highway 1A and National Highway 1D.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
By Air
\r\n\r\nSrinagar Airport has regular domestic flights to Leh, Jammu, Chandigarh, Delhi and Mumbai and occasional international flights. An expanded terminal capable of handling both domestic and international flights was inaugurated on 14 February 2009 with Air India Express flights to Dubai. Hajj flights also operate from this airport to Saudi Arabia.
\r\n\r\nBy Rail
\r\n\r\nSrinagar is a station on the 119 km (74 mi) long Banihal-Baramulla line that started in October 2009 and connects Baramulla to Srinagar, Anantnag and Qazigund. The railway track alsoconnects to Banihal across the PirPanjal mountains through a newly constructed 11 km long Banihal tunnel, and subsequently to the Indian railway network after a few years. It takesapproximately 9 minutes and 30 seconds for train to cross the tunnel. It is the longest rail tunnel in India. This railway system, proposed in 2001, is not expected to connect the Indian railway network until 2017 at the earliest, with a cost overrun of 55 billion INR. The train also runs during heavy snow.
\r\n\r\nA.12. State Level Authority
\r\n\r\nThe Project Management Unit (PMU) housed within the Relief & Rehabilitation Department, will be responsible for overall project management, coordination, and reporting. The PMU will also be responsible for carrying out procurement of goods, services and small scale works for other components, with technical inputs from the relevant line departments.
\r\n\r\nPW (R&B) Department is the implementing entity for this work and supported by Technical Assistance and Quality Audit Consultant comprised of selected experienced profesional. TAQA will work under the guidance of PMU.
\r\n\r\nA.13. About the Work Area
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Project Details:The project envisages the Construction of (1) Humanities Block and (2) Staff Room & Meeting Halls Block at Govt Degree College, Bemina, Srinagar, J&K.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Specific Introduction:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Foundation stone of this premier institution of learning was laid in the year 1970 by Kh.G.M.Sadiq, the Chief Minister of J&K. The institution was designated as Govt. Degree College Bemina(GDC) and commenced its academic activities in the year 1972.The college campus is spread over a land area of more than 300 kanals, accommodates various academic blocks housing departments of Bio-Sciences, Physical Sciences, Commerce and Management studies, U-shaped structure for lecture theatres, New Academic Block, General Administration and Hostel. The College caters to the educational requirements of approximately 4000 students belonging to Srinagar, adjoining districts and far-off and frontier areas of the state like Gurez, Tanghdar and Kargil. Presently, the college offers various courses at undergraduate level in the faculty of Arts, Science, Social Science, Education, Commerce and Management studies. The Department of Commerce and Management Studies affiliated with the University of Kashmir offers a professional course in management entitled “Bachelors of Business Administration (BBA)” and P.G Course in Commerce. The College is commencing MBA course for next academic session for which the approval has been already granted by the administrative department and affiliating University. In pursuance to its vision and mission the College has been hub of curricular and co-curricular activities and offers variety of supportive services like career counseling Cell. IQAC, Women Study Centre, Central library, Reading room, Browsing centre, Smart classroom, Gymnasium, Hostel Accommodation, Canteen, Recreation facilities and student welfare schemes. At present the college has no. of Male Students 2355 & no. of Female Students 1546.
\r\n\r\nThe college got re-accredited with grade “A” in the year 2014, a testimony to its development. Since this re-accreditation, the college has never looked back and has shown progress in almost all the spheres of academic and non-academic activities. But the lack of infrastructure facilities is hampering the providing of good & quality Education.
\r\n\r\nIn recent years, great concern has been expressed about lack of infrastructure facilities for imparting good quality higher education and conducting advanced research. While the departments in universities and other higher educational institutions had made some impact on the development of teaching and research through their own efforts, a stage had reached where they needed selective strengthening of their infrastructure for post-graduate education and research in emerging areas. It had also become necessary to extend such infrastructure support to other higher technical and medical educational intuitions.
\r\n\r\nIn this context the Higher Education Department of Jammu & Kashmir was approached for sanctioning the additional infrastructure for making good the deficiencies. The Department has been kind enough to include some additional infrastructure under World Bank assistance program which included the construction of Humanities Block, Staff Room & Meeting Hall at Government Degree College Bemina.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
B. Particular Specification- General
\r\n\r\nB.1. Preamble
\r\n\r\na. All the works shall be carried out in accordance with the latest CPWD Specifications with up to date correction slip wherever applicable unless and otherwise specified in this Tender
\r\n\r\nb. The work shall be carried out according to those specifications, whether specification mentioned or not. No extra in any form will be paid unless it is definitely stated as an item in the Schedule of Quantities, wherever the specification are not given or ambiguous, the relevant Indian Standard and further amendments will be considered as a final and binding to the Contractor.
\r\n\r\nc. The work shall be carried out simultaneously with the Electrical, Sanitary and other services as required for the completeness of work.
\r\n\r\nd. Contractors shall coordinate with any other agency/contracting firm in the project area for maintaining the smooth functioning and the quality of work.
\r\n\r\ne. All the works shall be executed in accordance with construction drawings issued to the contractor.
\r\n\r\nf. Tender drawings issued shall be considered as the reference drawings for bidding purpose only.
\r\n\r\ng. The quantities given in the Bill of Quantities are estimated and provisional, and are given to provide a common basis for bidding. The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of work ordered and carried out, as measured by the Contractor and verified by the Engineer-in-charge and valued at the rates and prices tendered in the priced Bill of Quantities, where applicable, and otherwise at such rates and prices as the Engineer-in-charge may fix within the terms of the Contract.
\r\n\r\nh. The contractor shall make all arrangements at his own cost for providing power and water supply to the site of work, site office and for construction activities.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
B.2. Scope of Work
\r\n\r\nThe scope of work broadly includes construction of Construction of (1) Humanities Block and (2) Staff Room & Meeting Halls Block at Govt Degree College, Bemina, Srinagar, J&K but is not necessarily limited to the following i.e.
\r\n\r\n· Clearing of the area around the existing building of all shrubs and jungles before the start of work and rough grading;
\r\n\r\n· Construction of building including grading the site to obtain the required formation level around the buildings;
\r\n\r\n· Foundation work inclusive of back-filling if any , disposal of surplus earth as required including dewatering, shoring and strutting,
\r\n\r\n· Providing and fixing plumbing arrangements and sanitary systems complete with all piping and appurtenances including external connections, and giving hydraulic testing;
\r\n\r\n· Installation of external electrification and lighting complete with street lighting, cabling and connection to identified source of power inclusive of DG sets and Transformers etc.;
\r\n\r\n· Providing of fire fighting&Solar Installation .
\r\n\r\n· Final site grading and clearance and removal of debris; and
\r\n\r\n· All works shall be done as per the Standard Specifications provided in the bid document with additions and modifications as enumerated in this Section. The work shall include providing all materials, equipment, labour, tools, plants, transport etc., and all other services necessary for the complete construction.
\r\n\r\nThe general and tentative details regarding the works such as key-plans, general layouts of building plans and section of building, typical details of water supply and sewerage systems, external electrification, roads, details of ancillary structures / facilities such as septic tanks, etc., are furnished in
\r\n\r\nSection Drawings. Further details shall be furnished in the construction drawings during the construction stage.
\r\n\r\nB.3. Work Plan
\r\n\r\nAll the structural design components proposed under this contract package will required to be redesigned. This redesigning will be done by the “Design Consultant”. Contractor, while preparing his work plan/construction schedule shall consider this specific provision in the contract and plan his work accordingly.
\r\n\r\nB.4. Interfaces with Other Packages
\r\n\r\nIf this contract package has interfaces with other project components or the work being done by the other agency, these interface connections are to be carried out by the contractor by providing all detailes of his work.
\r\n\r\nB.5. General Requirement
\r\n\r\n1. Equivalency of Standards and Codes
\r\n\r\nWherever reference is made in the Contract to specific standards and codes to be met by the goods and materials to be furnished, and work performed or tested, the provisions of the latest current edition or revision of the relevant standards and codes in effect shall apply, unless otherwise stated in the Contract. Where such standards and codes are national, or relate to a particular country or region, other authoritative standards which ensure an equal or higher quality than the standards and codes specified will be acceptable subject to the Engineer's prior review and written approval. Differences between the standards specified and the proposed alternative standards must be fully described in writing by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer at least 28 days prior to the date when the Contractor desires the Engineer's approval. In the event the Engineer determines that such proposed deviations do not ensure equal or higher quality, the Contractor shall comply with the standards specified in the documents. Water quality analysis with respect to potable water supply standards as per IS, if not available equivalent standards to be followed as desired by the Engineer.
\r\n\r\n2. Sign Board
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor, shall provide a sign board at the site of the Works of approved size and design which provides: (i) the name of the Project and the financing agency; (ii) the names and addresses of the Employer, the Contractor and the Consultant; (iii) the name and short description of the Project; (iv) the amount of the Contract Price; and (v) the starting and completion dates.
\r\n\r\n3. Sample and Tests
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall be responsible to develop a quality control program and to provide all necessary materials, apparatus, instruments, equipment, facilities and qualified staff for sampling, testing and quality control of the materials and the works under the Contract. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Contractor shall either (i) establish a testing laboratory at the site of works which is adequately equipped and staffed to carry out all sampling and testing in accordance with the requirement set out in the relevant codes and standards and/or these Work’s Requirement and provide all field equipment and apparatus as necessary to conduct all specified in-situ tests and/or any Tests on Completion, or (ii) arrange for routine sampling, testing and reporting, as required, through a certified independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer for the quality control programme developed by him and incorporate any modifications suggested by the Engineer-in-charge at no extra cost.
\r\n\r\nAll costs of such sampling, testing and reporting of test results will be borne by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall include sufficient provisions in his tendered rates to allow for independent sampling and laboratory testing under the direction of the Engineer-in-charge up to 5% of the total required tests at no additional cost. The Contractor shall furnish certified copies of all test reports to the Engineer-in-charge within 3 days of completion of the specified tests.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall, (within 28 days after the date of the Letter of Acceptance) submit to the Engineer-in-charge for his consent a detailed description of the arrangements for conducting the quality control programme during execution of the Works, including details of testing laboratory, equipment, staff and general procedures. If following submission, or at any time during the progress of Works, it appears to the Engineer-in-charge that the Contractor's quality control programme is not adequate to ensure the quality of the Works, the Contractor shall produce a revised programme, as desired by the Engineer-in-charge, which will be adequate to ensure satisfactory quality control.
\r\n\r\n4. Protection of Utilities
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor is required to carefully examine the location of the Works and their alignments and to make special enquiries with all authorities concerning water, sewer, gas pipes and telephone or electric cables lines, etc., to determine and verify to his own satisfaction the character, sizes, position and lengths of such utilities from authentic records. The Contractor shall be wholly responsible for the protection and/or facilitating relocation /reinstatement of such utilities as may be required, and shall not make any claim for extra work or extra time that may be required to protect or facilitate relocating such utilities. If any major shifting or realignment of water, sewer, gas, electric or telephone lines is necessary due to their interference with the proposed Works, the same may be done by the Employer. The cost of such major utility relocations will be borne by the Employer.
\r\n\r\n5. Tests during Construction
\r\n\r\nFor ensuring the requisite quality of construction, the Materials and Works shall be subject to the quality control tests as described Specifications and/or in the relevant codes and standards. The testing frequencies set forth are desirable minimum and the Engineer-in-charge shall have full authority to get the additional tests carried out by the Contractor as frequently as he may deem necessary, to satisfy himself that the Materials and Works comply with the appropriate Specifications.
\r\n\r\nWhere no specific testing procedure is mentioned, the tests shall be carried out as per the prevalent accepted Engineering practice to the directions of the Engineer-in-charge.
\r\n\r\n6. The Worker’s Camp. & Office Accommodation:
\r\n\r\nThe contractor shall provide at his own expense adequate accommodation for his workmen and keep the same in good order, in conformity with the bye-laws laid by the local bodies. Similarly, the contractor shall also provide adequate office accommodation for his site staff including toilet facilities, fan light and furniture.
\r\n\r\n7. Drawings, Instructions & measurements:
\r\n\r\nAll works shall be done according to the Drawings and Instructions of Engineer In-charge. All Drawings supplied will be kept properly cloth backed by the contractor. Such Drawings and any other instructions issued by the Engineer In-charge will be kept properly on the site and will be made available for scrutiny, discussions, study and execution of work etc. all the time for reference.
\r\n\r\nThese drawings, along with set of specifications all general and special condition, copy of agreement and conditions of tender etc. neatly catalogued, will be treated as master copy of site.
\r\n\r\nA site order book with hard bound cover duly paged on minimum two hundred pages will be maintained and kept at site under the safe custody of the contractor and this will be made available to the Engineer In-charge or his authorized agent when required. Instructions given by the Engineer In-charge or his agent shall be entered in this book which will be strictly followed by the contractor. Such instructions shall not be altered, modified and mutilated in any form by any agency other than the Engineer In-charge and this book shall never be removed from the site without the permission of the Engineer In-charge in writing. Loss of site order book will be considered as serious lapse and the contractor shall be singly responsible for such loss.
\r\n\r\n8. Clearing the site:
\r\n\r\nThe site described as the project area, shall be cleared of aIl obstructions, loose, stone and vegetation etc. All holes or hollows whether originally existing or produced by removal of loose stone, vegetation or plants etc. shall be carefully filled up with earth, well rammed and leveled off as directed. Also the contractor shall dress the site after completion maximum cutting or filling being 250 mm. No extra shall be paid for this to the contractor. The contractor shall also keep the site always properly drained of all surface water, healthy and clean.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
9. Tree:
\r\n\r\nNo tree shall be cut without permission. If any tree is to be out this shall form an extra item. For the purpose of the specification a tree shall be defined as a growth which is more than 10'-0" high and whose diameter of the trunk at the base is not less than 10". If the tree be of any value or use the benefit will accrue to the Employer.
\r\n\r\n10. Measuring materials:
\r\n\r\nMaterials requiring measuring shall be measured separately in boxes of appropriate sizes before being mixed the measurement will be by volume or by weight depending upon the quality of the concrete. For controlled concrete all mixes will be definitely done by weight.
\r\n\r\n11. Temporary protection:
\r\n\r\nThe contractor shall keep all cuts; banks fill bench marks, all important centre lines pilasters properly protected during the execution of works.
\r\n\r\n12. Quality of work:
\r\n\r\nMaterials, tools and plants and workmanship shall be in accordance with the requirement and of the approved type.
\r\n\r\n13. Leave clean:
\r\n\r\nOn completion all work must be cleaned down, rubbish removed and the "Works and land cleared of and everything left in a clean and orderly conditions.
\r\n\r\n14. Sample:
\r\n\r\nSamples of each class of work required shall be submitted by the contractor for approval of the Engineer In-charge. Approved samples shall be deposited at a place chosen by the Architects. The contractor will be required to perform all works under this contract in accordance with these samples.
\r\n\r\n15. Provisional items:
\r\n\r\nAll provisional items in the schedule shall be carried out at the discretion of the Engineer In-charge and may or may not form part of the contract. In case the provisional items are carried out by the contractor the rates shall be settled as for extra items as stated in the conditions of contract. The Engineer In-charge may call upon the contractor to submit the rate analysis for any of all or the items quoted by him in this tender. The Engineer In-charge reserves the right to use the details given in such rate analysis for the purpose of settlement of additional extra items and modified items at any time during the execution of the works.
\r\n\r\n16. Storage:
\r\n\r\nAll materials will be safely and properly stored.
\r\n\r\nB.6. Earthwork in Excavation
\r\n\r\nB.6.1. General
\r\n\r\nApplicable provisions of Conditions of contract shall govern work under this section. The contractor shall report any water conditions encountered and will be given directions as to the type of procedure to be adopted in such cases. The Indian Standards wherever referred to herein shall be the latest edition of such Standards.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
B.6.2. Excavation for Foundation, Trenches, Pits, etc.
\r\n\r\nAll foundation trenches shall be excavated to the full-widths and depths shown on the drawings or to such greater or smaller depths as may be found necessary or so ordered to him.
\r\n\r\nShould any excavation be taken down below the specified levels, the contractor shall fill in such excavation at his own cost with concrete as specified for foundations, well rammed in position until it is brought up to the level. The contractor shall notify to the Engineer In-charge when the excavation is completed and no concrete or masonry shall be laid until the Engineer In-charge has approved of the soil for each individual footing, rafts, etc.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall keep the site clear of water at all times. To this end he shall provide arrangements for pumping of water as required. All foundation pits shall be refilled to the original surface of the ground with approved material, which shall be suitably consolidated. No extra will be paid for bailing out water collected in excavation due to rains, ordinary springs etc.
\r\n\r\nB.6.3. Earth Filling
\r\n\r\nThe space around the foundations in the trenches or any excavated sites shall be cleared of all trash and loose debris and filled with approved excavated earth, all clods being broken. Filling shall be done in 200 mm layers; each layer to be moistened and well rammed. This shall be done in step with the foundation masonry or foundation concrete work the difference between the tops of masonry and filling not exceeding a day’s work. The top of filling shall be finished off 150 mm above ground level to allow for settlement only pit or depressions occurring within twelve months of completion shall be filled up and rammed by the Bidder or his own expense.
\r\n\r\nB.6.4. Shoring, Planking & Shuttering
\r\n\r\nShoring shall be done when sides of excavation do not stand up by themselves and sloping or stepping is not feasible or economical.
\r\n\r\nThe shoring shall consist of vertical planks 38 mm to 50 mm thick and of available width and required length. The planks shall be held by walling, vertical places and struts, and this to form a frame. The struts shall be not more than 1.5 m. apart, and the timber shall be sufficiently strong not to wrap. The planks shall be held tight by means of wedges between them and walling. The planks shall be driven in by cutting the earth beneath their toes or driving each plank separately after removing the wedges. The planks shall be driven in vertically and shall be set touching one another.
\r\n\r\nThe shoring shall be adequate to prevent caving in of the trench walls of subsidence of areas adjacent to the trench. In narrow trenches of limited depth, a simple form of shoring shall consist of a pair of 40 to 50 mm thick and 30 cm wide planks set vertically at intervals and firmly strutted. For wider and deeper trenches a system of wall plates (Wales) and struts of heavy timber section is commonly used. Continuous sheeting shall be provided outside the wall plates to maintain the stability of the trench walls. The number and the size of the wall plates shall be fixed considering the depth of trench and type of soil. The cross struts shall be fixed in a manner to maintain pressure against the wall plates which in turn shall be kept pressed against the timber sheeting by means of timber wedges or dog spikes.
\r\n\r\nB.6.5. Wet Foundation:
\r\n\r\nAs soon as water is encountered in foundations, a sump shall be dug for removing the water. The bottom level of this sump shall be kept 500 mm or more below the lowest level of the excavation. The difference between the levels of the bottom of the excavation and of the sump shall be kept constant as excavation depth is increased. If the excavation is to be taken to a substantial depth and a large quantity of water is encountered, two sumps shall be excavated and deepened alternatively so that the pump does not require to be stopped whilst the sump is deepened.
\r\n\r\nB.6.6. Earthwork in Site Leveling
\r\n\r\nAll materials required for the purpose of filling shall be taken from high areas and stockpile, which are to be leveled to specified reduced level as required. Roots, sods, wood or other organic matter shall not be placed in the fill. Before a new layer is laid the existing ruts or other unevenness in the surface of the layer shall be removed and the surface of the layer shall be scarified and roughened by borrowing and ploughing to obtain bond with the material to be placed. The materials shall be placed continuous horizontal layers not greater than 200 mm thickness. The earth fill shall be kept slightly sloping from center to the edges to avoid formation of pools during the rain.
\r\n\r\nB.7. Concrete Work
\r\n\r\nB.7.1. General
\r\n\r\nApplicable provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section. All concrete work, plain or reinforced shall be carried out in strict accordance with this specification and any construction drawing or instructions given from time to time to the Contractor. The Contractor’s rates shall allow for wastage in all materials as well as for all tests of materials and for concrete. No concrete shall be cast in the absence of the Engineer In-charge’s representative or any other person duly authorized by him. The Contractor’s Engineer shall personally check that both the formwork and reinforcement have been correctly placed and fixed, and shall satisfy himself that all work preparatory to the casting is completely ready, before calling the Engineer In-charge’s representative for final inspection and approval and for which purpose at least 24 hours’ notice shall be given by the Contractor. The Indian Standards wherever referred to herein shall be the latest edition of such Standards.
\r\n\r\nB.7.2. Cement
\r\n\r\nCement shall be ordinary Portland cement as per I.S. 269 or Sulphate Resistance Cement as per IS 12330. Cement tests shall have to be carried out at operator’s expense as and when directed.
\r\n\r\nB.7.3. Aggregate
\r\n\r\nThe fine and coarse aggregate shall conform to IS: 383 & IS: 456. The necessary test indicated in IS – 383 and IS – 456 shall have to be carried out to ensure the acceptability and shall meet prior approval of the Owner.
\r\n\r\nB.7.4. Reinforcement
\r\n\r\nThe epoxy coated reinforcement conforming to IS 13620 or latest relevant Indian Standards shall be of tested quality. It shall also comply with relevant part of IS. 456. All epoxy coated reinforcement shall be clean and free from dirt, oil, paint, grease, mill scale or loose or thick rust at the time of placing. The reinforcement shall be bent to the shapes shown on the drawings prior to placing and all bars must be bent cold. The Steel shall be placed in such a way that it is rigidly held in position while concrete is being cast. The correct clearance from the form shall be maintained by either precast mortar blocks or by metal supporting chairs to be supplied by the Contractor free of charge. The intersections of rods crossing one another shall bound together with soft pliable wire No. 16 S.W.G. at frequent intervals so that reinforcement will not be displaced during the process of depositing concrete. The loops of binding wire should be tightened by pliers.
\r\n\r\nB.7.5. Water
\r\n\r\nWater shall conform to IS: 456, clean and free from alkali, oil or injurious amounts of deleterious material. As far as possible, the water should be of such quality that is potable. If any chemical analysis of the water is necessary and ordered the same shall be got done at approval laboratory at the operator’s expense.
\r\n\r\nB.7.6. Concrete Proportioning
\r\n\r\nThe concrete proportion shall be as indicated on the approved drawings and shall conform to IS: 456.The minimum cover to main reinforcement shall be 25 mm or the diameter of the bar whichever is greater. In the case of surfaces exposed to corrosive action as in sumps, the cover shall be increased up to 50 mm as directed.
\r\n\r\nType of joints, spacing of joints, use of all jointing materials and other features pertaining to the provision of movement joints in liquid retaining structures shall be got approved prior to commencement of construction. All reinforced concrete work shall be thoroughly and efficiently vibrated during laying by use of vibrators.
\r\n\r\nFor liquid retaining structures M:30 grade shall be used, the same shall be deemed to be satisfactorily watertight if the external faces show no signs of leakage and remain apparently dry over the period of observation of 7 days after allowing a period of 7 days for absorption after filling. Covered tank, where all faces are not accessible for inspection, shall be kept filled with water for 7 days and thereafter the drop of water over the next 7 days shall not exceed totally a depth of 12.5 mm per day. Approved corrective measures, if necessary, shall be undertaken by the Bidder at his own expense. The Contractor shall use appropriate water proofing compound during the process of pouring of concrete in required proportion.
\r\n\r\nB.7.7. Mix Design
\r\n\r\nAt the commencement of the contract, the Contractor shall make preliminary tests to determine the proportions by weight of cement, fine aggregates, coarse aggregates and water necessary to produce required grades of concrete. The mix proportions shall be selected to ensure that workability of the fresh concrete is suitable for the conditions of handling and placing and when concrete hardens, it shall have the required strength, durability and surface finish. The Contractor shall get approval of the Project Engineer to such proportions before start of concreting. However, such approval shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to produce concrete having compressive strengths as laid down in the foregoing table.
\r\n\r\nNo departure from the approved proportions will be permitted during the works unless and until the Engineer gives written authorization for any change in proportion. The Engineer shall have authority at any time to check whether the mixing of concrete is being carried out according to the approved proportions.
\r\n\r\nFor the major and important RC works and for all special works, the design of mixes shall be made by the Contractor at his own cost, for each grade of concrete as well as for various workability. The design of mixes shall be made according to relevant I.S. codes or to approved standard methods.
\r\n\r\nThe concrete made by designing the mix is termed hereinafter as "Design Mix Concrete".
\r\n\r\nB.7.8. Volumetric Mix Concrete
\r\n\r\nWhere concrete is specified in volumetric proportions such as 1:4:8, 1:3:6, 1:2:4, 1:1.5:3, 1:1:2 etc., in the Bill of Quantities, coarse & fine aggregates shall be measured by volume & cement by weight. The water cement ratio shall be within 0.45 & 0.70 depending upon the workability.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
B.7.9. Workmanship
\r\n\r\nAll concreting work shall be carried out according to the IS: 456 ‘Indian Standard Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete for general Building Construction’. It should, however, be note that for over 60 m3 of concrete placed or for every one day’s work a minimum of 6 (six) cubes shall be cast for test purposes and tested at the operator’s expense in an approved laboratory.
\r\n\r\nB.7.10. Formwork
\r\n\r\nThe formwork shall conform to IS: 456. Centering; Only steel / plywood centering shall be used
\r\n\r\nB.7.11. Curing
\r\n\r\nThe concrete shall be cured according to IS: 456 or as directed.
\r\n\r\nB.7.12. Concrete Finish:
\r\n\r\nThe concrete surface on removal of form work shall be such that no finishing is necessary. If however the surface is not satisfactory, the operator shall, if so instructed, remove unwanted projecting parts by chipping and smoothening the surface with cement at his own expense and coated with corrosion resistance epoxy paint.
\r\n\r\nB.7.13. Construction Joints / Water Stops
\r\n\r\nThese shall be in accordance with IS: 456 or as shown on the approved drawings.
\r\n\r\nThe centering for forming, the construction joint shall be firmly fixed and adequately slotted for reinforcement extending beyond the joint. If any concrete has set, care shall be taken not to disturb the reinforcing steel in casting the second half of a member with a construction joint and thereby crack the concrete previously placed. The PVC joints shall be of the ‘rebated’ or ‘keyed’ type and shall have a minimum width of 300 mm inclined ‘feather’ or ‘straight joints’ shall not be permitted. The Joints/Water stops shall be got approved by the Engineer In-charge before their placement into the structure.
\r\n\r\nB.7.14. Expansion Joints
\r\n\r\nExpansion joints shall be provided at positions shown on the approved drawing or as directed and shall comply strictly with the details shown on construction drawings. Reinforcement shall not extend across any expansion joint and the break between the two sections MUST be complete. Unless otherwise specified, the gap shall be filled with an elastic joint filler consisting of the following ingredients (by weight), preheated to a temperature of 190 (375 F).
\r\n\r\na) Very find sand 60%
\r\n\r\nb) Hot bitumen emulsion 33%
\r\n\r\nc) Cement 5%
\r\n\r\nd) Fine chopped hemp 2%
\r\n\r\nB.7.15. Contractor’s Supervision
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall provide constant and strict supervision of all the item of construction during progress of work, including the proportioning and mixing of the concrete and bending and placing of reinforcement. Before any important operation such as concreting or stripping of formwork is begun, adequate notice shall be given.
\r\n\r\nB.7.16. Laying Cement Concrete in Foundations &Under Floors
\r\n\r\nBefore laying the concrete, the bottom and sides of the trench up to the proposed height of the concrete shall be moistened. The concrete shall be tamped immediately after laying.
\r\n\r\nB.7.17. Protective Epoxy Paint Treatment:
\r\n\r\nEpoxy Paint of standard specifications manufactured/purchased from a reputed firm approved by IS shall be applied to the outside Concrete surface of R.C.C. Underground sump and all mild steel works within and near the sump. The coverage capacity of layers shall be at 125 Microns D.F.T. 7.60 sq. mt. /Litre.(Exposed steel inserts, embedded in concrete and ladders, submerged in water shall be provided with epoxy paint 360 microns)
\r\n\r\nB.7.18. Chases, Holes, Recesses and Inserts:
\r\n\r\nAll chases, holes and recesses for foundation bolts, various services and other requirements must be formed as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Owner’s Engineer during the execution of the work, without extra charge. The contractor shall fix all necessary inserts in the concrete for support of hangers for pipes and cables, ceiling clamps for lights and fans or for duct etc. If any of the inserts are to be supplied by other agencies not extra payment will be made to the Bidder for placing the inserts position.
\r\n\r\nB.7.19. Load Testing of Structures
\r\n\r\nLoad tests shall be carried out in accordance with IS: 456, if required by the Engineer In-charge.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
B.7.20. Minimum Cement Content
\r\n\r\nThe minimum cement content for each grade of concrete shall be as per table below.
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t S.No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Grade of Concrete \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Minimum Cement Content in Concrete \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(Kg/m3 of finished concrete) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t M15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 240 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t M20 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 300 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t M25 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 300 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t M30 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 320 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
Please refer clause no. 8.2.4 Table no: 5 for reinforced concrete of IS code 456 – 2000 (latest version)
\r\n\r\nB.7.21. Testing and Commissioning
\r\n\r\nAll water retaining structures shall be tested before commissioning and trial run as per the specifications in CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage and Sewage treatment (latest edition) and as per relevant IS Code. All the structures are to be checked for water tightness and the sole responsibility of arranging the necessary equipments and apparatus lies with the Contractor at his own cost. Any damage during testing shall be Contractor’s responsibility and shall be rectified by him free of cost. Water for testing shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost.
\r\n\r\nB.8. Brick Work
\r\n\r\nB.8.1. General
\r\n\r\nApplicable provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern the work under this section. The Contractor’s shall build the whole of brickwork shown on the drawings with first-class bricks in cement mortar. The Indian Standard wherever referred to herein shall be the latest edition of such Standards.
\r\n\r\nB.8.2. Materials
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Bricks \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t : \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The bricks used shall generally conform to IS: 1077 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Cement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t : \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The cement used shall conform to IS: 269 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Sand \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t : \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The sand used shall conform to IS: 1344 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Water \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t : \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The water used shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of deleterious materials. As far as possible, the water should be of such quality that it is potable \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
B.8.3. Mortar Proportion
\r\n\r\nUnless otherwise specified, the proportions of cement-sand-mortar by volume for various classes of work shall be as under:
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Type of work \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Sand \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Ordinary brickwork for building \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Brickwork in pillars \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Half-brick thick or brick-on edge partition wall \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
B.8.4. Workmanship
\r\n\r\nThe cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed dry in specified proportions. Water shall then be added by a sprinkler just sufficient to make a stiff and workable paste. The mortar shall be used within half an hour of mixing. The mortar, which is unused within half an hour of mixing, shall be removed from the site.
\r\n\r\nB.8.5. Brick-work
\r\n\r\nAll the bricks shall be kept in water till they are completely soaked & only thoroughly soaked bricks shall be used in the work. The Contractor’s shall set out & build all brickwork to the respective dimensions, thickness and height, as shown on the drawings.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor’s shall build all brickwork uniformly, no one portion being raised more than 1.0 meter above another at one time. The Contractor’ shall keep wet all brickwork for at least 10 days after laying. The surface of unfinished work shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted before joining new work to it.
\r\n\r\nIn curved brickwork, the bricks shall be dressed to shape obtain joints redial to the curve. The joints shall not exceed 12 mm in thickness and should extend the full thickness of the curved brickwork.
\r\n\r\nB.8.6. Damp-proof Course
\r\n\r\nDamp-proof course shall be provided at positions where ever necessary. In masonry walls of buildings, it shall normally be placed above the external ground level. It shall be laid for the full width of solid walls and shall be prepared as specified.
\r\n\r\nA layer of cement concrete 1:2:4 (cement: sand: coarse aggregate) mix, and of specified thickness shall be provided. If a damp-proof course requiring the use of bitumen felt is specified, bitumen used shall conform to IS: 1322 and workmanship shall conform to IS: 1609. All exposed surface of the damp-proof course shall be finished fair and smooth. The external edge shall be chamfered if specified, and shall be finished flush with masonry surface.
\r\n\r\nB.9. Flooring and Pavements
\r\n\r\nB.9.1. General
\r\n\r\nApplicable provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section. The Indian Standards wherever referred to herein shall be the latest edition of such standards.
\r\n\r\nB.9.2. Types of Floors and Pavements
\r\n\r\nThe principal types of floors and pavements considered in this specification are as under:
\r\n\r\na) Cast-in-situ cement concrete flooring
\r\n\r\nB.9.3. Materials
\r\n\r\nCement: Ordinary Portland cement and white and colored cement shall conform to IS: 269.
\r\n\r\nLime: Where lime is required to be used, it shall conform to IS: 712 and slaking of lime shall be done according to IS: 1635.
\r\n\r\nAggregates: The aggregates shall conform to IS 383. Fine aggregates shall range in size from 1.5 mm to 6 mm. unless specified otherwise. Not more than 5 percent of grains shall pass IS sieve 15 (0.151 mm mesh) and not more than 10 per cent shall pass IS sieve 30 (0.296 mm mesh). Coarse aggregate shall all pass through 19 mm mesh, unless specified otherwise and shall be graded as directed. The coarse aggregate for concrete pavements for approaches and driveways shall all pass through 25 mm ring and shall be formed by mixing 80% of 25 mm to 12 mm size and 20% of 12 mm to 6 mm size. The above proportion shall be altered to suit workability if so approved.
\r\n\r\nWater: Water shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of deleterious materials. As far as possible, water shall be of potable quality.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
B.9.4. Cement Concrete Flooring
\r\n\r\nThe flooring of the building, unless otherwise specified, shall be laid in PCC 1:2:4 40mm thick using 20mm and down size granite jelly on a bed of 150mm thick 1:4:8 CC, with 40mm and down size jelly with topping of CM 1:3 plastering 12mm thick, finished neatly and cut to pattern, including curing. Materials such as cement, coarse and fine aggregates used in the work shall conform to the specifications and all tests on concrete shall satisfy the requirements mentioned in specifications.
\r\n\r\nThe flooring of all the buildings, unless otherwise specified, shall be laid in PCC 1:2:4 40mm thick using 20mm and down size granite jelly on a bed of 150mm thick 1:4:8 CC, with 40mm and down size jelly with topping of CM 1:3 plastering 12mm thick, finished neatly and cut to pattern, including curing. Materials such as cement, coarse and fine aggregates used in the work shall conform to the specifications and all tests on concrete shall satisfy the requirements mentioned in the section.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall furnish all labour, materials, tools, equipment, machinery operations and related items necessary and required for the full performance of the contract under this section, as shown on the drawings or as specified or reasonably implied or incidental to the construction
\r\n\r\nB 9.5 VITRIFIED TILES
\r\n\r\nVitrified polished porcelain floor tiles shall be of 1st quality. These vitrified tiles are classified under group B1a of the International Standard for ceramic tiles ISO: 13006. Tiles shall be hard, dense, impervious and frost resistant. Water absorption of tiles shall be less than 0.5% and flexural strength (Modulus of Rupture) shall be more than 35 N/Sqmm. Vitrified polished porcelain floor tiles shall be provided of sizes, colour, shades, texture and designs as indicated and if size not indicated it shall be 600mm x 600 mm/ 605 x 605 mm. The thickness shall be as specified by the manufacturer but not less than 8mm.
\r\n\r\nHeavy duty vitrified unpolished porcelain floor tiles for exterior use shall be of 1st quality. Heavy duty vitrified tiles shall be acid and alkali resistant, weather proof, anti skid and abrasion resistant as per International Standard for ceramic tiles ISO :13006 and EN 176 requirement. These tiles shall comply with. the following requirements:
\r\n\r\n(a) Water absorption35 N/Sqmm
\r\n\r\n(c) Moh's Hardness>6
\r\n\r\n(d) Abrasion resistance <240mm
\r\n\r\nHeavy duty vitrified tiles shall be of size, colour, texture and design as indicated but size if not indicated it shall be of 300mmX300mm.
\r\n\r\nB 9.6 HOLLOW CONCRETE BLOCKS
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The hollow concrete blocks shall conform to the grade A load bearing units having a minimum block density of 1500 kg/m3 (IS 2185-2005 Part 1).
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The dimensions of the block are: Length = 400mm Height = 200mm Width = 200mm
\r\n\r\nBlock thickness = 200mm
\r\n\r\nFace shell thickness = 35mm
\r\n\r\nThickness of web = 30mm
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Total web thickness per Course in any 200mm length Wall = 30mm
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
B.10. Plastering and Pointing
\r\n\r\nB.10.1. General
\r\n\r\nApplicable provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section. The Indian Standards wherever referred to herein shall be the latest edition of such Standards.
\r\n\r\nB.10.2. Cement Plaster Materials
\r\n\r\nCement shall confirm to IS: 269 and Sand shall confirm to IS: 1542. Other materials, tools and Accessories, they shall confirm to relevant IS codes listed above and to the requirements specified in IS: 1661.
\r\n\r\nB.10.3. Proportioning and thickness of Cement Plasters:
\r\n\r\nThe proportions of materials, number of coats and thickness of each coat shall be as a specified or as directed.
\r\n\r\nB.10.4. Workmanship
\r\n\r\nUnless otherwise specified, all plasterwork shall be carried out as per IS: 1661 “Code of Practice for Cement and Cement-Lime Plaster Finished on Walls and Ceilings”. Special finishing textures to the plaster shall be executed according to Clause 16 of IS: 1661 and/or as directed.
\r\n\r\nB.10.5. Curing
\r\n\r\nAfter the completion of the work, the pointed face shall be kept well wetted for at least for 10 days in the case of Cement Pointing.
\r\n\r\nB.11. Painting and Glazing
\r\n\r\nB.11.1. General
\r\n\r\nApplicable provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section. The Indian Standards wherever referred to herein shall be the latest edition of such standards.
\r\n\r\nB.11.2. Painting of Iron and Steel Work
\r\n\r\nPainting of iron and steel work shall generally be carried out as per IS: 1447 (Part I).
\r\n\r\nB.11.3. Preparation of Surfaces:
\r\n\r\nThe surface to be painted shall be cleaned free of dirt, oil rust, mill scale and be thoroughly dry before painting. Cleaning, degreasing, and de-scaling wherever necessary shall be carried out as specified in IS: 1477 (Part I) and the method adopted for surface preparation shall have prior approval.
\r\n\r\nB.11.4. Primer Coat:
\r\n\r\nUnless otherwise specified, the primer coat for steel and iron work shall be of Red Lead paint, conforming to IS: 102. The Red Lead primer shall be applied by means of approved brushes. The Red Lead paint shall be allowed to dry sufficiently hard before the application of the succeeding coat A red lead painted surface shall not however be left exposed permanently, as it is liable to heavy chalking. The primer coat shall be applied as specified in IS: 1477 (Part-I) and the number of coats shall be as necessary for as directed.
\r\n\r\nB.11.5. Finish Coat
\r\n\r\nThe type of intermediate and finish coat and the number of coats to be applied shall be as necessary or as directed. Intermediate and finish coats may be oil bound bituminous, aluminum or other types of paints. Aluminum conforms to IS: 165. The intermediate and finish coats for structural steel work, sheet metal work and cast iron work shall be applied as specified in IS: 1477 (Part-I).
\r\n\r\nB.12. Glazing Materials
\r\n\r\nB.12.1. Glass
\r\n\r\nAll glass used in the work shall be best quality glass free from specks, bubbles, smokes, wanes, air holes and other defects, Unless other-wise specified, sheet glass shall be transparent and of the following weights. For panes up to 600 mm x 600 mm in size, glass weighing not less than 7.97 kg/sq.m. shall be used for panes 750 mm x 750 mm to 900 mm x 900 mm size, the weight of glass shall be 9.76 kg/sq.m. Unless other-wise specified, for sizes of glass above 900 mm x 900, plate glass shall be used.
\r\n\r\nB.12.2. Putty
\r\n\r\nPutty for use on wooden frames shall conform to IS: 419 and on metal frames to IS: 420.
\r\n\r\nB.12.3. Workmanship
\r\n\r\nAll glass be cut according to the sizes required as per drawings. Glazing of metal doors, windows and ventilators shall conform to IS: 1081 and glazing of timber doors, windows, and ventilators shall conform to IS: 1003, unless specified otherwise. For glazing wooden doors and windows, the wooden frame, particularly the rebate, shall be well oiled to prevent oil from putty being sucked in by wood. The Bidder shall thoroughly clean all glass and replace all putty or glass damaged during the work.
\r\n\r\nB.13. Miscellaneous Steel and Iron Work
\r\n\r\nB.13.1. General
\r\n\r\nApplicable provisions of Conditions of Contract shall govern work under this section. The Indian Standards wherever referred to herein shall be the latest edition of such Standard.
\r\n\r\nB.13.2. Iron Grills
\r\n\r\nThe grills for Windows, verandahs, balconies, etc. shall be of mild steel or wrought iron as specified for the work. The design of grills and shapes and sizes of various components shall be as approved. The edges, angles and corners shall be clean and true to shape. The joints shall be mechanically inter-locked and overlapping areas spot welded in such a way that the grill is rigid.
\r\n\r\nWhere moulded grills are specified, the moulded work shall be as approved, and shall have clean, straight and sharply defined profiles. The operatorshall do the necessary cutting, fitting, drilling, tapping, scribing etc. required to fix grills to adjacent surfaces. The grills shall be fixed plumb, in line and level. Unless otherwise specified, grills shall be painted with two coats of red lead paint conforming to IS: 102 before they are fixed.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
B.13.3. Rolling Shutters
\r\n\r\nRolling shutters, where specified shall be of the size to suit the openings and shall be positioned as shown on the drawings and/or as directed.
\r\n\r\nThe rolling shutter shall be fabricated from 18 B.G. Steel and machine rolled with 75 mm rolling contras with effective bridge depth of 12 mm lath sections, interlocked with each other and ends locked with malleable cast iron. The guides shall be either rolled or pressed deep channel sections 75 mm deep and 25 mm wide fitted with necessary fittings and fixtures.
\r\n\r\nThe suspension shaft shall be formed from solid drawn seamless tubes 60 mm O.D. of wall thickness of 25 mm in 3 segments coupled 2 with 2 pairs C.I. dog-tailed flange coupling forming one complete unit eliminating deflection in the center to a minimum.
\r\n\r\nThe springs shall be imported high tensile English flat springs 50/60 mm breadth and 1.6/1.8 mm thickness hardened and tempered. These shall be fitted inside the fabricated housing on either ends, which counterbalance the shutter curtain. The ball bearings shall be double row self aligning ball bearing fitted inside C.I. housing fixed on side brackets holding the suspension shaft at either end.The suspension of the curtain shall be belted in specially fabricated cages formed from MS flats, and plates all are welded. The hood cover shall be made of 20 gauge G.P. sheets with necessary stiffeners and framework to prevent sag, the bottom lock plate shall be made of 3 mm thick M.S. plate and 95 mm wide reinforced with angle/T iron of suitable section with 6 mm dia. M.S.rivets interlocked with last stride of curtain.
\r\n\r\nThe locking arrangement shall consist of hasp and staple on the bottom plate, lockable from both sides. Unless otherwise specified, for overall area of rolling shutters up to 9 sq. m. pull and push type hand-operated shutters shall be used, for area between 9 and 12 sq. m. Pull and Push type shutters shall be provided with ball bearings; for area larger than 12 sq. m, Mechanical Gear type shutters shall be supplied.
\r\n\r\nB.13.4. Collapsible Gates
\r\n\r\nCollapsible gates shall be of the size and type as specified by the Owner’s Engineer. The gates shall be manufactured out of M.S. channel pickets of size 20 mm x 10 mm and flats 20 mm x 6 mm. The top runner flat shall be at least 50 mm x 12 mm in section. The bottom guide shall consist of a channel or two angles of specified size laid in the flooring to guide the free movement of the gate. The gate shall move in the guide channel on rollers of adequate size fixed at the top and bottom of the gate as specified. The gate shall be painted with one coat of red lead paint conforming to IS : 102 before fixing in position.
\r\n\r\nB.14. Wood Work and Joinery
\r\n\r\nB.14.1. Wood:
\r\n\r\nAll wood required to be used, shall be dry, well-seasoned, Kailwood and shall be free from knots, cracks or any other kind of defects frames for doors and windows.
\r\n\r\nB.14.2. Jointing Materials:
\r\n\r\nAll nails, screws, fixtures shall be of standard quality as approved by the Owner.
\r\n\r\nB.14.3. Cutting Edges:
\r\n\r\nCutting edge for well to be fabricated as per the drawing approved by Owner’s engineer The structural steel to be used, should confirm to IS: 226-1961 and IS: 2062-1962. The steel shall be free from defects as mentioned in IS: 226-1962 and shall have a smooth uniform finish. Material shall be free from loose mile scale, rusting or other defects affecting its strength and durability. The test certificates shall have to be submitted for the structural steel used in cutting edge.
\r\n\r\nB.15. Structural Steel
\r\n\r\nOnly tested steel shall be used on the work, and the contractor shall produce the test certificate of the manufacturer to the Engineer. The fabrication of steel truss shall be as per design, drawing and specification using standard and approved ISA, ISMC, MS Plates, and MS Flats with necessary revetting, welding, jointing etc., with a coat of red oxide primer, and two coats of approved enamel painting, including erection for all steel members as per drawings and specifications etc., complete. Finished rolled material shall be free from cracks, flaws, injurious seams, laps, blisters, ragged and imperfect edges and other defects. It shall have a smooth and uniform finish, and shall be straightened in the mill before shipment. They shall also be free from loose mill scale, rust, pits or other defects affecting its strength and durability. The grade of steel shall be as per IS 2062-1992 grade Fe 410 W, grade A.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
B.16. Specifications Referred
\r\n\r\nThe specifications contained herein are not exhaustive and for such items of works which may arise and which are not covered by this specification, or by the relevant Indian Standards, the provisions in the P.W.D. Handbook Vol. I and II (latest edition) shall apply. A list of few important Indian Standards is given below: Wherever reference to the Indian Standards mentioned below or otherwise appears in this specification, it shall be taken as a reference to the latest version of the standard.
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t IS No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Description \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t General \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 456 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete for General Building Construction \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3764 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Safety code for excavation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1200 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Method of measurement of building and engineering (Part 1 to 28) works \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 3385 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Code of practice for measurement of Civil Engineering works. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1642 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Fire safety of buildings (General): Details of Construction Code of Practice. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 4082 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Recommendations on stacking and storing of construction materials at site. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Sand \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS: 2116 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Sand for Masonry, Mortar \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS: 1542 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Sand for Plaster \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Aggregates \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS: 383 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Aggregates, Coarse and fine from National Sources for Concrete. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS: 515 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Aggregates for use in Mass Concrete Natural and Manufactured. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Cement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 12330 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specification for sulphate Resisting Portland cement. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1489 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specification for Portland pozzolana cement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 12269 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specification for 53 grade ordinary Portland cement. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Concrete Plain & Reinforced \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 457 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Code of practice for general construction of plain and reinforced concrete for dams and other massive structures. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS: 3370 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Concrete Structures for the Storage of liquids (Part I & Part II, III & IV) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 432 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specification for mild steel and medium tensile steel (Part 1 and 2) bars and hard drawn steel wires for concrete reinforcement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1786 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specification for high strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete reinforcement. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 4326 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Code of practice for earthquake resistant design and construction of building. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 10262 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Recommended guidelines for concrete mix design. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Code for Construction safety \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 3696 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Safety code for scaffolds and ladders. (Parts I and III) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 7969 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Safety code for handling and storage of building materials. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 8989 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Safety code for erection of concrete framed structures. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Brickwork \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1077 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Common Burnt Clay Building Bricks. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Hollow Concrete Blocks \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 2185-2005 Part 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Concrete masonry units, Part 1: Hollow and solid concrete blocks \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Paving and Floor Finishes \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1237 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Flooring Tiles, Cement Concrete \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Plastering & Pointing \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1661 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cement and Lime, Plaster Finishes on Walls and Ceilings \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Roof Coverings \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 730 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Fixing Accessories for Corrugated Sheet Roofing \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Steel & Iron Work \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 226 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Structural Steel (Revised) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 800 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Use of Structural Steel in General Building Construction, code of Practice forPipes& Fittings Pipes \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 3486 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cast Iron Spigot & Socket Drain Pipes \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1538 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cast Iron fittings for Pressure pipes for water, Gas & Sewage \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1536 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Centrifugally Cast Iron Pressure Pipes for water, Gas & Sewage. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 458 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Concrete pipes with or without reinforcement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 783 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Code of practice for laying Concrete pipes. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 3114 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Code of practice for laying of C.I. Pipes \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1726 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t C.I. Manhole covers and frames intended for use in drainage works. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
C. Particular Specification- Electro-mechanical works
\r\n\r\nThis section covers the general specification and technical requirements for electrical equipment/items. Scope of work shall comprise supply, erection, testing, commissioning and trial run of the following works on Item Rate basis.
\r\n\r\n Incoming Power Supply from JKPDD’s overhead line/existing transformer.
\r\n\r\n Distribution of power supply
\r\n\r\nOther applicable sections of these specifications shall be construed to form a part of this section where the context so requires.
\r\n\r\nC.1. General Specification
\r\n\r\n· Ambient Conditions: All the electrical equipment shall be suitable for trouble free operation under the following ambient conditions.
\r\n\r\nMaximum Temp. – 40o C
\r\n\r\nMinimum temp -- -8o C
\r\n\r\nMaximum related humidity – 100%
\r\n\r\nMaximum height above sea level – less than 1600M
\r\n\r\n· Systemdetails :The power supply shall be made available by the JKPDD and the system of supply shall be
\r\n\r\nVoltage -- 415 V, +/- , 6%, 3Phase, 4wire
\r\n\r\nFrequency -- 50 Hz, +/- 3%
\r\n\r\nFault level -- 10 MVA.
\r\n\r\nNeutral Earthing -- Solidly earthed.
\r\n\r\n· Approval by Sectional Committee: The equipment supplied along with its accessories shall be those approved for use in electrical installations by the Fire Sectional Committee of the Insurance Association of India.
\r\n\r\n· Standardization: As far as possible, components to be utilised in the manufacture of equipment supplied under this contract shall be standardised with proper consideration of service requirements and inventory requirement.
\r\n\r\n· Compliance to Indian Electricity Rules: The equipment supplied as well as the installation work carried out shall comply in all respects with Indian Electricity Act and Indian Electricity Rules (1956) as amended upto-date.
\r\n\r\n· Codes and Regulations: The work governed by this specification shall be in conformity with relevant Indian Standard Codes and Regulations issued by the Bureau of Indian Standard.
\r\n\r\n· Competency of Electrical Staff: Accepted norms of good workmanship shall be followed. The Works shall be done by qualified and trained staff having sufficient competency in electrical works and under the overall supervision of electrical contractors licensed by the Government Department for such works.
\r\n\r\n· Makes: The bidder shall clearly indicate the makes offered. Detailed catalogues and literature shall be made available for all items proposed and these shall be approved by the engineer before use on the work.
\r\n\r\n· Completion Drawings : After completion of all works and approval, thereof, by the Engineer In-charge, the Contractor shall prepare and submit six sets of completion drawings as executed along with a CD having the CAD files in relevant format for various systems with complete details.
\r\n\r\nThe completion drawings shall include the following
\r\n\r\na) Cable layout
\r\n\r\nb) Earthing layout
\r\n\r\n· Approval of Materials : All materials used on the work shall be new and of the best quality available, conforming to the relevant Indian Standard specifications and as per good engineering practice. Prior approval shall be obtained in writing from the Engineer for all materials proposed and when necessary, approved sample duly identified and labelled shall be deposited with the Engineer In-charge Requirements for materials mentioned in this section shall also be referred.
\r\n\r\nC.2. Safety Precautions
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall take all reasonable safety precautions during construction and testing of the works. Particular attention shall be paid to the following:
\r\n\r\n Permit to work shall be taken from the Engineer to prevent any conductor or apparatus becoming accidentally or inadvertently charged when persons are working there on.
\r\n\r\n Prior to the electrical installation (or part thereof) being connected to the mains supply, the Contractor shall ensure that all main switches on equipment in his supply are padlocked in off position, so that non-commissioned or incomplete circuits cannot be used without the Engineer’s consent.
\r\n\r\n During testing and commissioning or any other time when live conductors may be temporarily exposed (e.g. control panel doors open), the Contractor shall provide danger boards and warning signs to the approval of the Engineer to prevent any possibility of accidental electrical shock.
\r\n\r\nC.3. Technical Specifications of supply items
\r\n\r\nDetailed specification for various electrical works has been provided in the following clauses. The contractor must ensure that he provides most efficient, effective and economical electrical system/equipment. The Contractor shall submit the technical particulars of the system / equipment offered by him before the procurement.
\r\n\r\nC.3.1. Cables
\r\n\r\nAll cables shall be PVC insulated, PVC sheathed steel wire/ tape armored with outer PVC sheathing and of 1.1 kV class as per IS 1554. The conductors shall be stranded and of aluminum or copper as specified in bill of quantity. All cores shall be duly color coded.
\r\n\r\nC.3.2. PVC Conduits
\r\n\r\nAll PVC conduits shall conform to IS 9537 and their accessories to IS 3419. These shall be either threaded type or plain type and shall be used with the required accessories.
\r\n\r\nC.3.3. Meter Board
\r\n\r\nThe meter board shall be fabricated out of 16 SWG. Sheet steel and suitable for either recessed or wall mounting on the walls. The board shall be suitably pre-treated and painted both inside and outside with two coats of anticorrosive primer and two coats of enamelled paint of approved shade and make. The board shall have locking arrangements by pad locks. It shall house the energy meter, to be calibrated and sealed by KPTCL, porcelain fuse cutouts of specified ratings, terminals for incoming cables and outgoing wires with suitable entry for cable /conduit.
\r\n\r\nThe front door shall have glass window for ease of meter reading.
\r\n\r\nThe size of the meter board shall be as follows:
\r\n\r\n Single Phase Meter 300 x450x150mm
\r\n\r\n Three Phase Meter 550x550x225mm
\r\n\r\nC.3.4. Mains Switch Unit
\r\n\r\nThe mains switch unit shall be double break type with quick make and break mechanism and ISI marked. The fuses, if provided, should be completely isolated when the switch is off. The ON and OFF positions of the switch should be clearly indicated. Door interlock with defeat mechanism shall be provided in all switch units. This may be mounted on the merer board, if specifically indicated in the BOQ.
\r\n\r\nC.3.5. LED Fittings
\r\n\r\nThesspecifications of LED fittings shall be strictly as per bill of quantities.
\r\n\r\nC.4. Installation Specifications
\r\n\r\nThe installation specifications of a few major items have been detailed below. These are supplement to IS Code of Practices. For all other items, the recommendation of IS codes shall prevail.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
C.4.1. Cable Laying and Installation
\r\n\r\nThe cables shall be of approved make and tested in factory in presence of Engineer In-charge. The cable shall be dispatched to work site packed on wooden drums with both ends properly sealed. Jointing of the cables in between the terminal points shall not be permitted. The cable loops for future requirement shall be kept at both ends as per direction of the Engineer In-charge.
\r\n\r\nOne number 8SWG GI wire in case of single phase 240V system and two numbers of 8SWGI wires in case of 3 phase 415V system shall run all along the trench or tray with the cables as earth continuity conductor. The supply and laying of ECC shall be considered separately in the bill of quantity.
\r\n\r\nThe minimum bending radius for PVC cables shall be 1200mm. At joints and terminals, the bending radius of individual cores shall never be less then 12 times the overall dia of the cable.
\r\n\r\nThe laying and installation shall be carried out as per IS 1255. The method of laying shall be following types depending upon the site requirements.
\r\n\r\nI. Laying directly underground.
\r\n\r\nCable trenches shall be excavated covering all types of soil and rock up a minimum depth of 600mm and of appropriate width (not less than 500mm) to accommodate the cables and cable protecting materials.
\r\n\r\nThe sides of the trench shall be dressed and the bottom filled with 75mm thick layer of fine sand. The cables shall then be laid with bricks on 8 bricks per meter fashion. Space between the bricks shall be filled with fine sand up to 75mm above the top of the cable.
\r\n\r\nThe trench shall then be filled up with the excavated materials free from stone or sharp edges debris and duly compacted. A crown of earth neither less than 50mm nor more than 100mm in the center and tapering towards the sides of the trench shall be left to allow for subsidence.
\r\n\r\nCable route markers shall be installed at salient strategically located points parallel to and 500mm or so away from the edge of the trench, for easy identification of cable routes at a maximum interval of 10 meters of straight run.
\r\n\r\nII. Laying through pipes
\r\n\r\nIn locations such as road crossing, drain crossing, entry to buildings, floor crossing or on in paved area etc the cables shall be laid in pipes. Pipes provided for entry to building shall slope upward to prevent entry of water to the building. Stoneware pipes or class A GI pipes of appropriate diameter shall be laid during the construction to avoid damage later on. The diameter of the pipes shall be at least 1.5 times the outer diameter of the cable.
\r\n\r\nThe supply and the laying of the pipes shall be covered separately in the schedule of quantity.
\r\n\r\nFor vertical rise of cables on the poles/on the building structures, the GI pipes need be supplied along with suitable clamps/ hardwares required for completeness.
\r\n\r\nIII. Laying along surface of building structural elements
\r\n\r\nCables shall be routed inside the buildings along the structural elements such as walls, columns etc. Where these shall be laid or fixed along the wall or column with the help of M.S./GI flat clamps or saddles with an interval not exceeding 500mm. The cables shall not intersect each other along its route.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
IV. Cables termination with overhead lines
\r\n\r\nThis shall be carried out by using LT cast iron pot heads of suitable size complete with hardware/accessories. Necessary bitumen/insulating compound shall be filled up after termination in the pot to ensure weather and water proof execution. This shall be treated as a separate work in the bill of quantity.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
C.4.2. Distribution Boards
\r\n\r\nAll distribution boards shall be installed in dry location as near as possible to the point of supply. Main distribution boards shall be installed in well-ventilated rooms accessible to only authorized persons and shall have locking arrangement. The distribution boards shall not be installed in the damp situations, in the vicinity of storage batteries, places exposed to chemical fumes or where inflammable or explosive dust, vapor or gas is likely to present. These boards will not be erected above gas stoves, in bath-rooms, lavatories, toilets, kitchens, places exposed to weather or within 2.5 meters of a washing unit in the washing rooms and wash basins.
\r\n\r\nFixing of distribution boards in places likely to be exposed to weather, drip or abnormal moist atmosphere shall be avoided. Where it is unavoidable, outdoor distributions boards with outer casing on the switchboards shall be installed making it weather proof.
\r\n\r\nThe indoor distribution boards shall be mounted concealed or semi-concealed or on the surface of the wall. The panels shall be so mounted that they are accessible for fuse replacement and operation of switchgears and breakers.
\r\n\r\nThe top-most height of the panel should not be more than 2 meters from the floor level. Branch distribution boards shall generally be installed at a height of 2.13 meter from finished floor level. A minimum clearance of 1 meter shall be provided from the surface of door opening to boards for maintenance.
\r\n\r\nAll distribution boards shall be marked lighting or power, voltage, number of phases of supply, circuit list and current rating of the circuit and rating of fuse element. Adequate space shall be provided on bottom or top or back as required for easy entry of cable/conduit. The cables shall be terminated at the distribution board with corresponding size of brass cable gland. The glands shall be fixed tightly to the panel without allowing any gap or opening on the hole. The armours of the cable shall be suitably earthed. For conduit entry, PVC couplings for non-metallic flexible conduit and brass coupling for GI flexible conduit shall be used. No holes shall be kept open on any side of distribution board. The glanding and terminations shall be treated as separate work in bill of quantity.
\r\n\r\nDistribution boards shall be earthed at two points to two separate and distinct earth electrodes, in case of three phase boards and one point, in case of single phase boards effectively by means of GI wire or flat as specified.
\r\n\r\nC.4.3. Wiring Practice
\r\n\r\nThe electric load of all lights, power outlets, etc. shall be balanced across the three phases. Generally the final loading of any sub-circuit for lights and fans shall not exceed 800 watts and shall not be connected to more than total 10 fans, lights, socket outlets, etc. Bell push if operated at low voltage shall be fed from a separate circuit of distribution board. The 16 Amps sub-circuit for power shall be connected to a maximum one 16 Amp. socket outlet or two 6 Amp. socket outlets. A power circuit shall always be originating from a distribution board or MCB DB and the same shall run in a separate conduit. The point wiring shall mean wiring from one way of distribution board to point of utilization of electricity i.e. where the load is applied and this shall include complete wiring from distribution board, supply and fixing of switch board, controlling switches, ceiling rose, batten holder and socket outlet, etc. Insulated or covered earthing conductors where used, shall have green insulation braiding or covering as appropriate. Under no circumstances shall the color green be used for other than earthing conductor. In addition where it is required, cables of different colors be used. For identification purposes the following system shall be employed:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Red or any color (other than Black or Green) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t For phase or switch wire \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Black \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t For Neutral \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Green \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t For earth \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
Unless otherwise mentioned in the schedule of quantities, single way porcelain/ bake lite terminal connectors with nickel plated brass inserts and screws to suit the conductor size shall be used for intermediate wiring/ joints in junction boxes and in switch boards or by any other method approved by the Consultant/ Engineer-in-Charge. Distribution wiring in conduit to light, fan, plug points etc. shall be done in looping in system. In this system, no joints or connections shall be made anywhere of the system except at terminating points such as, at terminals of switches, ceiling roses, etc. and in case of socket outlets, at the socket terminals. Intermediate wiring joints of neutral wire in junction boxes will not be permitted. In the looping back system of wiring on hard wood batten, the wiring shall be done without any junction or connector boxes on the line. All intermediate joints or connections shall be made in the switch board only. Intermediate wiring joints of neutral wire in the junction box will not be permitted.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(a). Concealed PVC Conduit Wiring
\r\n\r\nThe concealed non-metallic conduit wiring shall be completed in the following three phases.
\r\n\r\n(i) Conduit laying in ceiling before casting.
\r\n\r\n(ii) Conduit laying in walls and fixing of switchboard before plastering.
\r\n\r\n(iii) Wire drawing inside conduit, fixing of switch box, switches, socket, accessories, testing of installations.
\r\n\r\nThe termination points shall be Round boxes/blocks for GLS lamps. Direct terminations for all bulkhead fixtures, in switch boxes, plug sockets. Ceiling roses for all other fixtures such as ceiling fans, exhaust fans calling bells, fluorescent fixtures etc. Junction boxes of looped in and out type for street lighting fixtures.
\r\n\r\nThe size of conduit shall be so chosen that the wires provided inside shall not occupy more than 50% of the cross sectional area of the conduit. The maximum permissible number of single core wires, which can be drawn inside non-metallic conduit, shall be as per the table given below.
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Size of wire (in mm2) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Size of Conduit in (mm) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t 20 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 25 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 32 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 40 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 1.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 4.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 6.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 10.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
A detailed conduit route layout avoiding unnecessary crossing shall be prepared by the contractor and got approved from Engineer prior to laying of conduits. The conduits and junction boxes shall be rigidly tied to the reinforcement of the slab. Junction boxes shall be provided 300mm off the center for light fitting and fans. Dummy or spare conduits shall be laid wherever required as per direction of Engineer In-charge.
\r\n\r\nThe conduits and the switch boxes shall be fixed in the wall by cutting chase and neatly finished with plastering after fixing. All curves in the conduit pipes shall be made by bending pipe with a long radius, which will permit easy drawing of conductors. M.S. boxes as pull boxes shall be provided at regular intervals for ease of drawing of wire /ease of removal as well as ease of bending. They shall be provided with temporary covers to safe guard against filling of cement mortar etc.
\r\n\r\nThe wires shall be properly color coded and carefully drawn inside the conduit through use of fish wire. Earth continuity conductor shall suitably earth all the metal boxes. Wires of different phases from different circuits shall not be run in the same conduit.
\r\n\r\nC.4.4. Wiring Requirements
\r\n\r\nI. Sub-main Wiring
\r\n\r\nSub main wiring shall mean wiring from main switch/meter board upto BDB/SDB. The minimum size of wire shall be 4 sq.mm copper. There shall be no jointing of wires. PVC ferrules shall be provided at both ends of the wire for easy identification.
\r\n\r\nII. Circuit Wiring
\r\n\r\nCircuit wiring shall mean wiring from BDB upto to the switch boxes of points/power plugs The minimum size of conductor for circuit wiring shall be 2.5 sq.mm copper. A circuit shall not contain more than 2 number of power plugs.
\r\n\r\nThere shall be no jointing of wires. Looping back system shall be carried out only in switch boxes.
\r\n\r\nThese shall be kept separate and distinct from point wiring and laid in separate conduits.
\r\n\r\nIII. Point Wiring
\r\n\r\nPoint wiring shall consist a switch on the switch box and wiring upto termination point via the control switch and neutral. Wiring of light points and fan points shall be carried out with minimum 1.5 sq.mm copper conductor wire. The wiring whether concealed or surface shall be easily accessible for inspection. The balancing of circuits in three phase installations shall be arranged beforehand. Medium voltage wiring and associated apparatus shall comply, in all respects, with the requirements of rules 50,51 and 61 of Indian Electricity rules. 1956.
\r\n\r\nThe position of runs of wiring and exact position of runs of all the points, switch boxes and distribution boards shall be marked in the building for approval of Engineer prior to execution. The wiring shall be carried out in looping back system in which the conductors shall be looped at the switch box only. Looping at point terminals/junction boxes are not permitted. In no case joint shall be made bare or by twisting the conductor..
\r\n\r\nIV. Earthing
\r\n\r\nThe Earthing installation shall generally conform to IS: 3043 and requirements of Indian electricity rules, 1956.
\r\n\r\nAll 3-phase medium voltage equipment shall be earthed by two separate and distinct connections with earth through earth electrodes. Single-phase equipment shall be earthed by atleast one point. An earthing electrode shall not be situated within a distance of 1.5 meters from the building whose installation system is being earthed. The number of earth electrode may be increased to obtain the desired earth resistance. The earth resistance of the various installations shall be restricted within the maximum permissible limits. Pipe earthing electrodes shall be provided.
\r\n\r\nPipe Earthing :Pipe earth electrode shall be of GI pipe of 2.5meter long 40mm-dia 2.90 mm thick and galvanizing of pipes shall conform to relevant to IS. The GI pipe electrode shall be provided with holes of 12mm diameter drilled not less than 75mm from each other in zigzag manner. A flange shall be welded to the electrode at the top of the pipe, to which GI wire/ strip shall be connected for earthing of the electrical system.
\r\n\r\nThe electrode shall be buried in a pit of vertically with its top not less than 200mm below the ground level. The pit shall be filled with equal proportion salt and charcoals in alternative layers of 300mm deep and 150mm wide all round the pipe to complete depth.
\r\n\r\nEarthing Leads: The earthing leads shall be either GI wires or GI strips of adequate size as specified. The leads shall be connected to the electrode by means of 12mm dia GI nuts and Bolts with flat and spring washers.
\r\n\r\nAll earth connections shall be visible for inspection. The portion within the building shall be recessed or clamped, at not more than 500mm interval, in the walls / columns /beams etc, and rescued in the floors. Joints in the earthing lead between the earth electrode and apparatus shall be avoided.
\r\n\r\nC.4.5. Testing
\r\n\r\nBefore the installation is put into service, the contractor in the presence of the Engineer shall carryout the following tests.
\r\n\r\nVerification of:
\r\n\r\n(a) Polarity tests
\r\n\r\n(b) Insulation Resistance tests
\r\n\r\n(c) Continuity test
\r\n\r\n(d) Earth electrode resistance test.
\r\n\r\n(e) Effectiveness for Earthing
\r\n\r\nThe combined earth resistance of the earth grid of an installation shall be maintained as indicated below.
\r\n\r\nDistribution substations : 2ohms
\r\n\r\nBuildings : 5ohms
\r\n\r\nEarth continuity inside an Installation: 1ohm (from electrode to any point in installation)
\r\n\r\nThe completed installation shall be taken over only if the results obtained from the above tests are within the limits mentioned above and in accordance with I.E. Rules. On completion of testing of installation, a certificate shall be furnished by the contractor countersigned by the certified supervisor having a valid electrical supervisory license issued by electrical licensing board of the state government under whose direct supervision the installation was carried out. The certificate shall be in a prescribed from obtainable from local supply authority.
\r\n\r\nC.4.6. Testing and commissioning
\r\n\r\nThis section covers testing and commissioning of mechanical and electrical equipment such as LT switchgear and panels, wiring, earthing etc. to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In addition to the progressive supervision and inspection by the third party / Engineer the Contractor shall offer for inspection to the Engineer the completely erected plant / part of plant on which tests are to be carried out at his cost. After such inspection by the Engineer each equipment / sub-system shall be tested by the Contractor in accordance with applicable standards in presence of the Engineer. Such tests shall include but not limited to what follows. If any special test, in addition to those indicated below, are required by the third party / Engineer, the Contractor shall carry out such test at his own cost to the satisfaction of the third party / Engineer. All commissioning tests shall be carried out by the Engineer with his own instruments, meters and equipment.
\r\n\r\na. Performance Tests
\r\n\r\nAfter the successful completion of work in all respects, the equipment shall be commissioned in the presence of the Engineer and the Contractor or his authorized representative. If the equipment fails to achieve the stipulated parameters then it is obligatory on the part of the Contractor to take back the unsuitable material to cater to the requirements within 30 days from the date of intimation by the Engineer, failing which the Employer reserves the right to procure suitable equipment through any other agency and the cost thus incurred together with losses sustained by the Employer, if any, shall be recovered from the Contractor’s bills or as arrears of land revenue.
\r\n\r\nThe Engineer/his authorized representative shall be present during the testing and commissioning of each individual equipment and complete plant to see that these tests are carried out as per specifications dealt in clauses mentioned in the specifications.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall intimate the Engineer with all necessary technical documents / certificates / drawings, etc. sufficient ahead before testing any of the equipment or the works as a whole for the supervision and approval of the Engineer concerned. The testing and commissioning will be binding on the Contractor subject to approval of the Engineer in writing.
\r\n\r\nAfter commissioning, the contractor shall trial run the entire works as follows:
\r\n\r\nb. Trial Run of the Installations
\r\n\r\nAfter erection and commissioning of mechanical and electrical equipment, the Contractor shall undertake trial run of each equipment for a period of seven days from the date of satisfactory commissioning at his own cost during which time the Contractor will train the departmental operators in the field of installation, operation and maintenance of the equipment. The cost of electricity and water for operation and maintenance of the plant during the period of this trial run will be borne by the Employer. The cost towards Contractor’s engineer and other operating personnel during the said period of trial run, along with cost of tools and spare parts which are required for operation and maintenance of the equipment during the trial run period, shall be borne by the Contractor. No additional payment on account of the trial run and training of departmental operators will be made to the Contractor by the Employer and Contractor shall include such cost in his rates for relevant stipulated items in the Bill of Quantities. In the event that any of the equipment does not satisfactorily achieve the required performance standards during this period, the trial run period shall be extended until such time as the Contractor has satisfactorily rectified any deficiencies as may be necessary to satisfy the performance requirements. No additional compensation will be paid to the Contractor for such extension.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall stand guarantee for all equipment supplied by them as follows:
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall guarantee all equipment and facilities supplied under the Contract, including erection and commissioning works, to be suitable for the application for which it is designed, and against defects due to manufacture or poor workmanship for a period of 12 months from the date of satisfactory completion of the stipulated trial run period. The Contractor shall be responsible to repair or replace, free of cost, the whole equipment or parts thereof which may be found defective during this period, and to ensure the proper working of the equipment during the guarantee period. The Engineer shall determine whether 'repair' is acceptable or 'replacement' is required. In case the Contractor fails to repair or replace any defective equipment or part(s) thereof within 30 days from the date of intimation of any defects by the Engineer, the same will be done by the Employer at the Contractor's cost.
\r\n\r\nIf it becomes necessary for the Contractor to replace or renew any defective portion of the equipment under this Sub-Clause, the equipment so replaced and the work so renewed shall be guaranteed for a further period of 6 months from the date of replacement or renewal or until the end of the 12 month general guarantee period, whichever may be later.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall also maintain Performance Security as follows:
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall provide security for his proper performance of the Contract to the Employer within 28 days after the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance. The performance security shall be in the form of an unconditional bank guarantee issued by any scheduled bank located in India, in the amount stated in Sub-Clause 34.1 of Section 1 and in the form provided in Section 8, or in such other form as may be agreed between the Employer and the Contractor. The institution providing such security shall be subject to the approval of the Employer. The cost of complying with the requirements of this Clause shall be borne by the Contractor. When providing such security to the Employer, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of so doing. No interest will be payable on the performance security.
\r\n\r\nWithout limitation to the provisions of the preceding paragraph, whenever the Engineer determines an addition to the Contract Price as a result of a change in cost and/or legislation, the Contractor, at the Engineer’s written request, shall promptly increase the value of the performance security by an equal percentage.
\r\n\r\nC.4.7. Tests for Mechanical Equipment
\r\n\r\nPipe line: The pipeline after erection shall be pressure tested as per specification. The system shall withstand the test pressure for the duration as specified without showing any leakage and pressure drop. Pipes shall be tested as per Clause 15 of Section 10 of bid document/IS code.
\r\n\r\nC.4.8. Tests for Electrical Equipment
\r\n\r\nIn addition to those tests mentioned in codes and standards, the following tests shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer In-charge.
\r\n\r\nInsulation test of all equipment and cables as per relevant Standard Specifications. This shall include meggar test of wiring, switch gears, motors and other equipment.
\r\n\r\n A visual inspection of the whole of the installation.
\r\n\r\n Operation of all accessories and items of equipment fixed and connected under the Contract for proper function checking.
\r\n\r\nTesting of all electrical installations for insulation resistance and earth continuity. Results of such tests shall be entered into the test reports.
\r\n\r\nEarth electrode resistance and loop impedance test for every socket outlet, fixed appliance and exposed metal work, which is specified to be bonded to earth.
\r\n\r\nA test to ensure safe measure of earth bonding before any line/loop impedance test is under taken. Where a circuit has shown a bad or insufficient earthing, all earth continuity connections shall be remade or renewed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the series of tests carried out again at the Contractor's own expenses.
\r\n\r\nPolarity test of socket outlets, lighting switches and all other items (to ensure the correct connections) as directed by the Engineer.
\r\n\r\nHigh voltage test for LT Switchgear.
\r\n\r\nCondition of winding insulation of Motors shall be tested and insulation value shall be restored to required level by suitable heating arrangement locally.
\r\n\r\nThe resistance of earth electrode is to be measured by an earth tester. Reading obtained in ohms shall not be more than 2 ohms. The system earth resistance will be less than one ohm.
\r\n\r\nC.4.9. Specifications Referred
\r\n\r\nThe specifications contained herein are not exhaustive and for such items of works which may arise and which are not covered by this specification, or by the relevant Indian Standards, the provisions in the P.W.D. Handbook Vol. I and II (latest edition) shall apply. A list of few important Indian Standards is given below: Wherever reference to the Indian Standards mentioned below or otherwise appears in this specification, it shall be taken as a reference to the latest version of the standard.
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Code No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Description \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 13118 / BS 5311 / IEC 56, 694 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Circuit Breakers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3427 / BSEN60298 / IEC298 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Metal Enclosed switchgear \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 2705 / BS 7626 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Current Transformers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3156/BS 7625/IEC 186 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Voltage Transformers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 5578, 11353 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Arrangement for Switchgear Busbars, Main Connections and Auxiliary wiring \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 2544 / BS 3297 / IEC 273 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Busbar Support insulators \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 13947 (Part 1) / IEC 947-1 / BSEN 60529 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Degree of Protection \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3231, 3842 / BS 142 / \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIEC 255 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Electrical Relays for Power system protection \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 1248 / BS 89 / IEC 51 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Electrical Indicating Instruments \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 9385 / BS 2692 / IEC 282 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t High Voltage Fuses \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 722, 8530 / BS 5685 / IEC 145, 211 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t AC Electricity Meters \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 613 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specification for copper rods and bars for electrical purposes \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 6005 / BS 3189 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Code of practice for phosphating iron and steel \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 9920 / IEC 129, 265 & 298 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Alternating current Switches for voltages above 1000 V \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 13703 / BS 1362 / IEC 269 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t Low voltage fuses \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3452 / BS 3676 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Toggle switches \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 10118 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance of switchgear and control gear \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS6875/BSEN 60947/IEC 947 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Control switches \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:9000 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Basic climatic and mechanical durability tests for components for electronic and electrical equipment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:9000 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Environmental tests for electronic and electrical equipment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:5921 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Metal clad base material for printed circuits for use in electronic and telecommunication equipment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:6297 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Transformers and inductors (power, audio, pulse and switching) for electronic equipment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:7405 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Printed wiring boards \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 6553 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Environmental requirements for semi-conductor devices and integrated circuits \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:4007 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Terminals for electronic equipment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:8623/BS: 5486 /IEC:439 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Factory built assemblies of switchgear and control gear for voltages upto and including 1000 V AC and 1200 V DC \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 13947 (Part –3)BSEN60947-3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Air break switches \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 8828/BSEN:60898 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Miniature circuit breakers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:9224/BS:88 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t HRC cartridge fuses \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:13947(Part–3) /BS:775/ IEC:158-1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contactors \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:6875 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Control switches/push buttons \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:1248/BC:89/ EC:51 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Indicating instruments \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:13947-(Part1)/IEC:947-1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Degree of Protection \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t BSCP:1014 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Climate-proofing of electrical equipment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:6005/BS:3189 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Code of practice for phosphating iron and steel \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IEC:146 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Semi-conductor converters \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:6619 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Semi-conductor rectifier equipment safety code \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 613 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specification for copper rods and bars for electrical purposes \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS2026/BS171/IEC76 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Power Transformer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS3639 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Fittings and Accessories \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS1180 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Auxiliary Transformer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS6600/BSCP.1010/IEC354 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Loading of oil immersed transformer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS335/BS 148/IEC296 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Transformer Oil \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS2099/BS223/IEC137 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bushings for > 1000V, AC \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS7421 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bushings for £ 1000V, AC \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS13947 (Part 1) / IEC947-1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Degree of Protection \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS3637 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Buchholz Relay \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 1271/BS2757/IEC85 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Insulation Materials for Electrical Machinery \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3202/ BSCP1014/ IEC354 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Climate Proofing \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 1886 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Installation & Maintenance of Transformers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 2705 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Current Transformers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 375 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Marking & arrangement for switchgear, busbars, main connection and auxiliary wiring \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 2147 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Degree of Protection \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3202 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Climate- proofing of electrical equipment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 5082 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t AluminiumBusbars \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 8081 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t For Non-segregated phase bus-ducts. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3202 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Code of Practice for climate – proofing of electrical equipment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 2516 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Alternating current Circuit Breakers (Relevant part/Section) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3231 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Electric Relays for Power System Protection \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS13947 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Switchgear General Requirements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3427 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Metal Enclosed switchgear and control gear \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 4237 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t General requirements for switch gear and control gear for voltage not exceeding 1000 volts \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 694 Part I & II \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t PVC insulated cables (for voltages up to 1100V with copper and aluminium conductors) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 8623 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Factory Built Assemblies of SWGR and Control gear for Voltages upto and including 1000V AC & 1200V DC \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 13947-P3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Air Break Switches \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 8828 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Miniature Circuit Breakers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 13703 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Low voltage Fuses \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS13947 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contactors \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS13947 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Starters \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 6875 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Control Switches / Push buttons \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 2705 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Current Transformers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3156 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Voltage Transformers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 1248 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Direct Acting Electrical Indicating instruments \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 2147 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage switch gears. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 2959 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t AC Contactors of voltage not exceeding 1000 volts \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 11353 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Marking and Identification of Conductors and Apparatus Terminals \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 722 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t A.C. Electricity Meters \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 10118 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Selection installation and maintenance of switchgear and controlgear \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 2834 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Shunt capacitors for power systems \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 2544 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specification for Porcelain Post Insulators (3.3 KV and above) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 5553 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Series Reactors (Part II) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 12672 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Internal fuses and internal overpressure disconnectors for shunt capacitors \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS:7098 (Part-II) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables for working voltages from 3.3 kV up to and including 33 kV \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 5831 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t PVC insulation and sheath of Electric cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 6474 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Polyethylene insulation and sheath for electric cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 8130 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Conductors for insulated electric Cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 3975 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Mild Steel wires, strips and tapes for armouring of cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 10810 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Methods of test for cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 3961 (Part II) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Recommended current ratings for cables PVC insulated and PVC sheathed heavy duty cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1753 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Aluminium Conductors for insulated cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 10418 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specification for drums of Electric cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 2633 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Methods of testing weight, thickness and uniformity of coating on hot dipped galvanized articles \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 209 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specifications for Zinc \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 694 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t PVC insulated cables (for Voltage up to 1100 V) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1554 (Part I) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t PVC insulated heavy duty electric cables for working voltage up to and including 1100 volts \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 5831 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t PVC insulation and sheath of Electric cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 6474 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Polyethylene insulation and sheath for electric cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 8130 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Conductors for insulated electric Cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 3975 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Mild Steel wires, strips and tapes for armouring of cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 10810 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Methods of test for cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 3961 (Part II) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Recommended current ratings for cables PVC insulated and PVC sheathed heavy duty cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 1753 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Aluminium Conductors for insulated cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 10418 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specification for drums of Electric cables \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 2633 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Methods of testing weight, thickness and uniformity of coating on hot dipped galvanized articles \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS : 209 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Specifications for Zinc \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS2026/BS171/IEC76 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Power Transformer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS3639 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Fittings and Accessories \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS1180 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Auxiliary Transformer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS6600/BSCP.1010/IEC354 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Loading of oil immersed transformer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS335/BS 148/IEC296 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Transformer Oil \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS2099/BS223/IEC137 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bushings for > 1000V, AC \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS7421 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bushings for £ 1000V, AC \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS13947 (Part 1) / IEC947-1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Degree of Protection \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS3637 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Buchholz Relay \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 1271/BS2757/IEC85 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Insulation Materials for Electrical Machinery \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 3202/ BSCP1014/ IEC354 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Climate Proofing \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 1886 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Installation & Maintenance of Transformers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t IS 2705 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Current Transformers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t I.S. 3043 – 1987. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Earth Pits \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
D Soil, Waste, Vent & Rainwater Pipes
\r\n\r\nD.1 Scope of Work:
\r\n\r\nWork under this section shall consist off furnishing all labour, materials, equipments and appliances necessary and required to completely install all soil, waste, vent, AHU drain, Rainwater pipes, drainages umpriser and fittings as required by the drawings and given in the Schedule of Quantities.
\r\n\r\nWithout restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the soil, waste, vent pipe rainwater system shall include the following:-
\r\n\r\nI. Horizontal and Vertical U-PVC soil, waste and vent pipes, and fittings, Drip seal joint, clamps and connection to fixtures.
\r\n\r\nII. UPVC/CI Rain water pipes/CI(LA) Drainage/Sewage Sump Pump Riser.
\r\n\r\nIII. UPVC sump vent pipe and fittings.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
D.2 General requirements
\r\n\r\nAll materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to IS codes and specifications and subject to the approval of Consultants.
\r\n\r\nPipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required in a neat workman like manner.
\r\n\r\nPipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provided easy accessibility for repair and maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc.
\r\n\r\nPipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceilings by suitable clampsat intervals specified.
\r\n\r\nAccess doors for fittings and clean outs shall be so located that they are easily accessible for repair and maintenance.
\r\n\r\nAll work shall be executed as directed by the Engineer In-charge.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
D.3 Technical Specifications
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
D.3.1 Waste pipe from appliances
\r\n\r\nWaste pipe from appliances e.g.wash basins, sinks and urinals etc. shall be of U-PVC conforming to IS:13592 or as given in the Schedule of Quantities.
\r\n\r\nAll pipes shall be fixedin gradient towards the out falls of drains. Pipes inside at toilet room shall be in chase unless otherwise shown on drawings. Where required pipes may be runat ceiling level insuitable gradient and supported on structural clamps as directed by the Project Engineer/Consultants. Spacing for the clamps shall be 3000mm for vertical runs and 2400mm for horizontal runs.
\r\n\r\nPipes shall be U-PVC conforming to IS:13592 and quality certificates shall be furnished. Pipes shall be provided with all required PVC fittings conforming to IS:14735 e.g. tees, couplings, bends, elbows, unions, reducers, nipples, plugs etc. All PVC waste pipes shall be terminated at the point of connection with the appliance with an outlet of suitable diameter.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
D.3.2 UPVC Pipes & Fittings
\r\n\r\nI.UPC Pipe and fittings for rainwater disposal system
\r\n\r\nRainwater pipe shall be UPVC SWR Type A conforming to IS:13592-1992.
\r\n\r\nDimension of SWR Pipe Fittings shall be as per DIN 19531and DIN 19534 and conforms to IS:14735 -1999. Rubber ring shall be conforming to IS:5382.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Dimension of SWR pipes conforming to IS:13592-1992.
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t S.No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Nominal \r\n\r\n\t\t\tOutside diameter(D) mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Tolerance \r\n\r\n\t\t\tOf Outside diameter \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t WallThickness– \r\n\r\n\t\t\tTypeA(t) mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t WallThickness– \r\n\r\n\t\t\tTypeB (t) mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Min \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Max \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Min \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Max \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||
| \r\n\t\t\t 1. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 75 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t +0.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 90 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t +0.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 110 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t +0.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 4. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 160 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t +0.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
Maximum Support Distance in Meter
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t S. No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Size (mm) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Horizontal Support Distance (m) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Vertical Support Distance (m) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 40 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 0.40 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.20 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 50 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 0.50 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.50 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 75 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 0.75 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.00 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 110 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.10 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.00 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 160 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.60 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.00 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
Rubber ring shall be of make and type approved by Pipe and fitting manufacturer. Rubber ring joint shall be made in an approved manner as recommended by the manufacturer.
\r\n\r\nFor testing, seal her metically at all opening below the top of the section to be tested. The water level shall then be raised to a height of not less than 3m above the highest point of the section being tested or as the inspection offer may direct. Every joint shall be carefully examined for leaks.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
D.4 Cutting and making good holes/ chases:
\r\n\r\nPipes shall be fixed and tested as the building work proceeds. Contractor shall provide all necessary holes, cut outs and chases in structural members as the building work proceeds. Wherever holes are cutor left originally, they shall be made good with cement concrete1:2:4(1 cement: 2coarse sand: 4stone aggregated20mm nominal size) or cement mortar1:2(1cement:2coarse sand)as directed by the Project Engineer/Consultants and the surface restored as in original condition to the entire satisfaction of the Project Engineer/Consultants at no extra cost.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
D.5. Testing
\r\n\r\nTesting shall be done in accordance with IS:1172 and IS:5329 except as may be modified here in under.
\r\n\r\nBefore use at site all U-PVC pipes shall be tested by filling up with water for atleast 30 minutes. After filling, pipes shall be struck with a hammer and inspected for blow holes and cracks. All defective pipes shall be rejected and removed from the site within 48 hours.
\r\n\r\nSoil and waste pipes shall be tested insections after installation, by filling up the stack with water. All openings and connections shall be suitably plugged as approved by the Project Engineer/Consultants. The total head in the stack shall be4.5mat the highest point of the section under test. The period of test shall be two (2) hours minimum as directed by the Project Engineer/Consultants. If any leakage is visible, the defective part of the work shall be cut out and made good.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall test all vent pipes by a smoke testing machine. Smoke shall be pumped into the stack after plugging all inlets and connections. The stack shall then be observed for leakages and all deffective pipes and fittings removed or repaired as directed by the Project Engineer/Consultants.
\r\n\r\nA test register shall be maintained and all entries signed and dated by Contractor and Project Engineer/Consultants. A proforma of the proposed test register shall be submitted to the Project Engineer/Consultants. for approval.
\r\n\r\nAll pipes in wall chase or meant to be chased or buried shall be hydro tested before the chaseis plastered or the pipe encased or buried.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
D.6 Technical Detail
\r\n\r\nDimension of Unplasticized PVC Pressure Pipes [RingFit/ RingTight Rigid PVC Pipes [As per IS:4985-2000].
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Nominal Outside Diameter \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Mean Outside Diameter \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t WALL THICKNESS \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t Class 1 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t0.25 Mpa \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Class 2 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t0.4 Mpa \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Class 3 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t0.6 Mpa \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Class 4 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t0.8 Mpa \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Class 5 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1.0 Mpa \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Class 6 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1.25 Mpa \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t (Nominal \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSize) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Min \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Max \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Min \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Max \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Min \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Max \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Min \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Max \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Min \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Max \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Min \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Max \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Min \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Max \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|
| \r\n\t\t\t 20 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 20.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 20.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 25 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 25.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 25.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 32 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 32.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 32.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 40 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 40.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 40.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 50 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 50.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 50.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 63 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 63.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 63.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 75 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 75.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 75.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t - \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 90 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 90.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 90.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 110 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 110.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 110.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 125 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 125.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 125.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 140 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 140.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 140.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 11.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 160 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 160.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 160.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 180 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 180.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 180.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 11.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 200 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 200.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 200.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 11.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 13.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 225 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 225.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 225.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 11.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 17.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 250 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 250.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 250.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 11.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 13.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 17.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 280 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 280.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 280.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 11.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 17.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 21.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 315 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 315.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 316.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 16.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 17.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 21.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 24.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 355 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 355.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 356.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 13.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 22.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 24.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 27.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 400 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 400.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 401.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 13.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 17.8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 20.5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 22.0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 25.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 27.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 31.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Notes:
\r\n\r\nThe table is based on metric series of pipe dimension given in ISO 161/1 in respect of pipe dimensions and ISO DIS 4422.
\r\n\r\nThe wall thickness of pipe is based on a safe working stress of 8.6MP a at 27oC. The working pressure gets reduced at sustained higher temperatures. Occasional rise in temperature, as in summer, with concurrent corresponding reduction in temperature during nights has no deleterious effect on the working pressure of the pipes considering the total life of pipe.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
E Water supply system
\r\n\r\nE.1.0 Scope
\r\n\r\nWork under this section consists of furnishing all labour, materials equipment and appliances necessary and required to completely install for water supply as required by the drawings, specified hereinafter and given in the Schedule of Quantities.
\r\n\r\nWithout restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the water supply system shall include the following:-
\r\n\r\na) Water supply works inside including connection to vertical stack / mainline.
\r\n\r\nb) Pipe protection and painting.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
E.2. General requirements
\r\n\r\nAll materials shall be new and of the best quality conforming to specifications. All works executed shall be to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
\r\n\r\nPipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required in an eat work man like manner.
\r\n\r\nShort or long bends shall be used on all main pipe lines as far as possible. Use of elbows shall be restricted for short connections. As far as possible all bend shall be formed by means of a hydraulic pipe bending machine for pipe upto 65mmdia.
\r\n\r\nPipes shall be laid in a manner as to provide as far as possible easy accessibility for repair and maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passage etc.
\r\n\r\nValves and other appurtenances shall be so located as to provide easy accessibility for operations, maintenance and repairs.
\r\n\r\nPipe shall be securely fixed to wall and ceiling by suitable clamps at intervals specified.
\r\n\r\nE.3 Technical Specifications
\r\n\r\nE.3.1 PE-AL-PE Composite pressure pipes, fittings and valves
\r\n\r\nAll pipes inside the buildings and where specified, outside the building shall be PE-AL-PE Composite pressure pipes conforming to IS–15450.
\r\n\r\nFittings shall be of fittings of composite material (engineering plastic blend and brass inserts wherever required).
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
E.3.2 Trenches
\r\n\r\nAll PE-AL-PE Composite pressure pipes below ground shall be laid in trenches with a minimum cover of 600mm.The width and depth of the trenches shall be as follows :-
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t S.No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Dia. of pipe \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Width of trench \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Depth of trench \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15mm to 50mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 300mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 750mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 65mm to 100mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 450mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1000mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 150mmandabove \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 600mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1200mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
E.3.3 Anchor Fasteners
\r\n\r\nAll pipe supports, hangers and clamps to fixed on RCC walls, beams, columns, slabs and masonry walls 230mm thick and above by means of galvanised expand able anchor fasteners in drilled holes of correct size and model to carry the weight of pipes. Drilling shall be made only by approved type of power drill as recommended and approved by manufacturer of the anchor fasteners. Failure of any fastening devices shall be the entire responsibility and contractor shall redo or provide additional supports at his own cost. He shall also compensate the owner for any damage that may be caused by such failures.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
E.3.4 Flanges
\r\n\r\nFlanged connections shall be provided on pipes as required for maintenance/ease in dismantling or where shown on the drawings, all equipment connections as necessary and required or as directed by the Project Engineer/Consultants. Connections shall be made by the correct number and size of the GI nuts/ bolts as per relevant IS Standards and made with 3mm thick insertion rubber washer/ gasket. Where hot water or steam connections are made insertion gasket shall be of suitable high temperature grade and quality approved by the Project Engineer/Consultants. Bolt hole dia for flanges shall conform to match the specification for CI sluice valve as per IS:780.GasketsshallconformtoIS:11149.
\r\n\r\nE.3.5 Ferrules
\r\n\r\nThe ferrules for connection with CI main shall generally conform to IS:2692. It shall be of non-ferrous materials with a CI bell mouth cover and shall be fitted with a screw and plug or valve capable of completely shutting off the water supply to the communication pipe if and when required.
\r\n\r\nService pipes of less than 50 mm bore may be connected to mains by means of right-angled screw-down ferrule. The main is drilled and tapped and the ferrule screwed in. In case of large-sized trunk mains, this may be done by a tapping under pressure machine, which will obviate any interference with the use of the main.
\r\n\r\nE.3.6 Water Storage tanks
\r\n\r\nWater storage tanks shall be double layered P.V.C including float value, connecting Rod of brass, etc as described in Bill of Schedules.
\r\n\r\nE.4. Pipe Support
\r\n\r\nAll pipes clamps, supports, hangers, pipes support shall be factory made galvanized MS steel or alternatively galvanized after fabrication to suit site requirement pipe supports.
\r\n\r\nPE-AL-PE Composite pressure pipes in shafts and other locations shall be supported by G.I clamps of design approved by the Project Engineer /Consultants. Pipes in wall chases shall be anchored by iron hooks. Pipes at ceiling level shall be supported on structural clamps fabricated from MS structurals. Pipes inshafts shall be supported on slotted angles/channels as specified/as directed.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
E.5 Sand Filling
\r\n\r\nPE-AL-PE Composite pressure pipes in trenches shall be protected with fine sand 150mm all around before filling in the trenches.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
E.6 Piping installation:
\r\n\r\nThe contractor on the award of the work, shall prepare detailed working drawings, showing the cross-section, longitudinal sections, details of fittings, locations of isolating and control valves, drain valves and all pipe support, structural supports. He must keepin view the specific openings in buildings and other structures through which pipes are designed to pass.
\r\n\r\na. Piping shall be properly supported on or suspended from clamps, hangers as specified and as required. The contractor shall adequately design all the brackets, saddles, anchors, clamps and hangers and be responsible for their structural sufficiency.
\r\n\r\nb. Pipe supports shall be of steel, adjustable for height andprimer coated with rust preventive paint and finish coated back. Where pipe and clamp sare of dissimilar material sagasket shall be provided in between. Spacing of pipe supports shall not exceed the following:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t S.No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Pipe Size \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Spacing between Supports \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Upto12 mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1500mm(1.5m) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15to150 mm \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2000mm(2.0 m) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 150 mm&over \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2500mm(2.5m) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
c. Vertical risers shall be parallel to walls and column lines and shall be straight and plumb. Risers passing from floor to floor shall be supported at each floor by clamps or collars steel structural supports attached to pipe and with a 15mm thick rubber pad or any resilient material. Where pipes pass through the terrace floor, suitable flashing shall be provided to prevent water leakage. Risers shall have a suitable clean out at the lowest point and air vent at the highest point.
\r\n\r\nd. Pipe sleeves, 50mmlarger diameter than pipes,shall be provided wherever pipes pass through walls and slabs, and annular space filled with fiber glass and finished with retainer rings.
\r\n\r\ne. All pipe work shall be carried out in a work men like manner, causing minimum disturbance to the existing services, buildings, roads and structure. The entire piping work shall be organized in consultation with other agencies work so that particular area work shall be carried out in one trench.
\r\n\r\nf. Cut outs in the floors lab for installing the various pipes are indicated in the drawings. Contractor shall carefully examine the cut outs provided and clearly point out wherever the cutouts shown in the drawings, do not meet with the requirements.
\r\n\r\ng. The contractor shall make sure that the clamps, steel structural supports brackets, clamp saddles and hangers provided for pipe supports are adequate. Piping layout shall take due care for expansion and contraction in pipes, and include expansion joints where required.
\r\n\r\nh. All pipes shall be accurately cut to the required sizes in accordance with relevant codes and burrs removed be fore laying. Open ends of the pipes shall be closed as the pipe is installed to avoid entrance of foreign matter. Where reducers are to be made in horizontal runs, eccentric reducers shall be used for the piping to drain freely. In other locations, concentric reducers maybe used.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
E.7 Sterilization of installation
\r\n\r\nThe water supply installation shall be sterilized as per standards and as follows:-
\r\n\r\na. Tanks and pipes shall be filled and flushed out.
\r\n\r\nb. All bib cocks (taps) shall be closed.
\r\n\r\nc. Tanks and pipes shall be re-filled while adding a sterilizing admixture containing 50 parts chlorine to one million parts water.
\r\n\r\nd. When the installation is filled all bib cocks(taps)shall be opened progressively and each allowed to run until the water smells of chlorine.
\r\n\r\ne. The installation shall be topped up and more sterilizer added.
\r\n\r\nf. The installation shall then be left for three hours and shall then be tested for residual chlorine, if none is found, the installation shall be drained and the process repeated.
\r\n\r\ng. The installation shall be finally drained and flushed with potable water before use.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
F Fire Fighting and Prevention Systems
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
F.1 Hose with coupling
\r\n\r\n50mm size controlled percolation hose should conform to IS:8423/IS:636 and of7.5M/15M long. Both the end of the hose should be properly riveted andG.I.wire bounded with pair of male& female Alloy Steel Hose Coupling as per IS:903.
\r\n\r\n
F.2 Fire service inlet(4-WAY/3-WAY)
\r\n\r\nFire Service Inlet connection should generally conform to IS:904and complete with four/three 50mmdiainstantaneoustypegunmetal inlets with builts in check valves and 150mm Nb/ 100mm Nb connection for installation with the fire main.
\r\n\r\n
F.3 Swinging hosereel:
\r\n\r\nFire fighting swinging Hose Reel should conform to IS:884and complete with reputed make 50mm dia rubber hose of 30M/33M long. It should be powder coated and should be complete in all respect i.e.withswivel joint, nozzle,etc.
\r\n\r\n
F.4 Codes & Standards.
\r\n\r\nAll the systems and equipments within the scope of this tender shall be of reputed proven makes,designed and manufacture din accordance with the stipulations of lattest versions of Indian Codes or recommendations of W.B.F.S/T.A.C./F.O.C./N.F.P.A.
\r\n\r\n
IS:1646 Code of practice for fire safety of building (general),
\r\n\r\nIS:1648 Code of Practice for fire safety of buildings (general), Fire Fighting Equipment and its Maintenance.
\r\n\r\nIS:3084 Code of Practice for Fire of Industrial Buildings, Electrical Generating and Distributing Stations.
\r\n\r\nIS:884 First Aid Hose Reel for Fire Fighting(For Fixed Installations).
\r\n\r\nIS:8423 Controlled Percolation Hose for fire fighting.
\r\n\r\nIS:903 Fire Hose Delivery Couplings, Branch Pipe, Nozzles & Nozzle spanner.
\r\n\r\nIS:2062 Structural Steel (Fusion/WeldingQuality).
\r\n\r\n NBC NationalBuildingCode,Chapter–IV(Amendment No.3,January1997).
IS:732 Code ofpracticefor electrical wiringinstallations.
\r\n\r\nIS:2217 Recommendations for providing first aid fire fighting arrangements in public buildings.
\r\n\r\nIS:3844 Code of practice for installation of internal fire hydrant in multistoried buildings.
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
G.Particular Specification- Implementation of Environmental Mitigation Plan
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
G.1 Contractor’s Obligations:
\r\n\r\nThe Clauses in this section are meant to provide general guidelines and Compliance requirements to the Contractor. It does not however relieve the Contractor from taking every other step and precautions as deemed necessary to complete the works successfully within the specified Contract period and bid amount. Also, compliance to the approved Environmental management plan and monitoring the same is part of the contract.
\r\n\r\nG.2 Environmental Management Plan and Monitoring.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall be responsible for the mitigation measures to be taken for complying to the Environmental management plan and monitor as described in Environmental Management Plan - Construction Phase, attached as Appendix 1A to PCC
\r\n\r\nG.3 Penalty on account of non-compliance
\r\n\r\nIf the Contractor in the opinion of the engineer in-charge does not comply to the environmental management plan and monitoring, the engineer in-charge reserves the right to stop the work and any delay on account of this will be on the part of the Contractor and penalty as per liquidated damages clause in conditions of contract and contract data shall be imposed upon approval by the concerned Engineer In-charge/owner.
\r\n\r\nG.4 Confined Space Safety Procedure:
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall implement a well-prepared Space Entry Safety Procedure to work in Confined areas / Elevated areas. Such procedures shall incorporate all aspects of staff work activities, internationally adopted best practices, site staff and workmen training, hazard awareness, first aid procedures, particularly applicable to workmen in Elevated / Confined space, provision and use of appropriate safety equipment’s, personal hygiene, safety / emergency procedures, method of easy evacuation of workers etc. The Operator has to develop and implement his own safety procedures. He should also provide necessary insurance to the workers involved in the execution of work.
\r\n\r\nG.5 Special Traffic Precautions
\r\n\r\nContractor’s attention is specially drawn to the requirements by the traffic police and road authorities and specification regarding traffic control, access and reinstatement of road surface. It is necessary to obtain permission from traffic Inspector of Police prior to taking up any stretch of road for excavation and sewer laying. It is necessary to carry out the work in such a manner as to cause minimum interference with the public use of roads, footpaths and other thoroughfares.
\r\n\r\nG.6 Working in Restricted areas
\r\n\r\nIn addition to the clause stated in other section of the special specification the Operator shall determine prior to constructing the lengths of sewers where access to properties commercial, domestic and institutional will be restricted.
\r\n\r\nThe identification of these areas shall be agreed in consultation with the Engineer In-charge, Police and Urban local body. In this case it may be necessary to operate one-way traffic system or to close roads. The Contractor shall be responsible for liaising with the police and other local representatives to obtain permission to close roads or restrict traffic movement. No additional time will be allowed for these pre-construction activities. Where roads are closed alternative routes are to be determined in conjunction with the authorities. Sign Boards are to be placed at both junctions of the route indicating “ROAD CLOSED & WORK UNDER PROGRESS”. The expense for the same shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall discuss these arrangements with the occupants of houses affected to ensure that their disruption is kept to a minimum. The Contractor is to offer assistance to residents who are infirm or need special arrangements for access during construction.
\r\n\r\nIn narrow roads and streets, it may not be possible to operate excavation machinery in such cases hand excavation is to be done. The method of operation, length of stretch of work, method of barricading, property access, dewatering, shoring, details of work to be done shall be stated in a ‘Method Statement’ to be submitted at least 4 weeks before work is scheduled to commence in a particular location. The written agreement of the Engineer In-charge shall be obtained to the method statement. If any additional safeguards are required by the Engineer In-charge these shall be incorporated in the method statement at no extra cost and the method statement is to be resubmitted.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor will ensure that the noise created by his activities is suppressed. Adequate silencers fitted to construction machinery, particularly compressors and drills. Dust is to be kept to a minimum by using water sprinklers. Utility service connections shall be maintained to every property throughout the construction phase and thereafter. If any defect/ damage is caused it shall be repaired immediately and at the Contractor’s expense. The disruption to the normal activities of residents and other members of the public is to be kept to an absolute minimum. Providing adequate noise control and other nuisances are kept to a minimum, extended working hours may be permitted with the agreement of the Engineer In-charge and local residents. No additional payment shall be made for any of these arrangements unless otherwise specified. Adequate lighting shall be provided by the Contractor at his cost if night working is adopted.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Section VIII. General Conditions of Contract
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
General Conditions of Contract
\r\n\r\nA. General
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t 1. Definitions \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 1.1 Boldface type is used to identify defined terms. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) The Accepted Contract Amount means the amount accepted in the Letter of Acceptance for the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) Not used. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) The Adjudicator or Dispute Review Expert is the person appointed jointly by the Employer and the Contractor to resolve disputes in the first instance, as provided for in GCC 23. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) Bank means the financing institution named in the PCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(e) Bill of Quantities means the priced and completed Bill of Quantities forming part of the Bid. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(f) Compensation Events are those defined in GCC Clause 42 hereunder. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(g) The Completion Date is the date of completion of the Works as certified by the Project Manager, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 53.1. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(h) The Contract is the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor to execute, complete, and maintain the Works. It consists of the documents listed in GCC Sub-Clause 2.3 below. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(i) The Contractor is the party whose Bid to carry out the Works has been accepted by the Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(j) The Contractor’s Bid is the completed bidding document submitted by the Contractor to the Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(k) The Contract Price is the Accepted Contract Amount stated in the Letter of Acceptance and thereafter as adjusted in accordance with the Contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(l) Days are calendar days; months are calendar months. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(m) Not used. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(n) A Defect is any part of the Works not completed in accordance with the Contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(o) The Defects Liability Certificate is the certificate issued by Project Manager upon correction of defects by the Contractor. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(p) The Defects Liability Period is the period named in the PCC pursuant to Sub-Clause 34.3 and calculated from the Completion Date. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(q) Drawings means the drawings of the Works, as included in the Contract, and any additional and modified drawings issued by (or on behalf of) the Employer in accordance with the Contract, include calculations and other information provided or approved by the Project Manager for the execution of the Contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(r) The Employer is the party who employs the Contractor to carry out the Works, as specified in the PCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(s) Equipment is the Contractor’s machinery and vehicles brought temporarily to the Site to construct the Works. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(t) “In writing” or “written” means hand-written, type-written, printed or electronically made, and resulting in a permanent record; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(u) The Initial Contract Price is the Contract Price listed in the Employer’s Letter of Acceptance. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(v) The Intended Completion Date is the date on which it is intended that the Contractor shall complete the Works. The Intended Completion Date is specified in the PCC. The Intended Completion Date may be revised only by the Project Manager by issuing an extension of time or an acceleration order. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(w) Materials are all supplies, including consumables, used by the Contractor for incorporation in the Works. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(x) Plant is any integral part of the Works that shall have a mechanical, electrical, chemical, or biological function. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(y) The Project Manager is the person named in the PCC (or any other competent person appointed by the Employer and notified to the Contractor, to act in replacement of the Project Manager) who is responsible for supervising the execution of the Works and administering the Contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(z) PCC means Particular Conditions of Contract \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(aa) The Site is the area defined as such in the PCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(bb) Site Investigation Reports are those that were included in the bidding documents and are factual and interpretative reports about the surface and subsurface conditions at the Site. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(cc) Specification means the Specification of the Works included in the Contract and any modification or addition made or approved by the Project Manager. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(dd) The Start Date is given in the PCC. It is the latest date when the Contractor shall commence execution of the Works. It does not necessarily coincide with any of the Site Possession Dates. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(ee) A Subcontractor is a person or corporate body who has a Contract with the Contractor to carry out a part of the work in the Contract, which includes work on the Site. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(ff) Temporary Works are works designed, constructed, installed, and removed by the Contractor that are needed for construction or installation of the Works. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(gg) A Variation is an instruction given by the Project Manager which varies the Works. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(hh) The Works are what the Contract requires the Contractor to construct, install, and turn over to the Employer, as defined in the PCC. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2. Interpretation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 2.1 In interpreting these GCC, words indicating one gender include all genders. Words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the singular. Headings have no significance. Words have their normal meaning under the language of the Contract unless specifically defined. The Project Manager shall provide instructions clarifying queries about these GCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2.2 If sectional completion is specified in the PCC, references in the GCC to the Works, the Completion Date, and the Intended Completion Date apply to any Section of the Works (other than references to the Completion Date and Intended Completion Date for the whole of the Works). \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2.3 The documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the following order of priority: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) Agreement, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) Letter of Acceptance, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) Contractor’s Bid& Priced Bill of Quantities, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) Particular Conditions of Contract, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(e) General Conditions of Contract including Appendices, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(f) Specifications, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(g) Drawings, and \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(h) Joint Venture Agreement [where applicable] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(i) any other document listed in the PCC as forming part of the Contract. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3. Language and Law \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 3.1 The language of the Contract and the law governing the Contract are stated in the PCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSalient features of major labour and other laws that are applicable to construction industry in India are given as Appendix 1 to these General Conditions of Contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3.2 Throughout the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall comply with the import of goods and services prohibitions in the India when \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) as a matter of law or official regulations, India prohibits commercial relations with that country; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) by an act of compliance with a decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations, India prohibits any import of goods from that country or any payments to any country, person, or entity in that country. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 4. Project Manager’s Decisions \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 4.1 Except where otherwise specifically stated, the Project Manager shall decide contractual matters between the Employer and the Contractor in the role representing the Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tHowever, if the Project Manager is required, under the rules and regulations and orders of the Employer, to obtain approval of some other authorities for specific actions, he will so obtain the approval. Provided further that any requisite approval shall be deemed to have been given by the Employer for any such authority exercised by the Project Manager. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 5. Delegation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 5.1 Unless otherwise specified in the PCC, the Project Manager may delegate any of his duties and responsibilities to other people, except to the Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert, after notifying the Contractor, and may revoke any delegation after notifying the Contractor. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 6. Communications \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 6.1 Communications between parties that are referred to in the Conditions shall be effective only when in writing. A notice shall be effective only when it is delivered. All oral instructions shall be confirmed in writing in seven working days. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 7. Subcontracting \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 7.1 The Contractor may subcontract with the approval of the Project Manager upto a ceiling specified in PCC, but may not assign the Contract without the approval of the Employer in writing. Subcontracting shall not alter the Contractor’s obligations. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t7.2 The Project Manager should satisfy himself before recommending to the Employer whether: \r\n\r\n\t\t\ta) the circumstances warrant such sub-contracting; and, \r\n\r\n\t\t\tb) the sub-Contractor so proposed for the Work possesses the experience, qualifications and equipment necessary for the job proposed to be entrusted to him in proportion to the quantum of Works to be sub-contracted. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t7.3 If payments are proposed to be made directly to that sub-contractor, this should be subject to specific authorization by the prime contractor so that his arrangement does not alter the contractor’s liability or obligations under the contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t7.4 The Contractor shall not be required to obtain any consent from the Employer for: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) the sub-contracting of any part of the Works for which the Sub-Contractor is already named in the contract; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) the provision for labour, or labour component, and, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) the purchase of materials which are in accordance with the standards specified in the contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(Note: 1. All bidders are expected to indicate clearly in the bid, if they proposed sub-contracting elements of the works amounting to more than 10 percent of the Bid Price. For each such proposal the qualification and the experience of the identified sub-contractor in the relevant field should be furnished alongwith the bid to enable the employer to satisfy himself about their qualifications before agreeing for such sub-contracting and include it in the contract. In view of the above, normally no additional sub-contracting should arise during execution of the contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2. However, [a] sub-contracting for certain specialized elements of the work is not unusual and acceptable for carrying out the works more effectively; but vertical splitting of the works for sub-contracting is not acceptable. [b] In any case, proposal for sub-contracting in addition to what was specified in bid and stated in contract agreement will not be acceptable if the value of such additional sub-contracting exceeds 25% of value of work which was to be executed by Contractor without sub-contracting. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3. Assignment of the contract may be acceptable only under exceptional circumstances such as insolvencies/liquidation or merger of companies etc.) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 8. Other Contractors \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 8.1 The Contractor shall cooperate and share the Site with other contractors, public authorities, utilities, and the Employer between the dates given in the Schedule of Other Contractors, as referred to in the PCC. The Contractor shall also provide facilities and services for them as described in the Schedule. The Employer may modify the Schedule of Other Contractors, and shall notify the Contractor of any such modification. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 9. Personnel and Equipment \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.1 The Contractor shall employ the key personnel and use the equipment identified in its Bid and referred to in the PCC, to carry out the Works or other personnel and equipment approved by the Project Manager. The Project Manager shall approve any proposed replacement of key personnel and equipment only if their relevant qualifications or characteristics are substantially equal to or better than those proposed in the Bid. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t9.2 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to remove from the Site of Works, a member of the Contractor’s staff or his work force, who: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) persists in any misconduct or lack of care, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) carries out duties incompetently or negligently, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) fails to conform with any provisions of the Contract, or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety, health, or the protection of the environment. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t9.3 If the Employer, Project Manager or Contractor determines, that any employee of the Contractor be determined to have engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practice during the execution of the Works, then that employee shall be removed in accordance with Clause 9.2 above \r\n\r\n\t\t\t9.4 In all the above cases, the contractor shall ensure that the person leaves the site within seven days and has no further connection with the work in the contract. The Contractor shall appoint a suitable replacement within 28 days or earlier as may be agreed to between the Project manager and the Contractor. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t9.5 The Contractor shall not employ any retired Gazetted officer who has either not completed two years after the date of retirement or has not obtained permission from the Government authorities for employment with the Contractor[17]. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t Compliance with Labour Regulations \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 9.6 The Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided in the Contract, make his own arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labour, local or other, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport. The Contractor shall, if required by the Project Manager, deliver to the Project Manager a return in detail, in such form and at such intervals as the Project Manager may prescribe, showing the staff and the numbers of the several classes of labour from time to time employed by the Contractor on the Site and such other information as the Project Manager may require. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t9.7 During continuance of the Contract, the Contractor and his Sub-Contractors shall abide at all times by all existing labour enactments and rules made there under, regulations, notifications and bye laws of the State or Central Government or local authority and any other labour laws (including rules), regulations, bye laws that may be passed or notification that may be issued under any labour law prevailing on the Base Date either by the State or the Central Government or the local authority. The Contractor shall also be responsible for Labour Influx Management Plan as given in Appendix 1B.The Contractor shall keep the Employer indemnified in case any action is taken against the Employer by the competent authority on account of contraventions including amendments. If the Employer is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary to cause or observe, or for non-observance of the provisions stipulated in the notifications/bye laws/Acts/Rules/regulations including amendments, if any, on the part of the Contractor, the Project Manager/ Employer shall have the right to deduct any money due to the Contractor including his amount of performance security. The Employer/ Project Manager shall also have right to recover from the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss or damage suffered by the Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t9.8 The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-Contractor in no case shall be treated as the employees of the Employer at any point of time. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t9.9 The Contractor shall duly comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act 1961 (III of 1961) and the rules made there under, and comply, failure or neglect to shall be subject to all liabilities and penalties provided in the said Act and Rules. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 10. Employer’s andContractor’s Risks \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 10.1 The Employer carries the risks which this Contract states are Employer’s risks, and the Contractor carries the risks which this Contract states are Contractor’s risks. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 11. Employer’s Risks \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 11.1 From the Start Date until the Defects Liability Certificate has been issued, the following are Employer’s risks: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) The risk of personal injury, death, or loss of or damage to property (excluding the Works, Plant, Materials, and Equipment), which are due to \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(i) use or occupation of the Site by the Works or for the purpose of the Works, which is the unavoidable result of the Works or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(ii) negligence, breach of statutory duty, or interference with any legal right by the Employer or by any person employed by or contracted to him except the Contractor. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) The risk of damage to the Works, Plant, Materials, and Equipment to the extent that it is due to a fault of the Employer or in the Employer’s design, or due to war or radioactive contamination directly affecting the country where the Works are to be executed. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t11.2 From the Completion Date until the Defects Liability Certificate has been issued, the risk of loss of or damage to the Works, Plant, and Materials is an Employer’s risk except loss or damage due to \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) a Defect which existed on the Completion Date, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) an event occurring before the Completion Date, which was not itself an Employer’s risk, or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) the activities of the Contractor on the Site after the Completion Date. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 12. Contractor’s Risks \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 12.1 From the Starting Date until the Defects Liability Certificate has been issued, the risks of personal injury, death, and loss of or damage to property (including, without limitation, the Works, Plant, Materials, and Equipment) which are not Employer’s risks are Contractor’s risks. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 13. Insurance \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 13.1 The Contractor shall provide, in the joint names of the Employer and the Contractor, insurance cover from the Start Date to the end of the Defects Liability Period, in the amounts and deductibles stated in the PCC for the following events which are due to the Contractor’s risks: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) loss of or damage to the Works, Plant, and Materials [which are incorporated in works]; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) loss of or damage to Construction Equipment; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) loss of or damage to property (except the Works, Plant, Materials, and Equipment) in connection with the Contract; and \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) personal injury or death. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t13.2 Policies and certificates for insurance shall be delivered by the Contractor to the Project Manager for the Project Manager’s approval before the Start Date. All such insurance shall provide for compensation to be payable in the types and proportions of currencies required to rectify the loss or damage incurred. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t13.3 If the Contractor does not provide any of the policies and certificates required, the Employer may effect the insurance which the Contractor should have provided and recover the premiums the Employer has paid from payments otherwise due to the Contractor or, if no payment is due, the payment of the premiums shall be a debt due. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t13.4 Alterations to the terms of insurance shall not be made without the approval of the Project Manager. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t13.5 Both parties shall comply with any conditions of the insurance policies. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 14. Site Data \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 14.1 The Contractor shall be deemed to have examined any Site Data referred to in the PCC, supplemented by any information available to the Contractor. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 15. Contractor to Construct the Works including Protection of Environment and assurance of Public Health and Safety \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15.1 The Contractor shall construct and install the Works in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings and as per instructions of Project Manager. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t15.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment on and off the Site and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or to property of the public or others resulting from pollution, noise or other cause arising as a consequence of his methods of operation.. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t15.2.2 During continuance of the contract, the contractor and his sub-contractors shall abide at all times by all existing enactments on environmental protection and rules made thereunder, regulations, notifications and by-laws of the Sate or Central Government, or local authorities and other law, bye-law, regulations that may be passed or notification that may be issued in this respect in future by the State or Central Government or the local authority. Salient features of the major laws are given in Appendix 1 to the General Conditions of Contract. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 16 The Works to Be Completed by the Intended Completion Date \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 16.1 The Contractor may commence execution of the Works on the Start Date and shall carry out the Works in accordance with the Program submitted by the Contractor, as updated with the approval of the Project Manager, and complete them by the Intended Completion Date. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 17 Approval by the Project Manager \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 17.1 The Contractor shall submit Specifications and Drawings showing the proposed Temporary Works to the Project Manager, for his approval. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t17.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for design of Temporary Works. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t17.3 The Project Manager’s approval shall not alter the Contractor’s responsibility for design of the Temporary Works. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t17.4 The Contractor shall obtain approval of third parties to the design of the Temporary Works, where required. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t17.5 All Drawings prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the temporary or permanent Works, are subject to prior approval by the Project Manager before this use. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 18 Safety \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 18.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all activities on the Site. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 19 Discoveries \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 19.1 Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly discovered on the Site shall be the property of the Employer. The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager of such discoveries and carry out the Project Manager’s instructions for dealing with them. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 20 Possession of the Site \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 20.1 The Employer shall give possession of all parts of the Site to the Contractor. If possession of a part is not given by the date stated in the PCC, the Employer shall be deemed to have delayed the start of the relevant activities, and this shall be a Compensation Event. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 21 Access to the Site \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 21.1 The Contractor shall allow the Project Manager and any person authorized by the Project Manager access to the Site and to any place where work in connection with the Contract is being carried out or is intended to be carried out. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 22 Instructions, Inspections and Audits \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 22.1 The Contractor shall carry out all instructions of the Project Manager which comply with the applicable laws where the Site is located. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t22.2 The Contractor shall keep, and shall make all reasonable efforts to cause its Subcontractors and sub-consultants to keep, accurate and systematic accounts and records in respect of the Works in such form and details as will clearly identify relevant time changes and costs. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t22.3 The Contractor shall permit and shall cause its Subcontractors and sub-consultants to permit, the Bank and/or persons appointed by the Bank to inspect the Site and/or the accounts and records relating to the performance of the Contract and the submission of the bid, and to have such accounts and records audited by auditors appointed by the Bank if requested by the Bank. The Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ and sub-consultants’ attention is drawn to Sub-Clause 25.1 which provides, inter alia, that acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under Sub-Clause 22.2 constitute a prohibited practice subject to contract termination (as well as to a determination of ineligibility pursuant to the Bank’s prevailing sanctions procedures). \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 23 Appointment of the Adjudicator or Dispute Review Expert \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 23.1 The Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert [DRE] named in PCC shall be appointed jointly by the Employer and the Contractor, at the time of the Employer’s issuance of the Letter of Acceptance. If, in the Letter of Acceptance, the Employer does not agree on the appointment of the Adjudicator/DRE, the Employer will request the Appointing Authority designated in the PCC, to appoint the Adjudicator/DRE within 14 days of receipt of such request. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t23.1.1 The Adjudicator/DREshould be in position before “notice to proceed with work” is issued to the Contractor and an agreement should be signed with the Adjudicator/DRE jointly by the Employer and the Contractor in the form attached – Appendix 3. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t23.2 Should the Adjudicator/DRE resign or die, or should the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Adjudicator/DRE is not functioning in accordance with the provisions of the Contract; a new Adjudicator/DRE shall be jointly appointed by the Employer and the Contractor. In case of disagreement between the Employer and the Contractor, within 30 days, the Adjudicator/DRE shall be designated by the Appointing Authority designated in the PCC at the request of either party, within 14 days of receipt of such request. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 24 Procedure for Disputes \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t 25. Corrupt And Fraudulent Practices \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 24.1 If the Contractor believes that a decision taken by the Project Manager was either outside the authority given to the Project Manager by the Contract or that the decision was wrongly taken, the decision shall be referred to the Adjudicator/DRE within 14 days of the notification of the Project Manager’s decision. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t24.2 The Adjudicator/DRE shall give a decision in writing within 28 days of receipt of a notification of a dispute. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t24.3 The Adjudicator/DRE shall be paid daily at the rate specified in thePCC, together with reimbursable expenses of the types specified in the PCC, and the cost shall be divided equally between the Employer and the Contractor. Whatever decision is reached by the Adjudicator/DRE, either party may refer that decision to an Arbitrator within 28 days of the Adjudicator’s /DRE’s written decision. If neither party refers the dispute to arbitration within the above 28 days, the Adjudicator’s /DRE’s decision shall be final and binding. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t24.4 The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the arbitration procedures published by the institution named and in the place specified in the PCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Arbitrator(s) shall give a decision in writing within 120 days of start of the proceedings unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties. The Arbitrators shall entertain only those issues which have been earlier referred to the Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert and either party is dissatisfied with the decision given by the Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t25.1 The Bank requires compliance with its policy in regard to corrupt and fraudulent practices as set forth in Appendix to the GCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t25.2 The Employer requires the Contractor to disclose any commissions or fees that may have been paid or are to be paid to agents or any other party with respect to the bidding process or execution of the Contract. The information shall be disclosed as and when such payments are made or agreed to, and compliance with the disclosure requirement shall be furnished, while submitting each monthly statement for payments; such disclosure must include at least the name and address of the agent or other party, the amount and currency, and the purpose of the commission, gratuity or fee. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
B. Time Control
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t 26 2 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t26. Program \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 26.1 Within the time stated in the PCC, after the date of the Letter of Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for approval a revised Program (revising the program given along with the bid) including Environmental Management Plan showing the general methods, arrangements, order, and timing for all the activities in the Works along with monthly cash flow forecasts. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t26.2 An update of the Program shall be a program showing the actual progress achieved on each activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the timing of the remaining work, including any changes to the sequence of the activities. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t26.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for approval an updated Program at intervals no longer than the period stated in the PCC. If the Contractor does not submit an updated Program within this period, the Project Manager may withhold the amount stated in the PCC from the next payment certificate and continue to withhold this amount until the next payment after the date on which the overdue Program has been submitted. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t26.4 The Project Manager’s approval of the Program shall not alter the Contractor’s obligations. The Contractor may revise the Program and submit it to the Project Manager again at any time. A revised Program shall show the effect of Variations and Compensation Events. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t26.5 The Contractor shall furnish monthly progress reports as directed by the Project Engineer by 7th of the succeeding month. The report shall include charts and detailed descriptions of the progress of identified activities, photographs showing status of progress at site, records of Contractor’s personnel and equipment, Quality Assurance documents, comparison of actual and planned progress as per program. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 27. Extension of the Intended Completion Date \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 27.1 The Project Manager shall extend the Intended Completion Date including milestones if a Compensation Event occurs or a Variation is issued which makes it impossible for Completion to be achieved by the Intended Completion Date as per agreed milestones without the Contractor taking steps to accelerate the remaining work, which would cause the Contractor to incur additional cost. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t27.2 The Project Manager shall decide whether and by how much to extend the Intended Completion Date/milestones within 21 days of the Contractor asking the Project Manager for a decision upon the effect of a Compensation Event or Variation and submitting full supporting information. If the Contractor has failed to give early warning of a delay or has failed to cooperate in dealing with a delay, the delay by this failure shall not be considered in assessing the new Intended Completion Date/milestones. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 28Acceleration \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 28.1 When the Employer wants the Contractor to finish before the Intended Completion Date, the Project Manager shall obtain priced proposals for achieving the necessary acceleration from the Contractor. If the Employer accepts these proposals, the Intended Completion Date shall be adjusted accordingly and confirmed by both the Employer and the Contractor. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t28.2 If the Contractor’s priced proposals for acceleration are accepted by the Employer, they are incorporated in the Contract Price and treated as a Variation. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 29Delays Ordered by the Project Manager \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 29.1 The Project Manager may instruct the Contractor to delay the start or progress of any activity within the Works. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 30Management Meetings \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 30.1 Either the Project Manager or the Contractor may require the other to attend a management meeting. (Which will be held at the place indicated in PCC. The periodicity to be fixed by Project Manager / Contractor jointly). The business of a management meeting shall be to review the progress of construction with reference to the construction program given in accordance with GCC 26.1, the plans for remaining work and to deal with matters raised in accordance with the early warning procedure. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t30.2 The Project Manager shall record the business of management meetings and provide copies of the record to those attending the meeting and to the Employer. The responsibility of the parties for actions to be taken shall be decided by the Project Manager either at the management meeting or after the management meeting and stated in writing to all who attended the meeting. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 31Early Warning \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 31.1 The Contractor shall warn the Project Manager at the earliest opportunity of specific likely future events or circumstances that may adversely affect the quality of the work, increase the Contract Price, or delay the execution of the Works. The Project Manager may require the Contractor to provide an estimate of the expected effect of the future event or circumstance on the Contract Price and Completion Date. The estimate shall be provided by the Contractor as soon as reasonably possible. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t31.2 The Contractor shall cooperate with the Project Manager in making and considering proposals for how the effect of such an event or circumstance can be avoided or reduced by anyone involved in the work and in carrying out any resulting instruction of the Project Manager. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
C. Quality Control
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t 32Quality Assurance \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 32.1 The Contractor shall institute Quality Assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) systems in accordance with Quality Assurance Plan to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the Contract as approved by the Project Manager. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t32.2 Compliance with the QA/QC systems shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his duties obligations or responsibilities under the Contract. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 33Tests \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 33.1 The Contractor shall provide all apparatus, assistance, documents and other information, electricity, equipment, fuel, consumables, instruments, labour, materials, and suitably qualified and experienced staff, as are necessary to carry out the specified tests efficiently. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t33.2 If the Project Manager instructs the Contractor to carry out a test not specified in the Specification to check whether any work has a Defect and the test shows that it does, the Contractor shall pay for the test and any samples. If there is no Defect, the test shall be a Compensation Event. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 34 Identifying and Correction of Defects \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 34.1. The Project Manager shall check the Contractor’s work and notify the Contractor of any defects that are found specifying a time by which it should be corrected. Such checking shall not affect the Contractor’s responsibilities. The Project Manager may instruct the Contractor to search for a Defect and to uncover and test any work that the Project Manager considers may have a Defect. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t34.2 The contractor shall permit the Employer’s Technical auditor to check the contractor’s work and notify the Project Manager and Contractor of any defects that are found. Such a check shall not affect the Contractor’s or the Project Manager’s responsibility as defined in the Contract Agreement \r\n\r\n\t\t\t34.3 The Project Manager shall give notice to the Contractor of any Defects [specifying a time limit by which it should be corrected] before the end of the Defects Liability Period, which begins at Completion, and is defined in the PCC. The Defects Liability Period shall be extended for as long as Defects remain to be corrected. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t34.4 Every time notice of a Defect is given, the Contractor shall correct the notified Defect within the length of time specified by the Project Manager’s notice. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 35Uncorrected Defects \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 35.1 If the Contractor has not corrected a Defect within the time specified in the Project Manager’s notice, the Project Manager shall assess the cost of having the Defect corrected and the Contractor shall pay this amount. . \r\n\r\n\t\t\tNote: 1. Where in certain cases, the technical specifications provide for acceptance of works within specified tolerance limits at reduced rates, Engineer will certify payments to Contractor accordingly. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2. Where the failure to correct a particular defect within the specified time is considered as a fundamental breach of contract a notice should be given to the contractor as stated in GCC 57.2(e). \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
D. Cost Control
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t 36Contract Price \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 36.1 The Bill of Quantities shall contain priced items for the Works to be performed by the Contractor. The Bill of Quantities is used to calculate the Contract Price. The Contractor will be paid for the quantity of the work accomplished at the rate in the Bill of Quantities for each item. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 37Changes in the Contract Price \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 37.1 If the final quantity of the work done differs from the quantity in the Bill of Quantities for the particular item by more than 25 percent, provided the change exceeds 1 percent of the Initial Contract Price, the Project Manager shall adjust the rate to allow for the change. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) If the quantity of work executed exceeds the quantity of the item in BOQ beyond the higher specified limit the Project Manager shall fix the rate to be applied for the additional quantity of the work executed. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) If the quantity of work executed less than the quantity of the item in BOQ lesser than the lower specified limit, the Project Manager shall fix the rate to be applied for whole of the quantity of the work so executed. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t37.2. The Project Manager shall not adjust rates from changes in quantities if thereby the Initial Contract Price is exceeded by more than 15 percent, except with the prior approval of the Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t37.3 If requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a detailed cost breakdown of any rate in the Bill of Quantities. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 38Variations \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 38.1 All Variations shall be included in updated Programs, produced by the Contractor. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t38.2 The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a quotation (with breakdown of unit rates) for carrying out the Variation when requested to do so by the Project Manager. The Project Manager shall assess the quotation, which shall be given within seven (7) days of the request or within any longer period stated by the Project Manager and before the Variation is ordered. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t38.3 If the work in the Variation corresponds to an item description in the Bill of Quantities and if, in the opinion of the Project Manager, the quantity of work above the limit stated in Sub-Clause 37.1 or the timing of its execution do not cause the cost per unit of quantity to change, the rate in the Bill of Quantities shall be used to calculate the value of the Variation. If the cost per unit of quantity changes, or if the nature or timing of the work in the Variation does not correspond with items in the Bill of Quantities, the quotation by the Contractor shall be in the form of new rates for the relevant items of work. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t38.4 If the Contractor’s quotation is unreasonable, [or if contractor fails to provide the Project Manager with a quotation within a reasonable time specified by Project Manager in accordance with GCC38.2] the Project Manager may order the Variation and make a change to the Contract Price, which shall be based on the Project Manager’s own forecast of the effects of the Variation on the Contractor’s costs \r\n\r\n\t\t\t38.5 If the Project Manager decides that the urgency of varying the work would prevent a quotation being given and considered without delaying the work, no quotation shall be given and the Variation shall be treated as a Compensation Event. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t38.6 The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment for costs that could have been avoided by giving early warning. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 39Cash Flow Forecasts \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 39.1 When the Program, is updated, the Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with an updated cash flow forecast. The cash flow forecast shall be in Indian Rupees. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 40Payment Certificates \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 40.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager monthly statements of the estimated value of the work executed less the cumulative amount certified previously along with details of measurement of the quantity of works executed in a tabular form approved by the Project Manager. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t40.2 The Project Manager shall check the details given in the Contractor’s monthly statement and within 14 days certify the amounts to be paid to the Contractor after taking into account any credit or debit for the month in question in respect of materials for the works in the relevant amount and under conditions set forth in GCC Sub-Clause 49.4 [Secured Advance] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t40.3 The value of work executed shall be determined by the Project Manager after due check measurement of the quantities claimed as executed by the contractor \r\n\r\n\t\t\t40.4 The value of work executed shall comprise of the value of the quantities of work in the Bill of Quantities that have been completed; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t40.5 The value of work executed shall include the valuation of Variations and Compensation Events. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t40.6 The Project Manager may exclude any item certified in a previous certificate or reduce the proportion of any item previously certified in any certificate in the light of later information. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 41Payments \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 41.1 Payments shall be adjusted for deductions for advance payments, retention, other recoveries in terms of contract & taxes to be deducted at source [TDS] as per applicable law. The Employer shall pay the Contractor the amounts certified by the Project Manager within 28 days of the date of each certificate. If the Employer makes a late payment, the Contractor shall be paid interest on the late payment in the next payment. Interest shall be calculated from the date by which the payment should have been made up to the date when the late payment is made at the rate stated in the PCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t41.2 If an amount certified is increased in a later certificate or as a result of an award by the Adjudicator/DRE or an Arbitrator, the Contractor shall be paid interest upon the delayed payment as set out in this clause. Interest shall be calculated at the rate stated in GCC 41.1 above, from the date upon which the increased amount would have been certified in the absence of dispute. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t41.3 Items of the Works for which no rate or price has been entered in shall not be paid for by the Employer and shall be deemed covered by other rates and prices in the Contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 42Compensation Events \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 42.1 The following shall be Compensation Events: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) The Employer does not give access to a part of the Site by the Site Possession Date pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 20.1. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) The Employer modifies the Schedule of Other Contractors in a way that affects the work of the Contractor under the Contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) The Project Manager orders a delay or does not issue Drawings, Specifications, or instructions required for execution of the Works on time. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) The Project Manager instructs the Contractor to uncover or to carry out additional tests upon work, which is then found to have no Defects. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(e) The Project Manager unreasonably does not approve a subcontract to be let. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(f) Ground conditions are substantially more adverse than could reasonably have been assumed before issuance of the Letter of Acceptance from the information issued to bidders (including the Site Investigation Reports), from information available publicly and from a visual inspection of the Site. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(g) The Project Manager gives an instruction for dealing with an unforeseen condition, caused by the Employer, or additional work required for safety or other reasons. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(h) Other contractors, public authorities, utilities, or the Employer does not work within the dates and other constraints stated in the Contract, and they cause delay or extra cost to the Contractor. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(i) The advance payment is delayed. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(j) The effects on the Contractor of any of the Employer’s Risks. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(k) The Project Manager unreasonably delays issuing a Certificate of Completion. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t42.2 If a Compensation Event would cause additional cost or would prevent the work being completed before the Intended Completion Date, the Contract Price shall be increased and/or the Intended Completion Date shall be extended. The Project Manager shall decide whether and by how much the Contract Price shall be increased and whether and by how much the Intended Completion Date shall be extended. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t42.3 As soon as information demonstrating the effect of each Compensation Event upon the Contractor’s forecast cost has been provided by the Contractor, it shall be assessed by the Project Manager, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. If the Contractor’s forecast is deemed unreasonable, the Project Manager shall adjust the Contract Price based on the Project Manager’s own forecast. The Project Manager shall assume that the Contractor shall react competently and promptly to the event. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t42.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation to the extent that the Employer’s interests are adversely affected by the Contractor’s not having given early warning or not having cooperated with the Project Manager. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 43Tax \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 43.1 The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to be inclusive of the GST,Sales and other taxes that the Contractor will have to pay for the performance of this Contract. The Employer will perform such duties in regard to the deduction of such taxes at source [TDS] as per applicable law. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t43.2 The Project Manager shall adjust the Contract Price if taxes, duties, and other levies are changed between the date 28 days before the submission of bids for the Contract and the date of the last Completion certificate. The adjustment shall be the change in the amount of tax payable by the Contractor, provided such changes are not already reflected in the Contract Price. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 44 Currencies \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 44.1 All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 45Price Adjustment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 45.1 Contract price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates and price of labour, materials, fuels and lubricants and other inputs to the works in accordance with the principles and procedures outlined below. A table of adjustment data is included in the PCC which indicates the coefficients of various inputs and the sources of indices for various schedules of BOQ. If the PCC does not include a table of adjustment data this sub clause shall not apply and there shall be no price adjustment. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) The price adjustment according to sub para (d) below, shall apply for the work done from the start date givenin the PCC up to the end of the Intended Completion Date. If there is delay in completion beyond such date for reasons attributable to the contractor, the Price Adjustment for the work carried out during such period,for reasons attributable to the Contractor, shall be regulated by sub-para (g) below. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) The Contract Price shall be adjusted to take account ofany increase or decrease in cost after the base date, which affect the Contractor in performance of obligations under the Contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) The total value (R) of the work done during the specified period[GCC 40.1]shall be as under: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tR= SUM (RS1 + RS2 + RS3 + …….RSn), \r\n\r\n\t\t\tWhere, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t‘Rsn’ is the value of work done during the specified period to which the price adjustment shall be applied for the relevant schedule of Bill of Quantities (BOQ) specified in P.C.C during the specified period, and represented as under: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tRsn = (Vsn + Ssn) minus (amount of secured advance recovered in the same period + value of works executed under variations for which price adjustments will be worked separately based on terms mutually agreed between the Project Engineer and the Contractor) \r\n\r\n\t\t\twhere, \r\n\r\n\t\t\tVsnis the total value of work done during the specified period for the respective schedule of BOQ, and \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSsn is the secured advance paid during the specified period for the respective schedule of BOQ, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) The adjustment to be applied to the amount otherwisepayable to the Contractor, as valued in accordance withthe appropriate schedule of BOQ and certified inPayment Certificates, shall be determined fromformulae which shall be of the following general type: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPn = a + b Ln/Lo +c En/Eo + d Mn/Mo+ ………. \r\n\r\n\t\t\twhere, \r\n\r\n\t\t\t“Pn” is the adjustment multiplier to be applied to thevalue of the work done during the period “n”, this period being a month unless otherwise stated in the PCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t“a” is a fixed coefficient, stated in the relevant table ofadjustment data, representing the non-adjustable portionincontractual payments; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t“b”, “c”, “d”,… are coefficients representing theestimated proportion of each cost element related to theexecution of the Works, as stated in the relevant table ofadjustment data; such tabulated cost elements may beindicative of resources such as labour, equipment andmaterials; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t“Ln”[Labour], “En”[Equipment], “Mn”[Material], …. are the current cost indices or reference prices for period “n”, each of which is applicable to the relevant tabulated cost element [Labour, Equipment, Steel, Cement, Fuel/Lubricants, Bitumen, others] on the date, specified in the Table-2 of Adjustment Data, prior to the last day of the period (to which the particular Payment Certificate relates); and \r\n\r\n\t\t\t“Lo”, “Eo”, “Mo”, ….are the base cost indices or reference prices, expressed in the relevant currency of payment, each of which is applicable to the relevant tabulated cost element on the Base Date. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(e) The cost indices or reference prices stated in the tables of adjustment data given in PCC shall be used. The base date shall be the date 28 days prior to the date of opening of bids. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(f) If the Contractor fails to complete the Works within theIntended Completion date, adjustment of pricesthereafter shall be made using either: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(i) index or price applicable for each cost elementtabulated in the tables of adjustment data on thespecified date prior to theexpiry of the IntendedCompletion Date, or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(ii) the current index or price applicable for theperiod in question whichever is more favourableto the Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(g) The weightings (coefficients) for each of the factors of cost stated in the table(s) of adjustment data shall only be varied by the Project Manager if they have been rendered unreasonable, unbalanced or inapplicable, as a result of Variations. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(h) Unless otherwise stated in the P.C.C., the Price adjustment shall be done in each monthly Interim Payment Certificate [IPC]. The coefficients and indices are given in the Tables of Adjustment Data in Contract data. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tTo the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not covered by the provisions of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rates and prices included in the contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency of such other rise or fall in costs \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 46Retention \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 46.1 The Employer shall retain from each payment due to the Contractor the proportion stated in the PCC until Completion of the whole of the Works \r\n\r\n\t\t\t46.2 Upon the issue of a Certificate of Completion of the Works by the Project Manager, in accordance with GCC 53.1, half the total amount retained shall be repaid to the Contractor and half when the Defects Liability Period has passed and the Project Manager has certified that all Defects notified by the Project Manager to the Contractor before the end of this period have been corrected. On completion of the whole works the Contractor may substitute the balance retention money with an “on demand” Bank guarantee. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 47Liquidated Damages \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 47.1 The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the Employer at the rate per day stated in the PCC for each day that the Completion Date is later than the Intended Completion Date (for the whole of the works or the milestones as stated in the PCC).. The total amount of liquidated damages shall not exceed the amount defined in the PCC. The Employer may deduct liquidated damages from payments due to the Contractor. Payment of liquidated damages shall not affect the Contractor’s liabilities. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t47.1.1 Time is the essence of the contract and payment or deduction of liquidated damages shall not relieve the contractor from his obligation to complete the work as per agreed construction program and milestones, or from any of the Contractor’s other obligations and liabilities under the contract. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t47.2 If the Intended Completion Date including milestones is extended after liquidated damages have been paid, the Project Manager shall correct any overpayment of liquidated damages by the Contractor by adjusting the next payment certificate. The Contractor shall be paid interest on the overpayment, calculated from the date of payment to the date of repayment, at the rates specified in GCC Sub-Clause 41.1. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 48Bonus \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 48.1 Not used. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 49Advance Payment \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSecured Advances \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 49.1 The Employer shall make advance payment to the Contractor of the amounts stated in the PCC by the date stated in the PCC, against provision by the Contractor of an Unconditional Bank Guarantee in a form and by a bank acceptable to the Employer in amounts in Indian Rupees equal to the advance payment. The Guarantee shall remain effective until the advance payment has been repaid, but the amount of the Guarantee shall be progressively (each instalment not less than Rs. 500,000) reduced by the amounts repaid by the Contractor. Interest shall not be charged on the advance payment. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t49.2 The Contractor is to use the advance payment only to pay for Equipment, Plant, Materials, and mobilization expenses required specifically for execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall demonstrate that advance payment has been used in this way by supplying copies of invoices or other documents to the Project Manager. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t49.3 The advance payment shall be repaid by deducting proportionate amounts from payments otherwise due to the Contractor, following the schedule of completed percentages of the Works on a payment basis. No account shall be taken of the advance payment or its repayment in assessing valuations of work done, Variations, price adjustments, Compensation Events, Liquidated Damages. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t49.4 The Engineer shall make advance payment in respect of materials intended for but not yet incorporated in the Works in accordance with conditions stipulated in the PCC. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 50Securities \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 50.1 The Performance Security shall be provided to the Employer no later than the date specified in the Letter of Acceptance and shall be issued in an amount specified in the PCC, by a Nationalized or Schedule bank in India, and denominated. The Bank Guarantee for Performance Security and additional security for unbalanced bids shall be valid until a date 45 days from the date of issue of the Certificate of Completion. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 51Dayworks \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 51.1 Not used. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 52Cost of Repairs \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 52.1 Loss or damage to the Works or Materials to be incorporated in the Works between the Start Date and the end of the Defects Correction periods shall be remedied by the Contractor at the Contractor’s cost if the loss or damage arises from the Contractor’s acts or omissions. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
E. Finishing the Contract
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t 53Completion \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 53.1 The Contractor shall request the Project Manager to issue a Certificate of Completion of the Works, and the Project Manager shall do so upon deciding that the whole of the Works is completed. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 54Taking Over \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 54.1 The Employer shall take over the Site and the Works within seven days of the Project Manager’s issuing a certificate of Completion. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 55Final Account \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 55.1 The Contractor shall supply the Project Manager with a detailed account of the total amount that the Contractor considers payable under the Contract at the end of the Defects Liability Period. The Project Manager shall issue a Defects Liability Certificate and certify any final payment that is due to the Contractor within 56 days of receiving the Contractor’s account if it is correct and complete. If it is not, the Project Manager shall issue within 56 days a schedule that states the scope of the corrections or additions that are necessary. If the Final Account is still unsatisfactory after it has been resubmitted, the Project Manager shall decide on the amount payable to the Contractor and issue a payment certificate within 56 days of receiving the contractor’s revised account.. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 56Operating and Maintenance Manuals \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 56.1 If “as built” Drawings [including a compact disk containing digitized drawings] and/or operating and maintenance manuals are required, the Contractor shall supply them by the dates stated in the PCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t56.2 If the Contractor does not supply the Drawings [including a compact disk containing digitized drawings] and/or manuals by the dates stated in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 56.1, or they do not receive the Project Manager’s approval, the Project Manager shall withhold the amount stated in the PCC from payments due to the Contractor. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 57Termination \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 57.1 The Employer or the Contractor may terminate the Contract if the other party causes a fundamental breach of the Contract after giving fourteen (14) days written notice.. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t57.2 Fundamental breaches of Contract shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) the Contractor stops work for 28 days when no stoppage of work is shown on the current Program and the stoppage has not been authorized by the Project Manager; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) the Project Manager instructs the Contractor to delay the progress of the Works, and the instruction is not withdrawn within 28 days; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) the Employer or the Contractor is made bankrupt or goes into liquidation other than for a reconstruction or amalgamation; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) a payment certified by the Project Manager is not paid by the Employer to the Contractor within 84 days of the date of the Project Manager’s certificate; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(e) the Project Manager gives Notice that failure to correct a particular Defect is a fundamental breach of Contract and the Contractor fails to correct it within a reasonable period of time determined by the Project Manager; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(f) the Contractor does not maintain a Security, which is required; \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(g) the Contractor has delayed the completion of the Works by the number of days for which the maximum amount of liquidated damages can be paid, as defined in the PCC; or \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(h) if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer, has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing the Contract, pursuant to GCC Clause 25.1, then the Employer may, after giving fourteen (14) days written notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contract and expel him from the Site.. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(i) The contractor has contravened Clauses 7 and 9 of GCC. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(j) The contractor does not adhere to the agreed construction program and agreed environmental management plan [Clause 26 of GCC] and also fails to take satisfactory remedial action as per agreements reached in the management meetings [Clause 30 of GCC] for a period of 60 days. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(k) The contractor fails to carry out of the instructions of the Project Manager within a reasonable time determined by the Project Manager in accordance with GCC Clause 15.1 and 22. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(l) The contractor (in case of Joint Venture) has modified the composition of the joint venture and/or the responsibility of each member of the joint venture from what is stated in joint venture agreement without the prior approval of the Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t57.3 When either party to the Contract gives notice of a breach of Contract to the Project Manager for a cause other than those listed under GCC Sub-Clause 57.2 above, the Project Manager shall decide whether the breach is fundamental or not. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t57.4 Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may terminate the Contract for convenience. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t57.5 If the Contract is terminated, the Contractor shall stop work immediately, make the Site safe and secure, and leave the Site as soon as reasonably possible. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 58Payment upon Termination \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 58.1 If the Contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue a certificate for the value of the work done and Materials ordered less advance payments received up to the date of the issue of the certificate less other recoveries due in terms of contract, less taxes to be deducted at source [TDS] as per applicable law, and less the percentage to apply to the value of the work not completed, as indicated in the PCC. Additional Liquidated Damages shall not apply. If the total amount due to the Employer exceeds any payment due to the Contractor, the difference shall be a debt payable to the Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t58.2 If the Contract is terminated for the Employer’s convenience or because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the Employer, the Project Manager shall issue a certificate for the value of the work done, Materials ordered, the reasonable cost of removal of Equipment, repatriation of the Contractor’s personnel employed solely on the Works, and the Contractor’s costs of protecting and securing the Works, and less advance payments received up to the date of the certificate less other recoveries due in terms of the contract and less taxes due to be deducted at source [TDS] as per applicable law.. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 59Property \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 59.1 All Materials on the Site, Plant, Equipment, Temporary Works, and Works shall be deemed to be the property of the Employer if the Contract is terminated because of the Contractor’s default. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 60Release from Performance \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 60.1 If the Contract is frustrated by the outbreak of war or by any other event entirely outside the control of either the Employer or the Contractor, the Project Manager shall certify that the Contract has been frustrated. The Contractor shall make the Site safe and stop work as quickly as possible after receiving this certificate and shall be paid for all work carried out before receiving it and for any work carried out afterwards to which a commitment was made. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 61Suspension of Bank Loan or Credit \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 61.1 In the event that the Bank suspends the Loan or Credit to the Employer, from which part of the payments to the Contractor are being made: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) The Employer is obligated to notify the Contractor of such suspension within 7 days of having received the Bank’s suspension notice. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) If the Contractor has not received sums due it within the 28 days for payment provided for in Sub-Clause 40.1, the Contractor may immediately issue a 14-day termination notice. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
APPENDIX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
\r\n\r\nBank’s Policy- Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(Text in this Appendix shall not be modified)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Guidelines for Procurement of Goods, Works, and Non-Consulting Services under IBRD Loans and IDA Credits & Grants by World Bank Borrowers, dated January 2011:
\r\n\r\n“Fraud and Corruption:
\r\n\r\n1.16 It is the Bank’s policy to require that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank loans), bidders, suppliers, contractors and their agents (whether declared or not), sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers or suppliers, and any personnel thereof, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement and execution of Bank-financed contracts.[18] In pursuance of this policy, the Bank:
\r\n\r\n(a) defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
\r\n\r\n(i) “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;[19];
\r\n\r\n(ii) “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including a misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;[20]
\r\n\r\n(iii) “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party;[21]
\r\n\r\n(iv) “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party;[22]
\r\n\r\n(v) “obstructive practice” is
\r\n\r\n(aa) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation, or
\r\n\r\n(bb) acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under paragraph 1.16(e) below.
\r\n\r\n(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the bidder recommended for award, or any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants, sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/or their employees, has, directly or indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices in competing for the contract in question;
\r\n\r\n(c) will declare misprocurement and cancel the portion of the loan allocated to a contract if it determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any part of the proceeds of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices during the procurement or the implementation of the contract in question, without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the time they knew of the practices;
\r\n\r\n(d) will sanction a firm or individual, at any time, in accordance with the prevailing Bank’s sanctions procedures,[23] including by publicly declaring such firm or individual ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time: (i) to be awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (ii) to be a nominated[24];
\r\n\r\n(e) will require that a clause be included in bidding documents and in contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring bidders, suppliers and contractors, and their sub-contractors, agents, personnel, consultants, service providers, or suppliers, to permit the Bank to inspect all accounts, records, and other documents relating to the submission of bids and contract performance, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.”
\r\n\r\nSection VIII. Particular Conditions of Contract
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Except where otherwise indicated, all PCC should be filled in by the Employer prior to issuance of the Bidding Documents. Schedules and reports to be provided by the Employer should be annexed.
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t A. General \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 1.1 (d) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The financing institution is: International Development Association(IDA) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 1.1 (r) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Employer is Chief Engineer PW(R&B) Department, Kashmir, Engineering complex,Rajbagh Srinagar 190008. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 1.1 (v) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Intended Completion Date for the whole of the Works shall be 18 months. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t
\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 1.1 (y) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Project Manager is Executive Engineer, Construction Division II, PW(R&B) Department, Kashmir \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 1.1 (aa) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Site is located at Government Degree College BeminaSrinagar J&K \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 1.1 (dd) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Start Date shall be one week after the date of issue of notice to proceed with works to the contractor. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 1.1 (hh) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Works consist of: The summary of works attached. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIdentification number of Contract is …………………………………. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 2.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Sectional Completions are: NA \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 2.3(i) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The following documents also form part of the Contract: [list documents] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t
\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 3.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The language of the contract is English. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe law that applies to the Contract is thelaws of Union of India/J&K State . \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 5.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Project Manager may delegate any of his duties and responsibilities. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 7.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The ceiling for sub-contractor is 20% \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 8.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Schedule of other contractors: NA \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 9.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Key Personnel and equipment: same as at 2.5 and 2.6 of this document \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 13.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The minimum insurance amounts and deductibles shall be: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t
Deductibles shall be as per actual premium of the insurance policies. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 14.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Site Data are: Attached drawings will give all relevant information \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC15.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15.2.2 (b):TheContractor shall implement all mitigation measures for which responsibility is assigned to him as stipulated in the Environmental ManagementPlanprovided in Appendix 1-A, Labor Influx Management Planprovided in Appendix 1-B and the conditions stipulated in Section VII-Work Requirements of this Bidding Document, even if not explicitly covered under the ESHS-MSIP submitted by the bidder and made part of the Contract Document. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 20.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Site Possession Date(s) shall be: Start date of Project \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 23.1 & \r\n\r\n\t\t\tGCC 23.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Name of the agreed Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert : shall be added at the time of signing of contract \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAppointing Authority for the Adjudicator/Dispute Review ExpertR&B Department \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 24.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Daily rate and types of reimbursable expenses to be paid to the Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert: Rs 5000 per day. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 24.4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The procedure for arbitration will be as follows: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(a) In case of Dispute or difference arising between the Employer and a domestic contractor relating to any matter arising out of or connected with this agreement, such disputes or difference shall be settled in accordance with the J&K Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1997. The arbitral tribunal shall consist of 3 Arbitrators one each to be appointed by the Employer and the Contractor. The third Arbitrator shall be chosen by the two Arbitrators so appointed by the Parties and shall act as Presiding Arbitrator. In case of failure of the two Arbitrators appointed by the parties to reach upon a consensus within a period of 30 days from the appointment of the Arbitrator appointed subsequently, the Presiding Arbitrator shall be appointed by President of the Institution of Engineers (India) Srinagar Chapter. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tNote: [Sub-para (b) is applicable in case of contract award to foreign contractors]. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(b) In the case of dispute with a Foreign contractor the dispute shall be settled in accordance with provisions of UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules. The Arbitral Tribunal shall consist of three Arbitrators one each to be appointed by the Employer and the Contractor. The third Arbitrator shall be chosen by the two Arbitrators so appointed by the Parties, and shall act a presiding Arbitrator. In case of failure of the two Arbitrators appointed by the parties to reach upon a consensus within a period of 30 days from the appointment of the Arbitrator appointed, the Presiding Arbitrator shall be appointed by thePresident of the Institution of Engineers (India) Srinagar chapter. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(c) If one of the parties fails to appoint its Arbitrator in pursuance of sub-clause (a) and (b) above within 30 days after receipt of the notice of the appointment of its Arbitrator by the other party, then the President of the Institution of Engineers (India) both in cases of Foreign Contractor as well as Indian Contractor, shall appoint the Arbitrator. A certified copy of the order of thePresident of the Institution of Engineers (India) Srinagar Chapter, making such an appointment shall be furnished to each of the parties. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(d) Arbitration proceedings shall be held at Srinagar, J&K, India, and the language of the arbitration proceedings and that of all documents and communications between the parties shall be English. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(e) The decision of the majority of Arbitrators shall be final and binding upon both parties. The cost and expenses of Arbitration proceedings will be paid as determined by the arbitral tribunal. However, the expenses incurred by each party in connection with the preparation, presentation, etc. of its proceedings as also the fees and expenses paid to the Arbitrator appointed by such party or on its behalf shall be borne by each party itself. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t(f) Performance under the contract shall continue during the arbitration proceedings and payments due to the contractor by the Employer shall not be withheld, unless they are the subject matter of the arbitration proceedings. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t B. Time Control \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 26.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Contractor shall submit a revised Program including Environmental Management Plan for the Works (in such form and detail as the engineer shall reasonably prescribe) within 14 days of delivery of the Letter of Acceptance. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[This program should be in adequate detail and generally conform to the program submitted alongwith bid. Deviations if any from that should be clearly explained and should be satisfactory to the Engineer] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 26.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The period between Program updates is 60 days \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe amount to be withheld for late submission of an updated Program is Rs 2,00,000/- \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC26.6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Thefollowingisinserted as a new sub-clause 26.6: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t 26.6 The contractor willsubmit a brief Labor Influx and Worker‘s Camp Management Plan including the process for mitigating construction related impacts on local community within 30 daysof signing the contract. The plan shall be updated and a revised plan shall be submitted, if required. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 30 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Venue of management meeting will be Srinagar \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t C. Quality Control \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 32 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The following is inserted as a new sub-clause 32.3 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe works will be subject to technical and quality audit by the TAQA consultant hired by the employer who among other things are required to audit quality related issues and will also conduct tests other than required tests as per contract agreement.The consultant will support employer/PMU in technical matters and thereby ensure sound supervision and quality control of projects.They will also monitor implementation of EMP and other mandatory laws, rules and regulations to be followed as per contract agreement.The contractor will ensure that all directions/ observations/ remarks of the said consultant are adhered. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 34.3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Defects Liability Period is: 365 days \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t D. Cost Control \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC41.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Interest rate for Delayed payment Act, Not Applicable \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 45.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Price Adjustment: NA \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 46.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The proportion of payments retained (Retention Money) shall be 6% from each bill subject to the maximum of 5% of final contract price. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 47.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The liquidated damages for the whole of the Works are 0.05 % per day. The maximum amount of liquidated damages for the whole of the Works is 10% of the final Contract Price. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tFor milestone 1 25% of the value of the incomplete work agreed upto milestone-1 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tFor milestone 2 50% of the value of the incomplete work agreed upto milestone-2 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tFor Milestone 3 75% of the value of the incomplete work agreed upto milestone-3 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAll Works 100% of the value of the incomplete work agreed. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIf the Contractor makes good the delay in earlier milestone/s in the subsequent milestones, the amount of LD recovered will be refunded. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 49.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The amount of the advance payment are: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t
Repayment of advance payment for mobilization and equipment: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe advance shall be repaid with percentage deductions from the interim payments certified by the Engineer under the Contract. Deductions shall commence in the next Interim Payment Certificate following that in which the total of all such payments to the contractor has reached not less than 15 percent of the Contract Price or 4months from the date of payment of first instalment of advance, whichever period concludes earlier, and shall be made at the rate of 7.5 percent of the amounts of all Interim Payment Certificates until such time as the advance has been repaid, always provided that the advance shall be completely repaid prior to the expiry of the original time for completion. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 50.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t “GCC 50.1 is replaced with the following \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Performance Security and an Environmental, Social, Safety and Health (ESHS) Performance Security shall be provided to the Employer no later than the date specified in the Letter of Acceptance and shall be issued in the amounts specified in the PCC (for GCC 50.1), and shall be issued by a Nationalized or Scheduled bank in India. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Performance Security and the ESHS Performance Security,shall be valid until a date 28 days from the date of issue of the Certificate of Completion. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Performance Security amount is 5 percent of contract price plus Rs. -Equal to exact amount of differential cost i.e. estimated cost put to tender minus the quoted amount of the bidder as additional security for unbalanced bids [interms of ITB Clause 40], and Environmental, Social, Safety and Health (ESHS) Performance Security amount is 1 percent of Contract Amount. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t The standard form of Performance Security acceptable to the Employer shall be unconditional Bank Guarantees from a Scheduled or Nationalized banks in India of the types as presented in Section X of the Bidding Documents. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Throughout this bidding document the term ‟performance security, “unless the context clearly indicates otherwise,means and includes both,the performance security and the ESHS performance security”to be submitted by the successful bidder in the amounts specified above. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t E. Finishing the Contract \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t|||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 56.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t * The date by which operating and maintenance manuals are required is within 28 days of issue of certificate of completion of whole or section of work, as the case may be NA. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t* The date by which “as-built” drawings (in scale…) including a compact disc containing digitized drawings in 2 sets are required is within 30 days of issue of certificate of completion of whole of the work. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 56.2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The amount to be withheld for failing to produce “as built” drawings and/or operating and maintenance manuals *by the date required in G.C.C. 56.1 is Rs. 500000. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 57.2 (g) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The maximum number of days is: 150 days. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||||||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t GCC 58.1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The percentage to apply to the value of the work not completed, representing the Employer’s additional cost for completing the Works, is 20%. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Appendices
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Salient Features of Labour & Environment Protection Laws
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Appendix 1
\r\n\r\nSalient Features of Some of the Major Laws that are applicable for Protection of Environment.
\r\n\r\n(The law as current on the date of bid opening will apply)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Laws on protection of Environment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub-contractors shall abide at all times by all existing environmental acts and rules made there under, regulations, notifications and bye laws of the State or Central Government or local authority. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Contractor is expected to be acquainted with all the latest applicable laws, including those concerning safety at work. Salient features of some key laws, including amendments thereof, pertaining to safety, health and environmental aspects that are applicable to works stipulated under this contract are given below. The list is illustrative and not exhaustive. Bidders are responsible for checking the completeness of the list. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, and as amended \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Act provides for the protection and improvement of environment and for matters connected therewith, and the prevention of hazards to human beings, other living creatures, plants and property. ‘Environment’ includes water, air and land and the inter-relationship which exists among and between water, air and land, and human beings, other living creatures, plants, micro-organisms and property. The Act is an “umbrella” legislation designed to provide a framework for central government coordination of the activities of various authorities (including at the central and state level) established under laws, such as the Water Act and the Air Act. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2. The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 and as amended \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Central Government made the rules to implement provisions of the Environment Protection Act and deal with related matters. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, and as amended \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Act prohibits discharge of pollutants into water bodies beyond a given standard and lays down penalties for non-compliance with its provisions. ‘Pollution’ means such contamination of water or such alteration of the physical, chemical or biological properties of water or such discharge of any sewage or trade effluent or of any other liquid, gaseous or solid substance into water (whether directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely to, create a nuisance or render such water harmful or injurious to public health or safety, or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural or other legitimate uses, or to the life and health of animals or plants or of aquatic organisms. The act provides for the prevention and control of water pollution and the maintaining and restoring of wholesomeness of water. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t4. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1975 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t5. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Act provides for the levy and collection of a cess on water consumed by persons carrying on certain industries and by local authorities, with a view to augment the resources of the Central Board and the State Board for the prevention and control of water pollution under the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t6. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Rules, 1978 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t7. Easement Act, 1882 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t8. State Groundwater Act and Rules, as may be in force \r\n\r\n\t\t\t9. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, and as amended \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThis provides for prevention, control and abatement of air pollution. ‘Air Pollution’ means the presence in the atmosphere of any ‘air pollutant’, which means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance (including noise) present in the atmosphere in such concentration as may be or tend to be injurious to human beings or other living creatures or plants or property or environment. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t10. The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t11. Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, and as amended \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe noise pollution rules lay down such terms and conditions as are necessary to reduce noise pollution, including during night hours. This will be applicable for all construction equipment/plant and machinery including vehicles deployed for implementation of works under this contract for regulation of ambient noise levels. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t12. The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Act provides for regulating the employment and conditions of service of building and other construction workers and also provides for their safety, health and welfare measures and other matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. It applies to every establishment which employs, or had employed on any day of the preceding twelve months, ten or more building workers in any building or other construction work. Apart from labour welfare and basic facility provision such as canteens, first-aid facilities, ambulance, housing accommodation for workers near the workplace etc., the act requires employers to make adequate provisions for safety and health measures for construction workers, including appointment of safety committees, safety officers and compulsory notification of accidents. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t13. The Factories Act, 1948, and as amended \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Factories Act was the first to express concern for the working environment of the workers. The amendment of 1987 has sharpened its environmental focus and expanded its application to hazardous processes. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t14. Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991, and as amended \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Act provides for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling hazardous substances and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto. Hazardous substance means any substance or preparation which is defined as hazardous under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, and exceeding such quantity as may be specified by notification by the Central Government. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t15. The Public Liability Insurance Rules, 1991 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Public Liability Insurance Rules were drawn up to provide for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident while handling any hazardous substance. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t16. The Petroleum Rules, 2002 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t17. The Gas Cylinder Rules, 2004 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t18. Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2016. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Act requires the entity generating hazardous wastes (in quantities equal to or exceeding the limits given in the Act), to take all practical steps to ensure that such wastes are properly handled without any adverse effects, which may result from such wastes. It stipulates proper collection, reception, treatment, storage and disposal of such wastes and provides for the process/mechanism to do so. (Rule 4 - Such entity shall apply for authorization in prescribed format to the State Pollution Control Board). \r\n\r\n\t\t\t19. Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThese rules shall be applicable to wastes resulting from excavation, construction and demolition operations and will include excavated pavement materials, cement concrete roads, other construction debris and rubble from demolition/remodeling/reair of buildings/civil structures etc. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t20. Plastic Waste Management Rules, 2016 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t21. Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe rules are applicable to all forms/types of solid waste generated at operational areas, including construction camp sites. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t22. The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001 \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe rules were enacted with the primary objective of ensuring safe disposal of discarded lead acid batteries. Rules require proper control and record keeping on the sale or import of lead acid batteries and recollection of the used batteries by registered recyclers to ensure environmentally sound recycling of used batteries. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t23. Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 as amended (and State Motor Vehicle Act as may be in force) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 regulates all aspects of road transport vehicles. It provides in detail the legislative provisions regarding licensing of drivers/conductors, registration of motor vehicles, control of motor vehicles through permits, traffic regulation, insurance, liability, offences and penalties, etc. This act will be applicable for all construction equipment/plant and machinery including vehicles deployed during implementation. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t24. Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989, as amended (and State Motor Vehicle Rules as may be in force) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tFor exercising the legislative provisions of the Motor Vehicles Act, the Government of India made the Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1. The Water(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, This provides for the prevention and control of water pollution and the maintaining and restoring of wholesomeness of water. ‘Pollution’ means such contamination of water or such alteration of the physical, chemical or biological properties of water or such discharge of any sewage or trade effluent or of any other liquid, gaseous or solid substance into water(whether directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely to, create a nuisance or render such water harmful or injurious to public health or safety, or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural or other legitimate uses, or to the life and health of animals or plants or of aquatic organisms. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t 2. The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981,This provides for prevention, control and abatement of air pollution. ‘Air Pollution’ means the presence in the atmosphere of any ‘air pollutant’, which means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance (including noise) present in the atmosphere in such concentration as may be or tend to be injurious to human beings or other living creatures or plants or property or environment. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t 3. The Environment(Protection) Act, 1986, This provides for the protection and improvement of environment and for mattes connected therewith, and the prevention of hazards to human beings, other living creatures, plants and property. ‘Environment’ includes water, air and land and the inter-relationship which exists among and between water, air and land, and human beings, other living creatures, plants, micro-organism and property. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t 4. The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991, This provides for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling hazardous substances and for mattes connected herewith or incidental thereto. Hazardous substance means any substance or preparation which is defined as hazardous substance under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, and exceeding such quantity as may be specified by notification by the Central Government. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Salient Features Of Some Major Labour Laws Applicable To Establishments Engaged In Building And Other Construction Work
\r\n\r\n(The law as current on the date of bid opening will apply)
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t Labour Laws \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub-contractors shall abide at all times by all existing labour enactments and rules made there under, regulations, notifications and bye laws of the State or Central Government or local authority. Salient features of some of the major laws that are applicable to works stipulated under this contract are given below. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t1) Payment of Wages Act, 1936: It lays down as to by what date the wages are to be paid, when it will be paid and what deductions can be made from the wages of the workers. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t2) Minimum Wages Act, 1948: The employer is supposed to pay not less than the Minimum Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the Act if the employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of buildings, roads, runways etc. are scheduled employments. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t3) The Building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996: All the establishments who carry on any building or other construction work and employs 10 or more workers are covered under this Act. All such establishments are required to pay cess at the rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of construction as may be modified by the Government. The Employer to whom the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer appointed by the Government. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t4) Inter-State Migrant Workmen’s (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of Service) Act, 1979: The Act is applicable to an establishment which employs 5 or more inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary (who has recruited workmen in one state for employment in the establishment situated in another state). The Inter-State migrant workmen, in an establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, travelling expenses from home up to the establishment and back, etc. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t5) Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act, 1952: The Act provides for monthly contribution by the employer plus workers @ 10% or 8.33%. The benefits payable under the Act are: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPension or family pension on retirement or death, as the case may be. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tDeposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPayment of P.F. accumulation on retirement/death etc. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t6) Employees Compensation Act, 1923: The Act provides for compensation in case of injury, disease or death arising out of and during the course of employment by certain employers to their employees for injury caused to them by accident. It enables an employee, and in case of death of an employee, his dependents, to get, at the cost of his employer compensation for employment injury. If an employee contracts an occupational disease while in employment, it is also treated under the Act as injury caused by accident. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t7) The Personal Injuries (Compensation Insurance) Act, 1963: This Act provides for the employer’s liability and responsibility to pay compensation to employees where workmen sustain personal injuries in the course of employment. The employer has to provide workmen the insurance against the liability. The Act describes the term which is of major importance under the Act it called as partial disablement and total disablement. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t8) Employer’s Liability Act, 1938: This Act protects workmen who bring suits for damages against employers in case of injuries endured in the course of employment. Such injuries could be on account of negligence on the part of the employer or persons employed by them in maintenance of all machinery, equipment etc. in healthy and sound condition. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t9) Employee’s State Insurance Act, 1948:The Act provides for certain benefits to insured employees and their families in case of sickness, maternity and disablement arising out of an employment injury. The Act applies to all employees in factories (as defined) or establishments which may be so notified by the appropriate Government. The Act provides for the setting up of an Employees’ State Insurance Fund, which is to be administered by the Employees State Insurance Corporation. Contributions to the Fund are paid by the employer and the employee at rates as prescribed by the Central Government. The Act also provides for benefits to dependents of insured persons in case of death as a result of an employment injury. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t10) Payment of Bonus Act, 1965: The Act is applicable to all establishments employing 20 or more employees. The Act provides for payments of annual bonus subject to a minimum of 8.33% of the wages drawn in the relevant year. It applies to skilled or unskilled manual, supervisory, managerial, administrative, technical or clerical work for hire or reward to employees who draw a salary of Rs. 10,000/- per month or less. To be eligible for bonus, the employee should have worked in the establishment for not less than 30 working days in the relevant year. The Act does not apply to certain establishments. The newly set-up establishments are exempted for five years in certain circumstances. Some of the State Governments have reduced the employment size from 20 to 10 for the purpose of applicability of this Act. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t11) Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972: Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on satisfaction of certain conditions - on separation if an employee has completed 5 years of service or more or on death, the rate of 15 days wages for every completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments employing 10 or more employees. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t12) Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970: The Act provides for certain welfare measures to be provided by the contractor to contract labour and in case the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided, by the Principal Employer by Law. The Principal Employer is required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take license from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of Principal Employer if they employ 20 or more contract labour. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t13) Equal Remuneration Act, 1979: The Act provides that no employer shall pay to any worker employed by him in an establishment or employment, remuneration whether payable in cash or in kind at the rates less favourable than those at which remuneration is paid by him to the workers of the opposite sex in such establishment or employment. The Act further provides that no discrimination should be made against women at the time of recruitment. The Act also provides for not for making discrimination against female employees in the matters of transfers, training and promotions etc. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t14) Maternity Benefit Act, 1951: An Act to regulate the employment of women in certain establishments for certain periods before and after child-birth and to provide for maternity benefit and certain other benefits. It provides for maternity benefits, including leave, wages, bonus, nursing breaks etc. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t15) Sexual Harassment of Women at the Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013: This Act defines sexual harassment in the workplace, provides for an enquiry procedure in case of complaints and mandates the setting up of an Internal Complaints Committee or a Local Complaints Committee. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t16) Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986: The Act prohibits employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other occupations and processes. Employment of child labour is prohibited in Building and Construction Industry. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t17) Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act, 1976: The Act provides for the abolition of bonded labour system with a view to preventing the economic and physical exploitation of weaker sections of society. Bonded labour covers all forms of forced labour, including that arising out of a loan, debt or advance. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t18) Maternity Benefit Act 1961: The Act provides for leave and some other benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t 19) Weekly Holidays Act -1942 \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Appendix 1-A
\r\n\r\nEnvironmental Management Plan
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment on and off the site and to avoid damage or nuisance to persons or to property of the public or others resulting from unsafe construction practices, pollution, noise or other causes arising as consequence of his methods of operation.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor will abide by the Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) measures listed in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) given below. The Contractor shall include the EMP requirements in the Programme of Works and the Bill of Quantities. The requirements stated in the EMP should therefore be studied properly and the bid should be priced accordingly. All items shall be deemed incidental to work unless otherwise provided for in the price schedule.
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor is free to adopt any similar or superior environment, health and safety management practices with the caveat that the process should meet the basic minimum requirements as stated in the EMP provided in this section. The Engineer’s check and certification for payment, in accordance to requirements under Clause 40.2 of GCC, shall include the performance review of the Contractor with regard to compliance of the Environment Management Plan.
\r\n\r\nAdverse impact/s on the environment caused due to non-adherence of legal and/or EMP requirements during pre-construction stage, execution of civil works or at the works completion stage shall be made good at Contractor’s own expenses.
\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t S.No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Activity/Aspect \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Measures to be Taken/Implemented by the Contractor \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Appointment of Health and Safety Officer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Prior to commencement of construction, the Contractor shall appoint a qualified/experienced Health and Safety Officer, who shall be responsible for day-to-day implementation of activities stated in the EMP. The Contractor’s Project Manager(s) in the office and at the site shall be responsible for the over-all implementation of EMP provisions and will coordinate implementation of the said plan with the concerned agencies, stakeholders and internal staff/ workers. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Work Programme/ Planning \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Immediately after mobilization and as part of the Work Programme, the Contractor shall submit a plan including a method statement and timeline about specific actions that will be taken to implement the provisions mentioned in the EMP. The method statement will specifically include among other environment, health and safety aspects, and a Debris Management Plan. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Information Dissemination \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Project Information Board showing the name of work, project cost, duration, date of commencement, date of completion, executing agency and contact details (including telephone number/s) for providing suggestions/filing grievances shall be displayed prominently in both English and in vernacular. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Advance information and periodic update (at least once in a month) about construction schedule, safety measures, pollution abatement measures and other such details shall also be displayed. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Regulatory/ statutory clearances/ approvals \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Prior to construction commencement, the Contractor shall obtain all requisite statutory clearance/s for setting-up construction camp including labor camp; plants/equipment; use of material sources etc. as required in the light of central/state acts/regulations that apply to this work. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Contractor will coordinate with Employer to plan and dispose off at a pre-approved location any unserviceable/unusable/debris arising from demolition of existing building. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor shall obtain Labour License and all required insurance as specified in the contract conditions from the concerned authorities. Originals will be checked/verified by the Engineer and a copy shall be available at the site office at all times. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor is required to abide by all conditions laid out in the said clearances/consents given by the regulatory authorities. The monthly progress report shall include the status and action taken for each of the conditions mentioned in such permits/ consent letters/ clearances. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Consultation and Consent/s \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Contractor shall consult and obtain written consent/s of landowners for temporary use of land for all construction related activities including that for: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSetting-up and operation of construction (including plant site) and/or labour camp; \r\n\r\n\t\t\tDisposal of debris and other waste material in line with EMP conditions and as approved by Employer. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Contractor shall consult the Employer and obtain written consent for temporary use of land within the factory premises for setting-up and operating a construction yard, including toilets and other amenities, if the said premises will be used for such a purpose. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Construction Camp/Plant Site \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Contractor shall construct his own site office, store/material yard and labour camp with facility for water, sanitation/toilets, electricity, safety, security and other requisites. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Location: The Contractor will construct/erect construction camp/ plant only after due written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge is obtained. Batch mix plant will be located at least 500 mts. away from habitation, preferably in the downwind direction. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Campsite shall be located and constructed in a manner that minimizes interface with host/local communities or their resources (water etc.) and ensures safety of its residents and surrounding people. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Material stocks/yards shall be located (preferably in the downwind direction) and covered so as to prevent dust pollution that may affect near-by residents/users. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Engaging Labour/Workers \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Contractor preferably will use unskilled/semi-skilled labour from the surrounding area to give the maximum benefit to the local community whenever this is possible. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Labour Camp Establishment and Management \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t All work force are to be provided with suitable accommodation, if required or they can return to their places of residence after the end of day’s work. Pooled transportation facilities as may be required, will be provided by Contractor. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Location and Lay-out: The location, layout and basic facility provision of labour camp will be submitted to Engineer prior to its construction and a written approval shall be sought by the Contractor before proceeding with site finalization and construction on the ground. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Accommodation and Basic Amenities \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Contractor will follow all relevant provisions of the Building and the other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and other conditions stated in the EMP for construction and maintenance of labour camp. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAll weather shelter with the required tenement size, toilets, bathrooms and washing area shall be provided, as per provisions of the Labour Laws. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSeparate toilet facilities and bathrooms shall be provided for the women workers. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIf a common mess is not provided/operated, additional space for cooking shall be provided. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Contractor will maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tThe Contractor will construct and maintain all labour accommodation in such a fashion that uncontaminated clean water is available for drinking, cooking, bathing and washing. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tFans and proper ventilation (turbine type ventilators) will provided in labour accommodation. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tWorkers will be provided with beds and no worker will be allowed to sleep on the ground. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tNecessary HIV/AIDS prevention measures will be put into place and awareness programs at least once in a quarter shall be organized. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t A residential facility (for selected number of workers such as security guards etc.) if allowed within the construction zone shall have separate entry and exit, not interfering with the operation of the other buildings in the factory premises. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Fuel for Cooking: Fuelwood use will not be allowed. LPG cylinders will be provided at labour camp by the Contractor. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Potable water supply: Sufficient (minimum 20 liters at any given point of time) and clean (potable) water for drinking shall be placed in the mess/labour camp and at the construction site. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Fire Safety: Adequate fire safety precautions shall be taken and the required fire safety equipment (such as fire extinguishers) shall be provided by the Contractor. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Sanitation \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Workers shall not be allowed to defecate in the open. Proper toilets fitted with septic tank and with required hand washing facility will be provided by the Contractor at the camp/labour camp and construction site. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor will ensure that : \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• The sewage system for the camp is designed, built and operated in such a manner that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water sources takes place. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• Waste water generated from the sanitary facilities of labour camp is disposed in a septic tank/soak pits. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• Separate toilets/bathrooms, wherever required, will be provided for men and women, marked in English and in local language. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• Toilets are provided with septic tank/s. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• Adequate water supply is provided in all toilets and urinals. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• Night soil is disposed off with the help of local municipal extractor, if such an arrangement exists. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 10 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Solid Waste Management \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Burning of wastes will not be allowed. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor will provide garbage bins in the camp and construction site and it will be ensured that these are regularly emptied and waste is disposed off in a hygienic manner as per the Solid Waste (Handling and Management) Rules, 2016. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Solid waste generated at the construction site, plant/camp site, will be collected in covered wasted bins and segregated as biodegradable (food waste, paper, etc) and non-biodegradable (plastic, polyethylene bag etc.). \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Waste food should be stored in sealed containers and disposed of at designated/appropriate locations. Waste food or waste from kitchen should not be thrown around the site as it will only attract vermin/pests. Biodegradable (food waste, paper etc.) solid waste should be disposed in a compost pit or in a place/manner followed by Srinagar Municipal Corporation. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Polyethylene/plastic wastes will be stored in empty cement bags and should be sent for recycling. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 11 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Potable Water at Worksite \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Contractor shall provide potable water facilities at the building construction site in an accessible place, as per standards set by the Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 12 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Site Clearance \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Though no tree cutting or vegetation removal is required for the construction of the new building, the Contractor shall take precautions to avoid damage to trees and vegetation in the off-site areas of operation. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 13 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Protection of Surrounding Properties \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Contractor shall take due care to protect and prevent damage/s to the following during preparatory and construction work of the new building within Govt Degree College Beminapremises: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tExisting structures, within the premises \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAccess/haul road \r\n\r\n\t\t\tStructures surrounding the Govt Degree College Bemina \r\n\r\n\t\t\tIn case of any damage due to the construction activity or negligence, the restoration/repairs shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own cost. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 14 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Water Logging \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Contractor shall ensure that civil work and related activities such as clearing and grubbing, stacking of materials and debris disposal are carried out in a manner that avoids water logging. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Ensure no water logging occurs along barricaded operational area during rainy days/season. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t The waste water from construction zone and/or camp sites should not be disposed into nearby water bodies or in a manner that causes a possibility of water logging. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Procurement of Materials (including water extraction/use) \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Contractor shall not procure any kind of construction material (such as aggregates, sand, earth and water) from ecologically protected and/or sensitive areas. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor shall procure material from quarries/crushers/ borrow areas that have been approved/licensed by the State Govt. A copy of such an approval and/or consents from the concerned authority shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to procuring and using the material. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Sand shall be procured from approved sources and vendors. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 16 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Worksite Safety Management \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Construction Safety Plan to be prepared by the Contractor will identify necessary actions in the event of an emergency. Specific actions to be taken during Building Construction and Clearance shall be included in this plan. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Temporary barricades shall be provided to delineate construction zone, including material stacking areas from the remaining area of the Govt Degree College Bemina. The construction area along with its labour facility, if any shall be completely barricaded to prevent entry and accidental trespassing of workers, staff or others into the construction site. Warning signage shall be installed. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t All operational areas shall be access controlled with fixed entry and exit points. Watch and ward facilities at all times will be provided by the Contractor. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Proper warning signage will be installed on the access road next to the construction site about movement of construction machinery and vehicles. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t There shall be adequate and sufficient lighting arrangements during work at night in case it is permitted by the Engineer. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Construction materials shall be stacked in a suitable place/ manner without obstructing the access. Necessary measures shall be taken for smooth and safe movement of men and material. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Material safety data sheet record of fuel and other inflammable chemicals shall be maintained at the site. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Safety signage and posters for generating awareness will be provided at the work site. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 17 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Safety of Staff/Workers/ Labour \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Contractor will make sure that during the construction work all relevant provisions of the Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act, 1996 are adhered to. The Contractor will comply with all the precautions as required for ensuring the safety of the workmen as per country’s labour regulations and International Labour Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to this contract. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t All measures required for ensuring safety and health of the workers shall be taken up by the Contractor. This includes provision and enforcement on use of appropriate personal protective equipment; first aid facilities at camp, plant site and work zones; emergency response arrangements; proper storage of hazardous/ toxic and/or polluting materials; measures for ensuring electrical, fire and mechanical safety arrangements. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor shall provide and ensure enforcement with zero tolerance the following: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• Hard hat or helmets to all workers, supervising staff and inspecting official entering work site, plant area, and engaged in loading/ unloading/demolition operations. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• During reinforcement/fabrication operation, helmets, protective eye wear, gum boots and hand gloves shall be provided to labour/workers at the construction site. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSafety vests will be used by workers when on the construction site. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tProtective footwear, protective goggles and nose masks (as required) will be provided to the workers employed. These shall be provided to all workers employed for handling of cement, mortar, concrete and similar dust generating operations shall be provided. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tWelder’s protective eye-shields will be provided to workers who are engaged in welding works. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tEarplugs will be provided to the workers exposed to high noise levels. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tNettings below and on the sides of overhead construction to prevent mishaps due to accidental fall of a workman, tool and/or debris shall be provided. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tProper moving guards will be provided at all moving machines, like motors and pulleys. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t All workforce on the construction site shall be provided with identity cards. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t High risk areas are to be provided with warning signage. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 18 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t First aid and Emergency Response Arrangements \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t The Contractor will arrange for: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tReadily available first aid box including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances as per rules shall be provided in all work zones. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tTrained first aid personal will be available at the construction site. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tEmergency numbers will be displayed prominently at camp and construction site. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAvailability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest hospital. Designated vehicle, which can be used as ambulance, will be available at construction site. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor shall identify nearby hospital, which could be used in case of emergency. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor will make required arrangements so that in case of any mishap in the construction site, all necessary steps can be taken for prompt first aid treatment. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t First aid facilities and free emergency care shall be provided to all workforce and third party and no cost shall be recovered from them on this account. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t All supervisory staff shall be provided with mobile phones for better communication across all operational areas, in case of emergency or otherwise. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 19 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Electrical Safety Measures \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t All electrical equipment/cables/wires to be used in construction shall confirm to the relevant BIS specifications/codes. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Contractor will ensure that such equipment/cables/wires are free from patent defect and maintained in good working order (as per the owner manual supplied by the manufacturer) through regular supervision and repair/replacement from time to time. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t All power transmission lines whether cladded or sufficiently covered are potential hazardous at construction sites. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Electrical cables and wires will be properly arranged with proper electrical safety. Loose electrical connections will not be allowed at the work site or in the camp/plant site. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t All three phase motors, electrical panels and electrical machines, DG set etc. will be provided double earthing with proper earth pits as per applicable IS code. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Red danger sign with bone & skull will be displayed as per the Electrical Rules at three phase motors, electrical panels and electrical machines, DG set, etc. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Contractor shall take all required precautions to prevent danger from electrical cables, wires and equipment and ensure that: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• No construction material will be stacked or placed below/near power transmission lines, wires and equipment, which can be potential danger to any workman or public. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• All such electrical installations and wirings shall be barricaded in manner that ensure safety of the workers, operating vehicles/ equipment and other users of the premises. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• Necessary fencing, illumination and proper insulation of the electrical lines shall be ensured by the Contractor for safety and security. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• The Contractor shall ensure proper maintenance of electrical supply lines/ points. \r\n\r\n\t\t\t• All such electrical operating units shall be switched off before operation is closed every day or night as the case may be. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 20 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Measures for prevention of pollution \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t All precautionary measures for prevention of pollution on account of the construction work (including both on-site and off areas) shall be implemented as per the requirements/standards of CPCB, SPCB and in line with measures listed in this EMP. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Contractor will chose/select a material source after assessment of the availability of sufficient materials, quality and compliance to environmental regulatory requirements. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Requirements for establishing and operating a batching plant shall comply with requirement of the relevant legislations. Necessary Consent to Establish (CTE), Consent to Operate (CTO) and Hazardous Waste Authorization (as applicable) will be obtained from State Pollution Control Board (SPCB), as required. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t The conditions imposed in CTE, CTO and/or Hazardous Waste Authorization will be strictly complied by the Contractor. The discharge standards promulgated under the Environment Protection Act, 1986 will be strictly adhered to. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Vehicles, equipment and machinery for construction will confirm to relevant Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS)/CPCB standards. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Contractor will ensure that all vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction work are regularly maintained and in good working condition. The Contractor will submit PUC certificates for all vehicles/equipment/ machinery used for the project. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 21 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Air Pollution \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Wind barriers or screens shall be provided between the building to be constructed and the offices/buildings located behind to avoid/minimize impact from fugitive dust emissions. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor will take every precaution to reduce the level of dust and gaseous pollution from the work site/s. Measures to reduce the level of dust (PM 2.5 and PM 10) will be taken and the Contractor will make arrangements to minimize dust pollution through provision of wind screens/barriers, water sprinkling/mist fine spray arrangement and encapsulation of dust source (as required) shall be made. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t During all dust generating operations, levels will be contained as per Central/State Pollution Control Board norms. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t DG set will be provided with vertical opening chimney of adequate height as per CPCB guidelines (Height of stack in meter = Height of the building + 0.2 √KVA). \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Ensure all tipper trucks are loaded only up to permitted capacities and adequately covered with wetted cloth, so that en-route dust and spills are avoided. Alternatively, water resistant tarpaulins can also be used to cover trucks. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Screens of hessian cloth, agro-net and such other barricading materials will be erected along dumped and stock piled sites, so that generation of dust can be minimized to a great extent. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 22 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Water pollution \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Measures shall be taken to ensure that wastewater from the construction zone/labour camp doesn’t contaminate any surface water body or the aquifer. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Storage of materials like cement etc. shall be done in a manner (with impervious layer on bottom and a covered shed on top) that does not contaminate land and ground/surface water. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 23 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Noise Pollution \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Care shall be taken to reduce the noise as the construction will be carried out close to other functional buildings. All noise causing activities shall be preferably undertaken during non-operational hours (of other buildings). \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Only acoustic enclosures fitted DG set will be allowed at the construction and plant/camp sites. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Maintenance of equipment and machinery (including proper lubrication, tuning and checks for muffler effectiveness) shall be regular and up to the satisfaction of the Engineer to keep noise level under control. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 24 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Disposal of Debris and Wastes \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Proper provision should be made for the storage and disposal of waste materials and scrap. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t All debris generated during building demolition/construction shall be segregated for reuse (either in this or other works). Residual debris and spoils, if any, shall be disposed in locations which are pre-approved by the Engineer/Employer in a manner that it does not contaminate the environment. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Waste from building during construction of new structure shall be segregated at the worksite itself. High visibility signage should be used stating this. Signage indicating different material/waste categories should be placed in the storage/ stacking area (such as Timber Only – Metal Only – Plastics Only – Rubble Only etc.). \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor will be responsible (including his sub-contractors, if any and suppliers) for the cleaning up and disposal of all their waste products. This will include all waste materials not incorporated/mentioned in the body of the works and is also deemed to include any packaging, wrapping or crates in which the materials may have been delivered. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Waste/debris should not be allowed to accumulate on site and never stored along access routes or passageways. Litter and debris ‘trapped’ against site fencing must be regularly cleaned. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t No solid or hazardous wastes (such as oil contaminated waste) will be dumped in drains or in open areas. No wastes shall be disposed off in a manner that may block the flow of water in drains, culverts, channels or affect any water course/body. Harmful or toxic waste should be stored and disposed of in accordance with statutory provisions. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Used oil generated from vehicles/DG set at plant/camp site will be collected in closed containers and sold to MoEF&CC/SPCB approved used oil recyclers. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor is required to set up a system to record and quantify the management of all waste and scrap from the site. The Contractor shall maintain proper records/register at site regarding the type and quantum of salvaged material and debris/wastes from the Building Demolition activity. This register should record the following details for each item disposed of: \r\n\r\n\t\t\tType/category of waste - eg. concrete, bricks, tiles, metal, plastic, wood/timber, glass, rubble, excavated spoil, etc. \r\n\r\n\t\t\tQuantity of material \r\n\r\n\t\t\tApplicable Waste Disposal Procedure/method \r\n\r\n\t\t\tDate of Disposal \r\n\r\n\t\t\tName of Scrap Dealer/Agency \r\n\r\n\t\t\tAreas/locations were debris/wastes were disposed off with geotagged visual evidences, if applicable (such as for debris to be used for road works) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tInitials of person making the entry \r\n\r\n\t\t\tPerson who verified the documentation \r\n\r\n\t\t\tRemarks/Additional Details, if any \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 25 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Site Rehabilitation and Clean-up \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t After the completion of works and prior to handing over the building for usage, the site has to be cleaned and all waste materials/debris has to be removed and disposed at pre-approved designated locations/sites. The clean-up and restoration operation has to be implemented by the Contractor prior to demobilization. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor will clear all temporary structures; remove excess/unused material, dispose all garbage, night soils and waste in an environmentally sound manner. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t All disposal pits/trenches will be filled in and effectively sealed off. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t All work sites and off-site areas used for the project (including construction/labour camp, plant site, material sources etc.) shall be restored/rehabilitated by the Contractor to a better condition (if not at least to its original condition). Construction zone including camp, and any other area used/affected due to the project operation will be left clean and tidy at the Contractor’s expense to the entire satisfaction to the Engineer. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t Completion of work (as covered under clause 53 of GCC) will also include rehabilitation and clean-up of the work sites including disposal of debris/construction wastes at pre-approved locations. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 26 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Liabilities \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Measures shall be taken to avoid/minimize inconvenience to Govt Degree College Beminaworkers and users of buildings around the construction site - accordingly they shall be informed through written communication/messages and leaflets. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Any liability arising out of Contractor’s agreement with the landowners/Srinagar Municipal Corporation/local people (including those related to temporary use of land and disposal of debris) shall be settled and certified before closure of the work by the Contractor. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t 27 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Environmental Monitoring and Reporting \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t During the construction phase, the Contractor will carry out environmental monitoring for ambient air quality and noise levels by engaging NABL approved laboratory. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t The Contractor will be required to submit Monthly Status Reports on EMP compliance covering parameters and points mentioned in the section above. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Appendix 1-B
\r\n\r\nLabor Influx Management Plan
\r\n\r\nThis Labor Management Plan is includes the mitigation measures designed to avoid or reduce undesired labor influx impacts during the construction activities. Based on this, the Contractor must develop the mitigation measures and provide appropriate roles and responsibilities to implement them. The contractor must:
\r\n\r\n· Ensure implementation relevant Labour laws relating to their welfare, wages, basic amenities at work place, overtime, insurance etc.
\r\n\r\n· Avoid or reduce instances of negative impacts on the community and maintain constructive relationships between local communities and workers’ camps;
\r\n\r\n· Establish standards on worker welfare and living conditions at the camps that provide a healthy, safe and comfortable environment.
\r\n\r\nThis Labor Management Plan should be implemented in conjunction with the project’s social management plans (SMPs).
\r\n\r\nManagement and Monitoring
\r\n\r\nThe summary of the potential impacts related to camp activities, mitigation and management measures to avoid or reduce these impacts, and the monitoring required to determine the performance of these measures are discussed below. The Contractor shall develop a Contractor Plan to take mitigation measures described below:
\r\n\r\nMaintaining Community Relations
\r\n\r\n1. Unauthorized movements of construction workers (during and after working hours) could result in trespassing, and create amongst residents a sense of their privacy being invaded. This may result in increasing incidents of crime and or violence and threats to the safety of community members. The disparity of income levels and potential availability of illegal substances, illicit or culturally inappropriate lifestyle choices can also cause increased tension between local communities and the workers at camps. Contractor shall enforce a 'closed' camp policy. Workers will be strictly prohibited from leaving camps for nonwork related activities and interacting with the local community unless agreed by Company.
\r\n\r\n2. Contractor, as appropriate, shall provide adequate recreation facilities for workers to reduce incentive for leaving camps during leisure time. Contractor shall limit workers’ interaction with the community when outside the camp e.g., by organizing transport directly to and from the worksite.
\r\n\r\n3. If community members or local businesses express grievances in relation to camp related activities/operations, the contractor shall immediately respond to the grievance requiring camp related activities/operations to be amended to address community grievances.
\r\n\r\nDiscipline in the Camp
\r\n\r\n4. The workers shall abide by camp rules which includes a disciplinary process. Contractor shall ensure adherence to the code of conduct by the workers in the camp.
\r\n\r\n5. The Project shall, be cognizant of the environment in which it works and shall, where practicable, respect local cultural events such as religious events, funerals and the like.
\r\n\r\n6. The contractor shall provide briefing to all migrated workers on camp rules, behaviour between fellow workers and the community; procedures for dealing with camp related complaints, and a community relations orientation. The objective of this orientation will be to increase awareness about the local area and cultural sensitivities.
\r\n\r\n7. Potential interaction between workers, persons engaged in illicit activities and the community increases the risk of spreading communicable diseases, particularly in more remote communities. The Contractor shall comply with the minimum health requirements for project execution within camps and to outside communities.
\r\n\r\nCommunity Resources
\r\n\r\n8. Any infrastructure, services or resources used by camps that result in reductions or shortage for the local community will have a negative impact. Contractor shall utilize these resources for camp use in a manner that minimizes impacts on local supply and use.
\r\n\r\n9. Increased demand for food and other provisions may deplete natural resources e.g., firewood, timber, game, fisheries, etc. potentially causing shortages of supply in the local community, and/or increasing the price of goods, affecting affordability for local communities. The contractor shall as far as possible not purchase products in the local community unless through formal contracts.
\r\n\r\nCamp Location
\r\n\r\n10. Setting up of camps may result in displacement of residents, loss of productive lands and the resources upon these lands. Camps may also restrict or impede access to areas for the local community. Potential camp locations will be selected in consultation with the affected communities.
\r\n\r\n11. Construction camps may result in a noticeable increase in traffic, noise, air emissions and light intrusion which could negatively affect the lifestyle of nearby communities and pose a potential safety issue. The Project shall refer to those Environmental Management Plan's (EMP) that include mitigation/avoidance measures that relate to the local community,
\r\n\r\nIn-migration
\r\n\r\n12. There is a strong likelihood of in-migration into areas around the construction camps. The Contractor shall enforce a ‘closed’ camp policy. Existing communities may also relocate to be closer to the camps. In-migration can result in disputes and sometimes violence between the new settlers and the resident community. Migrants moving into existing settlements may increase demand and inflate prices for housing, goods and services and increased pressure on infrastructure, services and resources.
\r\n\r\nWorker Welfare & Living Conditions and Non-discrimination
\r\n\r\n13. Construction workers living in camps may encounter stresses and discomforts that negatively impact their health and welfare. These may be caused by poor living conditions (accommodation, ablution and sanitary, health, recreation catering and laundry). Contractor shall comply with minimum standards for camp buildings, facilities and services. This will include but are not limited to first aid facilities and services; drinking water & sanitary and ablution facilities; entertainment and recreation facilities and services; communication services; food and canteen facilities and services; accommodation requirements; and laundry facilities. There will be no discrimination in facilities based on worker's race, gender or nationality.
\r\n\r\n14. Measures are put in place for the safety and welfare of women and children in the camps. Crèches for the women labor must be provided in the labor camps
\r\n\r\n15. Cultural issues (nationality, religion, discrimination and harassment, etc.) Contractor may provide prayer rooms and other facilities, as necessary and to the extent practicable, to satisfy the religious needs and customs of its workforce.
\r\n\r\n16. Contractor’s personnel shall not engage in any discrimination or harassing behaviour. Contractor shall establish an Equal Opportunity Policy to promote non-discrimination in accordance with labor legislations.
\r\n\r\n17. Contractor shall implement a worker grievance procedure to address grievances between the workers.
\r\n\r\n18. Camp rules in relation to alcohol consumption and drug prohibition will be complied with. Contractor shall provide recreational facilities where practicable. In addition, Contractor will provide counselling for all workers, with no discrimination by race, sex or religion.
\r\n\r\nSecurity of the Camp
\r\n\r\n19. Camps will be controlled by security to avoid intrusions from outside community. Contractor shall include security measures to be provided at the camps which may include fencing, locks, alarms, pass card systems, badge and pass system, access points, safe transport of personnel as appropriate.
\r\n\r\n20. Decommissioning of camps has several potential impacts. Local employment and provision of local goods and services at camps will no longer be required; Locals employed and previously accommodated in camps will no longer have access to services and benefits available at camps (e.g. health services, recreation facilities); and Infrastructure which provides benefits to communities may no longer be maintained (e.g. roads) and may be decommissioned and removed or reinstated (e.g. access tracks). Contractor is to follow a proper retrenchment procedure and where community requests, some infrastructure and services may be retained at the discretion of Company. Where practicable, Contractor will return camp areas to former landforms.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Roles and Responsibilities
\r\n\r\nThe Contractor shall ensure sufficient resources are allocated on a regular basis to meet the requirements of this Plan. The Contractor Plan shall describe the roles and responsibilities of the personnel and ensure that they are communicated properly to all concerned.
\r\n\r\nTraining and Awareness Generation
\r\n\r\nContractor shall ensure that all personnel responsible for the execution of the tasks and requirements contained within this Plan are competent based on their education, training and experience. The Contractor Plan shall describe the training and awareness requirements necessary for its effective implementation. The contractor shall also consult with the communities to help build economic and social capacity that benefits communities.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Appendix 2
\r\n\r\nTables of Adjustment Data
\r\n\r\n(Cl. 45 of GCC)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Table 1: Coefficients governing the adjustment for changes in cost.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t S. No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Coefficients Name \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Symbol \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Schedules (Reference Number) \r\n\r\n\t\t\t[Description of each schedule is given below] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S1 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S2 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S3 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S4 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S5 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S6 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S7 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S8 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t S9 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Fixed \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t a \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 15 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Labour [L] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t b \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Steel [S] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t c \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 4. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cement [C] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t d \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 5. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Plant & Equipment spares [E] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t e \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 6. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Diesel and Petroleum products [D] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t f \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 7. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bitumen [B] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t g \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 8. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Others[O] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 0 \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Total \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 100% \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 100% \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 100% \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 100% \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 100% \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 100% \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 100% \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 100% \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t 100% \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
[Fixed element is normally 15%]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t BOQ SCHEDULES \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t [The following Schedules are for example only. The schedules may be modified and specified as appropriate for each work] \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\r\n\t\t\t Schedule 1: Earth Work In Formation \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSchedule 2: Civil Engineering Work (Bridge) \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSchedule 3: Civil EngineeringWorkBuilding, \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSchedule 4: Steel Fabrication Works \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSchedule 5: Road Works –WBM \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSchedule 6: Road BTM \r\n\r\n\t\t\tSchedule 7: \r\n\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
Table 2 : Cost Indices and Reference Prices (applicable for specific items) for adjustment in contract prices {as per GCC 45].
\r\n\r\nWPI with base 2004-2005 = 100 on the Base Date
\r\n\r\nBase Date = Date 28 days prior to the date of opening of bids
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n| \r\n\t\t\t S. No. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cost Element \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Symbol \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Indices or Cost on the Base Date \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Index for adjustment \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Sources of Index \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t |
| \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t | ||||||
| \r\n\t\t\t [1] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [2] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [3] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [4] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [5] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t [6] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 1. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Fixed \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t a \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 2. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Labour \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t b \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Lo- all India average Consumer Price Index(CPI) Number for Industrial Workers for ….. centre[25] (Base 2001 = 100) on the base date. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Ln-CPI for the month for which the IPC is related \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Labour Bureau, Ministry of Labour and Employment, Government of India. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 3. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Steel \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t c \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t So – Whole-sale Price Index (WPI) for Steel [Steel Long] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Sn-WPI for the month which is two months prior to the month to which IPC is related \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Economic Advisor, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 4. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t d \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Co-WPI for Grey Cement \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Cn-WPI for the month which the cement is brought to site or one month prior to the month to which IPC is related, whichever is less \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Economic Advisor, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 5. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Plant & Equipment spares \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t e \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Eo-WPI for “Construction machinery ” \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t En – WPI for the month to which IPC is related \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Economic Advisor, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 6. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Diesel[26] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t f \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Do-Unit Cost from the identified depot on the base date \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Dn-Unit Cost for on the first day of the month to which the IPC relates \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t From the ………. Depot \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 7. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bitumen[27] \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t g \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bo-Unit Cost from the identified refinery on the base date \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Bn- Cost per unit quantity on the first day of the month in which the material is brought to site or two months prior to the date to which IPC is related \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t From …. Refinery \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t 8. \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Others \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t h \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Oo- All India Wholesale Price Index(WPI) for all commodities \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t On- All India WPI for all commodities for the month to which IPC is related \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Economic Advisor, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t
IPC – Interim Payment Certificate
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Appendix -3
\r\n\r\nAppointment of Adjudicator / Dispute Review Expert
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Suggested Draft of Letter of Appointment of Adjudicators in civil works contracts
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Sub:____________________________________________________(Name of the Contract)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
To
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Name and address of the Adjudicator / Dispute Review Expert
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
We hereby confirm your appointment as Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert for the above contract to carry out the assignment specified in this Letter of Appointment.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
For administrative purpose____________________(name of the officer representing the Employer) has been assigned to administer the assignment and to provide the Adjudicator / Dispute Review Expert with all relevant information needed to carry out the assignment on behalf of both the employer and the contractor. The services will be required during the period of contract for the work of (Name of the Contract)_______________________.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Adjudicator / Dispute Review Expert shall visit the worksite once in 3 (three)months till the completion of the work indicated above or as specifically requested by Employer/ Contractor for the period upto the end of defects liability period with prior intimation to the Employer and the contractor. The duration of each visit shall ordinarily be for one day only. These durations are approximate and (Name of the employer and Name of the Contractor) may find it necessary to postpone or cancel the assignment and/or shorten or extend the duration.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The appointment will become effective upon confirmation of letter by you. The appointment of Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert shall be liable for termination under a 30 (thirty) days written notice from the date of issue of the notice, if both Employer and the Contractor so desire. Also the appointment shall automatically stand terminated 14 days after the defect notice / correction period as stated in Clauses 23 and 24 of the Conditions of Contract is over.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert will be paid a fee of Rs.______(Rupees ____________only) per each day of visit at the worksite. The actual expenses for boarding and traveling in connection with the assignment will be reimbursed to the Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert. The Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert will submit a pre-receipted bill in triplicate to the employer indicating the date of the visit, fees for the visit and a proof in support of the actual expenditure [ only for items valued above Rs. 200 each] incurred by him against boarding, lodging and traveling expenses after performing the visit on each occasion. The Employer will make the admissible payment(both the Employer’s and the Contractor’s share) to the Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert within 30 days of the receipt of the bill. The Contractor’s share on this account(half the paid amount) will be recovered by the Employer from the Contractor’s bills against the work.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
In accepting this assignment, the Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert should understand and agree that he is responsible for any liabilities and costs arising out of risks associated with travel to and from the place of emergency repatriation, loss or damage to personal/professional effects and property. The Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert is advised to effect personal insurance cover in respect of such risks if he does not already have such cover in place. In this regard, the Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert shall maintain appropriate medical, travel, accident and third-party liability insurance. The obligation under this paragraph will survive till termination of this appointment.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Procedures for resolution of disputes by the Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert is described in the contract of _____________(name of the contract) between the employer and the contractor vide clause no.24 of the General Conditions of Contract. Your recommendation should be given in the format attached, within 28 days of receipt of a notification of dispute.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert will carry out the assignment in accordance with the highest standard of professional and ethical competence and integrity, having due regard to the nature and purpose of the assignment, and will conduct himself in a manner consistent herewith. After visiting the worksite, the Adjudicator / Dispute Review Expert will discussthe matter with the Employer and if necessary with the Contractor before arriving at anydecision.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert will agree that all knowledge and information not within the public domain, which may be acquired while carrying out this service shall be all time and for all purpose, regarded as strictly confidential and held in confidence, and shall not be directly or indirectly disclosed to any party whatsoever, except with the permission of the employer and the contractor. The Adjudicator’s decision should be communicated in the form of a speaking order specifying the reasons.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert will agree that any manufacturing or construction firm with which he might be associated with, will not be eligible to participate in bidding for any goods or works resulting from or associated with the project of which this consulting assignment forms a part
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Read and Agreed Name of Adjudicator/ Dispute Review Expert
\r\n\r\nSignature
\r\n\r\nPlace:
\r\n\r\nDate:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Name of Employer
\r\n\r\nSignature of authorized representative of Employer
\r\n\r\nName of the Contractor
\r\n\r\nSignature of authorized representative of Contractor
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Attachment: Copy of contract document between the employer and contractor and format for recommendation.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
SUMMARY OF AJUDICATOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Adjudicator has the following principal responsibilities:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
[in this and the next form, use the term Adjudicator, or Dispute Review Expert as specified in the rest of the bidding document.]
\r\nSample Format of Adjudicator’s Recommendation
\r\n\r\n
[Project Name]
\r\n\r\nRecommendation of Adjudicator
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Dispute No. XX [NAME OF DISPUTE]
\r\n\r\nHearing Date:____________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Dispute
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Description of dispute. A one or two sentence summation of the dispute.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Contractor’s Position
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
A short summation of the contractor’s position as understood by the Adjudicator.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Employer’s Position
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
A short summation of the Employer’s position as understood by the Adjudicator.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Recommendation
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Adjudicator’s specific recommendation for settlement of the dispute. (The recommended course is consistent with the explanation).
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Explanation
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(This section could also be called Considerations, Rationale, Findings, Discussion, and so on.)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Adjudicator’s description of how each recommendation was reached.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Respectfully submitted,
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Date : _______________________ ____________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Date : _______________________ ____________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Date : _______________________ ____________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Section X - Contract Forms
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
This Section contains forms which, once completed, will form part of the Contract. The forms for Performance Security and Advance Payment Security, when required, shall only be completed by the successful Bidder after contract award.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Letter of Acceptance
\r\n\r\n[letterhead paper of the Employer]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
[The Letter of Acceptance shall be the basis for formation of the Contract as described in ITB Clause 40. This Standard Form of Letter of Acceptance shall be filled in and sent to the successful Bidder only after evaluation of bids has been completed, subject to any review by the World Bank required under the Loan Agreement.]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
[insert date]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Identification No and Title of Contract: [insert identification number and title of the Contract]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
To: [insert name and address of the Contractor]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
This is to notify you that your Bid dated [insert date] for execution of the [insert name of the Contract and identification number, as given in the PCC] for the Contract Price ………………. [insert amount in numbers and words] as corrected and modified[28] in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby accepted by our Agency.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
[insert one of the following (a) or (b) options]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(a) We accept that [insert name proposed by bidder] be appointed as the Adjudicator/Dispute Review Expert [DRE].[29]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(b) We do not accept that [insert name proposed by bidder] be appointed as Adjudicator/DRE, and by sending a copy of this Letter of Acceptance to [insert name of the Appointing Authority], we are hereby requesting [insert name], the Appointing Authority, to appoint the Adjudicator/DRE in accordance with GCC 23.[30]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
We note that as per your bid, you do not intend to subcontract any component of work.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
[OR]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
We note that as per your bid, you propose to employ M/s. ………………… as sub-contractor for executing ……………………..
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
[Delete whatever is inapplicable]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
You are hereby requested to furnish Performance Security, plus additional security for unbalanced bids in terms of ITB clause 35.5, in the form detailed in ITB Clause 42 for an amount of Rs. ____ within 21 days of the receipt of this letter of acceptance, valid upto 28 days from the date of completion i.e. upto ……………… and visit this office to sign the contract, failing which action as stated in ITB Clause 42.2 will be taken.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
We have reviewed the construction methodology submitted by you along with the bid in response to ITB Clause 16 and our comments are given in the attachment. You are requested to submit a revised Program including environmental management plan as per Clause 26 of General Conditions of Contract within 14 days of receipt of this letter of acceptance.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Yours faithfully,
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Authorized Signature………………………..
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Name and Title of Signatory…………………
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Name of Agency……………………………..
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Issue of Notice to proceed with the work
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
(letterhead of the Employer)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
_________ (date)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
To
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
______________________________(name and address of the Contractor)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
______________________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
______________________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Dear Sirs:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Pursuant to your furnishing the requisite security as stipulated in ITB clause 42.1, insurance policy as per GCC 13, construction methodology as stated in letter of acceptance and signing of the contract agreement for the construction of______________@ a Bid Price of Rs.___________, you are hereby instructed to proceed with the execution of the said works in accordance with the contract documents.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Yours faithfully,
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
(Signature, name and title of signatory authorized to sign on behalf of Employer)
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Contract Agreement
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
THIS AGREEMENT made the . . . . . .day of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . ., between . . . . . [name of the Employer]. . . . .. . . . . (hereinafter “the Employer”), of the one part, and . . . . . [name of the Contractor]. . . . .(hereinafter “the Contractor”), of the other part:
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
WHEREAS the Employer desires that the Works known as . . . . .[name of the Contract]. . . . .should be executed by the Contractor, and has accepted a Bid by the Contractor for the execution and completion of these Works and the remedying of any defects therein,
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:
\r\n\r\n1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the Contract documents referred to.
\r\n\r\n2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement. This Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract documents.
\r\n\r\n(a) this Agreement
\r\n\r\n(b) the Letter of Acceptance
\r\n\r\n(c) the Contractor’s Bid including completed schedules and priced bill of quantities,
\r\n\r\n(d) the Addenda No’s . . . . . [insert addenda numbers if any]. . . . .
\r\n\r\n(e) the Particular Conditions of contract
\r\n\r\n(f) the General Conditions of contract;
\r\n\r\n(g) the Specifications
\r\n\r\n(h) the Drawings; and
\r\n\r\n(i) Construction Program, Methodology, Quality Assurance Program and Environmental Management Plan
\r\n\r\n(j) Joint Venture Agreement [for JVs only]
\r\n\r\n(k) Any other document listed in PCC
\r\n\r\n3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as indicated in this Agreement, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute the Works and to remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract.
\r\n\r\n4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.
\r\n\r\nIN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in accordance with the laws of . . . . . [name of the borrowing country]. . . . .on the day, month and year indicated above.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
| \r\n\t\t\t Signed by: \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Signed by: \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t for and on behalf of the Employer \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t for and on behalf the Contractor \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t||
| \r\n\t\t\t in the presence of: \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t in the presence of: \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
| \r\n\t\t\t Witness, Name, Signature, Address, Date \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t\t\r\n\t\t\t Witness, Name, Signature, Address, Date \r\n\t\t\t | \r\n\t\t
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Performance Security (Bank Guarantee)
\r\n\r\n[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
\r\n\r\nBeneficiary: [insert name and Address of Employer]
\r\n\r\nDate: _ [Insert date of issue]
\r\n\r\nPERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: [Insert guarantee reference number]
\r\n\r\nGuarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
\r\n\r\nWe have been informed that _ [insert name of Contractor, which in the case of a joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture] (hereinafter called "the Applicant") has entered into Contract No. [insert reference number of the contract] dated [insert date] with the Beneficiary, for the execution of _ [insert name of contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract").
\r\n\r\nFurthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required.
\r\n\r\nAt the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount in figures] (______) [insert amount in words],1 such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein.
\r\n\r\nThis guarantee shall expire, no later than the …. Day of ……, 2… 2, and any demand for payment under it must be received by us at this office indicated above on or before that date.
\r\n\r\n
\r\n
\r\n
_____________________
\r\n[signature(s)]
\r\n
\r\n
Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
Advance Payment Security
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
\r\n\r\nBeneficiary:[Insert name and Address of Employer]
\r\n\r\nDate: [Insert date of issue]
\r\n\r\nADVANCE PAYMENT GUARANTEE No.: [Insert guarantee reference number]
\r\n\r\nGuarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
We have been informed that [insert name of Contractor, which in the case of a joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture] (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. [insert reference number of the contract] dated [insert date] with the Beneficiary, for the execution of [insert name of contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract").
\r\n\r\nFurthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, an advance payment in the sum [insert amount in figures] () [insert amount in words] is to be made against an advance payment guarantee.
\r\n\r\nAt the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount in figures] () [insert amount in words][31] upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating either that the Applicant:
\r\n\r\n(a) has used the advance payment for purposes other than the costs of mobilization in respect of the Works; or
\r\n\r\n(b) has failed to repay the advance payment in accordance with the Contract conditions, specifying the amount which the Applicant has failed to repay.
\r\n\r\nA demand under this guarantee may be presented as from the presentation to the Guarantor of a certificate from the Beneficiary’s bank stating that the advance payment referred to above has been credited to the Applicant on its account number [insert number] at [insert name and address of Applicant’s bank]..
\r\n\r\nThe maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the advance payment repaid by the Applicant as specified in copies of interim statements or payment certificates which shall be presented to us. This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, upon our receipt of a copy of the interim payment certificate indicating that ninety (90) percent of the Accepted Contract Amount, less provisional sums, has been certified for payment, or on the [insert day] day of [insert month], 2 [insert year],2 whichever is earlier.Consequently, any demand for payment under thisguarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
____________________
\r\n[signature(s)]
\r\nNote: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
\r\n\r\n
Retention Money Security
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Demand Guarantee
\r\n\r\n_____________________________ Bank’s name and address of issuing branch or office]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Beneficiary: ______________________ [Name and Address of Employer]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Date:____________________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
RETENTION MONEY GUARANTEE NO.: _________________
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
We have been informed that ______________[name of contractor](hereinafter called “the Contractor”) has entered into Contract No. _________________ [reference number of the contract] dated ______________________ with you, for the execution of __________________[name of contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called “the Contract”).
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, when the Taking-Over Certificate has been issued for the Works and the first half of the Retention Money has been certified for payment, payment of ___________[insert the second half of the Retention Money] is to be made against a Retention Money guarantee.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
At the request of the contractor, we _________________[name of Bank] hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you the sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of _____________________ [amount in Rupees] (______________________) [amount in words]1upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Contractor is in breach of its obligation under the Contract without cavil or argument.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
It is a condition for any claim and payment under this guarantee to be made that the payment of the second half of the Retention Money referred to above must have been received by the Contractor on its account number _________ at ___________ [name and address of Bank].
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, 21 days after the date when the Employer has received a copy of the Defects Liability Certificate issued by the Project Manager. Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
_____________________
\r\n\r\n[Signature(s)]
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
\r\n\r\n
1. The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the second half of the Retention Money.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
1Non performance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all contracts where (a) nonperformance was not challenged by the contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract, and (b) contracts that were so challenged but fully settled against the contractor.Non performance shall not include contracts where Employers decision was overruled by the dispute resolution mechanism. Non performance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation, i.e. dispute or litigation that has been resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.
\r\n\r\n2The Bidder shall provide accurate information on the letter of Bid about any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts completed or ongoing under its execution over the last five years. A consistent history of court/arbitral awards against the Bidder or any member of a joint venture may result in disqualifying the Bidder.
\r\n\r\n3The Employer may usethis information to seek further information or clarifications in carrying out its duediligence.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
4At March 2018 price level. Financial turnover of previous years shall be given weightage @5% per year based on rupees value to bring them to the price level of the financial year in which bids are received.
\r\n\r\n[4] For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a joint venture member or sub-contractor, only the Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement.
\r\n\r\n[5]At March 2018 price level. Cost of completed works of previous years shall be given weightage @5% per year based on rupees value to bring them to the price level of the financial year in which bids are received.
\r\n\r\n[6]Use one of the two options as appropriate.
\r\n\r\n[7] Immediately preceding the financial year in which bids are received.
\r\n\r\n[8] Immediately preceding the financial year in which bids are received.
\r\n\r\n[9]If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none”.
\r\n\r\n[10]In this context, any action to influence the procurement process or contract execution for undue advantage is improper.
\r\n\r\n[11] For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, “another party” refers to a public official acting in relation to the procurement process or contract execution. In this context, “public official” includes World Bank staff and employees of other organizations taking or reviewing procurement decisions.
\r\n\r\n[12] For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, “party” refers to a public official; the terms “benefit” and “obligation” relate to the procurement process or contract execution; and the “act or omission” is intended to influence the procurement process or contract execution.
\r\n\r\n[13] For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, “parties” refers to participants in the procurement process (including public officials) attempting either themselves, or through another person or entity not participating in the procurement or selection process, to simulate competition or to establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels, or are privy to each other’s bid prices or other conditions.
\r\n\r\n[14] For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, “party” refers to a participant in the procurement process or contract execution.
\r\n\r\n[15] A firm or individual may be declared ineligible to be awarded a Bank financed contract upon: (i) completion of the Bank’s sanctions proceedings as per its sanctions procedures, including, inter alia, cross-debarment as agreed with other International Financial Institutions, including Multilateral Development Banks, and through the application the World Bank Group corporate administrative procurement sanctions procedures for fraud and corruption; and (ii) as a result of temporary suspension or early temporary suspension in connection with an ongoing sanctions proceeding. See footnote 14 and paragraph 8 of Appendix 1 of these Guidelines.
\r\n\r\n[16] A nominated sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has either been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
\r\n\r\n[17]Based on Government Directives.
\r\n\r\n[18]In this context, any action to influence the procurement process or contract execution for undue advantage is improper.
\r\n\r\n[19] For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, “another party” refers to a public official acting in relation to the procurement process or contract execution. In this context, “public official” includes World Bank staff and employees of other organizations taking or reviewing procurement decisions.
\r\n\r\n[20] For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, “party” refers to a public official; the terms “benefit” and “obligation” relate to the procurement process or contract execution; and the “act or omission” is intended to influence the procurement process or contract execution.
\r\n\r\n[21] For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, “parties” refers to participants in the procurement process (including public officials) attempting either themselves, or through another person or entity not participating in the procurement or selection process, to simulate competition or to establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels, or are privy to each other’s bid prices or other conditions.
\r\n\r\n[22] For the purpose of this sub-paragraph, “party” refers to a participant in the procurement process or contract execution.
\r\n\r\n[23] A firm or individual may be declared ineligible to be awarded a Bank financed contract upon: (i) completion of the Bank’s sanctions proceedings as per its sanctions procedures, including, inter alia, cross-debarment as agreed with other International Financial Institutions, including Multilateral Development Banks, and through the application the World Bank Group corporate administrative procurement sanctions procedures for fraud and corruption; and (ii) as a result of temporary suspension or early temporary suspension in connection with an ongoing sanctions proceeding. See footnote 14 and paragraph 8 of Appendix 1 of these Guidelines.
\r\n\r\n[24] A nominated sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has either been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
\r\n\r\n[25] The Centre to be specified should be the relevant one for which CPI is published by the Labour Bureau.
\r\n\r\n[26] The PCC specifies the identified depot for the rate of diesel for the base date and the applicable date for price adjustment.
\r\n\r\n[27] The PCC specifies the identified refinery for the rate of Bitumen for the base date and the applicable date price adjustment.
\r\n\r\n[28] Delete “corrected and” or “and modified” if not applicable. See Notes on Standard Form of Agreement, next page.
\r\n\r\n[29] To be used only if the Contractor disagrees in the Bid with the Adjudicator proposed by the Employer in the Instructions to Bidders, and has accordingly offered another candidate.
\r\n\r\n[30] To be used only if the Contractor disagrees in the Bid with the Adjudicator proposed by the Employer in the ITB, has accordingly offered another candidate, and the Employer does not accept the counterproposal.
\r\n\r\n1 The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Accepted Contract Amount specified in the Letter of Acceptance, less provisional sums, if any, and denominated either in the currency(cies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Beneficiary.
\r\n\r\n2 Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected completion dateas described in GC Clause 11.9. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of this date for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”
\r\n\r\n[31]The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.
\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n
2 Insert the expected expiration date of the Time for Completion. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”
"},{"id":"OP00004087","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"29-Apr-2010","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","project_ctry_name":"Uganda","project_id":"P074079","project_name":"THIRD PHASE OF THE ROAD DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM","bid_reference_no":"THE UGANDA ROAD FUND BOARD","bid_description":"VACANCY ANNOUNCEMENT","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"5th Floor Soliz House \nPlot 23 Lumumba Avenue","contact_ctry_name":"Uganda","contact_email":"info@roadfund.ug","contact_name":"Executive Director","contact_organization":"THE UGANDA ROAD FUND BOARD","contact_phone_no":"+256752 229009","contact_web_url":"www.roadfund.ug","submission_date":"2010-04-29T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"THE UGANDA ROAD FUND BOARD
\n\n
VACANCY ANNOUNCEMENT
\nThe Uganda Road Fund was set up by Act of Parliament with the mandateto finance the routine and periodic maintenance of public roads in Uganda. The Uganda Road Fund Board has the responsibility to oversee theperformance of the Fund, while the day to day business of the Fund isto be carried out by a Secretariat headed by an Executive Director. The Board now seeks to fill the remaining vacancies in the URF structure and accordingly invites applications from suitably qualified individuals for the following positions:
\nThe Road Fund is a new entity and the Secretariat will need energeticand dynamic people with the drive necessary to deliver on a demandingbusiness plan. Consequently, only candidates who meet the requirements of the positions will be considered for further evaluation and interview. Brief descriptions of each position are given here; further details may be obtained from the address below:
\n\n
The successful candidate will report to Executive Director and join the Fund Management Team to guide the Secretariat through its development processes, and ensure that it efficiently and effectively carries out its functions. The Fund Management Team drives the strategic direction and output quality of the Secretariat through clear business planning and robust management frameworks. It also takes the lead in development of policies, procedures, strategies and plans for the Fund. The team provides effective leadership to Secretariat staff by guiding staff; promoting the Fund's mission andvalues; providing technical leadership; enhancing strategic capability, and providing service excellence in respective disciplines.
\n\n
The Manager, M&E will be responsible for developing, maintaining and operating an ongoing monitoring and evaluation program for effective monitoring of revenues and performance of activities of designated agencies supported by the Fund; developing a work program for the M&E team and managing workloads and work streams to ensure the program is deliveredaccording to plan with value addition; developing key performance monitoring indicators (KPI) for both the agencies and Secretariat, mapping M&E results unto organizational objectives and goals; ensuring compliance with all internal policies and procedures and relevant legislative provisions; producing M&E reports on specific issues from time to time in the respective projected workplans for each quarter; design and implement studies, surveys, mid-term and annual reviews and propose improvements to the procedures and principles used in the M&E programs; monitor laws and other sector provisions to ensure compliance with all applicable requirements, and develop and implement applicable research and training programs.
\n\n
Applicants must possess:
\nThe successful candidate will report to and support the Manager, FundManagement through the provision of efficient and effective financialaccounting services to ensure that the Board and Fund Management Teamhave at their disposal relevant, accurate and timely financial management information. He/she will manage the work of an assistant accountant, ensuring compliance with all Fund policies and procedures as they relate to management accounting and generally contribute to the work of the Fund Management division. Key Responsibilities will include planning and budgeting, monitor performance against budget, working with integrated financial management system, preparing payroll and ensuring correctness, monitoring receivables/payables, liaising with external auditors, reporting.
\n\n
The successful applicant will report to the Manager, M&E and offer professional support in monitoring and evaluating activities undertaken by the Fund. This will involve collection of information required for monitoring of revenue to the Road Fund; monitoring of designated agencies' performance, and analysis of monitoring information to identify variances and trends and reporting findings. Key responsibilities will include contributing to the work programme for the monitoring and evaluation team; supporting implementation of ongoing monitoring and evaluation programmes; monitoring income and expenditure of the Fund; evaluating the performance of designated agencies against key performance indicators (KPIs), monitoring network metrics and trends, and assessing value for money invested and reporting.
\nApplicants will possess a Bachelor's degree in civil engineering, economics, statistics, or development studies from a recognized university. A Masters degree in highway or pavement engineering, transport planning or transport economics will be an added advantage. Applicants should at least be Associate Members of a recognized professional institution and should have gained a minimum of five (5) years work experience, which should have embraced strategic planning and M&E experiencewithin the transport or road sectors in Uganda or in a similar environment. In addition the position holder shall be able to demonstrate:
\nThe successful candidate will report to Manager, Corporate Services and be expected to take charge of the Fund's information processing system including designing, operating and maintaining all the necessary hard and software, as well as networks; ensuring the integrity and security of the Fund's database infrastructure taking all the necessary steps to mitigate potential risks and threats; Manage all Fund records including storageand file classification, archiving and retrieval procedures in such away that brings efficiency to the internal operations processes of the Fund, and timeliness of interface with external stakeholders. Key Responsibilities shall include:
\n\n
Qualifications and competencies
\nThe successful applicant will report to Executive Director/AccountingOfficer and take charge of the Fund's Procurement and Disposal Unit (PDU). S/he shall tender correct and timely advice to the Executive Director on all procurement issues and ensure that the Fund's procurement anddisposal activities are fully compliant with the requirements of the Public Procurement and Disposals Act and Regulations and the special requirements of funding agencies. S/he will ensure timeliness, transparency and correctness of the procurement processes through which the Fund, procures its goods, works and services.
\nKey Responsibilities will include coordinating and advising on all Fund procurements and disposals of goods and services; ensuring publication and display of procurement notices; liaising with the Secretary of the Contracts Committee at all times; managingpre-bid meetings, bid closings and bid openings; recommending membership of evaluation committees and coordinating evaluation processes; displaying notices of best evaluated bidders; liaising with the Contracts Committee and Executive Director as the Accounting Officer, and prepare appropriate procurement/disposal monthly and quarterly reports.
\n\n
Qualifications and competencies
\nAn Honours first degree in Business Administration, Procurement, Economics, Finance, Accounting or relevant numerate discipline obtained from a recognized institution of higher learning. A fully registered member of the Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supplies (MCIPS) withat least five years of public and/or private sector experience in theprocurement of goods, works and services ranging from low value office supplies to multi- million dollar projects. In addition, the applicant must have:
\nThe post holder must have a Honours Degree in Business Administration, Economics, Accounting, or Procurement obtained from a recognized institution of higher learning with at least three years of public and/orprivate sector experience in the procurement of goods, works, and services. Any post-graduate/professional training in procurement will be an advantage. The post holder must have undertaken training or exposure in all the PPDA Modules and is conversant with the PPDA Act and Regulations 2003 plus the attendant guidelines and knowledge of Donor procurement requirements. Age limit # not more than 35 years.
\n\n
Salary and Benefits
\nThese positions will be offered under a contract of three years, renewable. Attractive salaries and conditions will be available to the right candidates.
\n\n
Conditions for Applications
\nApplications accompanied by (i) a capability statement detailing the applicant's general qualifications, adequacy for the post or assignment and illustrated personal experience in the East African Region; (ii)copies of testimonials; (iii) detailed curriculum vitae showing positions held; (iv) current salary; (v) 3 referees, including email and phone contact; and (vi) postal address, daytime telephone contacts and email address of applicants should be submitted only in hard copy to:
\nThe Executive Director,
\nUganda Road Fund,
\n5th Floor Soliz House
\nPlot 23 Lumumba Avenue,
\nP.O. Box 7501
\nKampala, Uganda
\n\n
To reach the Executive Director not later than 14 May, 2010 at 5.00 p.m.
\n\n
Please note that only shortlisted candidates will be contacted. Any form of canvassing will result in automatic disqualification. The Uganda Road Fund is an equal opportunity employer.
\n\n
\n
\n
"},{"id":"OP00004051","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"27-Apr-2010","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","project_ctry_name":"Uganda","project_id":"P074079","project_name":"THIRD PHASE OF THE ROAD DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM","bid_reference_no":"VACANCY ANNOUNCEMENT","bid_description":"THE UGANDA ROAD FUND BOARD\n\nVACANCY ANNOUNCEMENT","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"5th Floor Soliz House \nPlot 23 Lumumba Avenue\nP.O. Box 7501","contact_ctry_name":"Uganda","contact_email":"info@roadfund.ug","contact_name":"Executive Director","contact_organization":"THE UGANDA ROAD FUND","contact_phone_no":"256+752 229009","contact_web_url":"www.roadfund.ug","submission_date":"2010-04-27T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
THE UGANDA ROAD FUND BOARD
\n\n
VACANCY ANNOUNCEMENT
\nThe Uganda Road Fund was set up by Act of Parliament with the mandateto finance the routine and periodic maintenance of public roads in Uganda. The Uganda Road Fund Board has the responsibility to oversee theperformance of the Fund, while the day to day business of the Fund isto be carried out by a Secretariat headed by an Executive Director. The Board now seeks to fill the remaining vacancies in the URF structure and accordingly invites applications from suitably qualified individuals for the following positions:
\nThe Road Fund is a new entity and the Secretariat will need energeticand dynamic people with the drive necessary to deliver on a demandingbusiness plan. Consequently, only candidates who meet the requirements of the positions will be considered for further evaluation and interview. Brief descriptions of each position are given here; further details may be obtained from the address below:
\n\n
The successful candidate will report to Executive Director and join the Fund Management Team to guide the Secretariat through its development processes, and ensure that it efficiently and effectively carries out its functions. The Fund Management Team drives the strategic direction and output quality of the Secretariat through clear business planning and robust management frameworks. It also takes the lead in development of policies, procedures, strategies and plans for the Fund. The team provides effective leadership to Secretariat staff by guiding staff; promoting the Fund's mission andvalues; providing technical leadership; enhancing strategic capability, and providing service excellence in respective disciplines.
\n\n
The Manager, M&E will be responsible for developing, maintaining and operating an ongoing monitoring and evaluation program for effective monitoring of revenues and performance of activities of designated agencies supported by the Fund; developing a work program for the M&E team and managing workloads and work streams to ensure the program is deliveredaccording to plan with value addition; developing key performance monitoring indicators (KPI) for both the agencies and Secretariat, mapping M&E results unto organizational objectives and goals; ensuring compliance with all internal policies and procedures and relevant legislative provisions; producing M&E reports on specific issues from time to time in the respective projected workplans for each quarter; design and implement studies, surveys, mid-term and annual reviews and propose improvements to the procedures and principles used in the M&E programs; monitor laws and other sector provisions to ensure compliance with all applicable requirements, and develop and implement applicable research and training programs.
\n\n
Applicants must possess:
\nThe successful candidate will report to and support the Manager, FundManagement through the provision of efficient and effective financialaccounting services to ensure that the Board and Fund Management Teamhave at their disposal relevant, accurate and timely financial management information. He/she will manage the work of an assistant accountant, ensuring compliance with all Fund policies and procedures as they relate to management accounting and generally contribute to the work of the Fund Management division. Key Responsibilities will include planning and budgeting, monitor performance against budget, working with integrated financial management system, preparing payroll and ensuring correctness, monitoring receivables/payables, liaising with external auditors, reporting.
\n\n
The successful applicant will report to the Manager, M&E and offer professional support in monitoring and evaluating activities undertaken by the Fund. This will involve collection of information required for monitoring of revenue to the Road Fund; monitoring of designated agencies' performance, and analysis of monitoring information to identify variances and trends and reporting findings. Key responsibilities will include contributing to the work programme for the monitoring and evaluation team; supporting implementation of ongoing monitoring and evaluation programmes; monitoring income and expenditure of the Fund; evaluating the performance of designated agencies against key performance indicators (KPIs), monitoring network metrics and trends, and assessing value for money invested and reporting.
\nApplicants will possess a Bachelor's degree in civil engineering, economics, statistics, or development studies from a recognized university. A Masters degree in highway or pavement engineering, transport planning or transport economics will be an added advantage. Applicants should at least be Associate Members of a recognized professional institution and should have gained a minimum of five (5) years work experience, which should have embraced strategic planning and M&E experiencewithin the transport or road sectors in Uganda or in a similar environment. In addition the position holder shall be able to demonstrate:
\nThe successful candidate will report to Manager, Corporate Services and be expected to take charge of the Fund's information processing system including designing, operating and maintaining all the necessary hard and software, as well as networks; ensuring the integrity and security of the Fund's database infrastructure taking all the necessary steps to mitigate potential risks and threats; Manage all Fund records including storageand file classification, archiving and retrieval procedures in such away that brings efficiency to the internal operations processes of the Fund, and timeliness of interface with external stakeholders. Key Responsibilities shall include:
\n\n
Qualifications and competencies
\nThe successful applicant will report to Executive Director/AccountingOfficer and take charge of the Fund's Procurement and Disposal Unit (PDU). S/he shall tender correct and timely advice to the Executive Director on all procurement issues and ensure that the Fund's procurement anddisposal activities are fully compliant with the requirements of the Public Procurement and Disposals Act and Regulations and the special requirements of funding agencies. S/he will ensure timeliness, transparency and correctness of the procurement processes through which the Fund, procures its goods, works and services.
\nKey Responsibilities will include coordinating and advising on all Fund procurements and disposals of goods and services; ensuring publication and display of procurement notices; liaising with the Secretary of the Contracts Committee at all times; managingpre-bid meetings, bid closings and bid openings; recommending membership of evaluation committees and coordinating evaluation processes; displaying notices of best evaluated bidders; liaising with the Contracts Committee and Executive Director as the Accounting Officer, and prepare appropriate procurement/disposal monthly and quarterly reports.
\n\n
Qualifications and competencies
\nAn Honours first degree in Business Administration, Procurement, Economics, Finance, Accounting or relevant numerate discipline obtained from a recognized institution of higher learning. A fully registered member of the Chartered Institute of Purchasing and Supplies (MCIPS) withat least five years of public and/or private sector experience in theprocurement of goods, works and services ranging from low value office supplies to multi- million dollar projects. In addition, the applicant must have:
\nThe post holder must have a Honours Degree in Business Administration, Economics, Accounting, or Procurement obtained from a recognized institution of higher learning with at least three years of public and/orprivate sector experience in the procurement of goods, works, and services. Any post-graduate/professional training in procurement will be an advantage. The post holder must have undertaken training or exposure in all the PPDA Modules and is conversant with the PPDA Act and Regulations 2003 plus the attendant guidelines and knowledge of Donor procurement requirements. Age limit # not more than 35 years.
\n\n
Salary and Benefits
\nThese positions will be offered under a contract of three years, renewable. Attractive salaries and conditions will be available to the right candidates.
\n\n
Conditions for Applications
\nApplications accompanied by (i) a capability statement detailing the applicant's general qualifications, adequacy for the post or assignment and illustrated personal experience in the East African Region; (ii)copies of testimonials; (iii) detailed curriculum vitae showing positions held; (iv) current salary; (v) 3 referees, including email and phone contact; and (vi) postal address, daytime telephone contacts and email address of applicants should be submitted only in hard copy to:
\nThe Executive Director,
\nUganda Road Fund,
\n5th Floor Soliz House
\nPlot 23 Lumumba Avenue,
\nP.O. Box 7501
\nKampala, Uganda
\n\n
To reach the Executive Director not later than 14 May, 2010 at 5.00 p.m.
\n\n
Please note that only shortlisted candidates will be contacted. Any form of canvassing will result in automatic disqualification. The Uganda Road Fund is an equal opportunity employer.
\n\n
\n
\n
"}]}